« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
time spiral
tomorrow belongs to those who prepare for it today
Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, DESNUS 29th, 4708

ACADAMAE STUDENTS ON RELEASE FOR BREACHING FESTIVAL

The spring rains have been unusually long. You can hear them flow down off the roofs and into the gutters on the street, if you're listening. A Chelixian trade galleon bound from Corentyn pulled into the dock at Midland this morning. In two days, the gates of the Acadamae will open to outsiders for the exhibition. Dark things move in the Vaults beneath the earth. Last night, there was a tragic accident involving two house drakes, a careless wizard, and a walking mushroom.

So, nothing particularly out of the ordinary for this time of year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her past two decades were dedicated to Ulon.

Mother always said truly understanding the secrets would take a proper drow a century, but they aren't exactly proper drow, and they probably don't have a century. (Of course, if Mother knew how long they did have, she never told Tencednil.) That just meant they had to try harder, though. Learn faster, be better, stay focused like the servants instead of seeing for themselves like a noble can. And Mother said it was working! At only two decades old, she was seeing things in all the right ways!

Two weeks ago, she woke with the dawn, felt for Ulon in her prayers, and found something else there. At first she thought it was her birthright as a noble finally coming in. But when Mother saw her cast a Detect Magic with her hands, her smile collapsed like its guide thread had snapped.

One week ago, Mother finally deigned to inform Tencednil she was a sorcerer, and that Ulon's favor almost never fell on a drow already able to cast. If she ever wanted to cast through the circle and pentagon, she would need to prove herself more than any noble in the last at least three millenia.

Yesterday, she started looking for some way to create that proof.

Permalink Mark Unread

The morning bell rings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korvosa's streets know many things, and she's always had a feel for where to find whispers. Who around here is looking for some newly-released Academae students to get in trouble for them? Who among the students might want aid from a newblooded sorcerer and her blinding, stupefying lights? Where can she go to show that in the hands of a drow (fine, half-drow), even sorcery can be mighty?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, most of the students have spread out throughout the city, clustering around the Academae and its affiliate businesses. There's a couple of them trying to buy muscle in a shady dockside bar. Someone goes briefly invisible as they round a corner on a busy street. A small group sends something in the sky scattering away with rays of frost. Take your pick.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's been in shady dockside bars as a purchaser of muscle. The servants might think providing muscle is a peasant job, but Mother said it's how new drow houses start. Tencednil, as a (half-)drow without a house to back her, might as well follow that path.

As far as she can tell, her one and only spell is debilitating for anyone right nearby, and she cast it five times in a row yesterday before running dry. She may not be a wizard, but she's pretty sure that's impressive. Also, as of a couple days ago, one of her spells went wrong she demonstrated a drow's natural understanding of spellcraft when she cast it into a shadow, which peeled off and has been following her around ever since. It can't talk, but it's buzzed a warning at her a few times when she was about to fall. Maybe it will be useful in other ways, and if it breaks she can probably make a new one tomorrow.

(Also she's not exactly asking for much right now. Surely there's someone who needs a sorcerer.)

Permalink Mark Unread

There's two students at a corner table in the Rusted Anchor, arguing with a burly Shoanti man. Parchment is spread across the table–at a glace it appears to mostly be maps and blueprints.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't lurk in the shadows, but that's not the only way to direct attention away from oneself. She will look around for a place to sit, entirely inconspicuously happening to find herself near enough to the argument to hear what they're discussing.

...mostly inconspicuously. Nudging a chair out of her way wasn't supposed to be quite that loud. Maybe nobody noticed?

Permalink Mark Unread

"A third. There's one of me and two of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's our maps and our plans, without us you have no share at all. A quarter."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Without me you'll be dead, weak boy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll have you know I passed two tests of Str—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shut it, Anton. We've got a watcher." He looks at Tencednil. "Hey! Elf! You got a problem?"

Permalink Mark Unread

No point in pretending now. As students at the Academae, they must be worth at least something... She turns to them slowly.

"I couldn't help but overhear, you're so loud. Just how minimal a sum are you squabbling over? I was considering doing some charity work to test my new spell, and you sound like you might be in need. And with such debate over a third or a quarter, a fourth person who plans to give out her own share based on actual contribution might solve your problems."

That's not even a lie! Unless the numbers are impressive. A bit of money really is less important than a reputation for trustworthiness, it's far harder to backstab someone who's already watching you.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't want a share of the loot, you're welcome to come along."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't even know if there is any—" He sighs. "We've the blueprint to one of Florel Matei's old boltholes. He was assistant professor at the Hall of Whsipers some fifty-odd years back... but he's mostly known now for moonlighting as a murderer and a necrophile. They hanged him in '64 but never found his spellbook, or his headband, or anything else really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I wasn't expecting much, so a risk of nothing is a risk I'd take. And a headband for cunning or a spellbook wouldn't do me much good, so you can trust me there." She nods to the silent one. "Call it quarters all around, I distribute anything I can't use from my share among the rest of you depending on how much we actually did need you instead of holding out for an Abadaran price splitting?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The large man chuckles. "See boys, even the elf knows sense."

"What they're not telling you is that this place is buried sixty feet beneath the earth, and the only way in is down through the sewers and the Vaults. Probably the only reason one can hope it hasn't been robbed already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that and the illusory wall covering the entrance. But we have the map."

Permalink Mark Unread

She snaps, and a floating mass of shadowy spheres peels out of her shadow and floats up to eye level.

"This little one sees through most illusions like they're not there, and I know the Academae teaches summoning enough to get to bats. Surely you're not claiming a strictly visual illusion has kept anything actually valuable hidden for decades."

Well, alright, it seems to see through the few minor illusions she's been able to test with. They don't need to know that, though, now do they.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The door's made of stone, flush to the wall, and swings it inward. Our friend here claims he can get arcane locks open reliably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've done it before. 'tis not that hard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you two would need to find another good lockbreaker or someone who can cast a good Knock, if you wanted it without his help. He would need someone who remembers Florel's habits well enough to track down his bolthole, now that he knows it's behind an illusion. That might get pricy, but there's two of you and one of him. Sounds like either of you walking away would put the other in a bad place, no? So we go all four of us, we see what actually doesn't work when we try it, and we work out the shares when we know what we needed."

Ulon doesn't teach general goodwill or fairness to anyone you deal with. He does teach that you should never leave someone who can hurt you, wants to hurt you, and doesn't have a reason not to. Apparently some Academae students are not so well taught.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pauses for a moment, before nodding.

"Alright. I'm Julio, my colleague is Anton, and our lockbreaker is Mika."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tencednil."

And if she tries to be subtle here, they'll just miss it, won't they. There's no point risking death to avoid sounding stupid, and if they need to make choices in a few seconds it is risking death to know this little.

"And when someone jumps us on the way, where do you need to be? Am I watching for a Grease or expecting a Sleep, perhaps?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've got mage armor, sleep, and cause fear today. Anton has mage armor, ant haul, and ear-piercing scream."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Avoid me with the Sleep, despite the ears." She's mostly accepted that one, it's mostly just Sleep that hurts. "I have quite a number of Color Sprays left for the day, so if I can get close to something it's typically out of the fight. And Acid Splash for distances, of course, I assume you two have options as well." She turns to Mika. "Yourself?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I'm not a wizard."

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton gestures to the maps.

"Our entry point is the sewer tunnel off 44 Stone's End in Midland. We need to head a couple thousand feet southwest and sixty feet down. I've got a route down lined up. The main things we need to watch out for on the way are animals and goblins. If we're unlucky one of the fungi will think us a snack. Don't waste your color sprays on them, they're immune. Same with the undead, if any of Matei's old servants are still around."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But surely you survive somehow out on the streets. Anything we should watch for, try to set you up for?"

And a nod to Anton. "The flaws of touching minds. My friend here is hard to fool, so if it comes buzzing in all alarmed, there's something dangerous that we're missing." Probably. Now that it's heard that, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm good at slipping away, easy to not notice. Got a good weight behind my sword too. I don't need much else."

He pauses. "Well, we should all wear masks, the sewers are full of bad air."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Distractions are good, then? Ghost Sound is a handy spell. And masks are most definitely worth the fabric, if we're down there. Stones don't exactly need to breathe, my friend can't help us with that."

She's already offered to take basically no loot here, she's not going to also buy them all masks. ...or buy the students masks, Mika probably has one already.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good point, let's pick some up on the way to Stone's End. We should probably get going soon anyway... after we review the route one more time. Just to be sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

The party makes their way across the city. Anton and Julio pick up masks at a dingy clothing shop. Mika grabs some gear from his apartment. It's a little later in the day when they find the entrance, all the way down near the bottom of Midland.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, this is the place." Anton gestures at a tunnel entrance down the alley. "Mika, you first."

Permalink Mark Unread

He draws his sword. "Could I get a light?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio mutters and touches Mika's sword. It glows like a torch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sun-blinded fools. It's not even that dark, there should be no need to broadcast their presence everywhere.

Oh well. What does she see down the tunnel? Even with a Light, she can see farther in the dark than a human can with a torch. Even half-nobility is enough for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The tunnel slopes downward at an incline for about twenty feet. The end is visible; it opens up to a ledge near flowing water. The air in the tunnel does not smell nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Down a bit over your Ray of Frost's reach to a ledge. Watch your step there, you don't want to fall in the water. You might want more than one light source for the three of you."

Mika will have to discover the scent himself. She's not going in first.

Permalink Mark Unread

As expected, the tunnel leads into a sewer. It's filthy and the further they go the more difficult to navigate it becomes. Anton thinks he hears some rats but it's hard to tell over the noise of the water. This is a lot of flowing water, for a sewer.

After what must be thirty minutes feet of sloping tunnels (and of doubling back constantly to check their route) they enter a large cylindrical room. Water and sewage flows down into a large hole in the ground. There's a rusted metal ladder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika grabs the rungs and waves his glowing sword, trying to get a better look. "I can't tell if there's a floor down there. Just looks like water!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There should be a square room about twenty-five feet down—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you stop waving that around? I can't see down with that between me and the floor, you're just making sure anything down there knows we're coming. Back off and let me look."

Permalink Mark Unread

Grumble grumble. He sheaths the sword.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that she can actually look down without a blinding light cutting through her vision twice a second, what does she see?

Permalink Mark Unread

Water pours down the side of the stone cylinder. She can just barely see the bottom, at the edge of her vision. It looks like a roiling pool of darkness. There are small cracks in the walls at regular intervals, next to the ladder.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's not a square room twenty-five feet down. I see something more like sixty feet off. Hold a moment."

She snaps for her shadow-blob. "Down thirty feet, back up, then down fifty and back up. If you see something, buzz and come back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Her shadow-familiar floats down thirty feet and comes back up silent. At thirty-five feet it tinkles like a small bell and zooms back up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's something down there, just out of my sight. My friend here can't tell us what, though."

...ugh. Fine, maybe Light will come in handy here.

"Stick your Light on the dead firefly you power it with and drop it in there, I'm not climbing down and trying to describe things while hanging from the ladder."

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll cast light on a small rock and drop it down the hole.

Permalink Mark Unread

It falls, illuminating the walls as it goes. At thirty-five feet down Tencednil can make out a square hole in the wall, about four feet on each side. It quickly widens into a room, but she can't make out the interior from this angle.

At forty-five feet she can see another hole, shaped identically to the last one. At sixty feet the rock impacts the water. Strange things are shadowed on the wall, and the light goes out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No platform, but we might be able to do the necessary acrobatics. Do you know which of the holes we need to take?"

To the familiar: "You could see into that top hole, it's not an illusion? Was there anything moving inside?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The familiar rings a light tone, then a dark one. Yes, No.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Top hole is real, at least, and maybe safe. Do I need to check the bottom one or the water?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. If we're in the right place it's the top one we want."

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case, she will wait and follow behind Mika. No reason she should be the first tasty meat bag anything lurking here jumps on.

Permalink Mark Unread

They climb down the ladder, one-by-one, with Mika leading. The square hole is about a foot away from the ladder. Everyone makes it across fine. It leads into a small square room with three exits. Anton consults the map and they continue onward.

They're no longer adjacent to the sewage, and the terrible smell slowly fades away. As they move deeper, the stone brick walls become old and cracked. The tunnels grow longer and stranger, winding back on each other. The maze is long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Twenty more minutes deep, at a four-way crossroads, Tencednil feels her familiar become alarmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh dear. Is there anything visible in the nearest 30 feet?

"Ware! Something is off here." ("Nudge me towards the closest.")

Permalink Mark Unread

Her familiar nudges left. With it's help, she can make out—

Permalink Mark Unread

Two goblins, sneaking towards them. A moment passes. "They zees us!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Getting the first strike in in combat is really no different from getting ahead of whoever you're talking to in a conversation, when you know what you're doing. If you know what the idiots are about to look for, it's not hard to get there first. By the time they've realized she's talking about them, Tencednil is already in motion.

A shift of her weight, a minor twist, and they're in range. Color Spray.

Permalink Mark Unread

The goblins have just started to charge, and then they're stunned! and blinded! and unconscious!

The others can hear two thuds as both bodies hit the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika had started to run, but he skids to a stop to avoid the blinding light. "Looks like that got 'em."

He walks over and slits their throats. "Ehh, they've nothing good, just shoddy gear and a few pinch."

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. A good introduction, and getting both of them is at least a bit impressive. Probably.

"Alas. If these things are coming from behind, we may want earlier warning next time — do either of you have familiars with functioning senses that can be looking behind as we walk ahead? My friend here can, but it's best up close."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've got a bonded item. Anton's familiar is back in our dorm doing... other things." He looks relieved, probably because the goblins are dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, my friend here might provide us some earlier warning if it's looking back as well." The light does technically reach farther than its object sense. Slightly. Ten extra feet will not be relevant, and even that is asking a bit much of it, but they make do with the tools they have. 

('Other things', hmm? As long as it's not going to be her problem.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The maze continues. Anton guides them through another ten minutes of winding passages, then through a trapdoor and down a twenty-foot ladder. The stone cobbles and bricks have faded almost completely, replaced with tunneled cave walls. This place is less of a classic maze but no less strange for it, with tunnels of every shape, many going nowhere at all.

Eventually, they hear a soft rumbling in the distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're getting close. That's got to be the river, and in the caves past it is our illusory wall."

Permalink Mark Unread

The tunnels widen into a cavern, with a river splitting it into thirds. The water is murky, but it doesn't smell like the sewage from before. There's a few plants on the dirt at the edges of the river. The sound of insects can be heard faintly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika looks around as they cross the cavern. "Seems like we're about ta be getting wet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't remind me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose you thought to bring Prestidigitation? This really should be only momentary."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I have it, it's just unpleasant to think about."

Permalink Mark Unread

And this is why you want silk. Clothing which catches all the water that falls on it and hugs it close rather than letting it slide to where it's wanted is foolish.

Still, they do have to go through one way or another if they want to get there. She can handle being a bit wet.

Permalink Mark Unread

They cross the river, twice. Julio and Anton throw their packs across first, presumably to avoid damaging their spellbooks. The water reaches to Tencednil's chest at it's highest. Julio cleans everyone off.

The cavern splits into caves and crevices. At this point, nothing looks artificial. It's only five minutes in when Anton stops by an unremarkable wall in the middle of a long cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think this is it." He moves his hand across the wall, leaning against it. "Should be around here somewh—" His fingers pass through, six feet above them.

"Ah. Mika, help me up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika grabs Anton by the waist and lifts him. His body slowly vanishes into the wall without so much as a ripple.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, there's tunnels here! This must be it." His hands appear through the wall. "Julio, grab on, I'll lift you up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio climbs up, looking uncomfortable the whole time.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Want me to help you up?" He asks Tencednil.

Permalink Mark Unread

She could use the help, and it doesn't sound like there's anything ambushing them up there.

"Please."

She'll still send the shadow ahead just in case, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her familiar flies ahead. Nothing comes through their empathic link.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika lifts her up and through the illusory wall. He climbs up after her.

The other side is a crossroads. The stone appears to be unworked, but Tencednil knows it wouldn't naturally form such a shape.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The door supposedly looks indistinguishable from the rest of the walls. Julio, Tencednil, fan out and look with detect magic. We're looking for abjuration, but I doubt there's anything else here."

Permalink Mark Unread

She's... not great... at identifying spell schools, but she can Detect just fine, and if she doesn't wait the ten seconds nobody will know.

Cantrip time it is!

Permalink Mark Unread

About sixteen feet down the left hallway, part of the stone is magical! It is indeed otherwise indistinguishable from the rest of the stone, which flows like the walls of a natural cave.

The magic aura is around six feet high and three feet wide.

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as she gets an aura located, she ceases her focus on the cantrip. "Aura over here. This would be the Arcane Lock you were looking for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The others run over. "Indeed," Julio says, "this is abjuration. Mika, you're up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika grunts, and pulls out a dagger and a small hammer. "This'll take a few minutes."

He holds his ear up to the door and starts tapping the stone in regular intervals with the tip of the dagger.

Permalink Mark Unread

She lurks ominously over Julio's shoulder. The shadow will float in closer, to hopefully provide a quick warning if something goes wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next minute, Mika's tapping accelerates. If Tencednil listens very closely, she can hear the sound of the stone start to change subtly with each tap, before he suddenly pauses.

"Got 'er figured out, just a little bit longer." He goes slower this time, but very precise. After a couple more minutes, there's a sound of fire crackling and the wall shifts suddenly.

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts away his tools and starts to push on the door. "Ughh... she's heavy."

Permalink Mark Unread

The door opens into a small stone room, with a hide carpet on the floor. An old wooden desk and chair are in the corner to the party's left. Two open doorways are in the far corners of the room.

The stench of rotting flesh fills the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio covers his face and groans. "That's nasty. What—"

Permalink Mark Unread

A zombie shambles out of the right corner door.

Groan...

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, zombies aren't a great target for Color Spray. She signs <Up> to the shadow and takes aim for an Acid Splash, once things are clear enough for that to not be entirely hopeless.

...It doesn't know sign, does it. Hopefully it figured out not to be in front of the zombies in its own.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her familiar flies up, of its own accord.

Permalink Mark Unread

A second zombie comes out the same door. They lurch towards the party.

Permalink Mark Unread

A beam of grey light emanates from Anton's finger and strikes the wall, missing the first zombie.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio flings a glob of acid, which hits the first zombie in the chest and sizzles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, Disrupt Undead. Clever wizard. She would rather have her more general-use cantrips, but the appeal of preparation is shiny.

Speaking of those more general cantrips, can her Acid Splash get anywhere? Deep breath, calm down, and... launch!

...wow that is an unhappy zombie. Acid to the cranium is as effective on the undead as on the living! And stumbling into the blob with its eye is not going to help it with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika cuts the first zombie's broken head clean off. The body collapses to the ground with a thud.

Permalink Mark Unread

The remaining zombie cracks its fist into the side of Mika's head. He stumbles backwards.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton casts disrupt undead, again. It misses, again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio's acid splash burns the zombie's shoulder. It turns to face him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Zombies, unfortunately, aren't smart enough to be distracted from attacking the nearby living with a cleverly chosen sound. She's stuck aiming around the human who got himself in arm's reach of a zombie, because apparently nobody here has heard of basic competence. 

Oh well. Acid Splash if she can, then she'll edge backwards to make sure it couldn't get to her even if it charged straight towards her.

...apparently she cannot successfully Splash this one. Hopefully the humans have better luck next time around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika stabs the zombie's midsection. The sword seems to slide through its skin without particularly injuring it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie takes a wide shot at Julio, who dodges backward, arms flailing!

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton casts disrupt undead, and cannot aim to save his life. It fizzles against the wall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio's acid splash also goes wide this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, her aim is better than Anton's, for as much as that's worth. 

Not much better, though. That will be another whiff. "Try getting back from it this time! They're bad at chasing!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika misses his swing, and doubles back a few paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie slams Julio square in the face. His body crumples to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Damn it, Julio!" He steps back and trips on Julio's cloak. Disrupt undead goes wide.

Permalink Mark Unread

Idiot humans who can't avoid something that moves slower than they do while they attack and cannot run! Is not being near it really that difficult! 

Augh, now they're going to have a real issue soon. Unless she can get this finished quickly? Acid Splash...

Hit this time! It's easier when she doesn't have to aim around a person. Of course, when they don't hit anywhere important, cantrips are not known for being destructive, and hers is no exception. It's singed a bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika steps back another few paces, pulls a dagger off his belt, and flings it at the zombie. The dagger embeds at the base of its skull.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie stumbles, for a moment.

Roar! It spins around and lunges, slamming itself into Mika's chest. They both go tumbling to the ground. Mika does not get up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's disrupt undead is aimed well, for a zombie that isn't on the floor. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

At least he used a weapon that affects rotten flesh this time. Have another Acid Splash, because unlike Anton, she has decent aim. And then she will edge back down the corridor they came in through, because at the rate this is going she would rather be prepared to run away if it turns out to be needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie, now upright, leaps at Anton and slams his head into the wall. He slumps to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

Every! Single! Time! Another Splash, which only hits because the idiot thing ran into it, and even then it's just a graze, then retreat farther into the passage. And she'll call the shadow blob over to the entrance to the passage. Hopefully the zombie will grab for it instead of finishing the wizards off.

And apparently it can throw itself at the zombie while doing so? Neat, she's never seen it that aggressive. It didn't do anything useful, but maybe it drew attention better.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie slams the annoying flying black thing into the wall! Tencednil's empathic link with her familiar ceases to exist.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadows: not known for durability. It got the zombie where she wanted it, though. Acid Splash! And this time, a clean hit, right in the rotting muscle fiber it was using to attack.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie stumbles and falls to the ground with a thud.

Permalink Mark Unread

The lair is eerily silent.

Permalink Mark Unread

...A victory! That was... closer than she hoped... but she won!

...she gains nothing by killing her allies here, she needs the students alive to read the map and she needs Mika alive if she wants to survive next time something like this happens. And no necromancy professor is going to have two zombies as his only defense. She rushes in and looks around. Who's going to die within the next minute without treatment? She doesn't really know what she's doing, but she can try to staunch bleeding.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton sounds the worst out of everyone, his breathing is very erratic. Mika has bad looking bruises on his face and chest.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will attempt to get Anton a little more stable, then. And if this involves tearing open his upper body clothing and getting a look at anything he might have on him, she's not going to object, but him not dying is urgent right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton has a backpack with some fancy-looking books, a sealed vial of ink, a pen, soap, a half-empty waterskin, two meals worth of trail rations, and twelve silver shields.

Permalink Mark Unread

Those books look interesting...

Wait. No. She was stabilizing him. Books are not important right now! ...and that's about five seconds wasted. Oops.

She spends another ten or fifteen seconds trying to make sure he's at least not actively choking on blood or anything. At that point, he looks pretty stable, though that may not be due to anything she did.

With that finished, she has some time, and she can't wake the others with any of the spells she has available. May as well satisfy her curiosity! Does a Detect Magic spot any auras on any of the three of them?

Permalink Mark Unread

A wand on the floor next to Julio and a stoppered vial in Mika's belt pouch have magical auras. She can't discern the school of magic for either.

Permalink Mark Unread

He was using that wand to cast his spells, so it's probably his bonded item. Assuming he wasn't lying about that.

...she'll leave it. 

The vial might be important, but if it's a healing potion she would rather not know until she's finished her investigations here. She drops the Detect and takes a look at the books. Are any of them recognizably Common or Elvish?

Permalink Mark Unread

The books are all in Common. Anton's backpack has:

Elemental Fundamentals V: Sound

Second-Order Evocative Interactions

Principals of Elementary Thaumaturgy, Second Edition

The Book of Magic, Fourteenth Edition

and two untitled books, one of which is probably his spellbook.

If the stamps on the inner covers of Elemental Fundamentals V: Sound and Second-Order Evocative Interactions are to be believed, they were checked out from the Acadamae library.

Permalink Mark Unread

Disappointingly normal, for someone whose familiar is off doing unspecified suspicious things! And he worships an ascended human, but at least one of the respectable ones. Nethys may be mad but at least he's interesting.

Oh well. Maybe it actually isn't doing anything suspicious, or they haven't taken the evidence of it with them into the sewers.

What does Julio have on him? She'll look closely and then a give him brief pat-down, but she's not going to tear any clothing that isn't already torn.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio has a similar kit to Anton: books, writing utensils, ink, some food and water, a compass, and thirty one silver shields.

Less books than Anton: two unlabeled, Recognizing Charms and Compulsions, and Dungeoneering For The Busy Wizard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Boring boring boring. Maybe they really are just what they said they were. That's kind of disappointing. For the best.

Over to Mika! He's the one who might have a potion, so she can even justify this one. That's a lot of money if she's right, though. What does he have?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika's backpack is quite full! She finds four cylinders of chalk, a flint and steel, two unlit torches, a grappling hook, a spool of rope, six pitons, soap, an iron pot, a hammer, four meals worth of rations, two waterskins (one full, one around half empty), a set of thieves’ tools, a pouch with one hundred and twelve silver shields, and some other assorted junk.

In his belt pouch is the magic vial (red), two more vials (one black and one clear), three daggers, and four pinch.

Permalink Mark Unread

At least someone here was actually prepared. The nonmagic vials are interesting, but she has no particular way to identify them. Instead... she casts her Detect Magic again, points it at the vials (and the wand while she's at it), and... concentrates. And focuses. And focuses some more.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her about twenty seconds to identify the wand's school (faint universal) and another twenty for the vial's school (faint conjuration).

Permalink Mark Unread

Universal is exactly what she would expect from a bonded item without further enchantment. The potion is probably a healing potion? Right school, at least. Does she need to use it now? 

...no, they seem pretty safe for the moment. They'll take a while to recover, but there's no need to steal the choice from Mika when he'll probably be able to express an opinion soon enough. She puts everyone's gear back together, closes up the pouches, and repositions people until they should be able to breathe clearly and won't hurt themselves when they get up, as long as they do it without straining anything.

And then she sits and gets back to her slow experimentation with understanding Detect Magic's feedback. She's been at this for most of the past week, she can do it for another few hours here.

Permalink Mark Unread

After an hour, Anton slowly wakes up with a long groan.

"Ughhh, my head, what..." He opens his eyes and looks around. "Ah, fuck. They got us good. Did anyone die?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet. Stay down, you'll go right back to bleeding out internally if you do anything too forceful. We might be able to get out if nothing jumps us, but I wouldn't want to bet on it. 

"I don't suppose you had any plans for what to do if one of you was wounded? Is your familiar anywhere useful where you might be able to signal someone to pay for a channel, maybe?"

Also, while she's looking around again, she may as well check the zombie corpses. She would have picked up any magic on them, but maybe they have something less interesting?

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've got money to pay for a channel, but not nearly enough to get someone all the way down here. Not that they could even find this place, without the map."

He pauses and concentrates for a moment. "I can't reach my familiar, we're too far away."

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie corpses have nothing but the moldering clothes they were wearing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unsurprising.

"I expected no less. Do either of you have Infernal Healing in your spellbooks? None of you are likely to die in the next few days, and you should all recover within the week with good care, but I can't exactly provide that down here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've both got it but neither of us have it prepared. Julio can cast it from his wand, if he wakes up. He usually keeps the devil blood is in his coat's inner pocket."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll check that the vial is still whole. If it is, we can wait a few hours and hope he wakes up. If not..."

She sighs.

"I'll try to get out myself, buy some, and find my way back. Hopefully it doesn't come to that, I wouldn't bet on you three all making it out alive if it does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's... fine with me..." He shuts his eyes and rests.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Julio have an unbroken vial in his pocket, if she goes over and checks?

Permalink Mark Unread

That he does. It contains a red liquid, darker than human blood.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Time to wait! And if Mika wakes up first, she can ask him if he wants to use the potion on Julio to get this all done quickly, but potions are expensive enough that he probably won't. Still, this is much better than waiting for them to heal naturally.

Permalink Mark Unread

A little over an hour later, Mika awakens and looks around.

"Owwwwww. This might be the worst I've ever taken it. We all still kickin?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"None of you are dead yet. When Julio finds his way back to this side of Desna's domain, he has an Infernal Healing for one of you. And then we can wait for one if the wizards to prepare, because neither of them even left an open space this morning. Unless you have something in your pocket, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"O-Okay... wait for the wizard..." His eyes drift shut.

Permalink Mark Unread

Either he missed the reference or he doesn't want the potion used. She wasn't exactly subtle there, but he's not at his best either. Waiting for the wizard it is. 

Another hour sitting here! She should bring a book of her own next time she does something like this, it didn't seem worth the weight when she thought this was going to be quick.

Permalink Mark Unread

An hour passes. Julio does not wake up. The others are still alive, but don't seem to be getting any better. They might have fallen asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well it's not like she has anything to be doing. If he doesn't wake up for another few hours, she'll ask Mika again, but until then, she continues her cantrip refining.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two hours later, Julio finally stirs awake.

"O-Oh." He sits up slowly. "What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You suffered the expected result of preparing absolutely no spells that could harm the undead while venturing into a necromancer's hideout. And apparently you're the only one here with any ability to heal today. If you would get one of yourself and Anton back up, perhaps we can finish this quest of yours after sleeping."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio grabs his wand off the ground and stands up shakily.

"You look fine. I'll get Mika up, I don't think we're getting out of here without him."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio limps over and casts what is presumably infernal healing on Mika. By the time the spell wears off he looks much better, if not perfectly healthy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He stands up. "Ah. Shit. That went poorly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can say that again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright. We should find what we came here for and get out. I wouldn't touch anything in a wizard's lair without knowing it ain't magic first, and I don't got the magic sight."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio walks over to Anton and shakes him awake.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a moment to get his bearings, and then stands up and leans against a wall. "We're looking for books, spell components, coins, and wondrous items if we're lucky."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How sure are you there are no other zombies in there? If anything at all is in there, hasn't come out yet, and does when we investigate, you two will both die."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If there were other zombies in here they'd have attacked us by now. It's been hours." He pauses. "–and Matei was fourth circle, earliest you can make intelligent undead as a wizard is sixth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unless these two got loose, and most of them are still stuck in with the rest of his things. Or he set an audible Alarm and anything nearby hears it. Or he left a Glyph of Warding with a summon behind as well. If there are magic items in there, I can't tell them and traps apart with a Detect unless we get very lucky. If you want to take the risk, it's you two who can't run."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's only two other rooms in this place, and the zombies came from one of them. It's not a whole crypt... look if you don't want to explore, his desk's in here. We can at least see what it has."

Permalink Mark Unread

Matei's desk and chair are in the bottom left corner of the room. A dried-up inkwell, a pen, and some papers sit atop it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine, it's your heads."

Detect Magic! Again! (...sigh.) Anything magical in the desk?

Permalink Mark Unread

The desk has two compartments. She can detect eight magical auras.

The first has a red book titled in an unknown language written in a script she doesn't recognize, a book titled Serving Your Hunger in Common, eight black gemstones of varying shape, a clear crystal cut as a dodecahedron, and a few dozen old mint gold sails. The books are magical.

The second has a green book and a grey book (both titled in a different unknown language), a silver dagger, and a ring. The books and ring are magical.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Definitely some magic here, but this looks complicated. It'll take me time to even have a guess what they do. If there are spells, though, they're only on the items or the books. Maybe he wasn't that trap-prone. I'll sweep the other rooms for magic as well. 

"What languages do you all know? I don't recognize some of these books, and one of them might be a spellbook but there are three here."

While they're processing that, she swings her Detect cone around, letting it play over the contents of the other two rooms for long enough to see the individual auras resolve into place.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know Common, Draconic, Infernal, and a little Thassilonian."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Common, Infernal, and Ignan for me."

Permalink Mark Unread

The left room has a bed, a nightstand, and a dresser. She detects one magical aura in this room, emanating from within the dresser.

The right room has a ritual circle drawn in fading blood, three meat hooks chained to the ceiling, and the bones of two human skeletons spread across the circle. She doesn't detect any magical auras in this room.

Permalink Mark Unread

She retreats back to the others and speaks quietly.

"The only aura in that room is inside the drawers, probably an item." She indicates the room to the left. "I also haven't spotted any in the other room, but animated skeletons don't detect as magical. I don't know if the bones were disassembled skeletons but they might have been, and I don't want to risk it. No magic there also means no wondrous items. We'll be here all night anyway, because you two need to be able to move before we can get out. We can try it then, when everyone's able to move quickly and throw a few cantrips if we need it. Mika, do you have a blunt weapon somewhere? Daggers and swords don't handle bones very well, we should prepare just in case when we're ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've got my hammer, but I don't usually fight with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio walks over to the desk once Tencednil returns. "Let's see here... black onyx! That's good. We're making a tidy profit even if we can't get anything else out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We won't be getting anything out until you two are able to cast without killing yourself, unless you want us leaving you here alone. It's a good point though. Let me see what I can figure out about the items. They're probably worth something, and one of them might even be helpful."

Detect Magic again, but this time she's not focusing on schools. What do these items look like they could do? Anything she recognizes?

Permalink Mark Unread

The ring is a typical ring of protection. The books are all coated with some sort of magical preservative. There are three more magical auras on the red book—they're spells, but she can't identify them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The ring is a Protection ring, the standard buckler style. Definitely worth something, but not going to help us here and now. Unless we get into a fight. The other auras are coming from that book there. I'm not sure what they do, and I'd rather not touch them, given how much I know some wizards do to protect their spellbooks. The other books are preserved with something minor, probably how they lasted this long. I don't know why he bothered, though, and my guesses are all worrying.

"The room without the ritual circle looked safe. Magically, at least. Mika, you should sense for more physical traps. It would be strange to have those in a hidden storage space, but the books indicate he might have been planning to return after a long departure, and we have the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, we're officially rich. Rings of protection are, what, 2,250 gold sails?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Closer to 2,200. When sold by a reputable vendor."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika creeps over and peers into the bedroom. "Doesn't look like it's trapped, 's far as I can tell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're not exactly reputable, but I can find someone who will want it at a reasonable price." Mother works for the Abadarans enough, she should be able to get something useful for it.

She follows Mika into the bedroom and heads over towards the dresser the aura came from. "If he had a headband, it should be in here."

She rifles through the drawers. What can she see?

Permalink Mark Unread

The drawers in the dresser are locked!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that won't do. "I'd rather avoid breaking things when there's an aura in that drawer. Open the locks, if you would."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure." Mika walks over and starts working on the lock. A little under a minute later, the lock on the top drawer clicks open.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

Mika looks uncomfortable after he opens the drawer. "So. There is a trap. Spring-loaded. Got lucky with that one."

He steps sideways, away from the front of the dresser, and carefully pulls a thin blade out of the drawer. "Bet the other drawers have 'em too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He probably didn't have permanent Magic Aura, but a lead box works just as well. If he trapped this, it's probably because there is something that matters in here. There also might be something cleverer than this in the next drawer, and if you start bleeding out, things get worse. Leave it, we come back to it tomorrow when the two idiots in the other room have useful spells hung."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Top drawer's open, bunch of bottles and jars and things, if you want a look."

Permalink Mark Unread

She glances over the contents, and puts up her Detect Magic again in case the drawer was lead-lined. Or this might have been where the aura was, she was too far away to be sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

The drawer contains an eclectic collection of vials, bottles, and jars. Components of a strange, half-disassembled metal and glass contraption sit in the back.

One cylindrical brown glass jug, filled with a clear liquid and labeled in some arcane notation, is magical. She recognizes it as the preservative used on the books.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the aura here accounted for. She takes that, and a few other things which look interesting, pretty much at random. The traps are strange if that's all there is, though, they should check for lead. Tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the day passes without incident. It's quite boring and everyone (except Tencednil) is injured, so nobody's having a great time. Anton and Julio are using Mika's caltrops as dice for some game they're playing on the floor. Nobody brought a bedroll, so the party sleeps on the rug.

Some time later, the party wakes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio yawns. "Anton, what spells do you think I should prepare? We need two infernal healings between us."

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton pages through his spellbook. "Maybe one mage armor and infernal healing each, then sleep for you and... uhh... magic missile for me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leave a slot open over the Sleep, we might need another Healing and Spray handles most of the same things."

While they prepare, she pulls at her shadow with the shadow cantrip she picked up. She's still not sure what it's called. There, there, and... aha!

The blob thing rises from her shadow once more, and bounces happily.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, that's probably not a bad idea." Julio will sit down and take an hour to prepare his spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

So will Anton.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika cleans his weapons off and snacks on some rations. He looks a little better than he did last night.

Permalink Mark Unread

After they've finished preparing their spells, Julio and Anton cast infernal healing on themselves.

A minute later, they look perfectly healthy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ahh, that's much better." Julio moves over to the desk, giving the items a closer inspection.

"Hmm. The books are all coated with an unguent of timelessness. The red book is a mess. I can't discern the exact spells, but there's abjuration and transmutation mixed in with the lot."

He moves to the second drawer. "I didn't recognize the script for the red one, but I think these two are in Necril. Everything except the red book should be safe to touch." He waves a hand and chants, and the red book floats out of the drawer and into his backpack.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The dresser was trapped, and the Unguent was the only aura I detected in it. There may be a lead box which hid something in there. If your Mage Hand triggers the traps for us, we should be able to check. We might need a few locks dissolved, but anything important should be behind lead, and a Splash won't break that. Come.

"Also remember you're paying Mika back for those rations. And add it to the tally of ways you were dead without him here."

Into the bedroom she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, yeah. We'll have well enough money for rations when we get back. Anton, get the rest of the stuff in the desk!" Julio follows her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!" Anton starts emptying the desk drawers into his bag.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bedroom looks the same as it did last night.

Permalink Mark Unread

How does the wood of the drawers, specifically the part around the locks, like an Acid Splash? Or two? Or three?

Permalink Mark Unread

The wood does not seem particularly affected by acid splash.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good hardwood, it can handle the cantrips. Mika, was the trap something you could have tripped by picking the lock, or only by opening the drawer?"

Acid Splash can't get through furniture-quality wood? Maybe hers is just weak. Well, no need to let them realize she was dumb.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The last one triggered if you picked the lock wrong, or used the wrong key, or opened the drawer without the right key."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Mage Hand can do the opening for us, but not the lockpicking. Seems you're the one at risk, then. Up to you whether we try to pick these or just smash it and maybe break whatever's in there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd rather not risk a knife in my gut. Too many near misses recently, 'tis a bad omen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Smashing it is, then. Rocks from a distance, in case something snaps and the blades come flying out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika pulls a stone out of his pack and hands it to Tencednil. "You want to throw?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She snorts. "I can throw acid, I can't throw a rock which will hit harder than the acid. All yours."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika steps back a few paces and flings the rock. It cracks the corner of the dresser, bounces, and crashes into the wall. "Ahh, I was just warming up..."

He throws again, and misses completely this time. The stone breaks in half against the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Humans. Mika may have been competent but he is still human. Why did she work with these people anyway? 

She walks out of the room, sits in a corner where she doesn't have to watch this catastrophe, closes her eyes, and tries to remember why she needs to be here.

She must have had a reason.

Surely she had a reason.

She'll be a minute or two. Or five. Or ten.

Permalink Mark Unread

A stone crashes against the wall. "Oh, fuck you too!". A stone bounces off the ceiling and out of the room. "Come on!" A stone skids across the floor.

"Now listen here, dresser, face me and know you have met yo—"

Permalink Mark Unread

A stone slams straight through the center of the dresser, pulverizing it instantly. The glass breaks.

Permalink Mark Unread

For one moment, there is a brilliant light, shining like the sun. The stone walls crack slightly from the shockwave.

Permalink Mark Unread

As the light fades, a baleful orange glow emanates from the doorway. Fire roars. Smoke, black and red and flickering unnaturally, begins to fill the bedroom.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika stumbles backward, clutching his head and screaming. Soot covers his face.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Healing! Now! And cast your Armors, we don't want to bet nothing heard that!"

('Do you see anything in the smoke? Is the smoke just normal smoke? One hop if it's clear, two for something there, three if the smoke is doing something.')

And she'll throw up a Detect Magic herself, pointed smoke-wards.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her familiar rings once. The smoke is not magical, strange as it looks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio casts infernal healing on Mika using his wand. "You okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika's wounds begin closing. He doesn't respond to Julio's question.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tencednil's right, we need to get moving! I've got all the loot packed up in my bag." He quickly packs his spellbook into his backpack and runs for the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika looks around, confused. "I CAN'T HEAR YOU!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There might have been something in the dresser, but if so it's gone now. Let's go!"

She knows how to handle hearing loss. Sign is a brilliant invention. <Come! You're deaf. We go out now.>

And she nods to the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika looks at her incomprehensible hand waving and is still confused.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Humans!

Fine. She... taps her ear, points to Mika, and shakes her head. Then she beckons him towards the door they came in through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika seems to understand and follows her through the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio and Anton finish casting mage armor on themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gives them an hour to get out, this time with valuables. Time to get moving.

Wait, they're better off following the person with the map. Time to wait for the idiots students to get going and then follow them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton leads them through the caves at a brisk pace. They travel back through the winding caves the way the came, and across the rivers in the large cavern, and into the oddly-shaped tunnels. They reach the first ladder within twenty minutes, a much faster pace then last time.

Time stretches long, but Anton and Julio's mage armor is still up. They're almost through the old stone maze, in a particularly tangled bit, when Tencednil's familiar becomes alarmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quick glance around. "Ware! Point me to it."

Is Mika hearing any better than he was when they set out? Hopefully he'll at least see her raising her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her familiar vibrates but doesn't point in any particular direction. The ground rumbles softly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika does not hear her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everywhere, then? Creature? Trap? Hazard?"

Permalink Mark Unread

There is only one, at first.

They come from the cracks in walls. They come from the holes in the ceiling. In seconds, a drizzle become a storm. Rats. Rats.

Permalink Mark Unread

Swarms, and no field-wide strikes between them. Delightful. Color Spray should at least delay it, and maybe they can escape? They might have to turn off the light to lose them, though. ...Mika can't hear, and rat noses might be good enough to catch them anyway. Just flee.

"I can stun them, but there are too many to hurt! Unless you have something clever, best we run! Rats aren't fast!"

On second thought, she should have focused on getting the Color Spray cast before giving instructions!

Permalink Mark Unread

The rats pour over the party like a wave. They take chunks of flesh with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"RUN! FOLLOW ME!" Anton sprints sixty feet down to the end of the hallway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio follows. "I knew I should've prepared sleep, damn it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika runs, slower than the others. He looks nauseous.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil's shadow familiar is swallowed whole by a rat.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shakes off her disgust and makes it fifteen feet from the horde's general mass, then launches a Color Spray behind her. Rats are probably less instinctual than spiders, right? This should work?

Permalink Mark Unread

The rats stream fearlessly through the blinding light, but only momentum propels their still bodies to the other side.

Permalink Mark Unread

The maze falls quiet, for now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton rounds the corner and continues to sprint. "We're close to the ladder! Hurry!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio follows.

Permalink Mark Unread

As does Mika, once he gets over his nausea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep running sounds like the plan here. The rats will be back soon, and if they're anything like spiders they're not going to be hampered by her stomping on them or anything. To the ladder!

Permalink Mark Unread

The ladder is a little over half a minute of running ahead of them. They reach the cylindrical room with the sewage waterfall.

The sewers are thirty-five feet above them. Twenty-five feet below them, black water roils unnaturally. Tencednil can hear a distant rumbling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton climbs up and over the ladder like a man possessed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio tries to climb fast, almost slips off, and climbs the rest slower.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika's right behind Julio the whole way up.

Permalink Mark Unread

With the humans in her way and her athletic inabilities making her unwilling to rush this, Tencednil takes a bit longer than Mika, but not too much so. Though she did almost slip for a moment there.

"I don't know how badly they caught the Spray. If they shook it off efficiently, they might already be chasing us. If we're lucky, still best we get out of anywhere they can see."

Permalink Mark Unread

As Anton leads them through the sloping sewers, the rumbling fades away. He doesn't need to consult the map nearly as much as their first time through.

Around twenty minutes later, they walk up a steep tunnel and exit at 44 Stone's End.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, DESNUS 30th, 4708

SCANDAL AT HOUSE GREY, SECRET HEIR REVEALED

The weather worsens. Rain pours in loud sheets. The sky crackles with lightning. Three ships delay setting off until the storm passes. Gemshare Jewelers is robbed by an expert. The value of the stolen goods exceeds ten thousand silver shields. Archbanker Darb Tuttle sells a regenerate.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know a fourth circle cleric. She should be willing to sell the ring at only a minor surcharge, and I can probably get a Remove Deafness out of her as part of that. We'd end up with maybe 19,000 shields. Have you managed to get anything out of the books?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do I look like I've had time to read boo—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anton."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "No, nothing yet. Neither of us can read Necril and I've no idea what the red one's written in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not going to open it until we know what the spells bound to it do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tencednil, if your cleric can get us a good rate on the ring, we should probably sell through her. I know a guy who might be able to help, but he's no fourth-circle cleric."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Definitely not, just hoped you had a lead on the books. I'll tell her the deal is on, then, the Abadarans can handle the details. We'll all go and give them the ring together, a joint account we all have to agree to use is easy. I have the contract written up here. If we sign it and have it sent, she can do the rest, and Mika's hearing should be back by tomorrow. Anything else urgent?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio will read Tencednil's contract. What does it say?

Permalink Mark Unread

The collective Parties 1 agree to yield unto Party 2 a ring which they attest under oath is a standard Ring of Protection, of the least grade...

Party 2 agrees to furnish unto an account held at the Bank of Abadar by the collective Parties 1 a sum of 19050 silver shields, less the price of one Abadar's Truthtelling used to confirm their oath...

Party 2 furthermore agrees to provide one casting of Remove Deafness to a recipient designated by the collective Parties 1 within a week of this contract's signature...

There are no obvious tricks here. Ulon teaches cooperation as much as trickery, and this isn't a sum to burn her reputation over even if she was confident in slipping it past them. And the Abadarans, who would probably notice and ask if there was a reason for anything strange.

(Tencednil has no issue showing her impatience as he goes over it closely, though. Yes he doesn't trust her, fine, but this is a simple procedure, a close examination is unreasonable enough to show some irritation about.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"This looks fine. We ought to get going, then?" Only a fool doesn't go over contracts closely.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No time like five minutes ago. Failing that, now will do." Doesn't mean she's not going to make you feel bad about it.

Off to the bank!

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank of Abadar at North Point is a vast and busy building. The low din of trade can be heard throughout. The Korvosan Guard have a strong presence here.

There's a little bit of a line, if they want to meet a banker without an appointment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, not much loss from failing to pay for a slot in advance. Into the line.

Permalink Mark Unread

Time seems to slow down as the line moves. It's a dramatic contrast to their time in the Vaults.

Eventually, they're taken into a side room and seated with a well-groomed man. "Hello, how may we help you today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The four of us will be opening a combined account, no withdrawals without agreement from all of us. We will be sending this contract to account 16927, and depositing the ring to be sent as per the contract in a safebox." She holds up a silver shield. "Anton here will provide the ring, and I will be covering the safebox fee for up to two hours. I will also be immediately available if the procedure takes longer than that. However, I anticipate the counterparty signing quickly, at which point I will accept the required Truthtelling."

Mother knew this was the plan, and that account number means she'll be notified of the offer. No reason this should take longer than an hour, but it's best to have the safety. She passes the contract over, followed promptly by the shield. If whatever's left over ends up deposited in the combined account, that's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

The banker pages through the contract. "Everything seems to be in order, give me a moment."

He takes the contract and the silver shield and leaves the room through a side door.

Permalink Mark Unread

A couple of minutes later he returns with a small metal box, which he unlocks using a key. "The contract will be delivered to the holder of account 16927 shortly."

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton removes the ring of protection from his bag and places it into the safebox.

Permalink Mark Unread

The banker locks the safebox and takes it with him as he leaves the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

"While we're waiting for the Truthtelling, what have you found about the book? My friend can read," as she discovered last night trying to find a better way to communicate with it, "and it's relatively disposable." As she discovered during their time in the sewers. "If the traps are the sorts of thing that just entrap or kill a reader, I could have it go through and trigger them, for a rate more reasonable than hiring Dispels."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have not looked at it again yet. I'd really not rather risk messing with the book until I know what it does. Your strange friend may be disposable, but the book itself is not."

He pauses for a moment. "Matei seems fond of explosives, inferring from the dresser."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was my worry. You are better positioned to distinguish Glyphs of Warding from Explosive Runes than I am."

Was that Julio taking a shot at her plans? No, not a chance. She'll ignore it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio sighs and levitates the book out of his bag and on to the desk. He casts detect magic and stares intently at the cover.

"I can't tell what any of the spells are, sorry. The magic is all tangled up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The offer stands. I'll be in the place we met next Starday, if you've figured anything out by then."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at Anton. "I believe we're free next Starday around noon. I'll check if the Acadamae library has anything on permanent spells commonly bound to books."

Permalink Mark Unread

"–and we can easily afford comprehend languages for translation. I've wanted that spell for a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

Account 16927 has requested a message service, paid in advance. There are always a few people around hoping the Abadarans have a job for them. When a contract is sent to that account number, an employee pays one of them a few pinch to run a copy of the contract over to the listed address. It only needs to go six or seven blocks; this isn't the most expensive message she's sent in the past ten minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not great pay, but the run is short enough for him to be back waiting for the next message quickly. He'll take it.

He knows the layout of North Point, of course, but it's too rich for his blood. He doesn't know any of the houses in the area. He can see this one from two blocks away, though. Only one of these has all its windows covered with black curtains. Is that really where he's going?

He double checks the address. It is.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he knocks, the door slips open just wide enough for him to enter. Through the crack, he can see... darkness, everywhere. The only light comes from the sun falling through the cracked door, and in that light he can see a... giant sheet of cobwebs or something?

Then it moves. He flinches and cringes back, holding out the contract like food to an angry house drake. Something creeps towards him, out of the darkness.

Permalink Mark Unread

She was expecting a message from her disappointing daughter! Perhaps not quite as disappointing as she thought, if this worked. She comes to the door and takes the contract. No changes? No changes. Perfect. She draws up an approval, indicating she'll be there within an hour. It's elegant, flowing, and almost incomprehensible to anyone who knows only one of Elven and Undercommon. The bank knows enough Elven to figure it out, they've managed.

...The messenger is still there! Good. Doing his inexplicable human nonsense, but that's easy. She shoves the message into his hand before pushing him out. He should be able to figure it out.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's... not being eaten by a spider? He isn't! He's alive!

And he has the response he was supposed to wait for, even. The bank isn't paying him enough to not gossip, especially not going to that house, and it wasn't even folded. He looks over the paper.

...he can't make heads or tails of it.

Oh well. Still enough to get him paid the extra for the reply. And, at least as importantly, means he can leave without finding out where that web came from.

Permalink Mark Unread

The banker returns. "Your counterparty has received the contract. We have a truthtelling available in about thirty minutes. You may wait in the lobby."

Permalink Mark Unread

Thirty minutes? Ugh. Fine. That's not too long, she can handle it. Even if they should be more efficient. Off she goes to sit and wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some time later, a different banker calls Tencednil back into the room. She has a copy of the contract with her.

"Listen carefully. I will cast the truthtelling on you. You will say 'I attest under oath' and read this," she points, "section of your contract. Do you understand?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will accept the spell and read the words I said I would read under Truthtelling, yes. Can we?" She reaches out her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

The banker casts the spell on her. For a moment, the imperfections of her form seem to disappear and a shimmering key appears above her forehead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her certainty that Ulon's shape is the proper way from the world to be, that he does not wish her controlled, clashes with the spell—

—but resistance isn't the point here. She lets it wash over her and settle in.

"I attest under oath..." She reads the contract wording she wrote. She can do that under Truthtelling. If she couldn't, she would have written it differently. Obviously. But this is the standard for human deals like this, and she doesn't want this one to stand out to anyone involved, so she does it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The banker places a small sheaf of papers on the desk. "Your account number is 32824. The money has already been transferred. Withdrawals cannot be made without all four of you present. We may accept a signed permission notice in place of physical presence, testified as authentic under truthtelling, depending on the circumstances. We have a room available tomorrow at noon for the remove deafness. Good day."

She pushes the sheaf across the table. It contains details about their account.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good day."

She writes down the room instructions for Mika to read, because he probably can't hear them. They don't have the room for much longer, so she glances through the papers quickly to make sure there's nothing strange there and prepares to leave.

"Do we want to try to go back and see if there was anything in that ritual room? It will be risky, but the newly available funds could make it less so. Or we could go our separate ways hereafter, if you would prefer, except for determining Mika's share of the books."

Permalink Mark Unread

The papers seem perfectly normal and boring.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't particularly want to go back. With our luck a fungus will melt my skin off before we even get there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't necessarily planning on selling the books, depending on what's in them. We still need to sell the black onyx and the crystal. We can go through the Acadamae for gems, although they'll take a cut. Mika might want the silver dagger, but if not we'll have to find a buyer for that too."

Permalink Mark Unread

—Mika saw her take the jar, there's no point hiding it. This is a good time to bring it up.

"I also have the preservative. It's magic, but not in a way I had an easy buyer for. It looked like it only works on things that used to be living, but the books look impressively unharmed, so at least it's effective. Add it to your sales list."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles. "Oh, good. Well, ignoring the books, the soonest we can get everything appraised and sold is probably Moonday. Everyone at the Acadamae is always busy on festival day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only to be expected. Aught else? And do either of you have a way to improve cantrip effectiveness on undead? After Fireday I was thinking about getting a crossbow, but a more effective Splash would be better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually being able to aim disrupt undead might improve the effectiv—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, come off it! It's not like you weren't tripping over yourself when that zombie turned 'round on you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio sighs and thinks for a bit. "Well, the Hall of Summoning historically recommended using brimstone as a material component with acid splash to increase the potency... but you'd be just burning money instead of spells, that stuff isn't cheap."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's still worth a try. And books say all sorts of things are necessary that actually aren't, I've never needed sand to cast my Color Spray. It might be something I can learn to do if I see how it works."

She's still undecided whether that's humans being bad at things again or something else, so she'll leave open the possibility they could figure it out themselves, even if she doesn't have much hope.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're not a wizard, are you? Sorcerer magic is often a little strange. Supposedly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Perhaps it's that, then. Still worth a try to see if I can get the hang of it on my own. If you're going to look into the book spells, would you mind checking to see if there are any records of things like that? The Academae's library is impressive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll take a look through the Hall of Summoning's library. It'll probably be hidden away in there somewhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, waves, and off she goes to let them do their research. She... still doesn't have anything to do today, and it's more obvious now after her recent adventures. She might be able to find something on Acid Splash, but relying on publicly available sources and using her own research ability rather than a wizard's is never going to find anything the others won't.

So. She has a few days free, and it's becoming increasingly obvious she needs to understand more about how her magic actually works if she wants to do foolhardy things like this. She'll start by planning some experiments for tomorrow when her weird shadow-thing is back. It seems increasingly like a familiar...

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, DESNUS 31st, 4708

SHINGLES GANG BRAWL TURNS BLOODY, NINE DEAD

A perfect circle is carved into the sky, two miles wide. The storm seems to bend around it. It's a bright, sunny day. The Acadamae opens its doors to outsiders for the festival. The guard struggles to handle a crowd. A small ship wrecks against the Varisian coastline, far in the distance. A devil has breakfast with his great grandson.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her first urgent business today is getting Mika his Remove Deafness without him grievously offending Mother. How does he feel about having his spell cast in a completely dark room? He goes in, something happens, he comes out, he can hear again. If he can't see anything he can't say anything too offensively human about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika seems unhappy but willing to go through with this. He wants his hearing back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. This should be easy then.

She walks him to his room and walks out herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her daughter was working with this... offensively human... human? Perhaps she can't judge on party members, given her own misadventures, but still. Oh well, as long as she doesn't need to deal with him without being paid well.

Remove Deafness.

Permalink Mark Unread

She returns to the room to walk him out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika is cheerful. "Ahahaha! My hearing's back!"

He claps his hands together. "You've any idea what was in that damn dresser? I thought it was clear of magic except for the bottle you took."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So did I, and a lead box should have stopped you from hitting anything I didn't see that hard. Even if I missed something, though, I don't see why he would set a trap that exploded like that. Destroying whatever he was trying to hide doesn't make any sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wouldn't bother trying to guess the mind of a mad wizard like that, it's a fool's errand. Still can't believe he slept next to it, though!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Quite. ...And my apologies. I did not mean to mislead you, but it seems I did nonetheless."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, thanks. It's not that big a deal. The whole place was a death trap—"

"'it'll be easy' they said, 'just down through this maze' they said, 'he's been dead for fifty years' they said. Bah! We didn't even run into anything truly terrible, and we were almost dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"From the stories I'd heard, zombies didn't sound that dangerous. I guess I never heard what they were like at first circle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I didn't realize my sword wouldn't work. Got the first one's head off but the second just wasn't having it. Horrible creatures."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, now we know for next time."

And on a better-shaded note, there's a festival to get to. They should start heading that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

As they travel down from North Point through Midland and then west into Citadel Crest, the streets grow ever more crowded.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Acadamae is a vast complex, almost a town within a city, located in the Heights. Only on this one day a year is it open to outsiders. Within the imposing stone walls and past the open gate lie twelve buildings, their designs varying dramatically.

What must be dozens of large illusions blanket the area. The sky changes colors depending on the angle you look. Strange lights streak through the air and fantastical creatures watch the crowds atop podiums. House drakes dance across the sky in groups of nine... those might be real. Two wizards are "dueling" in a sectioned off arena, but the spells are almost certainly fake.

Every Hall of magic has its own exhibition, its own impressive showcases, and its own great achievers... but every year without fail the Hall of Lies steals the show.

Permalink Mark Unread

For all that they're mostly human, the Academae is impressively good at magic. This is so many circled spells. Mother told her stories of their rightful place in the Underdark, and of the resources properly at the fingertips of a house of noble drow, but nothing she remembers is as grand as this. Numbers have a value all their own, and even if it takes a hundred humans to produce one wizard, there are more hundreds of humans who come to Korvosa for this than there are drow nearby down below. Inferior as they are, it doesn't do to underestimate them as a whole.

She's not going to say any of that out loud, though. Just think what the two idiots would say if they heard, to say nothing of Mother.

"Illusions are spectacular. If you look at one for long enough, trace exactly how it's moving, try to see everything about it, sometimes it clicks that it's really not there. With everything they're doing here, that just enhances the effect — you can still see it, but you can also see through it. Sometimes I think they plan the show to be prettier that way. One time it actually was there, it was just a cloud of shadows coated with the image, and that was even better."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika nods in agreement. "I don't think I've looked at them like that before. They are very pretty."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Hall of Summoning is the keystone of the Academae. One of the signatures of its graduates is their ability to prepare a basic Summoning tightly enough on their scaffolds that it snaps off as soon as they call to it, not needing the slow and easily disrupted selection time most wizards have to go through. This famed ability has kept the Academae attracting prospective wizards despite its (admittedly substantial) danger. Well, that and the consistency with which it turns them into second-circle casters, as long as they survive.

It's also the hall which would know the most about Acid Splash, and she has a sudden interest in improving hers. The Breaching Festival is focused on the grand displays a high-circle caster can manage, but students with almost nothing but cantrips are also there. Maybe she can see someone showing off in a way which inspires her?

Permalink Mark Unread

They push through the crowd to the Hall of Summoning's entrance. Emblazoned on the exterior walls are glowing (possibly illusory) magic circles. Large double doors are held wide open.

The Hall of Summoning's foyer is currently host to a crowd cheering as a strange flying snake strangles a small demon to death. There's a schedule on the wall for demonstrations of bound outsiders.

There are doors leading to many other rooms, with labels like "mount dueling at 3:00" and "speedy construction in adverse conditions at 2:00".

Permalink Mark Unread

She should go look for wherever they're showing off target practice, though. That's where cantrips will be.

That's a quite impressive display there, though. Maybe she'll go after this duel.

...Or maybe after the next one. Outsiders can do so many things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes by. For a while, Mika seems equally entranced by the bizarre creatures, but eventually he wanders off.

A staff member of some sort walks into the foyer and announces a side room is doing... mount dueling in five minutes. It's an exhibition by some fifth-year students.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is Mount dueling a thing? Aren't Mounts conjured as mounts? They can also fight? That's new.

Sure, she will go see Mount dueling. Maybe there's more to horse-on-horse combat than just trying to kick each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is horse-on-horse combat done with style.

It's a one-on-one tournament, with six contestants. They're normal conjured horses, except each one is an unnatural color, and they all have arcane marks on their skin.

The actual combat is just them trying to kick each other, with the students yelling instructions rapidly. The horses... try. The winner is a red horse named flame strike, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Style, perhaps, but a distinct lack of substance. Mount is a first-circle spell — maybe some of these students would also be demonstrating cantrips, if there's any of that around, and therefore the rooms could be close to each other.

She looks around hopefully. Any sign of target practice?

Permalink Mark Unread

If she goes looking, she can find a room with some wooden dummies set up!

There's two students in there. Right now, it looks like they're messing around with objects conjured by prestidigitation.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not quite what she was looking for, but understanding Prestidigitation better is important if she's going to be adventuring with wizards. She'll settle back and watch. Maybe eventually they'll get to Acid Splash.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do eventually get to acid splash. The dummies are unaffected by the acid. Perhaps they're made with good hardwood.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they doing anything she wasn't doing, or is this just demonstrating the spell as she knows it?

Permalink Mark Unread

They aren't doing anything novel, as far as she can tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

They probably don't know anything new... but then, even if they did, they're probably not doing their best. People are always a better way to learn things than books, and she's not going to rest her hopes on those two from yesterday finding everything there is to find. Naive little elf impressed by the big bad wizards? She can do that.

She walks up to them, playing down her age. Her eyes open wider, her ears pull back and up, and she shifts her posture slightly, making it look like they're just a bit taller than her and ensuring her drow lack of mass looks a bit more like frailty. "Ooh! Is that acid? My mom said she could carve a biiiig hole in some wood with her acid, so she could make a smooth hole for doorknobs! Can you do something like that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They look over at her. "I'm afraid acid splash doesn't dissolve most woods. Have you seen your mother do this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Burn it in daylight. Well, there might still be some way. Hint at the brimstone, let them figure that part out themselves so their cute human egos get stuck on certainty they can figure out the rest as well.

"One time! She held the wood in real close and cast it real slow, and maybe she cast it a li'l different? It was all stinky that time."

Permalink Mark Unread

The students look at each other and begin talking quietly. "Have you heard–? I don't know. Why would it smell bad? You think elves have a better acid splash? Pretty sure Folwin's is the same as ours, and he's half-elf..."

They continue the back-and-forth for a little while, before turning back to her. "Give me a moment, little one. I'm going to get Professor Manea." One of the students leaves the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

She... sits there. Prettily. And gazes thoughtlessly and somewhat adoringly at the remaining student every once in a while. 

Ugh. Hopefully they'll have something, she didn't expect to get stuck playing this part for more than a few minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

A minute later, she can hear conversation in the hallway. "—ery fascinating, from a historical perspective. The early '20s had a surplus of brimstone due to the Xivu—"

The student walks in, followed by a well-dressed woman, presumably Professor Manea. She walks over to Tencednil. "Hello! I don't often hear inquiries about alchemical interactions with acid splash of all things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh! Hi! What are alll-chemical interactions?"

No really, what are alchemical interactions? Brimstone must be one of them, but are there other things like that? She said 'with Acid Splash', not just general, so maybe there are!

Permalink Mark Unread

"A complicated question if there ever was one. In this specific case I believe you're referring to the use of prepared reagents as additional material components to alter spell effects. Brimstone of sufficient purity is known to slightly enhance acid spells. The Acadamae once taught its use with acid splash, but brimstone has been too expensive to waste on a cantrip for some decades now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." She droops a little. ...well, humans are terrible at estimating elf ages, and she is obviously an elf. She isn't that old, but they don't need to know that.

"It was a long time ago I guess. ...Is there anything else like that?" She perks back up and shifts her smile to the probably-Professor.

Permalink Mark Unread

She pauses to think for a while. "The book you're looking for is Topological Disentanglings with Pseudonatural Forms, but it's rather... dense. You'll also need Demonic Lessons of the Material Shape if you can't read Haagentic notation. For a broad overview of the subject as a whole, I recommend Fundamentals of the Natural Elements, but it doesn't cover interactions with magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

She droops again. "I'm not a student here, I can't get them. Maybe later. Mom said I could start in a decade or two."

That sounds right? She's just in the age Mother was hoping she would become a cleric, and elves are slower and unnecessarily cautious, so a decade or two is probably fine. She has book titles for Julio and Anton when she next sees them now, though! That seems like a success.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I would recommend waiting until you have some education under your belt to tackle this topic. You don't gain much learning how to enhance spells you cannot cast."

The professor turns to leave the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cost of being underestimated. Oh well, at least she got book titles.

"Thank you! Both of you! ...All three of you!" She bobs a quick bow/curtsey thing, stumbling a little on her way up, and looks around wide-eyed again before making her own way out.

Now, what else is there around here?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's not much more for members of the public in the Hall of Summoning, grand as it is. Tencednil gets the sense they're trying to make spell slots last, what with the schedule and the hour-long gaps between exhibitions.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has heard Mother's complaints about how short a Summon last. Disappointing, but it makes sense. Oh well. 

Out of the hall she goes. Illusions are still always going to be her favorite, but there are all sorts of other things here which could be worth examining now that she can actually cast spells. What are the various groups yelling about now?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lot going on! Someone outside the Hall of Shaping is selling use of a greater hat of disguise, charging by the minute. The booms of explosions can be heard from the Hall of Induction. An area around the Hall of Wards has been cordoned off, and some people are already standing or sitting around it. The size of the crowds has grown, and vendors are set up, hawking food and random baubles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever's going on around the Hall of Wards is probably interesting. She'll wander over that way. And maybe be distracted by a thing or two along her way.

Or three.

Or four.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually, after many fun distractions, Tencednil makes her way to the crowd surrounding the Hall of Wards, which has grown substantially by the time she arrives. To the crowd's left, there is a beautiful platform with raised seats, most of which are full. One can recognize students, faculty, members of the Great Houses, and the King and his family among them. The royal family has a dedicated section, above everyone else.

The Hall of Wards itself is a plain, rectangular wooden building with minimal decoration. Large windows face the crowd, and through them one can see a large empty room with a glittering wood floor. There is one set of double doors at the front. Surrounding the Hall of Wards is a perfect circle of emptiness. No illusions. No stalls or vendors. Nothing but a field of grass.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. There's nothing in particular happening here yet, and in a place with as many other things going on as the Festival has, that's a little odd. She makes her way around the area, drifting so she's never obviously going anywhere, but trying to get a broad view of the crowd. They must be expecting something to be gathering so early, and maybe she can tell what it is if she sees enough of them. Are they focused on anything, as a collective? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd doesn't seem to be focused on anything in particular right now. From listening to the ambient discussion, it seems the Breaching will start soon. The crowd is curious who will make an attempt this year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh wow she didn't realize it was that late. Sheeee maybe got a bit too distracted. She'll try to wiggle forward and get a good view!

(Her shadow thing floats up above her head. It wants a good view too!)

Permalink Mark Unread

She can get a decent view.

A few minutes later, she hears a long blast from a mighty horn, and a man appears in the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello everyone," his voice booms like thunder "and welcome to this year's Breaching Festival!"

"I know our five contestants, which include our very own Professor Vargas of the Hall of Shaping, are eager to begin, so I shall keep this introduction short. This year, as every year, the contestants will attempt enter the Hall of Wards by any means available to them. The first person to step on the floor of the Hall of Wards shall win our grand prize, located further within the Hall. If no winner emerges by dusk, items equaling one thousand gold sails in value will be added to the prize for next year. As it has been one hundred and sixty-three years since our last winner, the prize has grown truly astronomical. Our current best estimate puts its total value at over one hundred and thirty thousand gold sails!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd roars, even louder than the Headmaster's voice!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now, there are some rules. Each contestant only gets one attempt, ever. Avoid collateral damage; you are at fault for any injuries in the audience as a result of your attempt. You must actually enter the Hall of Wards; no illusions, no projected images, no simulacra, your actual physical boot must touch that floor. No divine intervention... if your god wants the prize they can come get it themselves. And no wishes. With that, our contestants will draw lots, and we shall see among them who goes first."

Permalink Mark Unread

Still "over one hundred and thirty thousand"? That number has stayed surprisingly constant, if you were they type of elf to be surprised by humans lying about doing things that won't matter until the future. To be fair, a century and a half is actually a long time, but still.

Five contestants, five chances to see some unique and exciting display of magic. Probably nobody will try another cannon broadside, however impressive that animation might have been — it's been pretty conclusively demonstrated that sheer force isn't going to do it. That just means it's time for unique spell combinations, though! And just like last year, this year she knows enough about magic to maybe figure out what some of the spells they cast are supposed to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first contestant to step forward is a stylish woman wearing a fancy mask, leather armor gleaming as though it were metal, and a brilliant cloak.

Permalink Mark Unread

"And our first contestant is the master thief Madison Ross, who traveled here all the way from Absalom!"

There is light clapping from the crowd.

Permalink Mark Unread

Madison walks up to the double doors at the front of the Hall of Wards. A playing card appears in her hand.

She seems to flicker. A click pierces the silence, audible across the field. She swings the double doors swing open—

Permalink Mark Unread

—and behind them is another set of double doors, this time made of stone!

Permalink Mark Unread

The Hall of Wards does like to play its tricks. A master thief coming without any evident magic, though? The stories are a little forbidding, most people who make an attempt are trying some new spell interaction they think might help. At least she's good at playing to the crowd.

Permalink Mark Unread

She draws another card, and balances it between her fingers. Her hand flickers upward through the seam of the stone doors.

She pulls them open. Behind them lie doors of iron with no handles and a single keyhole.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd is beginning to get excited.

Permalink Mark Unread

She steps forward and draws another card, dealing it like a casino game. It flies flush against the door. She draws another, and then another, and then another, until nearly a dozen cards cover it.

She snaps her fingers. The doors swing open.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd cheers!

Permalink Mark Unread

...Alright, that's impressive. She knew you could theoretically do things like that without magic, if you do the sorts of things that lead to gaining circles, but she hasn't ever actually seen it done. Unless there was someone like this at one of the breaching festivals before she could remember it, at least.

She— doesn't cheer. That would be improper of her. But she is getting excited, even if this isn't going to work in the end.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next set is made of a shimmering pale metal, either silver or mithral.

Permalink Mark Unread

She steps forwar—

Permalink Mark Unread

Hundreds of arrows pour from the fourth set of doors. Their points, shafts, and crests are all solid metal.

The crowd screams as some go flying overhead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Madison blurs backward with an impossible leap, skidding dozens of feet across the ground. Ten arrows impale her body.

She grits her teeth and starts pulling them out, one-by-one, as she walks back toward the doors.

Permalink Mark Unread

The announcer is yelling. "—and would you look at that! She survived the Doors of Steel!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ow. Isn't avoiding things like that supposed to be part of what thieves are good at? Well, she's still human, she's still going to fail, it shouldn't be too much of a surprise that she starts failing now.

(She is a little disappointed, though.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She steps forward and draws a card. The glimmering doors stand before her. She covers the door in cards and snaps her fingers. The door does not open.

She frowns, pulls a potion from her belt, and drinks it. She tries again. Fails. She tries a different pattern, using daggers instead of cards. Fails.

It takes almost an entire minute, but eventually the fourth set of doors swings open.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd has quieted down significantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fifth set of doors are made of strange metal, deep blue and shifting like water. A glowing white rune stretches across them.

A brilliant crack of lightning flashes at Madison—

Permalink Mark Unread

She was out of the way before the doors finished opening.

Permalink Mark Unread

A shockwave emanates from the doorway. The wind howls and screams. Tencednil's shadow is knocked from the sky. Madison is flung backward thirty feet.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's more what she was expecting! Much better, the thief may survive this yet. Her having to slow down is a bit disappointing, but she's still managing it when she takes her time.

(The shadow is buffeted by the winds, but appears to shake it off without issue! It floats back into place and returns to its observation.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She stands up and pushes through the winds. They blow her mask off, but slowly she manages to climb through the doorway. She draws a card, having to grip it with both hands as she slashes down across the rune.

The winds cease as quickly as they came, and the rune fades away. She pulls the doors open effortlessly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd is roaring again!

Permalink Mark Unread

This time, Tencednil is too! That was much more impressive than last time, she got through it apparently unscathed and got the door open immediately. A good showing!

Permalink Mark Unread

The sixth set of doors are a brilliant moving night sky. The stars glow, and the constellations form a vast symbol. It flashes.

Permalink Mark Unread

She steps forward and draws a card. Her scarab necklace shines like the sun before crumbling to dust. She places the card on the doors.

Permalink Mark Unread

The symbol glows a second time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Madison goes still, collapsing against the doorway.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd is silent.

Permalink Mark Unread

...ah, yes. The Doors of Night. She's only seen them twice before now, but someone just dying does leave an impression.

Still, it was an impressive showing! Mother said you can't be Raised the normal way if you die like that, but surely a master thief did some research and had some plan. Now, who's next?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Headmaster levitates Madison's body away from the Hall of Wards. One-by-one, the doors shut of their own accord.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second contestant is a muscled shirtless man. Held in two hands, slung over his shoulder, is a truly ridiculously large sledgehammer.

Permalink Mark Unread

The announcer's cheer is already back! "Our next contestant is the legendary Shoanti adventurer Takota! Slayer of the mighty vampire Rum'zel, among many other great deeds!"

The crowd is certainly interested, although they're still a little subdued after the sudden death.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota walks up to the Hall, stopping around thirty feet away from one of the windows.

For a moment, he sets the hammer down, still gripping it. He drinks a potion, and doubles in height. The hammer grows with him, now truly sized for a giant. He shifts his grip, crouches down, and leaps. The ground cracks beneath him.

Permalink Mark Unread

A deafening gong vibrates across the field. The glass has shattered—but it was never glass at all, part of the illusion covering the Hall melting away in a second. A five-foot section of the plainly decorated wood and glass building is replaced with a solid rectangular wall, fashioned of a strange green crystal. Takota's sledgehammer smokes, embedded inches within the wall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Physical force: still not a great idea. She thought this had gotten around. She is not expecting as good a show as Madison's.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

His hammer disintegrates another few inches of the strange crystal, moving through it like butter. When he lifts it, a deep black metal can be seen inside the hole.

Permalink Mark Unread

The regular crowd is excited, and the wizards up in the raised seating are notably louder!

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again. This might be a pattern.

He chunks out a few more inches, this time mostly of the black metal.

Again. Again. Again. The metal gives way to stone, which he chunks out by the foot each swing. His pace grows quicker.

Permalink Mark Unread

...alright, she will grudgingly admit he seems to be managing something here. What he's doing which vast quantities of brute force couldn't is unclear, but there's no point pretending he's just hitting hard.

That just means they get to see the defenses on the Hall which weren't on the doors, though. This should be fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

His skin burns and blackens when he crosses some invisible line. Past the stone layer is a strange flowing molten metal. It behaves oddly like a solid, refusing to not be shaped as a wall.

The sledgehammer bounces off harmlessly. He pauses for a moment, and then slams the hammer again. The sound of something shattering echos from the Hall.

Permalink Mark Unread

"—that's the wall of force, down in a single swing!" The announcer yells.

The crowd is definitely cheering!

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

The molten metal falls quickly. Again. Again. Behind it is a foot-wide empty space, lightning cross-crossing the gap.

Again. His hammer slams through the web of lightning and it ceases to exist. There's a wall made of roiling black ooze. Again. Again. The ooze shrivels up like a raisin.

Permalink Mark Unread

—How is he doing that? That's not how spells work! He shouldn't be able to just 'hit hard enough' like a badly written song!

Grumble grumble. He's managing it, clearly, and there's not really any such thing as cheating here. She still wants to know how though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

Past the ooze is some kind of grey stone with glowing iron runes spread throughout it. He shrinks abruptly. Behind him, more of the illusions surrounding the Hall die.

Again. Again. The stone breaks and the runes wink out. Takota doubles in height. The illusions reform.

Permalink Mark Unread

Behind the dead-magic wall is blue sky and a burning sun. The clouds in the background become a river of fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota's skin blackens further.

He slams his sledgehammer though the sky. It shatters like glass. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Behind the sky is a shimmering wall of neon red light.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

The sledghammer slams into the red wall, and it flickers out. A bubbling orange wall sits an inch behind it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The prismatic wall! The first layer is already—"

The crowd is really roaring now!

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is focused on Takota's hammer. What is the doing with it? Is he acting strangely? This can't really be about just hitting things very hard, he must have some trick, and she won't get another chance to figure out what it is. Of course, she can't actually see it particularly well from this angle, but she'll watch what she can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

The orange layer of the prismatic wall shatters. If she's watching closely, Tencednil can see that the sledgehammer doesn't ever touch the wall. He stops the swing maybe a couple centimeters back from it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hah! It's not just force. Is he... hitting something which is supporting the spell? Is that how permanent spells work? 

Now that she has some idea of what's actually happening here, she can appreciate the skill he must have to figure out what to hit. Hitting hard is obviously part of it, but if he's hitting something magically important somehow, that can't be easy to find. That's much more impressive than just hitting really hard and having it inexplicably work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

A crackling yellow barrier breaks before his hammer. Again. Again. A smoking green barrier shatters, on his second attempt.

Again. Again. Again. Two walls break, ocean blue and shimmering indigo.

Permalink Mark Unread

The seventh and final violet barrier stands before him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps again.

It breaks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ta-ko-ta! TA-KO-TA!" The crowd chants his name.

Permalink Mark Unread

Behind the prismatic wall is a cloudy fog. Lightning crackles. Wind swirls. The cloud steams forth, swirling tornadoes and glowing eyes becoming visible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota, wielding his giant's sledge, fells it in two mighty swings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two more elementals form and lunge at him.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hasn't ever seen someone get this far! The dead magic area isn't as much of a threat to someone who's not relying on magic, but this is still the best showing against the walls in at least a decade.

She would be surprised if he then fell to the elementals, they don't seem like they should be much of a threat relative to the difficulty of breaking through everything before this. They just hit things, right? Still, it's always nice to get a more active show. And he is impressive with that hammer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Within ten seconds he's slain both air elementals, but their sheer size forced him out onto the field.

Takota backs up thirty feet and leaps aga—

Permalink Mark Unread

A wound opens across his side.

Permalink Mark Unread

He roars and swings the hammer around wildly. It's impossible to tell if he's hit anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

He suffers no more attacks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Invisibility? Some sort of trap? A delayed consequence of one of the spells from before? Something that just happened too fast to see? There are so many possibilities! He's not completely invulnerable, though, and what the Hall can hurt, the Hall can kill. At this point it's a question of whether it will manage that fast enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Behind the clouds is a rippling wall of liquid metal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota approaches and swings. His hammer bounces off.

He swings, again. His hammer bounces off, again.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd waits with baited breath.

Permalink Mark Unread

He turns away from the Hall of Wards and moves toward the edge of the field.

Permalink Mark Unread

The announcer yells at him. "—hey, hey, wait! Get back over there! You got so far, you can't just walk away now?!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota faces the announcer. "I'm not angry anymore."

He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd is certainly angry, though!

Permalink Mark Unread

That is how barbarians work, isn't it. When they're not angry, they just... stop. And sometimes drop dead from their wounds, but he hasn't been hit that hard.

Well. Fine, she will admit that's a good decision. It's kind of disappointing, with how far he'd gone, but there is no wealth in failure. If he knew he was done, better to stop now and not pay for a Resurrection later.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd eventually calms down.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third contestant is a well-dressed man in a purple suit, wearing a monocle. A large book is clipped to his belt, and he carries a gem-tipped staff.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizards cheer as he crosses the field. "Our next contestant is the Acadamae's very own Professor Javier Vargas of the Hall of Shaping!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas walks through the hole Takota made and up to the wall of liquid metal. He appears to be inspecting it with his monocle.

Permalink Mark Unread

...she did just say there was no such thing as cheating, but that's pretty cheating as "not cheating" goes. If you want to rely on the work of another to get there, don't show that off to everyone! When you're going against the general expectation, even if it's not a rule, you should let people assume you did nothing unusual!

But it is a lot of money, and if he thinks he has an actual chance the headstart is worth a lot. Fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

After about a minute, Professor Vargas nods to himself and leaves the hole.

He walks over to the double doors at the front of the Hall, casts a spell, and the wooden set swings open.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Right. That was something new, which hasn't been seen any time recently, and he's a wizard. He was just there to study it. Not all humans are that bad at handling other humans.

Alright, fine. Time to see how he handles the doors.

Permalink Mark Unread

The stone doors are now visible.

He casts three spells on himself in quick succession. For a moment, his body becomes formed of gleaming ice, before disappearing. He flickers through the stone doors.

They open behind him. He phases through the doors of iron, and they open too.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is clapping from the crowd, and cheering from the wizards.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that spell is Transmutation, of all things. She still doesn't understand that one, but it supposedly hangs that way on a scaffold, so it is what it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

As the iron doors open, Professor Vargas casts a spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Doors of Steel, gleaming like silver, are visible. Hundreds of arrows pour forth.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rain of arrows slam into an invisible barrier. He snaps his fingers and the arrows fall to the ground. He walks up to the doors, but cannot seem to flicker through them.

He points the end of his staff toward the doors, and a green ray streaks out from its gemstone tip. One of the doors turns to dust.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd cheers! There is discussion among the wizards.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, Disintegrate. And the doors weren't warded against that somehow? She doesn't actually know if that's possible, but the Hall of Wards is the sort of place which would have done it. He's making nice progress.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fifth set of doors, deep and shifting blue, appear. Lightning streaks toward the Professor from a luminous white rune.

Permalink Mark Unread

It slams into his body of ice harmlessly. Professor Vargas walks through the hurricane-force winds without issue. He fires another disintegrate from the staff—

Permalink Mark Unread

The door reflects the ray back the way it came.

Permalink Mark Unread

He blinks out of the way just in time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd screams!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh come on, surely he was expecting that. This is the Hall of Wards, if you could Disintegrate your way in it wouldn't have been unbreached for one and a half centuries. But, well, humans. Some of them may be competent, that doesn't mean she should expect any better from giant masses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Professor stands still for a moment, his frozen hair refusing to blow in the wind.

He casts a spell. One of the blue doors shudders, before swinging open.

Permalink Mark Unread

"—through the Doors of Storm, but whether he can pass the Doors of Night remains to be seen—"

Permalink Mark Unread

The sixth set of doors, reflecting the night sky, shine brilliantly. Their deadly constellation flashes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas blinks backwards, out of the Hall. A strange floating metal creature wearing an amulet is in his place. It speaks a command word.

The constellation fades away as one of the doors slowly opens.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd roars! The wizards are cheering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sheeee has absolutely no idea what that was. Using a construct to deal with the Symbol of Death is clever — did he find an actual command word for the Doors of Night? No, that must have been a triggered item which did something clever, she just doesn't know what it could be. And this is a remarkably strong year! That's two reaching the Doors of Night, and he's gotten through, and that's as many as the whole past decade put together. Plus the wall-smasher, who also got farther than anyone she's seen!

She claps along with the crowd.

Permalink Mark Unread

The seventh set of doors is made of smoking black vines, covered in tiny needles. They slowly shift and twist.

... although calling them a "set" of "doors" is inaccurate. There's no lock or handle or dividing line between them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas casts two spells, one on himself and one forward toward the doors.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's unclear if his second spell did anything! A glowing symbol burns itself into the vines.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Professor ceases to be made of ice. He leaps back—

Permalink Mark Unread

Four acorns sprout from the vines, flying at him. They explode in a brilliant firestorm.

Permalink Mark Unread

—which he is completely unaffected by.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd cringes back from the explosion, cheering when Professor Vargas reappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hasn't seen this one before! It really is an impressive year. Dispelling is one of the more obvious uses of abjuration, so really it should be more a surprise that it wasn't more common in the previous doors. Still neat to see now, and this time with someone who it really matters for. It would have been rather disappointing with the non-casters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another four acorns begin to form on the vin—

Permalink Mark Unread

He is already moving. In one motion, he pulls a scroll from his bag and reads it. His body flows through the vines like water.

Permalink Mark Unread

The vines recede behind him.

The announcer is shouting. "He's through the Doors of Flame! How far will he get!?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Is one of the doors really a bunch of plants which grow fire acorns. Why would they do that. Wouldn't it burn itself? Doesn't that kind of ruin the point? Why is that even a thing? Why is that a wizard things instead of a druid thing?

Whatever. What's up next? She doesn't actually know, this is neat!

Permalink Mark Unread

The eighth set of doors are a deep, rippling black, as though someone tore a hole in the world. Dozens of red eyes flow across their surface. A single glowing lock is faintly visible.

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds his right hand in the air, and his ring flashes as he casts a spell. His body is ice once more.

Permalink Mark Unread

A dozen dark faces burst from the door screaming. The pour over him, clawing with their terrible fingers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas stumbles forward, pushing through them. The dread touch of a dozen greater shadows doesn't seem to affect him at all.

He casts a spell, and one of the shadowy doors creaks open. This is all becoming a pattern.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizards are cheering louder than ever! So is the rest of the crowd!

"The Doors of Shadow are defeated! The first time in almost fifty years!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadows are dangerous! Actually dangerous! Impressive that they have them here at all. Also impressive that he got past them, but that looks like it was just some form of immunity — ice, so maybe he's turning into a construct so he can ignore the touch of the undead? A golem made of ice could do it, maybe he can as well. Mother has still seen better than this, but she certainly hasn't. Clap clap!

Also whatever he's using to open the doors is still working, which is good, it would be kind of disappointing for him to be stopped by that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ninth set of doors glow a blinding, incredible white. Each door has a dark black handle, and a black keyhole is present on the right one.

On the walls surrounding the doors are two portraits of old men in elaborate wizarding wear.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas pauses in front of this room for a long moment. He turns to face the exit, shadows still clawing at him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd waits with bated breath.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is down to luck! Either I shall be the first in over a hundred years to pass the Doors of Scouring, or I shall not. There is nothing else to it."

He draws a scroll from his pouch and reads it.

Permalink Mark Unread

A ripple passes through the world.

Every illusion on the front half of the Hall of Wards ceases to exist. The first eight doors are instantly rendered nonmagical. The seventh door, made of vines, withers to dust. The shadows wink out.

The Doors of Scouring still glow.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs and walks away. The doors do not shut behind him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"—Professor Javier Vargas of the Hall of Shaping, everyone!"

The crowd roars with applause.

Permalink Mark Unread

That... she's heard legends of a ninth-circle spell that shatters all magic in the area but the direct workings of the divine, the incomparable art of artifacts, and Antimagic Fields. She never expected to see it in action. And that means this gate is entirely in an Antimagic Field? The thief really was almost to the point where she would get to show off, between the Dispel Magic and that. Oh well. Still seems like a waste of a ninth-circle scroll, though. There's so much he could have done with that! Probably. She doesn't actually know what, but surely there are things.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Headmaster speaks in his booming voice. "The magic of the doors shall return within twenty minutes at most. Until then, we will take a short break."

Permalink Mark Unread

Wizards continue to be incredibly impressive, and a little ridiculous in what they spend that on. The Academae certainly did get to show that off this year.

For now, it is getting late and there are many delicious things around to nibble on. She wanders, listens in on conversations, and grabs a few snacks as she goes. Does she hear anything interesting in the next twenty minutes? If not, back up to watch the next attempted breaching!

Permalink Mark Unread

At this point, there's not particularly much interesting going on except the Breaching. People are getting snacks and chatting about the contestants and collecting bets.

Almost exactly twenty minutes later, the doors regain their magic. The seventh door seems to regrow from nothing. One-by-one, they swing shut.

Permalink Mark Unread

The announcer speaks. He seems nervous. "Well, unfortunately I do bring bad news. Our other two candidates have decided to... drop out. It seems they believe themselves incapable of outshining our first three incredible showings. Cowards."

The crowd boos loudly. "Cowards, cowards!" some chant, but eventually everyone begins to disperse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cowardly, perhaps, but expected. If they weren't expecting to be the best in a decade at the start of the day, nobody's going to remember them if they go now. If nobody's going to care and they're definitely not going to win, why take the risk?

She too heads off. The festival starts to wind down after the Breaching, but there are still some events. Does anything stand out?

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone seems to be packing up. Most of what's left is people selling food, because it's about the time most people eat dinner now. The static illusions are still up, and very pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends some time looking at the illusions, trying to get them to snap out into the half-there haze which is always so pretty. After that, though, she heads home. It was a good way to spend her day.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next truly important thing she has to do is get to that meeting with Julio and Anton, where they can work out what the books are worth and how they're splitting the money. She did only say she wouldn't take a share of anything she couldn't use, after all, and money is very usable. In the meantime, it would be foolish to dive into another dangerous adventure before spending that. There are surely things she could do to improve her chance of survival if she goes out again, and dying because she couldn't wait a week would just be dumb. In the meantime, then, she should try to figure out this thing with Acid Splash.

 

 

On Moonday, she finds herself some odd jobs here and there, things which might be a bit dangerous without the ability to knock most muggers unconscious but which she can handle. That brings in enough for her to get a few pinches of brimstone. When she uses them in an Acid Splash, they definitely do something! The spellform collapses around them like a normal component, and while they vanish with the spell's release, she can feel that the acid was a bit hungrier. That's the effect she wants to replicate. She tries casting it a few times, holding that feeling in her mind, but gets nowhere.

Toilday and Wealday she spends tutoring showing off her Color Spray to an Academae student who apparently kind of sucks at studenting, and couldn't figure out how to match the form of a circled spell to the diagrams even with his Detect up. Ten castings later, he's figured out how all the various bits and pieces work out, and has paid her shown his gratitude with a few shields and, more importantly, quite a bit of brimstone. She didn't ask how he got access to it. If it matters, it's better that she doesn't know.

With the brimstone in hand, her Oathday is a time to cast repeatedly, shifting by just a bit each time. She can replicate that part of the effect if she feeds the spell a bit of breath and pushes it off her hand slightly differently. If she tugs on the knot just as it's coming out, she can get that part to stabilize. If she pulls in a smidgen of the shadows from within her mouth, she can shape it into some of the fuzzy grabbiness the acid needs to replicate... As she goes on, she can use less and less brimstone for the same effect. By the end of the day, she thinks she pretty much has it, but she's out of brimstone. And she can't do it without spending a while concentrating, which is less than useful in combat.

Permalink Mark Unread

On Fireday—

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, SARENITH 5th, 4708

HIS MAJESTY, KING EODRED ARABASTI II, SLAIN BY GLARATAXUS THE RED

The fog is deep and Castle Korvosa burns. The newspapers say the King and his seneschal were on a balcony when the flames poured from the sky, but each tale told on the streets grows more fantastic than the last—the dragon teleported through the castle wards, the dragon called the fog and bent the weather, the dragon was in league with the King and turned on him at the last moment, the dragon was disguised as an underage girl and the King succumbed to lust, burning alive in his own bed! By mid-morning riots have broken out at the Midland docks, and both city gates have shut.

Permalink Mark Unread

By the time she wakes up and accepts that today she will once more have to go out into the horrible unnecessary brightness, dragged on her cloak and her shadows, and peeked out the door, it has become very obvious this is not a normal day. The extra newspaper left outside their door confirms that something important enough to pay for an extra copy happened. When she pulls them back inside to read in an environment which isn't constantly slightly irritating her eyes and opens the second, she knows this is important enough to wake Mother.

So. The king is dead, burnt from out of the sky. What does that mean?

Most immediately, it means going out will be dangerous today. Any excuse to be angry gets some humans going around looking for a person to take their helplessness out on, and a red dragon killing the king is definitely an excuse. She's too obvious a target, too easily blamed if she tries to fight back. She can handle one assault, but the second and third when they say she attacked them unprovoked? Five is a lot of Color Sprays for a first circle wizard, it is not a lot compared to the number of humans she would have to knock out.

On the other hand, it also means more hurt people, so more people looking for healing, probably some of them needing stranger things. Mother will grumble about serving at the pleasure of idiots but she'll take the extra money, and that means sending messages to the Temple. Her Deeper Darkness badges and Faerie Fire letters are distinctive, and most people who would try to jump someone with a recognized protector are dumb enough to be off at least the streets between here and the Bank. And she'll use Tencednil as a messenger before paying a human for it even if she is a disappointment.

Mother has apparently come to the same realization, and presses her into service ferrying letters before she could come to ask for it. Off to the Bank she goes, part 1 of her first round trip of the day...

Permalink Mark Unread

Chaos fills the streets. Almost everyone avoids her, what with the sixty-foot line of darkness shining from her badge. She has to take a longer route on the way to the Bank, as some of the streets have been cordoned off by the Guard.

A filthy man in grey rags screams from an alleyway when he sees her pass. "The Eye of Groetus has turned from the Boneyard to look upon Korvosa! The end is nigh! Repent, fools, repent!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Groetus, is it? Groetus's attention is well known to come in the form of a red dragon, then? The king doing something stupid and angering a dragon is so unfathomable that it must be a god's direct attention? He's dead! And given the reactions, it seems like he's not about to get a Resurrection from the Archbanker, for one reason or another! There's no need to say things just to make him sound good!

Not that she's going to say any of that out loud, of course. The king might be actually dead, but maybe the Archbanker just didn't have a Resurrection prepared today or something like that. Even if he does stay dead, there's no guarantee blatant disloyalty will go beneath the notice of whoever sits on the throne next. (She didn't see any children in the royal box yesterday, so she probably didn't miss one of them being born... Who has enough loyalists up on the hills to take the throne, then? The Queen surely has some, but she's fighting the sun as it rises if she wants to claim the throne and actually usefully rule, with the general opinion of her. Unless she has a lot more magic backing her than Tencednil knew about.)

What does the crowd around the Bank look like? With this much unrest, surely there is one, for one reason or another. What are they talking about?

Permalink Mark Unread

A small crowd has indeed formed at the bank! While they don't have pitchforks, they've every tool imaginable other than pitchforks, and a couple torches to complete the look. They're mad about... the Queen and also the economy and also one of them has a debt they'd really like to not have to pay. Some bankers and guardsmen have formed a small shield wall on the steps. It hasn't turned violent yet, but the mood is turning.

Permalink Mark Unread

How would the crowd feel about—

Wait. That would be a bad choice, actually. Humans are bad at darkness, but in unpredictable and confusing ways. The bank probably knows what it is doing, and if a quick spell was going to solve their problem they would have done that already.

She still needs these people out of the way, though. Mobs like to stick together, so if half of them run off the rest will probably follow. She sets her badge aside, pulls her hood up over her ears, tucks in her hair, and runs up to them, gasping for breath more than she really needs to be.

"I — heard somethin' about the Queen —she's having her guards go out marchin' — up in the Heights by the castle — if she stops she'll have to stop — m' brother in the guard says she only has some of 'em — need real Korvosans over there — you go, I'll find so'more people after I catch m'breath."

As long as she moves quickly enough and covers her obvious drow features, nobody should be able to pick her out again to blame when this isn't true. And the Queen surely is doing something up by the castle, so maybe it will just look like a misinterpretation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oi! Guys! The Queen's got some traitor guards up by the Castle! Let's move up that way!" He starts running down the street.

Some of the crowd follows him. The rest slowly disperse... even the debtor, who's still mad, but knows a losing fight when he sees one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Victory! Back to fetch her badge again, blending in with the stragglers from the crowd, and then up to the bank. "Message from Dilnictan, requesting an updated list of cleric spell demands and offering a slate of preparations for tomorrow for future sale. Here's the message, authenticated as standard from her, and you can see the badge is right." She "shines" it at the wall, and indeed, that certainly is a circle of pure darkness wherever it falls. "I can wait for a reply or be back in twenty minutes, as you prefer."

Permalink Mark Unread

A banker takes the message. "Thank you. Wait here." She disappears further into the Bank. After a couple of minutes, she returns with a sealed envelope, which she hands to Tencednil. "Our reply is enclosed within."

Permalink Mark Unread

Back she goes! Hopefully it hasn't been long enough for her to need to get through another mob, but if she does there's always the option of fully pulling out the token and dumping them all into darkness.

Permalink Mark Unread

There aren't any mobs on her way home, but there are all sorts of scoundrels and cultists and other unruly types about. Some of the Sable Company fly overhead on their hippogriffs, searching for something. Tencednil makes it home unaccosted, but the mood in the streets grows worse by the minute.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Reply goes to Mother, and she waits for the next message she's carrying.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Your brother and I will be coming with you to the Bank this time. No message necessary.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes, Mother. You know the way.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Be a dear and clear out the humans ahead of us? You know how they get.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Of course, Mother.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Back towards the Bank she goes. How long does it take to find a group that looks like it would stir up trouble even while she's shining her dark around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not very long, if she's looking. A group of thugs is currently looting an empty shop. The windows are broken and the stairway to the second floor has been blocked off by furniture.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, loot! Wait, no, she would just be blamed for stealing it even if she actually didn't, no point trying to take it from them second-hand.

This seems like a group that won't rush out into a Deeper Darkness, though. She points her cone over towards them.

The light trickling into the store suddenly fades to black. It's like a curtain was pulled over their eyes. Beyond the windows, they can see the buildings across the way still in full daylight, but none of that reaches them inside. They can't see their hands in front of their faces, and even moving in such a crowded space without knowing where anything is will be difficult.

Then she turns it away and waits for fifteen seconds or so. Do the thugs seem to be clearing the area or retreating into the store, or are they coming out looking for someone to blame?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's some yelling from within the store. "What's that? I don't know. You look. No, you look. Shut up, you two, I'll go."

One of the thugs begins moving toward the broken front window, a bag of loot slung over their shoulder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ghost Sound.

They hear the faint sounds of a hippogriff approaching. Not near, yet, but it could be soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh shit! Marines! Out the back, boys!" He turns away from the window and sprints back into the store. A moment later, the splintering of wood can be heard from the back of the store.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect! That's that cleared out. On towards the bank she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

On her way there, she spots more looters and thieves. Most of them hide in shadowy alleys, but Tencednil has no trouble seeing them.

The mob at the steps of the Bank of Abadar has not yet reformed, but the Bank's shield wall has grown, perhaps in anticipation of worse things to come.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waaaants to taaaaake their stuuuuuff...

But she still shouldn't, it still wouldn't work. Ugh. She scares them off, and eventually she sees behind her the giant circle of darkness which is her mother coming up behind her.

Up to the shield wall! "Dilnictan is approaching, requested by the bankers. I can ask her to take down the Darkness, but it does keep back most of the streetfolk. It may be best to keep it until she's closer., I know you'll need it stopped to verify her for entry."

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the bankers with a shield steps back and to the side. "Come through, quickly! We can handle the rest on the other side."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and runs back to Mother. 

...Mother will deign to move quickly to get out of these streets. Fine.

In they go, behind the shieldwall. They cover their darknesses as they enter, and Tencednil steps to the side with the guards. Mother goes up to the bankers, says something, and is led into a room, but Tencednil isn't invited to follow, so apparently she's waiting here.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few minutes later, her mother comes back out with the bankers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Daughter, help them keep this place open, if you would."

<Hold the line at least long enough to warn me when someone breaks through, dear. I'll keep your brother safe, but I can't trust this entirely to their guards. You know how it is.> SIgn languages are hard to Comprehend, it turns out! Not even the standard magic works. Drow sign has remained secret for a reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

Really. Why this. Fine. "As you would, mother."

She makes her way out to the shield wall, and tries to find someone who seems to be giving orders. That's probably who she should be asking for directions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Earlier, on her way in, she saw a guard captain giving orders. He's a few feet back from the shield wall right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks up to him. "Apparently I'm to assist you in holding the bank. I have five Color Sprays for the day, and past that I have standard combat cantrips, or I can use a light crossbow. I can hold spear if that would help more, but don't expect me to hurt anything with it. Where would I be most useful?"

Her shadow blob floats its way up to... look at the ceiling of the bank, maybe? It's shown no signs of being useful enough to mention in the middle of violence, she'll leave it to explore.

Permalink Mark Unread

He points to a spot a few steps up and back from the corner edge of the shield wall. "If you're aim's good, see if you can angle it down from there. Then, if a group rushes the wall, stun 'em."

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks over, tries a few Acid Splashes onto the empty ground, and goes through the motions of Color Spray. Everything looks like it should work. "As you say."

Having a reason to be stuck in the middle of the humans non-suspiciously does mean she can listen to them. She introduces herself to the guards around her, then waits for them to go back to whatever they were talking about. Don't worry about her, she's barely here, no need to think about it. What are they worrying about?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're worried about the riots, mostly. Very bad for business... bad for the city in general. Apparently part of the Midland docks has caught fire. One of the guards has a son who works there.

Also, what if the dragon attacks again? Why did it kill the King?

Permalink Mark Unread

Dragon speculation! She will try to feed the dragon speculation, she knows less about that than she would like to. One of them might have actually seen what happened, for instance. A first-hand account would be nice. If she can't get anything from that track, she will attempt to prompt them towards how the king's family might have set the dragon off. Saying anything negative about the queen is probably a bad choice, but nobody saying anything is almost as informative as them talking freely. And maybe this will give her a better idea of who else they think has a claim to the throne.

Permalink Mark Unread

None of these guards were at Castle Korvosa during the attack. Some of them work for the Bank of Abadar specifically and the most of the others have rotations in North Point.

The guards believe the story from the paper—that the dragon swooped down with the cover of fog and burned the King and his seneschal to death. The speculation about why it might've happened seems only marginally better informed than street gossip.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh well. It was worth the attempt.

If they don't have any useful information, that just means she should get what she can. There's no reason to make this a waste of her time more than it already is. She spends the next while talking to the nearby guards about what they do when they're not working, how they think their families are handling this, and maybe what they thought of the impressive Breaching results.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards give predictable answers. They do typical human things in their free time, they're worried about their families (especially if they're in bad districts), this year's Breaching was fantastic and it's a shame this disaster ruined the post-holiday season.

A few hours pass. Some vagrants and strange men yell at the wall, some stones are thrown, but no more mobs form outside the Bank.

Permalink Mark Unread

No mobs is good! She ducks away from the stones, and doesn't even intentionally miss them with Splashes because she's being a good helpful drow who is easy to get along with and not risky. It seems like the risk is mostly elsewhere? That's for the best, maybe their home won't even be destroyed by the time they get to it. Free food for the spiders, yes, and Mother will have packed everything that matters, but that doesn't mean it's enjoyable to get to sleep in a broken bed when all the decent web-hammocks are torn up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually, Mother comes down. "All I am here for has been done. It is time we returned. Come." <You and your brother will be on watch this time, I will be floating you both.>

She passes a cord to Tencednil and her brother, and they walk past the guards. Once they are in the open, she gestures to the two of them — and they float up into the air, ascending to a height which lets them see over the nearby buildings. Then she walks off, dragging them along with her like slightly recalcitrant balloons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her shadow blob bobs along as Mother walks. It clearly finds this incredibly amusing.

...She might just be projecting feelings onto it. She isn't, though, she can feel it giggling at her.

Permalink Mark Unread

By now the fog has faded and Tencednil has a view of the city. It's not looking good. There is indeed a fire at the Midland docks, and it seems uncontained. Castle Korvosa itself is no longer burning, but one of the towers looks melted and warped. A low din of unrest rumbles throughout the city.

It seems nobody feels like robbing the fancy drow and her flying companions. Their home is intact, although something has scuffed up the door a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends the next few hours playing some more with her Acid Splash. This is not a time to go out exploring on her own, and she is far too distinctive to be visibly around Castle Korvosa right now. No matter what happens, someone would blame her for it.

She might have a meeting with the others tomorrow, so she does need to sleep tonight. In this environment, seedy taverns might not be the best place to be, but she doesn't have another way to get in contact with them. Hopefully a few minutes to check if they're there won't be too much of a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, SARENITH 6th, 4708

FLAMES QUELLED BUT PORTS REMAIN CLOSED, NIGHTTIME CURFEW IN FORCE

So far the riots have been mostly localized to Midland, Old Korvosa, and the areas surrounding Castle Korvosa. Even so, much damage has been done. The main port at Midland cannot reopen at anywhere close to full capacity until repairs are completed. The Order of the Nail dispatched a force from Citadel Vraid to help quell the chaos, and it arrived this morning. The newspapers speak nothing of the King or the Crimson Throne. The status of the city's leadership is unclear.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nighttime curfew? That means spending all the best time stuck indoors! Humans. Fine. Best not to get herself in legal trouble for something so pointless.

"Quell the chaos" is a worrying way to put it. That might mean less risk from random people, but definitely means more from Hellknights. Yet more reason to ensure she doesn't do anything technically illegal. Oh well.

Before going down to the tavern, she heads up the hill to get her own view of what's happening with the Castle and the Academae. What does she encounter on her way?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil hears a window smash as she rounds a corner.

Broken glass is strewn across the street. The door to a shop has been wrenched open. It seems the guard have caught a gang mid-robbery, but it's not going their way. One of the guardsmen is unconscious on the floor, and the others are in a two-versus-three melee. A fourth thug fires a crossbow, which clanks as it bounces off one of the guardsmen's helmets.

Permalink Mark Unread

She still can't steal things from the robbers, especially not with guards there. Is there any reason for her to intervene? ...no, she can't see any way getting involved here would help her. She un-rounds that corner and waits fifteen seconds before starting to move again.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she peeks around the corner again, all of the guards are unconscious and one has a bolt sticking out of their chest.

The thieves have split off, one looting the bodies and three continuing to loot the store. After a minute, they've vanished out the back into an alley.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once they're gone, she does rush over and check if the stabbed guard is already dead, or, for that matter, if any of the others are currently in the process of dying. Trying to keep them alive is riskless and easy.

Permalink Mark Unread

None of the guards are dead, but they're not doing great. The one with the bolt in his chest is the worst off.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's the first priority, then.

She needs about twenty seconds to get him back to basic stability, and ten more to reposition and bandage a second to a point which seems safe. There is only one of her, though, and three of them trying to die on her. And she's not exactly trained for this. The third chokes, spasms, and stops breathing even while she works.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first two she works on seem to get a little better. Their breathing evens out, at least, and they're not bleeding to death.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she's done what she can cheaply do. No point getting depressed about this death in the guard. No doubt they're taking a lot of losses today.

With that handled, she goes back to walking up. Is the area around the castle mostly empty?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Grand Mastaba and the streets directly adjacent to it are sealed off by shield-walls of guardsmen and barricaded emplacements. The Heights overall is accessible but there are few people on the streets—many shops have boarded up their windows and it seems like most of the city's wealthiest are staying inside.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a reasonable choice those wealthiest are making. Once she sees shield-walls in multiple places, she turns and starts making her way over to the Academae. The guards are probably too professional for her to get past, and even if she could she doesn't have any real reason.

The Heights are no doubt among the safer streets right now, as ever. Right now, safer doesn't mean safe. Does she pass any more robbing or looting as she walks?

Permalink Mark Unread

On her way towards the Academae, she doesn't see any robbing or looting. Citadel Crest seems deserted.

After a few minutes of walking, her familiar becomes alarmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Growling cuts through the silence of the streets. A large rabid dog, the size of a crouching man, emerges from an alley. Two more round the street corner behind Tencednil. They look hungry.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's... burning bright in day. She reads some of the newspaper articles, and while it's not going to show up as much as a stabbing fight that leaves multiple corpses on each side, the three (or possibly four) mauled to death and half-devoured by what looked like wolves still did get a mention. That was in the Shingles, though. This is... bad. Very bad. 

First hope: get out of sight. They can smell her, but they might find something better. Second hope: get them dead, quickly. 

"Block them!" She dives around a corner, pulling out her crossbow as she goes. Her shadow hovers right at the corner of the alley, bouncing to attract attention. Hopefully they'll jump on it first.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dogs bark horribly and follow her, racing down the street, around the corner, and into the alley.

One of them goes for her shadow. The other two lunge in her direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ack! She flinches back gracefully shifts out of their reach. 

Color Spray!

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the dogs slump to the ground. The third roars, blinking rapidly, and turns away from the shadow to face her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The blob barrels into the one nearest the conscious dog. It hits it in the skull, not that hard, but it might draw attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dog slams into Tencednil's chest, tearing a chunk of flesh from her side with its long teeth.

Permalink Mark Unread

She falls over! The shadow rushes at the dog, but bounces off fruitlessly. 

She needs to be careful, here. If she gives it an opening, if it gets in another bite, she will be bleeding out in the streets, for just long enough to be devoured whole. If that bite was at a slightly better angle, she would be unconscious already from the pain. But if she does this just right—

Color Spray, again. Suddenly, this time, with less arm-waving.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dog stumbles and falls to the ground. The alley is silent. Her wounds are bleeding.

Permalink Mark Unread

The alley is not silent! Her breath is audible, that was far too close.

Well, nothing for it now. She looks over the dog that nearly killed her, and... shoots straight for the neck.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bolt goes straight through the dog's neck and it ceases breathing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. If it almost killed her, it's only fair for her to have an easy time killing it back.

Reload, on to the next... bolt to the neck!

The shadow launches itself happily at the same one a few times. Eventually it hits something important near the eye socket. At a bad angle, even a rock to the skull can be lethal.

Permalink Mark Unread

She bandages herself, but she needs a channel. That was bad. The bank should have one scheduled at noon, and it's worth a shield to not be walking around like this, not to be trying to reach the Academae while halfway dead. She cuts off one of the dogs' heads, limps her way down to the bank and tells the guards she's there to wait for the channel.

She also tells them that some of the dogs that were killing people in the Shingles got out and are roaming the streets. She killed a few (and she presents the head as proof), but there may be more out there. They probably can't do anything about it, but it's possible there was a bit of a bounty, and getting the word out is free and possibly beneficial.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards grimace when she shows them the head. "There's not much we can do right now, but thanks for the tip."

It's a little under an hour until noon. The bank has a waiting room for channels, and it's rather full.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that's why it cost a full shield! Usually channels are common enough that it would only be a few pinch, but recent events are what they are. 

If she's spending an hour with other wounded, she may as well listen to them. Everyone must have some story for why they're here. Some of them might be informative, and she can brag about her own bite to try to get them started. Anything interesting for an open ear?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, everyone's got something to complain about.

This one got jumped, this one was in a store during a robbery, this one got bitten by a spider that somehow made it all the way down from the Shingles, this one slipped and fell down a staircase...

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and sympathizes. The Shingles really is leaking today, isn't it? Not that she's saying anything bad about the guards, she would never, but it's not just people making the streets dangerous today. Then there's the robberies making it worse, and the guard is trying but she saw some bleeding out in the middle of a street just an hour ago. She tried to keep them alive, of course, but who knows if it worked.

(She has no comment on the staircase. Humans.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually they're lead into a large circular room with a cleric standing in the center. After making sure everyone is within the circle, the cleric channels.

All of Tencednil's wounds close.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. That was terrifying, she almost died, and she still doesn't know what's going on at the Academae.

They met around noon the first time, and she said the same place this week. She should at least check on the tavern. It's probably more crowded that way anyway, which means less risk of death by animals. Mugging, maybe, but mugging is less likely to be lethal.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Rusted Anchor at the north end of the Midland docks is open! The windows are boarded up, and an armed man stands at the entrance, but it is open. It seems the fires did not reach this far.

A low din of discussion fills the bar. Nobody from her party is there, yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they decided not to come, she can't blame them. They might just be delayed, though.

She buys something cheap to eat and takes a seat. Does anyone show up in the next ten to fifteen minutes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika does! He grins when he sees her and walks over. "It's good to see you again. Everything's a right mess now. The King just had to get himself offed by a dragon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So I heard. Do you know how many dogs there were in the pack that was eating people? Three fewer now, but I'd not take such a risk again if I can help it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He scratches his chin. "Oh, from the Shingles... five or six, I think it was? Those are very bad, did you get bitten?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did. I know enough healing to try to treat it, but I might need to scrape together the money for a Remove. Only time will tell, at this point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. If the others don't show we can't use the money from the wizard's lair. The city just had to go to shit the moment we hit it big..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I still have the vials from the drawer, and some of it was magic. The other two were supposed to be finding a buyer, but..." She gestures to the general everything. "Worst case I'm sure some enchanter can use it, but that would waste at least half what we could get for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika brightens up. "That's good! I'm gonna eat and then we can wait and see if they show."

He buys a drink and orders some food.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nibbles her own food and gives him space to talk.

After half an hour passes, she's finished her own meal. "They don't seem to be coming. The streets are a mess right now, so they might be at the Academae and sensibly not walking around to get mugged for their spellbooks. I'll head up that way and see what's happening, and maybe send them a letter. Speaking of, we should have a better way to talk to each other than this. I can receive letters to 12 Lastlight, Northgate, North Point. ...No, I can't afford it on my own, and no I can't expect family money. I could find a buyer for the ring, that's about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"12 Lastlight... 12 Lastlight... 12 Lastlight... I think I'll remember that. If the wizards don't reply to your letter, you can try and find a buyer for the magic bottle and the other junk? We'll put their share in the locked account and keep our own shares out of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sound good." Considering the obvious reasons he might not give her an address, she's not about to press him on it. She already had to admit to having a family with money, no need to make him say he doesn't have a consistent location.

"I can leave a note with the barkeep here if I find someone, if you'll get that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Yeah, I come by here pretty often. The barkeep knows me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I'll be in touch."

She waves and departs. Off to the Academae! Hopefully with fewer near-death experiences this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't have any near-death experiences this time!

The Academae is closed to outsiders. A solid stone wall, ten feet high and ten feet wide, covers the entrance. Tencednil cannot see any guards.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like a good reason for the wizards not to be coming to the meeting! Physically closing the entrance does make avoiding mobs easy. Requiring anyone who wants to get out to do it by teleporting or other tricks is a downside, but apparently someone decided it was worthwhile.

The post can probably send messages in at least sometimes, it would be strange to do otherwise. She heads off that direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Korvosan post can indeed still send messages to the Acadamae, although the fee is higher than usual.

The Acadamae has its own internal postage system with a custom addressing format, but if Tencednil wants to send to a student their name should suffice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She will pay that price once. Julio can have her own address if he wants to write back, and a proposal to set aside 4000 shields to split evenly among the four of them so as to avoid obviously dumb results. The details of the rest can be determined when they can talk at a reasonable pace, but that should be enough that none of them have to take out loans just because they can't access the money.

Permalink Mark Unread

The postage clerk takes her letter and files it away somewhere. "We drop off postage at the Acadamae in the evening. Good day."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's... all for the day, then? She won't learn anything from inside the Academae, and she already talked to everyone she said she would.

Well. That was a busy day, but she is done with it now. Time to flee the sunlight and get back to a nice comfortable inside.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, SARENITH 7th, 4708

THE LIFE OF HIS MAJESTY, KING EODRED ARABASTI II

A seven day period of mourning for His Majesty, King Eodred Arabasti II, whose body could not be recovered from the flames, has been announced by decree of the Queen. A mausoleum is under construction in Gray, which next Sunday the funeral procession will bury an empty casket within. The riots and looters have calmed slightly in Midland, but in Old Korvosa they rage ever stronger. More horrible beasts pour from the Shingles. Repairs at the docks are underway, but they move slowly and some ships have already given up and left Korvosa.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Tencednil wakes up, she has a new spell! Her body feels subtly different.

Permalink Mark Unread

It feels not particularly tiring, so probably it's a cantrip. Is her nobility coming in? Is it Dancing Lights?

...it is not Dancing Lights. Also that side of the hammock is warm all of a sudden. Disappointing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends the day practicing her cantrips, including the new one. She's starting to get the hang of reading Detect Magic results, now that she can actually see them. Her improved Acid Splash is starting to come together, and with looters still around every so often, her Ghost Sound to scare them off is getting more and more refined.

She still has no idea what the shadow blob is, but it came back again that morning. It saved her life twice, she's not particularly inclined to question it at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next morning, a bundle arrives in the mail, addressed from the Acadamae. It contains three letters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mother probably isn't getting anything from the Academae. She double-checks before opening them, though. What do they say?

Permalink Mark Unread

The first is a letter from Anton. He expresses his (and Julio's) apologies for missing their appointment, but they cannot leave the Acadamae right now, what with the nigh-indestructible walls covering every entrance.

The other two letters are signed permission notices from Anton and Julio addressed to the Bank of Abadar. They assert that, due to the current unrest in the city and their inability to leave the Acadamae, they grant Tencednil and Mika the ability to withdraw up to four thousand silver shields as though they were physically present.

Permalink Mark Unread

The nigh-indestructible walls are a good reason! Full points.

Her first mission is to deposit these with the Bank of Abadar, and in turn sign an equivalent permission note for Anton and Julio in case they have a way to get to a bank inside the Academae. That done, she heads to the Rusting Anchor to inform Mika of the good news. Or at least leave him a message, given that he's most likely not immediately available.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika is not at the Rusting Anchor, but the barkeep is perfectly willing to accept her message. "I haven't seen him today, but I expect he'll show tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If he does, tell him I'll be here midafternoon."

Back home to practice cantrips some more. Her new one has demonstrated its use in pulling blood out of yesterday's clothing, so perhaps there is hope for it yet. Even if it should be Dancing Lights.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a new day! She doesn't have any mail.

Permalink Mark Unread

She wasn't really expecting any.

She sets out for the Anchor around 2:30. Is Mika there when she arrives?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika is not there. The barkeep is hard to read, but he might be a little concerned. "It's odd, he's usually here at least once early in the week..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Did he get himself in trouble just now, of all possible times? She thought he was unusually competent. Oh well, this shouldn't be too surprising. "Do you know where he might be? I have something for him he would want to hear."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "I think he's over at Garrison Hill these days. 9th Street. It's across the river in Old Korvosa. Not nearly as bad as Bridgefront and the Shingles, but I'd be careful out there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika has managed to survive it this long. How bad can it be? "Thank you." She tips the barkeep generously, Mika may not have wanted him to give that out.

Across the river to Old Korvosa. She can get across the river, and the upside of numbered streets is that navigation is easy. The streets here will also be more dangerous, but as long as she stays on guard, she should probably be fine? (Her blob bobs along behind. It looks... brave? How can a blob of shadow have clear enough body language for her to get "brave" from it? Oh well, just another mystery for the pile.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Old Korvosa is... well it's definitely much older and less nice than North Point. The streets of Garrison Hill are winding and cramped, but not as cramped as they could be.

Half of 9th Street is a large tenement apartment building. The other half is mostly townhouses, many with small shops or other commercial activity on the ground floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Winding and cramped is fine. Winding and cramped means any wild dogs who want to eat her have to get within Color Spray range instead of charging her from far too far off.

If Mika was living in the apartment, the other tenants might know where he is? On the other hand, he almost certainly went to the shops if he was in the area. Do any of the shopkeeps recognize the name?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the shopkeepers do. They're a suspicious bunch, and one of them "won't have an elf in my shop!", but eventually she gets a location down the street where Mika's building is located.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is Mika there right now? If not, does anyone there know where he most recently went?

Permalink Mark Unread

A few moments after Tencednil knocks on the door, she can hear Mika's voice. He sounds unwell. "Hello? Who's there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tencednil, here about what we talked about two days ago. You don't sound at your best." No reason to mention large quantities of money in as many words in public right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, sorry 'bout that. I've a rather nasty cough, don't want to get anyone sick. Or leave my bed, to be honest."

The door unlocks but doesn't open. "You can come in if you want, I'll get my mask on."

Permalink Mark Unread

Disease. Joy. And her without a mask. Her friend can't talk, so it can't handle this for her. ('Can you pass along messages usefully? No? Oh well. Do you get sick? Probably not... Anything you think you could help with?')

...she does have her new cantrip, perhaps it can prove of some value. Can she Prestidigitate a quick square of cloth to put over her mouth?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can prestidigitate a small cloth over her mouth. It's quite fragile and looks very strange, but it does seem to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Better than nothing! ('You can? How? Yes of course I'm going to help him. You can do something there? Can you do it? You don't have hands! You can help me with the basic treatment? Sounds good.')

What is there in this room?

Permalink Mark Unread

The apartment is small and cluttered. Mika is sitting on his bed with a mask on. He looks pretty damn terrible, and is coughing intermittently.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well this won't do. I have a signature from the other two on permitting us together to extract four thousand shields, and I've signed the same for them. You should probably do the same and get to the bank to buy a Remove if this gets worse. Have you already handled your own basic treatment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eh, I'm not a trained healer or anything. I've been trying to take it easy, fight off the sickness."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That probably does as much as I can, but I'll double check just in case."

She makes her way over and fusses over him a little bit. Her shadow blob buzzes at her every once in a while, but she's not sure it's... consistently correct? Regardless, she can't see any ways to improve on his planning here.

"Looks like about as much as I could manage myself. Only time will tell. If you want, and sign an authorization, I can have the Bank put an offer out for a Remove Disease. Normally I'd say a bit over a hundred shields if you want it within a few days, but with the current events the cost must be going up. Or you can wait and see if you get over it on your own if you'd rather save the money, your choice. It would also be fair for you to sign off on Julio and Anton taking out four thousand of their own if they need it. I don't know what's happening inside the Academae, but they might."

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a coughing fit. "C-Could you write those authorizations up for me? There's some paper on my desk. I'll sign 'em."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Can he read? Yes, he could when he was deaf. He really is poorly off.

Authorizations: one for a withdrawal of 150 shields to order a Remove Disease at this address, one granting Anton and Julio permission to withdraw their own 4000 shields, and a final one authorizing her to withdraw up to 2000 shields of the funds Anton and Julio have already signed off on. The bank should be able to handle it. Do those look good to him?

Permalink Mark Unread

They do. He signs them. "Thanks for coming by. I wasn't sure how long this was gonna last."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Do you know where you caught whatever it is?" She packs the paperwork away and walks to the exit, but holds back to hear what he has to say.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. I went to bed on Sunday just fine and woke up yesterday like this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. Hope it's not all over, or the offer might not be enough. I'll ask what Removes are selling for while I'm there. Hopefully you get better and don't need it."

And now, over to the bank to deliver paperwork. This is worrying! Are there other people around here who are also looking sick?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's definitely sick people around, but it's hard to tell if there's more than normal. Tencednil hasn't spent much time in Old Korvosa.

She's walking through a particularly crowded and winding street when the ground rumbles—

Permalink Mark Unread

A huge, monstrous shape bursts through a sewer grate down an alley. It looks like a horrible mix of a wolf and a squid. It smells awful.

One of its spiked tentacles tears someone's head clean off their shoulders. It tramples down the street in her direction and roars!

Permalink Mark Unread

A crowd all around her, and no way to run. Feeding it other people would be her plan here, but it seems remarkably focused on her in particular. This is... bad. This is really quite bad. If those tentacles catch her she will be dead in a moment. What is there for her to do?

If you can't win, lose well. Bag: dropped. If it gets to the Bank, at least Mika will survive. "Take this to the Bank! I'll try to keep it off you!" Did anyone hear that? Maybe.

Run to the side, not towards where everyone else is going. They know the area better, this is a dead end. Soon to match her own.

Line up to cast. Those tentacles are long but they don't look long enough to be out of her Color Spray reach. When it comes, catch it off-guard and draw it out further. Or die. Probably that one. Maybe the shadow can catch it somehow? Maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Otyugh leaps forward like a lumbering giant—

Permalink Mark Unread

—she starts her spell, opening herself up for a tentacle—

Permalink Mark Unread

It slams a spiked tentacle into her head, pulverizing it against the cobblestone street.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, DESNUS 29th, 4708

ACADAMAE STUDENTS ON RELEASE FOR BREACHING FESTIVAL

The spring rains have been unusually long. You can hear them flow down off the roofs and into the gutters on the street, if you're listening. A Chelixian trade galleon bound from Corentyn pulled into the dock at Midland this morning. In two days, the gates of the Acadamae will open to outsiders for the exhibition. Dark things move in the Vaults beneath the earth. Last night, there was a tragic accident involving two house drakes, a careless wizard, and a walking mushroom.

So, nothing particularly out of the ordinary for this time of year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ow. Hopefully that worked. Not that she'll know any time soon, but with any luck Mika at least will survive. Hopefully the Bank can delegate her permission to the others and not have the money locked up forever.

...This is not what she thought the Choice of Damnations looked like. The Abyss, obviously, it may not give her a good chance but it's the best she'll get. What... is she supposed to be doing here? Why does the Boneyard look so much like Korvosa?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is seated at the desk in her room. Her hammock, bookshelf, and dresser are as she left them. The black curtains are closed.

The notes on her desk are older than she remembers and in different places.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Hesitation is pointless, she may as well get to the choosing. (Will she regret this? Probably. So be it.)

She sits and breathes deeply for a few minutes before getting up, pulling on her shadow, and walking out into the "hallway". That must be where she gets her choice.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hallway is pitch dark, as usual. Nothing seems out of the ordinary.

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange and confusing! It really should not be difficult to distinguish being dead and being alive!

Well, whatever's happening here, the best way to learn is to listen to people. (Petitioners? Close enough.)

<Hello? Is anyone there?>

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing seems to happen. The hallway is unchanged.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything through the walls wouldn't be able to see, so maybe sound? Looking like her house is a strange choice if she's meant to talk, but oh well.

"Hello? Anyone?" She'll go to the end of the hallway near where Mother's room would normally be and then wait a few minutes in case anyone heard that. No point announcing exactly where you are, but if something did hear her, she wants to be close when it comes.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few minutes later, the door opens.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Daughter? Why are you so loud so early? The sun is still rising!>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Mother? Did you... What do you mean, so loud so early? Last I checked it was well in the afternoon, and also I was dead.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<It's far too bright out to be any more reasonable hour of the day, and you quite clearly are not dead.> Her fingers flick sharply through the sign. <What exactly did you think you saw.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Report. She can do a report. Not knowing what's going on is no reason to fail at reporting.

<I went out Toilday a few hours after sunturn—> She thinks through this as she goes, dragging the memories to the surface.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Don't resist.> Ulon reveal the thoughts of those around me.

—that is not what reading should show, and that is not how resisting should work either.

<Stop. Whatever you're about to mention, it is being shrouded from my sight. There is a reason; I need not know it. It is Fireday, Desnus the 29th, 4708...> She turns back to look at the faint reflections of the sun from the slight gaps at the edge of her curtain. <More than an hour before sunturn. If Ulon has blessed you, it is for a reason, and you must make the most of it yourself. If another has touched you, you must ensure the consequences fall not upon me and your brother. If the second, we must not reveal this, so I will not change my actions towards you, and you will not towards me. Remember, we were the first to foresee Earthfall, we must be vigilant for the next time the humans fail in their duties. Now go.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Earthfall? Ulon's blessing? But she— no, she can cast, she can still feel her cantrips. And they're the same as when she woke up, nothing new and nothing lost. Earthfall? She can't possibly be on her own to stop something that large, can she? That would be absurd.

Unless the King's death is important somehow? Could Ulon have shown her a future for her to avert? Prophecy is supposed to be dead! ...no, invalid, it is said that prophecy is dead, it is taught never to blindly accept what you are told. Prophecy is generally accepted to be dead. Perhaps he did. Even then, what can she possibly do?

Well, she won't do it here with Mother, not now. And anything she's going to do will need money, and she knows how to get that. <As you say. Tomorrow I should have a buckler shield-ring, which you would buy at slightly below twenty thousand shields without this. Be prepared to hear my offer when the time comes.> Trying to profit from or avert the King's death can come after that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Out the door and down to the Rusted Anchor! She wants to arrive a little bit before she did in the vision, this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Rusted Anchor is mostly as she remembers it. Low conversation fills the bar.

Anton and Julio have not yet arrived. Mika is seated at a small table, eating.

Permalink Mark Unread

How does she want to play this?

Julio and Anton are idiots, and they don't realize it. She doesn't have the time to wait for the slow, mutually-agreed money transfer. If she wants to change things, she needs money, and that means having sails available to her in time to bet on the Breaching Festival. That means she needs to throw them, show them they need to offer reasonable shares to her. And possibly also Mika, he was important in the vision.

She buys a bite and sits near the door, waiting for the two of them to walk in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Something like forty minutes later, Anton and Julio walk in. They look around for a moment, before moving to sit down at a corner table.

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks up behind them as they go. "You two are idiots. You want him over there." She nods to Mika. "You also should be somewhat more circumspect about large quantities of potential money. Some people might overhear. Your tunnel starts at 44 Stone's End in Midland, I won't say the rest in a place this public."

Permalink Mark Unread

??????

"That's rather rude of y—"

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton is affronted. "Nobody asked for your opinio— how do you know that?!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As I said, you weren't that subtle. You also aren't prepared for what you're going to find. Tell me, how exactly do you expect to handle a zombie or two, with exactly zero prepared circled spells between you which would matter against one? Six decades isn't long enough for zombies to decay. Neither of you can take a solid blow and stay standing. Come now, think. You cannot do this on your own, you desperately need help. You did do the research yourself, though, claiming it all would be unfair. We go with the one you were trying to recruit, the four of us take even shares each of what we find. Including any profits from selling the spells we recover. If you can honestly say at the end you would have survived without our help, I might even give some of mine back. When you realize you would have been dead, it will be obvious we all come out ahead this way."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio squints at her. "Have you been spying on us? Is there another copy of the map?"

He pauses. "Ah. Is that you, Ilena? You've finally figured out disguise self and now you're involving yourself in our business pretending to be some dark elf?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I revealed my sources whenever someone asked, they wouldn't be my sources for much longer, now would they? Feel free to believe what you wish of me." She's grinning slightly.

"Now, can we get on with this? We're going to stop to buy some marbles on our way, and some food for the two of you in case we're stuck down there overnight. You can do your bargaining on your own, I believe in you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, you're not Ilena. Probably. I've never heard her this assertive before."

He sighs. "Anton, go tell the big guy we've got a job, if he's looking for work."

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton is uneasy. "Alright..."

He walks over to Mika and begins a quiet discussion.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at Tencednil. "So. If you're not Ilena, who are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can call me Tencednil. For the moment, treat me as a source of darkvision, a supply of Color Sprays..." She snaps, and her shadow blob comes out. It was understanding her better after the dogs in the vision, and seems to still be better now? There's something weird about that. There are no shortage of strange things about the situation, though.

"...and a friend. This little one can see through most illusions, fly, and signal when something is going wrong. Demonstrate?" It buzzes up and down. "If you need more details than that, they can wait until we aren't in the middle of this nice person's bar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect an explanation later. If we're to easy to spy on someone could simply steal whatever we find."

He starts walking over to Mika's table. "And did you really only prepare color spray today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what I said?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a look. "Fine. Be like that." He sits down next to Anton.

Permalink Mark Unread

"—and this is Julio, my fine companion, and... uh..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The elf is called Tencednil. Pleasure to meet you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika nods to Julio. "Well, I hear you've got quite the job lined up. This ain't gonna be as easy as you think."

Permalink Mark Unread

("I did say no details here, did I not? Later.")

She nods to Mika. Who is not sick! Maybe she can do something to prevent that? Not the priority here, surely, but it would be nice. "Well met. It isn't, which is part of why I'm here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. They say four is a good number. We'll all need masks to get through the sewers without being sick. I know a place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, you'll take us there and then we can head to Stone's End?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's fine with me." He gestures at a large backpack next to him. "I've got everything I need in here already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll need some marbles. Or caltrops, if you want to spend the money, but I'd say it's not worth it. We can set up in advance, but when zombies come spilling out we need them to have a hard time rushing us, and stabs in the feet don't bother them much. I can find somewhere, or yours if it has them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know a place, but it's a different one."

Permalink Mark Unread

The party makes their way across the city. Mika leads them to a dingy corner store. Anton and Julio pick up masks. Tencednil gets her marbles.

It's a little later in the day when they find the entrance, at 44 Stone's End. A tunnel down an alley slopes downward. The end is visible; it opens up to a ledge near flowing water.

Permalink Mark Unread

('You can carry them? Are you sure you can use them? ...alright.') Two bags of marbles go to the shadow blob, and she takes the rest.

In they go! She follows behind again, this time looking over her shoulder regularly. Hopefully they run into things more like the goblins than like the rats, the goblins were much less worrying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton takes them through the sewers, down the rusted ladder next to the waterfall, and into the long maze.

About forty minutes into their trek, Tencednil's familiar becomes alarmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ware, incoming!" 'Buzz count and direction, bounce for many.'

The blob buzzes twice, jerks behind them, then twice more, to the left.

"Four, two behind, two thataway. Move!" She turns herself, spinning to the ones farthest from the light source. She'll most likely have to handle them alone. Hopefully they're no worse than the dogs were, whatever they are.

Permalink Mark Unread

The two goblins behind them fire their shortbows. An arrow goes whizzing by Tencednil's head. Another slices across Anton's leg.

Permalink Mark Unread

That won't do! She catches the beat of the combat and steps quickly, reacting just after they struck. Over to those two, and let's see how they handle a Color Spray!

Not well. Perfect. The blob bounces over, ready to do some head-bonking of its own.

Permalink Mark Unread

The color spray sends both goblins to the ground!

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton and Julio both fling acid splashes. Julio's hits, Anton's misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika slices deep into a goblin. It collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The last goblin looks around at its fallen comrades and runs away!

Permalink Mark Unread

As is proper. Perhaps it can warn whatever others there are not to attack them on their way back.

These two are better dead, though. Not worth the bolts, not with Mika there. She draws her sickle. 

By the time she's prepared, Mika has already started to behead the other. This is going to embarrassing, but oh well. Chop!

...yep, that's a failure. She can't get the blade through the goblin tendons cleanly. She leaves it to Mika to finish off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika finishes them off. "Ehh, they've nothing good, just shoddy gear and a few pinch."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "With luck, the runner will warn the rest off from a follow-up."

Permalink Mark Unread

The maze continues. Anton guides them through the rest of the winding passages, through a trapdoor and down the ladder into the tunneled caves. They pass through the cavern and start crossing the underground rivers.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes to ask Julio for a Prestidigitation cleaning —

No, she can do this herself. Of course she wouldn't forget, she knew it in the vision and she remembers it perfectly fine now. She flicks through the motions and indeed, as expected, the water flows off her robes and back down into the river.

Permalink Mark Unread

Five minutes past the cavern rivers and they're at the illusory wall. Mika helps pull everyone up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The magic door is over there." She points. "Feel free to check. There are a couple zombies on the other side. As you may or may not know, zombies are slow, and if you keep away from them they are almost unable to touch you unless you leave an opening. However, on clear enough terrain, they can just run all-out and strike with the force of their charge, which is little better. This is why we brought marbles. If we scatter these regularly around the room, they will find it difficult to charge. With luck, they will trip in the middle of their charges, and a toppled zombie is nearly incapable of being a threat while it recovers its feet.

"This means there are two things to remember: stay beyond their arm's reach, and keep at least ten feet of marbles or some other intervening object on the direct path between you. If you retreat from them with caution, you should be able to avoid falling on the marbles yourself while still remaining beyond their reach. My friend will attempt to block if needed, but it is limited. If you let them land a solid blow, you two," indicating Julio and Anton, "will be knocked unconscious. The hope is that they will let you bleed out slowly so we have time to rescue you after they are dropped. If they instead actively attempt to kill you, you will most likely die. Mika, you may be able to remain upright through a single strike. Do not rely on it, and do not expect to sustain two.

"Zombies are also tough, and stabbing or beating them to death is all but fruitless. Enough force could help, but the best plan is something which can cut the muscle and tendon they rely on for power. Mika, avoid your shortsword, your knife will be more effective."

That said, she gets to marble scattering. Why yes she did do some research on zombies after almost dying to them in the vision, why do you ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

"How do you know—"

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio casts detect magic at the section of stone wall. "She's right, the door's here. Mika, you're up."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika grunts, pulling out a dagger and a small hammer. "This'll take a few minutes."

He starts his strange dagger-and-hammer arcane lockbreaking routine. A few minutes later, the door creaks open.

Permalink Mark Unread

The stench of rotting flesh fills the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton mutters. "Does she seriously have a better map then us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A zombie shambles into the central room of Matei's lair.

Groan...

Permalink Mark Unread

She probably should have been focusing on Mika's lockpicking, not her own marble scattering. Oops. By the time she's started her first cast, the zombies have long since shambled into motion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika pulls a dagger from his belt and throws it. The dagger slams into the zombie's chest.

He walks back into the hallway and around the corner. "Everyone back it up!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie staggers slightly from the dagger, before rushing forward. It just barely makes it through the stone door.

Permalink Mark Unread

A second zombie shambles into the central room of Matei's lair. It's a few feet behind the first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Acid Splash first, this time with her fake brimstone adjustments.

It goes just past the first one's ear. Close, but not quite. Time to back up now. (The blob hovers anticipatorily.)

Permalink Mark Unread

A beam of grey light emanates from Anton's finger and streaks harmlessly past the first zombie's head.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio flings a glob of acid, which sizzles against the first zombie's arm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika flings another dagger. It misses and skids against the floor. He walks back another twenty feet.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombies run down the hallway toward the party, but they can't quite get there yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be nice if Anton's inability to hit things was a surprise. Oh well. Acid Splash?

Yes! She hits the first one cleanly, and the can hear the extra sizzle where the brimstone isn't. Success. Now she just needs to keep that going...

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's grey beam washes over the first zombie's head. It burns with invisible fire and turns to ash. The headless corpse slams into the floor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio's acid splash burns into the remaining zombie's shoulder. It turns to face him.

He runs backwards!

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika throws a dagger, again. He misses, again.

He is keeping pace backing up with the zombies, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie sprints forward—

It slips on the marbles and goes crashing to the ground. Its arms move unnaturally, trying to push itself back up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marbles! Yaaaay marbles. No zombies hitting anyone this time, preparation is a wonderful thing. And Anton even managed to hit something! Disrupt Undead is impressive when it isn't aimed straight at the rock.

Unfortunately, this means it's harder to hit with a Splash... but harder doesn't mean impossible. Acid to the head, complete with that bit of extra sizzle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's disrupt undead is aimed well, for a zombie that isn't prone on the floor. Miss.

He backs up further.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio flings more acid. It hits the zombie's back!

He backs up further.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika throws his last dagger. It misses. "Damn it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie shakily manages to get upright.

Permalink Mark Unread

Acid! And, more importantly, staying at least fifteen feet from the zombie!

Perhaps she should have prioritized aiming her acid more. Oh well. As long as the zombie can't hurt them, her aim doesn't need to be that good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's disrupt undead scorches chunks of flesh away from the zombie.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio flings another glob of acid. It melts part of the zombie's face off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika is all out of daggers. He draws his sword and backs up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie is not looking good. It charges at Mika, but its great slam goes wide.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shoots for it. Aiming around Mika is a challenge, but it is off-balance from the charge, and that gives her just the moment she needs to hit it with her Splash.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie seems to come apart when her acid hits. Its rotten organs spill out onto the floor, and it collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika takes a few breaths. "There any more of 'em!?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not immediately, at least. I don't know exactly what we'll see inside."

And this time, there will be no need to wait overnight for them to limp back out, because nobody was even injured! Preparation really does make a difference, it's kind of impressive.

She starts gathering up the marbles. No need for any of them to accidentally fall if they have to run out quickly for some reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton and Julio head inside Matei's lair and start looking around for loot. "Nothing magic atop the desk, but there's a bunch of stuff inside it."

...

"Oh, that's nice. Look at those books. And those gems. And that ring."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Check for traps before you go poking at anything in the other rooms!" She's still gathering marbles, so she can't actually make sure they do it, but surely they're sensible enough to not set off anything too obviously, right? And the dresser should only stab them if they open it, they'll handle it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I looked for magic!" Anton yells back "and we can keep to this room for now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good plan!"

Once she's finished with her marble collection, she goes in with them. "I see some magic in the dresser in there? The ritual circle looks ominous, but I don't see any auras."

Permalink Mark Unread

The party spends a little while going through the rooms of the lair. They get everything from the desk in the main room. Mika is only able to safely get the first drawer of the bedroom dresser open, the others are trapped in a way he's not confident he can disable. There's nothing of interest in the ritual room, as far as they can tell.

Anton packs the loot into his bag.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton leads them through the caves at a brisk pace. They travel back through the winding caves the way the came, and across the rivers in the large cavern, and into the oddly-shaped tunnels.

They're about halfway through the tunneled stone to the maze ladder when Tencednil's familiar becomes alarmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Buzz buzz buzz! Flick! Buzz buzz! Another flick.

...good, not a swarm this time. They can handle a limited number of things. "Eyes up! Five incoming, three ahead two behind."

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the giant rats behind them lunge for Mika. Their teeth fail to penetrate his leather armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika plunges his sword down through one of the rats. It goes still.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton shoots a glob of acid at one of the rats. It misses and bubbles on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio also misses with his acid splash.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Doesn't one of you have a spell for this sort of scenario? I can't catch them with you all in my way!" Was Julio just lying about preparing Sleep today? Sigh.

There are three rats about to close in. She will wait and drop a Splash on one of them on their way, to avoid shooting around Mika. (The blob wiggles in the air, but there's nowhere which needs bonus marbles.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The rat runs toward Julio—

Tencednil's acid burns deep through its chest. It makes a horrible noise and keeps running. It tries to bite Julio, but it's distracted and misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two more rats lunge forward. One of them bites Julio's foot.

The last rat on Mika tries to bite him but can't penetrate his armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika slices the rat that attacked him. It's not quite dead yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's acid splash misses. Aiming at something so close to the ground is hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio casts a different spell this time. Two of the rats fall asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good he wasn't lying. (Wouldn't have been lying? Whatever.) How does the awake rat feel about acid to the head? Not particularly positively, it seems! It keels over on the floor, appearing quite dead.

(The blob charges for the rat Mika is dancing around. The rat, alas, avoids it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Two rats are snoozing.

Permalink Mark Unread

One rat is attacking Mika. It can't get through his armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika slices the pesky rat open. It dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika walks over to the sleeping rats and plunges his sword through their hearts.

Permalink Mark Unread

The tunnels are quiet once more.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Somehow I doubt the rats will have much for us to take. Julio, get that bite checked for disease, and be careful for the next few days. Make sure you can fight it off. Or use part of your own share on buying a Remove, it's all the same to me. Onwards?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Onwards. They climb up the ladder into the old stone maze, through the tangled tunnels, up the ladder in the cylindrical room, and into the sewers.

After a long slog through that terrible place, they walk up a steep tunnel and exit at 44 Stone's End. It's early in the evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

Much better than the vision. It really is impressive how much knowing what you're dealing with can help.

"I know someone who will buy the ring for somewhere in the nineteen to twenty thousand silver shield range. Let's go to the bank, set up four accounts, and write up a contract so proceeds are deposited into each of them equally. Then I'll sell the ring, you two can sell the onyx and the unguent, and if we're efficient the money can hit our accounts by the Breaching and we can all splurge a little. Shall we?"

She sets off towards the bank.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank of Abadar at North Point is a vast and busy building. A low din of trade can be heard throughout.

They go through the song and dance with the safebox and the ring and the truthtelling, and within an hour Tencednil is around 4,800 silver shields richer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika is very happy. "Finally hit it big, after all this time..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Enjoy yourself! But do be careful, there are some signs of a disease spreading in Old Korvosa. It's nothing urgent at the present moment, but if things continue this way it might get bad in a week or two. Take care." Hopefully Mika with money directly available to him will be safer than the vision showed.

This time around, she leaves the Unguent with Julio and Anton, who seem more likely to find a buyer. "Do try to get this all sold efficiently. The Breaching is always an attraction for people who want to spend more money than they can really afford, the price in the next few days is as high as it will get." Admittedly that's because riots and a(n attempted, if she can pull this off) murder of the king will disrupt everything, but she might also be right anyway? Who knows.

And speaking of the Breaching, the vision showed the contestants being far more skilled than average. Mother says the local betting rings are too Norgirberite for her to fund, but the Abadarans usually offer their own bets on big things. They don't hold animal fights the same way — nor non-animal fights, if some of the things she's heard are accurate — but they should be making a book on something as big as the Breaching, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know a guy who can probably find us a buyer, but I doubt the transaction will finish before the Breaching is over. Maybe we get lucky, though!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The Abadarans have bets available for the Breaching. The Acadamae has announced five candidates this year.

Permalink Mark Unread

What can she bet on? She would like to bet on an attempt using no non-buff circled spells reaching at least the Doors of Night, a similarly spell-less attempt breaking the Prismatic Wall on the walls, and on Professor Vargas reaching the Doors of Scouring. Are those bets on offer?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Abadarans will take some of those bets!

An attempt with no non-buff circled spells reaching at least the Doors of Night currently has 1:5 odds, and Professor Vargas reaching the Doors of Scouring has 1:20 odds.

While there are unsubstantiated rumors and questionable historical records indicating the walls of the Hall of Wards contain a permanent prismatic wall, they are just that: unsubstantiated and questionable. The furthest in they'll take bets on is breaking the dead-magic wall without non-buff spells, at 1:25 odds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. They're the boring ones, it's the Norgorberites she would need to go to for the interesting bets. And they would just lie.

Well, good enough. Best not to be fully confident in the vision, some things did change... She walks home and writes up another contract.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ulon wanted her to be subtle. If she was meant to just change things by telling people what she saw, hiding her thoughts would make no sense. Mother even told her she was not to reveal this had happened. Counterpoint, a vision unused is wasted. Her instruction, thus, must be to act on this in a way which means her relevance in particular is unknown.

When she puts it that way, it's obviously correct; what public knowledge of Ulon exists believes the cult nearly destroyed, and remembers its times of power only as times which called for its destruction. The local Norgorberites don't much care about three-millenia-old grudges, but Norgorber himself may well. If Ulon has found a way to use prophecy, and is puttig it to use here, he wants it to stay hidden, which means not drawing too much attention to herself. A spider's-claw without meaningful connection to her or Ulon? Far more usable. Of course, pulling in an actual person to play the role would be an immediate risk, and that seems foolish as well.

The Bank of Abadar is known to hold client information safe. It is not known to hold it infinitely safe, but it at least tries not to spread things around. It also doesn't actually require a client to be present in person to open an account, though it makes clear its fabled security measures are of limited use for an account handled entirely remotely. Fortunate for her, then, that those security measures won't be what she's counting on.

The contract she writes for the Bank claims to come from a caster who likes privacy, and is willing to take some risks for it. Unfortunately, they also know of ways to track a caster by their magic, and so will be proceeding without directly casting any spells on exposed objects. It requests the creation of a new anonymous account tied to a codephrase. The codephrase is written on an attached paper in a liquid invisible on paper until heat is applied, at which point it permanently becomes visible. ("If the codephrase can be seen before you have gone through this procedure, my counterparty is not as trustworthy as expected, and the entirety of this contract is null and void.") It then requests the transfer of 200 gold sails from the account of "the undersigned" to that new account, to be bet on the conjunction of the expected Breaching results, with as much as possible of the winnings from one bet to be immediately placed on the next. The day after the Breaching, the undersigned is to be returned half the funds in the new account, whatever those might be. The remaining fraction is to be retained for use with the codephrase.

Permalink Mark Unread

With that done, she signs the contract in her own name as the undersigned. That should look appropriately like she is simply a coincidentally available, somewhat naive money source for an actual wizard. That account should be able to send messages with the Bank's approval that they are indeed from a source which knows a great deal. If she ever needs the extra money, the Bank will doubtless require irritating and prolonged verification protocols, but even half the proceeds should be quite sufficient for a long while.

And off to the bank to submit the contract! (Will they adjust those betting odds when she does this? Probably. Oh well, that's why the contract says to place the bets at Abadaran-fair rates whatever they may be at the time.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She meets with a banker.

"We cannot accept a parlay bet of that size with those multipliers, because it has the potential to exceed the total liquidity of our betting pool. We do not allow any individual bet to exceed one thousand gold sails. If it is acceptable to your counterparty, we can accept a modified version of those bets with the understanding that each individual bet will be capped at one thousand gold sails."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It said t'take the biggest bets you've got, so I think so? I dunno, it just looked like a good offer t'me. ...ah, an' I'm not sayin' I got any spells cast for this, of course." Merely heavily implying it.

The contract does say to simply take as large a bet as possible, if betting everything isn't an option. The proceeds, whatever they may be, are to be distributed appropriately.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well." She takes the contract and leaves the room.

A minute later, she returns with a small sheaf of paper. "Your bet has been accepted, and the money has been transferred. The documentation for the anonymous account is here. Good day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank ye kindly." She... takes the paper. Right. Paperwork is traceable, isn't it. Oh well, so it goes.

She'll bury it across the river, then, after copying down the necessities onto a different piece of paper which shouldn't be connected magically. If the bet sizes are limited like that, she doesn't need to get the money from selling the gems any time soon, so she's... free until the Festival? Seems like it. She can't send a bank-backed letter until the bets have come in, of course, and that's the next step.

Tomorrow maybe she'll go and look at the castle. If the dragon was there for anything, it's probably not public, but there's no harm in checking just in case.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, DESNUS 30th, 4708

SCANDAL AT HOUSE GREY, SECRET HEIR REVEALED

The weather worsens. Rain pours in loud sheets. The sky crackles with lightning. Three ships delay setting off until the storm passes. Gemshare Jewelers is robbed by an expert. The value of the stolen goods exceeds ten thousand silver shields. Archbanker Darb Tuttle sells a regenerate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Castle Korvosa, situated atop the Grand Mastaba, towers over the city. The shield-walls Tencednil remembers surrounding it are absent.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they were already present, that would be a remarkably bad sign.

Can she see the balcony on which the king was supposedly killed?

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll have to climb the hundred steps to the top of the Grand Mastaba.

The castle has three great towers with a couple balconies each, she doesn't know exactly which one the king died on. There's also the castle walls, which don't have balconies as such but do have ramparts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Up she goes. How crowded is the area around the castle? In particular, how many people are in a... roughly fifty foot radius circle directly beneath the balconies? Also, how far off the ground are the balconies?

Permalink Mark Unread

This morning, in the area open to the public, there's probably a few dozen people around. Nobody is directly beneath the balconies, they hang over the interior courtyard behind the castle's outer wall. Their height varies, but anywhere from fifty to seventy feet above the ground is a good estimate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's consistent with a large red dragon breathing on one and killing only the King. Probably. The stories of ninety-foot breath weapons are mostly from things she doesn't really trust, and Glarataxus probably isn't that powerful even if that can happen. Are there any other traces the breath would have left in the vision? Hmm. Can dragon breath melt stone? It might be able to.

...even if it can, she wouldn't have known if one of the balconies had been destroyed, she didn't get the chance to look. Oh well.

Back down the Mastaba, out to where the shield walls were. Can she see the towers of the castle from here, even if the balconies are hidden?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can see the towers from down there, as well as some but not all of the balconies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Were all of the towers she can currently see there when she saw the castle in the vision?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but she remembers the top of the tallest tower being melted and warped.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. That seems like evidence that the story was true, and that it was the top tower where the king was killed.

Or someone was trying to fake it and wanted visible dragon breath results, in which case it's possible they tried too hard. Sigh. Mother is the one who's good at this kind of thing! Well, if she was chosen, there was a reason for it.

She spends the rest of the day hunting for anything she can find on dragon fire. Probably not much, but it's better to try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil doesn't really get anywhere. Most of the books on the specifics of dragon fire are probably within the Acadamae's walls, if they even exist in Korvosa at all.

What she does find is mostly just "it's unnaturally hot", "it's fire", and "it kills and melts your stuff".

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh well. She still has some additional evidence for the red dragon claim, that should be good enough.

Eventually it gets dark outside, and not that long thereafter she finds herself shepherded out the doors of the various places she had been searching. It's nice to be walking back in the dark, especially when she remembers being trapped inside in the vision. If things work right, she'll be able to do things like this even in a week.

For now, time to sleep. Tomorrow is the Breaching Festival, and with it will come her chance.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, DESNUS 31st, 4708

SHINGLES GANG BRAWL TURNS BLOODY, NINE DEAD

A perfect circle is carved into the sky, two miles wide. The storm seems to bend around it. It's a bright, sunny day. The Acadamae opens its doors to outsiders for the festival. The guard struggles to handle a crowd. A small ship wrecks against the Varisian coastline, far in the distance. A devil has breakfast with his great grandson.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Academae spending a seventh circle spell keeping the weather nice for the Breaching is ridiculous, of course, but it's just as impressive now as it was in the vision.

She has no need to get any Removes distributed, though she still doesn't know what was in that part of the dresser. But then, there are many things she doesn't know, and this can go on the list nowhere near the top. She lets herself sleep in a little later than she saw herself, but still arrives at the Academae before the vision had her there.

The Hall of Summoning didn't have anything more it was willing to share with her. With Vargas on the Breaching Festival list, she'll go over to the Hall of Shaping. What sorts of demonstrations are they putting on today?

Permalink Mark Unread

She pushes through the crowd to the Hall of Shaping's entrance. Large double doors are held wide open. A man next to the door is selling use of a greater hat of disguise, charging by the minute. There's a line.

In the foyer, she can see a schedule on the wall (similar to the one in the Hall of Summoning) advertising demonstrations of polymorph spells, demonstrations of extradimensional spaces, and demonstrations of flight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe polymorph spells? Polymorph spells can do so many things...

Her blob whistles and buzzes, pointing towards the extradimensional spaces entry on the schedule. Alright then, extradimensional spaces it is!

Permalink Mark Unread

The room labeled "extradimensional spaces" has three large mirrors inside it. A wizard stands to the side.

For a brief moment, a human face appears next to Tencednil in one of the mirrors. They wink and disappear.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are all the mirrors their own pockets?"

The shadow blob zooms straight towards one of the mirrors and pokes at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are. Each one fits eight people. There's room in all of them, currently. You can walk through the mirror's surface."

The shadow passes through the mirror's surface! It's now in an extradimensional space. There are some humans in here, who are confused at its appearance. If the shadow wants, it can make itself visible on the other side for six seconds at a time.

Permalink Mark Unread

It bounces at them! Then it zooms back out and grabs at Tencednil's hood, tugging her towards one of the other mirrors.

What an opinionated blob. That was the plan anyway, no need to rush her. Over she goes. She reaches out her hand to touch its own reflection, and feels for the surface...

Permalink Mark Unread

Her hand passes through the mirror's surface. It doesn't feel like anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic is so incredibly neat sometimes. Now confident she's not about to bash her head into anything, she walks confidently into the mirror.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other side is a small room. The floors, walls, and ceiling are all made of a translucent, silvery material. It glows very slightly and is soft to the touch.

Five people are sitting around the room. One of them is an Acadamae student, reading a book. Another is running his hand across the wall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does the room seem cramped, like an eight-person room with six people in it would be? (Or with seven, if the shadow counts. It probably would for spell targeting, but maybe not if this is just a space with a size?)

Permalink Mark Unread

The room is perhaps a little cramped. It is an eight-person room with seven creatures inside. (The shadow counts.)

Permalink Mark Unread

What does the mirror look like from this side?

Permalink Mark Unread

It looks like an open doorway into the room she just came from. The mirror's frame is the same, but there's no visible surface of any kind.

She can make herself visible as a reflection in the mirror on the other side for six seconds at a time, if she wants to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, she'll do that. She also nudges the shadow to fly out. Does anything change without it in here?

Permalink Mark Unread

The shadow floats out of the mirror. Nothing inside seems to change.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is it still crowded enough that one more person would be crammed and a second would just not fit, or does it now seem to have space for two more?

Permalink Mark Unread

The size of the room has not changed. It's not really any less crowded after the shadow left because the shadow is tiny and flying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe it's just sized for eight and also wouldn't let in a ninth? Actually that would make sense, woudn't it. If the spell could hold only eight anyway, there's no reason to make the space larger, and if the shadow is taking up less space than average that would just leave more for everyone else.

She departs, and peeks into the other mirrors. Is there any variation, besides the occupants?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's subtle differences in the positions of flowing silvery patterns deeper within the translucent walls. Nothing else seems different.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe those are shapeable by the caster? There might be interesting art applications if so, but it could also be random.

Back to the wizard. "That's impressively smooth! What circle is it? Or are they magic items?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a second circle transmutation called mirror hideaway. When I cast it, the spell lasts around three hours. Almost tricks you into thinking it's a magic item."

Permalink Mark Unread

This fits in a second circle slot? Really? "Impressive! Definitely useful if you go exploring, too. Can you move the mirror and take the contents with you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can't move the mirror more than about five feet or the spell ends. The mirror's contents are expelled out the front, in such a case."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh well. Still, very useful!" It would have been nice to be able to carry around all her gear in a mirror without having to pay for a Bag of Holding, even if she should have the money for that now if she really wanted one. Not that she has second circle spells, or any reason to think she would have this one.

What about the polymorph spells demonstration? She wanders over in that direction. And if she gets distracted a time or two or three, that's not a problem, not as long as she makes it to the Breaching on time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The polymorph spells demonstration starts in around forty minutes, if she wants to wait. There's only one time scheduled.

Permalink Mark Unread

As long as it's scheduled for before the Breaching, she can wait. If she's going to be here anyway, though, she will watch the flying demonstration in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

The flying demonstration is just someone flying around for a few minutes. They're pretty skilled at it, and pull of some neat tricks like juggling balls in the air, but the spell only lasts a few minutes and then it's over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Right. Humans who haven't spent hours floating around the room when their mother felt like indulging them. Self-directed flying is useful, but it's so short.

Nobles are in fact very impressive, always good to remember in the middle of the Festival. Back to waiting for the polymorph demonstration, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

The polymorph demonstration is more interesting. They've brought the greater hat of disguise inside, and it begins with someone demonstrating many different humanoid forms. Dwarves, elves, merfolk, a strange race that appears like a wingless humanoid crow... it goes on for a little while.

After that's done, a different wizard takes the stage. He casts a spell and transforms into a winged stone gargoyle, which can actually fly! After a few minutes of that, he turns into a seven-foot tall hooded skeleton. Very spooky.

Permalink Mark Unread

The number of things a single transmutation can do is remarkably impressive. Whatever Professor Vargas was doing in the vision to become himself but made of ice is probably beyond these students, but it does demonstrate the incredible breadth of turning yourself into something else. 

It's also a little strange that turning into a skeleton is apparently not necromancy? Oh well, she doesn't really understand why the lines are drawn where they are anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then it's over, because spells have limited durations. There's not much else going on at the Hall of Shaping.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is the other limit. Back towards the Hall of Wards, then, she doesn't want to miss the Breaching and she will no doubt get distracted on the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a few distractions, Tencednil reaches the crowd surrounding the Hall of Wards a little earlier than last time. The crowd is not quite as big yet. The raised platform for the wizards and nobles is still filling up. The royal house is having a procession up to their private box.

The Hall of Wards itself is a plain, rectangular wooden building with minimal decoration. Large windows face the crowd, and through them one can see a large empty room with a glittering wood floor. There is one set of double doors at the front. Nothing on the building looks like an illusion, although of course this is a lie.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is where she's taking the most risk based on the vision. If it was false, she just wasted two thousand silver shields, for no value. Of course, that also makes it a good test. If the goal was to make her believe in a false murder of the King, it probably didn't come from a source willing to lose tens of thousands of gold sails to get at her. After this, she will either be confident enough to go ahead with her plans and well-resourced to do it, or she will know it for a lie before any consequences have truly struck.

Time to see how it plays out.

Permalink Mark Unread

About half an hour later, a long blast from a mighty horn sounds over the crowd, and a man appears in the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Headmaster gives his speech, exactly how she remembers it. The crowd cheers in all the right places.

Permalink Mark Unread

The master thief is first. Madison Ross and her deck of cards dance through the first three sets of doors without issue. The rain of arrows from the Doors of Steel impale her, and it takes her a minute to get them open. She dodges the bolt of lightning from the Doors of Storm and cracks the lock in an instant.

The Doors of Night are a brilliant moving night sky. The stars glow, and the constellations form a vast symbol. It flashes twice. Madison dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a good sign! Not the most surprising, but the vision did show the two flashes before she died, and that might be hard to guess?

(She is less emotionally affected than last time. She was expecting this death, there's no point getting worked up about it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota is up next, his giant's sledge slung over his shoulder. He drinks a potion and doubles in size.

Swing. Swing. Swing. Swing. Swing...

His hammer pulverizes the walls of the Hall of Wards like they're made of cheap wood. He breaks the wall of force. He carves through the wall of lava. He bypasses the web of lightning. He kills the black ooze. He shatters the dead-magic wall. He survives the sky wall with the clouds of fire. He shatters each layer of the prismatic wall, one-by-one.

The air elementals attack him and die. Takota fails the break through an invisible barrier in front of a wall of liquid metal. He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Twice successful, which means even in the worst case she has twelve thousand gold sails tucked away. If the vision was malicious, that's easily a worthwhile profit even so. If it wasn't... if it wasn't, she will need everything she can get.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas, with his purple suit and monocle, is the next (and probably last) candidate. He spends a minute inspecting the hole Takota made in the wall.

He knocks open the Doors of Wood. He casts three spells on himself. His body is formed of glimmering ice. He phases through the next Doors of Stone and of Iron in an instant.

The rain of arrows from the Doors of Steel fails against an invisible barrier. He disintegrates one of the doors using his staff. The Doors of Storm cannot harm him. They reflect his next disintegrate back at him (he blinks away just in time). He opens one of the doors using an unknown spell.

The Doors of Night flash harmlessly at his construct servant. It says a command word, and one of the doors opens. The Doors of Flame, formed of smoking vines, dispel his icy form. It doesn't stop him. He scrolls a spell and flows through the vines.

He becomes ice again, just in time for the Doors of Shadow to pour forth undead horrors. They cannot harm him. He casts an unknown spell, and one of the doors opens. The Doors of Scouring are a dazzling white. He reads a scroll, which destroys all magic, but the white doors are unaffected. He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unsurprisingly, she still can't figure out what he's using to get through the famously Knock-proof doors, but it's definitely effective. Too bad about the scroll, it seems a waste. (Maybe she was supposed to prevent him from using it here, so he had it later? ...No, it's obvious that it was a real scroll, it just failed at the important task. If it was just the Doors she could have tried to tracelessly replace it with something without such a grand effect, but she wouldn't have succeeded and it would have been obvious if she had.)

That's everything. She isn't sure whether she's relieved or disappointed that the rest of what she saw seemingly wasn't a lie, but with that she should assume it wasn't. 

After the announcement that the others won't be competing, she walks back to her house rapidly. She needs to get going as soon as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes it back home easily. It's now late evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts writing—

—wait. The bank is closed today. Not so urgent, then.

No reason not to have everything ready, though. This won't take long.

For the eyes of the Saffron Sovereign, King Eodred Arabasti II of Korvosa, Prince of Stirges.

You are in danger. In the current course of events, you will be dead within the week, slain by the wyrm Glarataxus. I would see you warned.

If you wish evidence of my knowledge, the Bank of Abadar can attest that I have successfully predicted the outcome of the Breaching Festival, to odds they called 1 in 2500. If this is insufficient for you to reconsider, your death will fall only upon your own head.

Be safe.

She seals that alongside the necessary codewords to authorize it as coming from the anonymous account, covers it in a thick blank envelope, then gets to sleep. She'll pay someone to run it to the bank in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
MOONDAY, SARENITH 1st, 4708

BUSINESS SLOWS AT MIDLAND, ABADARAN ESTIMATES UNMET

The storm has subsided and the sky is clear. At the Acadamae, post-holiday cleanup begins. Everyone gets back to work. A crew sets out from the docks, intent on investigating yesterday's wreck. Rumors spread in Old Korvosa of undead escaping the sewers, but nothing can be confirmed. A small group is found dead, mauled and eaten by some sort of monster.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a short holiday hiatus, the Bank of Abadar is once again open for businesses.

Permalink Mark Unread

This time she's not talking to the actual bankers, so she will disguise herself. When she makes her way across the bridge today, Tencednil is covered in a paste which recolors her skin to a pale tannish shade, more typical of the humans around here. Her ears are covered with putty to look smooth, and she wears a green robe without any symbols on it. She didn't expect to look believable as an undisguised human — she's never really used the paste before, and ears really aren't made to carry this much weight — but it comes out remarkably well. She's definitely not going to be anyone in particular, but the point here was to spread rubble over the link between the mystery diviner and the city's drow, and this seems to succeed at that. 

Once she's over the river, she finds someone who looks reasonably trustworthy and seems mostly at loose ends. "Sealed letter for the Bank, and a couple pinch to carry it. They'll know if it was opened, so don't, you know how this goes."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks uncertain for a moment, before nodding. "I'll do it. Thank you." He takes the letter and heads in the Bank's direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once he's on his way, she steps out into an alley to take off this set of robes, revealing a blue robe underneath, then she makes her own way over. Does he seem to be following through?

Permalink Mark Unread

He enters the Bank holding the letter and exits without it.

Permalink Mark Unread

As it should be.

If there was anything she was supposed to do to act on that vision, if there was any actual way for a first circle sorcerer to prevent the killing of the King of Korvosa, she should now have done it. And, as a proper gifted of Ulon should, she has made an incredible amount of money in the process. Only time will tell whether that was in fact enough, but if the king being forewarned doesn't do it she doesn't know what more she could do on her own. (Even on her own and rich.)

She returns home, Prestidigitates the robes and her skin clean, and eventually leaves for the day at her normal time, exactly where Mother expects her to be. The best amount of light for her to shine is none to anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

On her way out that morning, she finds that the blob seems to have vanished. She left it behind when going out in disguise, of course, but now she can't find it anywhere. Hopefully she can get it back tomorrow? If it was just there to help her do this... maybe it must be so, but she would be sad.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends the day carrying letters, running errands, and doing much the same sort of job she just hired someone else to do. She probably doesn't carry any letters as explosive as that one! But then, if she was carrying something like that, she wouldn't know any more than he did.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
TOILDAY, SARENITH 2nd, 4708

HIS MAJESTY CANCELS APPEARANCE AT ARKONA GALA, RUMORED DIVISION WITHIN PEERAGE REVIEW

They were getting along so well, at least as far as the public knew. But now all is in doubt. Is His Majesty hiding some dreadful scandal? Is House Arkona? Those of Old Korvosa that care about such things are displeased with the return of such open feuding. Why did the King spurn them so abruptly?

The crew returns from the shipwreck. There were no survivors, but they managed to recover valuable trade goods. Something brews in the sewers of Old Korvosa, and the papers print vague warnings.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. They listened. That means she is now a suspect in whatever was going on, and she needs to be not here. 

When she woke up this morning and flicked at her shadow hopefully, the blob floated out like it had never been gone. It was the one which wrote everything from the mystery diviner, so it definitely needs to be gone, at least for the next week. When she sees the reaction in the newspaper headline, though, before telling it to go away, vanish, disappear as soon as possible, she sees it pointing to something else in the paper.

...the sewers? What about them? The rat swarm wasn't a real threat to anyone but her... Wait. The otyugh that killed her in the vision. She's heard stories from her mother of the World Beneath, and she spoke of otyughs as disgusting, but perfectly friendly if you made a deal with them. Beneath, they were a waste disposal system which made perfectly good guards against basic unintelligent threats which could be negotiated into not eating anyone actually important.

Korvosa isn't actually stupid. Their otyughs should have a perfectly functional deal. The one that... would have killed her... should never have been doing that. Something is wrong in the sewers, people will be getting sick in Old Korvosa, and an otyugh is going to go on a rampage in slightly over a week. 

She nods to the blob, and they leave the door and go their separate ways. She rushes to Old Korvosa, to Mika's apartment, only just noticing it vanish as soon as she's a few houses away.

Permalink Mark Unread

As she walks through Old Korvosa, she notices that there seems to be less sickness than in her vision.

The exterior of Mika's apartment looks the same as she remembers. Does she knock on the door?

Permalink Mark Unread

The humans around here are mostly awake. She knocks.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's movement behind the door. It cracks open. "Oh, hello! 'tis nice to see you again. What's up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You may remember I said I saw signs of a disease spreading around here. The signs are getting worse. I could be wrong. The king is doing something today, and I don't understand it, and maybe it will solve things. If not, the signs point to something going wrong in the sewers around here. Do you know any of the otyugh negotiators in the area? I need to know if anything unusual is happening."

Permalink Mark Unread

He heads back inside the apartment. It looks much less cluttered than she remembers. There's a few crates full of stuff in one corner.

"Well, I've been getting ready to move out. 'Greener pastures on the other side of the river' and all that. I don't know any of the otyugh guys personally... I think some of 'em hang out at the Copper Toad, near Fort Korvosa."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Most reasonable of you." She lets a little more of her disdain for the area slip through. "For the best, even if these problems are solved. You are uninterested in attempting to determine what is occurring, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really want to shell out for a remove if I catch whatever mystery disease you think is going around. The otyugh are nasty. And dangerous."

He pauses for a moment. "I guess I could come with you if you want to ask the otyugh guys what they think is going on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They are. I make no promises this will be safe, I only fear it may be needed. I would welcome company which better knows the area, even only long enough to inquire. Tell me when you wish to depart."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Give me few minutes to get my stuff." He spends a couple of minutes filling his backpack with gear, cleaning his daggers, and other similar tasks.

"Alright, we can head over. I think I remember the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows along! He knows where to go better than she does, she has basically zero advance knowledge at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika leads her down the street and up through Bridgefront. He gets confused a little, but it's not that hard to see the ruined Fort Korvosa looming in the distance.

On a street near the top of Old Korvosa's hill is the Copper Toad. It's a corner bar and eatery place, right now mostly empty.

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks in confidently! Is there anyone who looks otyugh handler-y? Or, more likely, smells it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not at the moment. It's mostly people getting a late breakfast or early lunch, and none of them smell bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh well. Too much to hope for. She goes up, buys a drink for herself, and tries to snare the proprietor into a conversation. If it's slow, there shouldn't be much business to lose taking to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets her drink. It's surprising pretty good. The proprietor is perfectly willing to hold a conversation with her.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if she talks her way around to the otyugh handlers, does he have anything to say?

Permalink Mark Unread

The otyugh handlers mostly come either early in the morning or late at night. They've got a deal about this, since the smell drives away other customers. He expects they'll be by just after dinner.

"Don't give them any shit, you understand? They already deal with enough of it down there!" He laughs to himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, of course. But d'you know where I'd find them during the day? I heard they were seeing something off, and I wanted to know if the sickness was maybe gonna get worse. I heard otyughs can taste it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eh? There's a sickness going around? That's not good..." He thinks for a minute. "I believe they enter the sewers down at 4th Street in Bridgefront. But lass, you shouldn't go down there. It's not a good place to be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just a bit, I hope... I don't wanna, but if Da just has a chill he'll be fine, and if it's something worse we need to find money for a Remove before everyone needs them. We can maybe wait for tonight?" She looks a little worriedly at the door, as if afraid someone might come for her any moment. (She even is, even if she's actually more worried about guards than about a message saying her dead father has gotten sicker. Still makes it easier to play up.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can do what you want, I'm not going to make your decisions for you. But if I were you, I'd come back after dinner and talk to the guys about it here."

He sighs. "—and I'm sorry to hear about your father. Hope he gets better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aye, so do I. I'll be here then."

Will she, though? She needs a strong reason to be out for the next few days, but being away until dinner is nothing unusual. Trying to talk to the handlers while they're at work will be a far worse idea than trying it while they're eating, and she does actually want to get a reason to leave from them. If she gets taken by the guard between now and then, it's because they had a wizard do something wizardy, and in that case being down in the sewers wouldn't help her. ...Alright, sure, she can wait for this evening. She tells Mika that's when the handlers will be by to eat, and there's no point in him waiting with her until then, before again setting out on message-delivery services. She doesn't want to sell her Color Sprays to that student who needed them in the vision, she might need her spells today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes while Tencednil does her message-delivery and other activities. Eventually, afternoon becomes evening, and the sun settles on the horizon.

Permalink Mark Unread

That means she's at least not urgently being hunted for. Maybe she's not being hunted at all, but she would like to not rely on that until Fireday, when the king (hopefully) isn't dead.

Back to the Copper Toad. She can suppress her urge to gag.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Copper Toad is mostly empty, again. The dinner rush has passed. Sure enough, there are some unpleasant smelling men sitting around a table, talking and eating.

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks over to them. She can wait for an opportune moment to chime in, she's patient.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of them stops eating. "Hello... do you need something?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Young girl, worried for her father, hoping for reassurance but with a bone-deep certainty things never work out that well. Frightened of the otyughs, frightened of the people who talk to them, but all that secondary to not getting this wrong.

"...hello. Are you the ones who speak to the otyughs?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It's not often people like you come looking for us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did... anything change recently? Are they complaining about the taste?" Hesitant, dreading the answer, she just needs to hear it anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's changed is the undead—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't know if it's actually undead."

Permalink Mark Unread

Another man puts down his drink and sighs.

"There's been problems recently. Something's leaking into the sewage, we think from the lower Vaults, but it's hard to tell. And some of the Shingles crew swore they saw some horrible rotting thing crawling in one of the big chutes. The otyugh are rather unhappy with the situation, but they've no idea what the problem is either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...damn. Poison is harder than disease." She closes her eyes for a moment, apparently on the verge of breaking down, before taking a deep breath— gagging momentarily and catching herself— and opening her eyes again.

"Thank you. If there's not a new disease going around, a Remove won't help, one way or... the other. Hope you figure it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good luck to you too, girl. Sorry about the smell." The men chuckle and go back to their food.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she also heads out! She passes the news along to Mika. "I might have been wrong when I said sickness, it could be something else leaking into the sewers and up here. Horrible rotting things aside, if the otyughs get angry and their food supply down there is too contaminated they'll go looking for something to eat, and not be picky about what deals it may have made with them." Is that actually true? Maybe, maybe not, but she knows these ones would end up coming out, so it seems like a reasonable guess.

"I don't want to fight an otyugh, but someone needs to take a look down there before anyone who goes needs to fight them. No money in it at all, of course. If you know anyone who cares about the area and can make their way down there, I'd appreciate an introduction."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hate to say it, but I think your best bet might be the Guard, if you can convince them there's a real problem. 'No money it in' is a hard constraint for who'll work with you around here. I'm not moving for another couple days, so swing by again tomorrow and we'll see if I've thought of someone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not such a surprise. Probably shouldn't truly be spending my own time on it either. Tomorrow, then. Take care."

She'd prefer a good reason to be unfound, but she's not charging off into the sewers to look for otyughs on her own, in full knowledge of what their tentacles can do to her skull. Back home to sleep for the day, and if the guards come looking for her they will find her.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
WEALDAY, SARENITH 3rd, 4708

BREAK IN AT THE BANK OF ABADAR, TWO MISSING

Last night, the secure vaults at the Bank of Abadar were breached by an unknown party. The Abadarans are confused, both at how they managed it and why—as far as their inventory can tell, nothing of significant value was actually stolen. Two bankers, both empowered clerics, did not show up at the Bank this morning. Their families haven't seen them since yesterday. A bounty has been placed on verifiably true information pertaining to these incidents.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank is closed for emergency inspections. Most transactions may be handled at branch locations throughout the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes she would have noticed if the vault had been breached. That means it was because of her, which means someone is trying to hunt her down. She should have told the bankers to copy and destroy her paperwork, and the letter before sending it on. Obviously human security wouldn't stand up to someone trying to kill the king, and this has all the signs of it not just being Glarataxus's good fortune which had him positioned to kill Eodred.

She's destroyed any trace of the tools she used to write what she gave them, of course, but even if that is somehow perfect she's the obvious place to look. This was only ever going to work if nobody pressed too hard. On the other hand, whoever or whatever is looking for her has made an enemy of the Church of Abadar. She might be able to use that.

If she wants to use that, she needs to be at the bank. She walks over as soon as she sees the news—

—it's closed. Great. Perfect. Where do the papers say the bounty should be submitted? She could swear under truthtelling to having information the Church would find relevant to their investigations, and if she doesn't actually want to share it there's no need to mention that right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The information can be submitted at any branch location with truthtellings available. At this time in the morning, that's usually all of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. ...actually, wait, she has money now. She's not used to being rich. She walks up to the teller at the emptiest branch she can find.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. What is your business here today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What is the current price on an hour meeting with a cleric of at least fifth circle, Teleport capable, working on the investigation into the break-in? I can swear under Truthtelling I have information I believe relevant to the investigation, if that changes the number."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The current going rate for a one hour meeting with a fifth circle banker is one hundred gold sails per hour. If your information is verifiably true and relevant to the investigation, you will be paid as normal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to purchase an hour of a fifth circle banker's time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." The teller leads her into a private room. They verify her identity with a truthtelling and a runner is sent for the cleric.

Permalink Mark Unread

About fifteen minutes later, a well-dressed man with a prominent silver holy symbol around his neck walks in.

"Hello. I am Fiducia Victor Andre. You are Tencednil, with information about the break in?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am Tencednil. The break-in's culprit was searching for the identity of the caster with whom I recently made a contract. I can repeat that under Truthtelling if you wish me to. Relatedly, I believe I will be the culprit's next target in hunting down that information, and would like to request shelter in whatever form the Church of Abadar can give me. Ideally this would be something which permits catching whoever or whatever is sent after me, but if that is impossible I would settle for security for myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please repeat that under truthtelling." He will cast the truthtelling on her, if she's willing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is! She will happily repeat everything she just said. Her actions being the only plausible cause for the recent changes is clear enough to not need more confirmation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. We have no facilities within Korvosa that can passively secure you against this threat. We have a few options." He pauses to think.

"You can purchase shelter and transport to a more secure facility, such as the High Vault in Absalom or the Black Dome in Osirion. Those defenses will hold against almost anything. However, this will be quite expensive and I doubt our criminal will bother even trying to follow you there."

"Alternatively, we can do our best to secure you using an active guard within the city. They've already penetrated our local Bank's most secure vaults once, and they can probably do it again. But if you want to... bait them into being caught, we can hold you in a living space there. This will also be expensive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would prefer the bait strategy. How much would it cost, given that it is in furtherance of your search for the culprit?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Fiducia Andre speaks with an aide. "The current rate for that kind of security is around three hundred gold sails per day. You will be payed a bounty for the information you have already given, and a further bounty for more information if you have it. If our criminal is caught via this strategy, we will cover fifty percent of the security costs. If our missing clerics are found as a result of such a capture, their bounty will be paid in part to you. Is this an acceptable agreement?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is." She'll send a note to Mother, but Mother knows she doesn't need the full story.

Tencednil isn't going to tell the Bank about the vision in detail. If Ulon has prophecy and is keeping it secret, she won't break that secrecy even to save her life. Beyond that... nothing was so important to be worth a death chance.

She tells him about her whole plan, with the bets, the letter, and the nonexistent counterparty who was supposed to own the anonymous accounts. She received information about the Breaching results, the King's death at the breath of Glarataxus, and what the court should have been doing in the next week all from one source, which she refuses to name, and the bets were to monetize that and support her fateful warning. The King seems to have listened, but the same source claimed the bank break-in would not have happened without her acting here, and so it is motivated by what she has done. She elaborates where he asks for detail, aside from avoiding any explanation of her source, though she does want to get moving in not too long.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Fiducia listens attentively. "Well, this is quite a mess. Glarataxus is clearly not working alone... unless he is much older than our records indicate. Evidently someone is unhappy their plot was foiled. If you are ready, we should move to the main branch in North Point. We can travel either by carriage or by teleport, if you wish to purchase one. Be aware I can only prepare one teleport per day."

Permalink Mark Unread

She walked here without issue, so the attackers probably aren't onto her yet. The Teleport would only have been necessary if she needed to hide outside Korvosa for some reason. 

"A carriage will work."

Permalink Mark Unread

He stands up. "Very well, please follow me." He leads her out the back door of the branch. There is a carriage waiting for them. "After you."

Permalink Mark Unread

If the bank isn't trustworthy for this, she's already dead. She walks in.

Permalink Mark Unread

The carriage sets off! The main branch is somewhere around five to ten minutes away. Tencednil can hear the sound of horses running across cobbled streets.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does still have some of her hour of Fiducia Andre's time, and now, knowing what she does, she's sure there should have been some better way to set up the anonymous account. She did need to have access to the money, though, and the codeword setup makes that quite difficult.

"Obviously I should have asked the Bank to copy and burn the paperwork, to prevent whoever this is from finding me through it. Is there any account setup which would have let large withdrawals work smoothly while staying anonymous, though? The codewords to authenticate orders are too easily spied on and copied to be secure. They were enough to identify me to send the letter, but relying on them for thousands of gold sails would never work."

       "We do have a service for this purpose! You know the ancient Taldane cipher, I can't recall who originated it, which simply shifts every letter by a certain step along the alphabet?"

"I have heard of it, yes. It never seemed secure."

       "It isn't! Not at all, you can just guess the offset number and decode a message. We couldn't trust that any more than your codewords! Slightly more advanced, there's a substitution code, connecting your letters in a ring and switching every one to the next, like so. Or a few smaller rings, that also works."

"And that's safe?"

       "Not at all! It's far better, of course, but with three or four sentences you can start to guess what letters correspond to what. It takes time, but not enough for security above a few hundred silver shields. Only a century or so before the death of Aroden, a clever Taldan, one Bellaso, found an improvement. He was trying to send secret messages too sensitive for a wizard to hear, so without a Sending, but cheaply enough to be done at scale, and was willing to slow them down if that was needed— Ah, but you don't have time for a full history lesson, perhaps someone at the main branch can explain it. Say you have a codeword, and the other does as well. Like the ancient cipher, turn your words into numbers, and also turn your codeword to numbers. Go through the message and your codeword in order, and add the numbers — so if your message starts 'from account' and your codeword is 'coin', you add 3+6=9, 15+18=33 and we wrap around to 7, 15+9=24, 13+14=27 and we wrap around to 1, and then back to the start of the codeword, so 1+3=4. Turn those back into letters, and write that out. As far as we know, it can't be broken!"

"So that's safe?"

       "Well, mostly — you should really use a longer code-phrase if it's for large accounts, and it shouldn't have too much meaning to you or a Divination can sometimes find the code. This also doesn't stop a single message from being given to the Bank multiple times, or someone can shift a letter if they know how many letters to shift it by even without knowing what it started as. We add a check signature at the end to avoid that, and you can incorporate a date range into there to prevent duplicate orders from being processed— ah, we're here."

Permalink Mark Unread

The carriage pulls up to the back entrance of the Bank of Abadar's main branch. The main entrance, out front, is secured by a shield-wall of guards. The back entrance is secured by a very very good lock, enhanced with magic. Arrow slits open down from the second floor above them. Guardsmen patrol the street. 

Fiducia Andre steps out of the carriage.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's either walking straight into a trap that will never release her or taking the best chance she has at safety. And she's committed at this point. No reason to back down now.

Tencednil steps out of the carriage—

Permalink Mark Unread

The security at the Bank of Abadar is good... but it's not that good.

You can buy nearly anyone, for a high enough price. Every month, at random times, the Bank checks each employee worth anything for mundane betrayal and hostile magic. Greater magic aura deals with the detect magic and enchantment sight. Abadar's truthtelling is foiled by a wondrous item lent to his servant that casts glibness once per day. It's incredibly cheap to craft for how useful it is.

(Most wizards might complain about how difficult it is to craft items that require spells you can't cast. Most of them have never bothered trying. It helps if you've watched someone cast that same spell a dozen times under greater arcane sight.)

Permalink Mark Unread

There are many misconceptions about what a bag of holding is. Some envision it as a small pouch, possibly clipped to a belt or pant. A bag of holding is a four foot wide cloth sack with an opening wide enough to fit a small person.

His body leans against the wall of an attic, two hundred feet from the Bank. A dominated slave holds the bag of holding open, facing the ceiling. He looks through the senses of a different dominated slave who lives in an apartment adjacent to the Bank, and sees Tencednil step out from the carriage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Many spells don't need line of sight. But there are those rare examples, some say from Azlant, some say from even stranger times, which don't need line of effect.

Possession.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stops in her tracks. Every priest and guard looking at the carriage immediately sees her body language change dramatically, as if she was suddenly a human merely Altered into this form — and she slumps somewhat, as if unprepared to hold up her own weight with the strength she has. Not Dominated, though, they would recognize that.

That's fine. By the time they've processed that and figured out what's happening, it will be too late to matter. She glances around momentarily, then dashes back into the carriage, trying to get out of sight of any possible Dispel casters for just a few seconds.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Fiducia begins to move. "What are you—"

Permalink Mark Unread

Too late. Dimension Door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil's body appears three feet in the air, directly above the bag of holding. Once she falls in, his slave pulls the opening shut.

He dismisses the possession, uses his real body to grab his slave and the bag—

Plane shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

The demiplane is shaped like the interior of a mansion with traditional Korvosan architecture. He unlocks the door to the holding cell tied to the teleport trap and moves into his work room.

Tencednil is dumped out of the bag and onto the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as she was alone in the bag, she knew something had gone wrong.

At this point, she's doomed. All she can do is minimize the leak. She knows how to do that. She pulls out her crossbow, closes her eyes. Her arms quivering, she turns the bolt to her own throat...

When he dumps out the bag, all he finds is a corpse.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, DESNUS 29th, 4708

ACADAMAE STUDENTS ON RELEASE FOR BREACHING FESTIVAL

The spring rains have been unusually long. You can hear them flow down off the roofs and into the gutters on the street, if you're listening. A Chelixian trade galleon bound from Corentyn pulled into the dock at Midland this morning. In two days, the gates of the Acadamae will open to outsiders for the exhibition. Dark things move in the Vaults beneath the earth. Last night, there was a tragic accident involving two house drakes, a careless wizard, and a walking mushroom.

So, nothing particularly out of the ordinary for this time of year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is seated at the desk in her room. Her hammock, bookshelf, and dresser are as she left them. The black curtains are closed.

The notes on her desk are older than she remembers and in different places.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

...that's not a True Resurrection from the church.

Permalink Mark Unread

So. She was expecting to hear a Sending from her mother, either requesting a report or asking her to accept a Resurrection of some sort, and then follow those instructions. If that didn't happen, the most likely outcome was being zombified or skeletonized or something like that.

Apparently what happened instead was that that was all another vision from Ulon.

Alright. Accept the truth, this would be a baffling illusion to put her in even if there was a way to put an illusion on the dead. What does she know, what does she need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, first, she knows she is to keep this secret from Mother. ...does she? Mother told her that last time she awoke from death, but if this is malicious that could have been a lie. Her only confirmation of the vision (memories?) comes from the second time around, and right now that has to be suspect. If she were tricking someone like this, a false illusion of the future followed by another illusory future apparently confirming the first would obviously work without requiring the true world to ever back her claims.

She feels inside herself, and... yes, there's Prestidigitation. If this is a lie, it's a lie constructed at a perfect moment, just as her sorcery was coming in. Or someone found a way to implant new spells in a sorcerer, and used it on her to apparently confirm this. Is that possible? Maybe. If it is, it's not cheap. Sorcerers mostly don't know all the wizard cantrips, or even the ones they want to learn. If just any strong wizard could do that, it would be for sale.

So, then, the possibilities: someone spent quite a lot on her and did something she's never heard of to make these memory-visions look believable, they're true prophecy of some sort, or someone just picked a perfect moment to catch her, knew she was gaining Prestidigitation, and can implant accelerated visions somehow. Her death, if it is to be believed, happened when someone took over her body and used it to cast their own teleportation spell, she felt that casting unfold from a scaffold she had never seen before. She can't hold the shape in her mind, and she couldn't power it anyway, but if these were true visions then someone was casting through her body. Is that possible? Domination uses your victim's own power... possession might do it. Ghosts are supposed to be able to possess people, and maybe they can cast their own spells from inside. That's not unheard-of magic, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually, hold that thoughtline. Does it matter? She certainly can't eliminate a true blessing from Ulon, in which case she needs to act on it. She certainly can't eliminate a false message from Someone Else, meant to misguide her for reasons of their own. Anything powerful enough to do this to her could open anonymous Abadaran accounts on their own, and demonstrably would know the Bellaso accounts she remembers Fiducia Andre telling her about if they actually exist. As long as her actions are all something a vision-granter could have done for themselves, why does it matter what their intent was? They gain nothing as long as she ensures she isn't linked to any of the steps, and if this is an incredibly complex way to hire her to send a message rather than Ulon asking it of her, it's worth it for the dangled reward. In all, the risk is two thousand silver shields, lost to the Bank, and if they gave her Prestidigitation at that cost — out of her share of a ring she wouldn't even have known about without the visions — that's a price well paid for the benefit.

With that, her initial steps collapse to a far narrower array of options. She doesn't even need the money from the ring quickly, so no need to go to Mother before acquiring it. Best to avoid pointing to herself as knowing more than she should, which means she'll have to handle Anton and Julio differently from what she saw, but she can do that.

The first thing she can check, and the first confirmation she needs for her plan, is whether the Bellaso accounts actually exist. And the details of how they work, which she didn't actually get.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

About an hour after waking up on her third Desnus 29th, Tencednil sets out for the bank, to ask for an overview of account types. "All the types! Even the ones I can't make now, I want to see how Mommy's business account works and things like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

The teller gets her a book ("be careful not to damage it!") that contains a vast number of account types and options. Among them are the anonymous accounts using Bellaso ciphers, as Fiducia Andre described them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. "Thank you!" She hands it back, after reading enough different account types that it doesn't look like she cared about that one in particular. "I want to open my own account! With two silver shields!" She does in fact have two shields on her, and having an account already established will make shares easy after the ring adventure. If it's real.

Permalink Mark Unread

The teller will absolutely help her make an account. She pays the fee and a minute later has a slip of paper with her account number and other details.

Permalink Mark Unread

And now, over to the Rusted Anchor. She wants to get there just a little before Julio and Anton did in her vision, buy a drink and maybe something to nibble, and sit near Mika. How does that go?

Permalink Mark Unread

It goes fine. Mika is as she remembers him, although he doesn't pay her much attention while he's eating. Anton and Julio walk in when she expects them to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once they mention the sewers, she approaches them tentatively. She needs to be competent enough for them to have a good reason to pay her, but not suspicious... all sorts of people are around and looking to circle up, and they really are unprepared. If she asks the right questions, that should be obvious soon enough, with no need for mysterious sources.

"Are you going into the sewers? I'm a new sorcerer, I've been down a few times and was just considering going in myself to check for things. What are you doing in there? Are you sure you'll be safe?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, we're going into the sewers. I certainly hope we'll be safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's more the Vaults than the sewers, at the depth and distance you're looking at."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you're prepared to handle the goblins and the rat swarms? What are you looking for?" They're not prepared for zombies, she can use that if she can get them to mention the necromancy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks at Anton, who nods. "We've a map to one of Florel Matei's old boltholes. He was assistant professor at the Hall of Whsipers some fifty-odd years back... but he's mostly known now for moonlighting as a murderer and a necrophile. They hanged him in '64 but never found most of his gear. We're looking for his spellbook and his magic items."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! That does sound dangerous. What are you bringing to fight the zombies and skeletons?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't know if there are any, but I've got disrupt undead prepared. Supposedly works much better than acid splash against them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Certainly, but... you know zombies hurt, right? I'm not saying you don't know what you're doing, but a solid blow from one will have most people on the ground unconscious, and in the tunnels down there you can't rely on avoiding them. You really need to have something beyond cantrips if there are just the three of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have circled spells prepared, but none that work on undead. I suppose if we run into too many of them we'll just have to leave. I don't think zombies are very fast." Julio looks displeased by this hypothetical.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs, purses her lips, and shakes her head. "You two are going to get yourselves killed like that, and you're going to get him killed along with you. And... you are Mika, yes? I've heard you're not too bad. Here, I can come with. You'll want the extra Color Sprays for getting through the sewers, unless the two of you have three or four between you, and I have some strategies for handling zombies. Even with all of us it might be a risk, but we'll have a chance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A fourth is not a bad idea, you know..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "You can come with. Color spray doesn't work on undead, so don't bother with it if we run into any."

Anton rolls up his maps and stands up. "You can explain your 'strategies' on the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts talking as they make their way out the door. "I'm aware. How much food are you carrying? Be prepared to be stuck for a day, possibly two. Zombies need to run at things to be effective, they're more badly coordinated than slow as such. They can be disrupted by having something scattered on the floor to make sure they can't build up momentum, I favor marbles. I've heard some people use caltrops instead, but that's too expensive for me. My friend here can scatter a bag, enough to block a path, but it only carries a few at once. If either of you have familiars, they could help." The shadow blob floats out and whirs at them. 

Hearing about shambling beasts in the sewers spooked her a little in the vision, so she knows a little more about the undead threats down below now. "If we see a pack of ghouls, run. I have enough elf in me to avoid their touch, but if they touch one of you you should expect about one to one odds you'll be frozen to the spot and promptly killed. Zombies are fine if you have about ten feet of marbles between you and them, but if you don't and they have a straight line, again, one in two odds they land a solid blow. Maybe a bit better for you with Mage Armor, but don't rely on it. Remember you need to cut zombies to bring them down, stabbing and bashing are mostly useless. Skeletons aren't as easily avoided as zombies, but they don't hit as hard and they break more easily. Don't let them get in your face and claw you, but they might fall to a single Disrupt Undead if you're lucky. How are you for living things? I can usually catch them from about thirty feet out with no need for light, and Color Spray works well on most of what's down there. If you have spells with better reach, we can plan for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the party listens to her fairly attentively as they travel across the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've got enough for an extra day down there, two if I really stretch it. Good thinking with the marbles. I know a place that sells 'em."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have sleep and cause fear prepared, both have much better range than color spray."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Julio has a bonded item and my familiar is... busy. I didn't know sorcerers could have familiars."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if it's a familiar, but it listens to me and helps me. Sleep and Cause Fear are good, be ready with the Sleep if we get a group. It's four goblins or rats, but only two dogs, yes? My Sprays are consistent and I have quite a few of them — sorcerer, you know how it is — but goblins have bows sometimes, and you all need a light so they'll see us coming. I can be eyes if we start taking arrows from the darkness. Oh, but do be careful about the Sleep, I don't think the ears are enough to keep me safe from it, never tried."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio nods at most of what she says. "Sleep should be four dogs, unless they're a very big breed."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika leads them to a dingy corner store. Anton and Julio pick up masks. Tencednil gets her marbles.

They find the entrance, exactly how Tencednil remembers it. A tunnel down an alley slopes downward. The end is visible; it opens up to a ledge near flowing water.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, everything is going right. (Were the dogs that almost killed her in the vision big, then? They took enough to kill that she thought they would be two per Sleep... Oh well, no reason get knowledge should be perfect right now. Not a problem.) The otyugh handlers said things were only starting to go wrong a week from now or so, and without the vision she would have no reason to worry about them, so not worth bringing them up.

In she goes! "I can see without the light, so I should be farthest from it. I can try to give early notice when something wants to eat us, but no promises, some of the things in there are sneaky. You three can sort yourselves out with however many lights you have."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio will cast light on a stick and give it to Mika.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton takes them through the sewers, down the rusted ladder next to the waterfall, and into the long maze.

Around forty minutes later, the party reaches a familiar three-way intersection, and her shadow becomes alarmed. Tencednil remembers this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, they're here at the right time and her visions are at least coming from something with incredibly good predictive power. Knowing that these goblins would be here at this time seems unlikely to be by chance, which eliminates many of the options she was considering.

"Four goblins! I'm on the ones behind, the rest are over there!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The goblins were not expecting this! They're usually very sneaky! How did she know?

Permalink Mark Unread

Alas for them, she knew this was coming. And surprising people and giving people directions all make it easier for her to spring into action quickly! She gets off her Color Spray before the two behind her can start shooting, unlike her memories. (She pulls out her sickle as she goes, she just recently figured out the trick to doing that while moving.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The color spray sends one of the goblins to the ground! The other seems dazzled for a moment, before shaking it off.

That goblin fires their shortbow. An arrow slices across Tencednil's shoulder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton and Julio both fling acid splashes, at the goblins in front of them. Julio's misses, Anton's hits.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika's sword pierces deep into a goblin. It collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

A goblin fires at Mika, but the arrow fails to penetrate his armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her Color Spray reserves are deep enough to spend a second one here, probably. And she does want to show off a little. Have another Spray, oh rude goblin.

Permalink Mark Unread

The goblin who so rudely attacked her collapses!

Permalink Mark Unread

The last goblin glances around at its fallen comrades and runs away!

Permalink Mark Unread

Slitting goblin throats is hard. "Let it go, the survivor should warn off the others and they mostly don't have anything worth taking. Mika, a hand finishing these ones off, if you would?"

That cut actually hit at a nice angle for once! That much blood coming out means it should be dead. Mika will be faster on the other one, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika finishes the other unconscious one off. "Good hit! Let's see... they've nothing good, just shoddy gear and a few pinch."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, they're mostly pests. Have you ever found something good on one?" She keeps making conversation as they walk along, she's not trying to look mysterious right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sometimes you find decent stuff, mostly what they've stolen off people. Usually it's just junk."

Permalink Mark Unread

The party has quiet conversation as they travel.

The maze continues. Anton guides them through the rest of the winding passages, through a trapdoor and down the ladder into the tunneled caves. They pass through the cavern and cross the underground rivers. It's not long in the caves and they're at the illusory wall. Mika helps everyone up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So where is this door supposed to be? And what are you expecting inside? I have Detect Magic if we need to look for things, but if we're about to walk into a zombie lair we should get ready for it in advance. Best to have the marbles all laid out before they come at us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The door's in here somewhere, flush with the stone walls. It should be magical. Tencednil, lay out your marbles. Julio, see if you can find the door."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio runs along the sides of the walls with detect magic. "Aha, abjuration! This must be it. Mika, over here, see if you can't get us inside."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marbles marbles marbles. Yay preparing for your fights, it makes everything much easier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika grunts, pulling out a dagger and a small hammer. "This'll take a few minutes."

He starts breaking the lock. A few minutes later, the door creaks open.

Permalink Mark Unread

The stench of rotting flesh fills the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Zombie—"

Permalink Mark Unread

A zombie shambles into the central room of Matei's lair.

Groan...

Permalink Mark Unread

You know, she really thought having done this once before would mean she was better at it this time! But again, somehow, she's still optimizing her marble distribution when the zombies come out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika pulls a dagger from his belt and throws it. The dagger whirrs through the air, missing the zombie.

He walks back into the hallway and around the corner. "Everyone back it up!"

Permalink Mark Unread

A second zombie shambles into the central room of Matei's lair. It's a few feet behind the first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's disrupt undead and Julio's acid splash both fail to hit the zombie.

They back up thirty paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Both zombies lurch forward, making it to the door of the lair, but no further.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unlike apparently everyone else here, she has halfway decent aim. Acid Splash doesn't hit that hard, but she can hear the sizzle. Backing up sounds good though.

(Just like in her memories, the blob is bouncing up and down, ready for something to happen. She still doesn't know what.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika flings another dagger. It embeds itself in the first zombie's chest.

He backs up through the marbles, slowly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio's glob of acid burns a hole through the first zombie's arm.

He slowly crosses the marbles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's grey beam washes over the first zombie's head. It burns with invisible fire and turns to ash. A headless corpse slams into the floor.

He slowly crosses the marbles, following Julio.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second zombie lunges forward, fearless as the dead are—

It slips on the marbles and goes crashing to the ground. Twisted arms begin trying to push it back up.

Permalink Mark Unread

She launches a Splash, but it whizzes by overhead. The downside of toppled zombies is that they're harder to hit from a distance. And, of course, she also edges back across the marbles, slowly enough to not risk a fall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika's dagger flies overhead. It seems he also has trouble with prone targets.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio's acid splash sizzles against the zombie's back.

He backs up further.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's disrupt undead goes wide, shining against the floor.

He backs up further.

Permalink Mark Unread

The zombie shakily pushes itself up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her Splash hits it this time, catching it at a worse angle but still sizzling about as much as Julio's did. That brimstone emulation is coming in handy. There are still marbles between her and the zombie, but she still edges a bit away for safety.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika pulls another dagger from his belt and throws it. It slams into the zombie's eye! "Hah! Take that, dead bastard!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio's acid bubbles harmlessly on the floor. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's beam of positive energy burns a hole clean through the zombie's chest.

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic animating it comes undone. It falls to the ground, unmoving.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika takes a few breaths. "There any more of 'em!?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't see any!" Good. A clean win, and the only damage they took getting here was her scrape from that goblin. That should be fine by tomorrow. Preparing for these fights is so amazingly important.

In she goes to loot! She can clean up the marbles on the way out, the students might try to hide something they found now that they don't think she's mysteriously all-knowing. And the two hundred gold sail investment for the betting is not coming back to her any time soon, not with her current plan, so she actually does need the money at least somewhat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Matei's desk contains exactly what she remembers.

The first compartment has the red book, the book titled Serving Your Hunger, the eight black onyx gems, the dodecahedron crystal, and the old mint gold sails (a few dozen of them). The second has the green book and the grey book, the silver dagger, and the ring.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unsurprising. Detect Magic, just long enough to not obviously be lying about things.

"The ring is interesting, the books are magic. I'm not touching them now, but if we take them out and put them in a corner my friend there can read them for traps. I have a way for it to shake off exploding or whatever. Could be that anything in there will destroy the books as well... Let me see if I can get anything from the auras, and if not I'll leave them with you two. The ring..."

She pushes it around a bit, has the shadow prod at it, and eventually picks it up herself to examine. Looking reckless is fine, this is quite a bit of money for someone in the position she's claiming.

"Looks like a standard Ring of Protection to me. I... might have a buyer, for a bit over nineteen thousand silver shields. Even split four ways, that's a solid sum. Or if one of you can get a better price, that would work, but best we have it sold before the Festival. Prices are always a bit up around now. The rest will surely go for something of value, but I can't price it on sight."

She flicks the Detect around. "Oh, and I see something in the other room over there. One of you want to check for traps and whatnot?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio walks over, casts detect magic, and looks in the desk compartments.

He backs up suddenly. "Do not touch the red book, it's got secret page and explosive runes. Good thing the runes weren't on the cover... you would be dead if they were."

Permalink Mark Unread

She jerks back from the book. "Good to know. I see something else on it as well... Let me see if I can make out what. Preferably without touching it."

Can she get anything out of her own Detect? She is getting better at reading the auras...

Permalink Mark Unread

She recognizes an arcane lock on the red book, similar to the one on the stone door.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's also locked like the door was. I don't spot anything else, and he surely didn't buy a Permanent Aura for the book, right? Does Runes destroy the thing it's on if you trigger it? And do either of you remember how large the explosion is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Explosive runes does as much damage as a fireball in a ten foot radius. I highly doubt the book would survive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, well. I thought some traps didn't hurt the place they were put. You'll need a way to get around it, then, unless a Scrivener's Chant can copy it without triggering the runes. You'd know better than I, being from the Academae and all. Can you tell what the aura is on the other books? It doesn't look destructive to me, but I'd prefer a second opinion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll probably have to buy a dispel magic or two to defuse it. The other books are coated with an unguent of timelessness but are otherwise nonmagical."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd guess that's what's in the dresser over there, then, the auras look similar. Can either of you read the books that aren't going to explode if you stick your noses in?"

Permalink Mark Unread

By now, Anton has wandered over to the desk.

"The other books are in Necril. Neither of us can read it, but I can copy comprehend languages into my spellbook at the Acadamae. I'm overdue to learn that spell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll trust you two on those, then. Mika, over to check the dresser for traps? The unguent's magic, someone should be able to find a buyer."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika heads into the bedroom and starts working on the dresser. "It's trapped, this'll take a bit!"

A minute later, the top drawer clicks open. "There's a bunch of bottles and jars and things, if you want a look. I can't tell which one is magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

Detect Magic. "That one. The rest is probably worth something to the right wizard, can you two find a buyer? And is there anything in the other drawers?" They're going to be too trapped to open, unless something has changed or her approach shifted their mood, but it wouldn't make sense for her to know that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I'm not sure what most of it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika begins to work on the second drawer. "Let's see here... this one's trapped too..."

The drawer clicks open. "Hah! Got it." He peers inside. "It's... uh... more vials and some weird looking stones and a mushroom."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those ones," he points at a group of vials "are alchemist's fire. It's a nonmagical liquid that ignites when exposed to air. I don't recognize the other stuff... it might be ingredients or components of some kind. Looks like Matei was a bit of an alchemical dabbler."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oho! Not too trapped, interesting. ...Alchemist's fire? "How does alchemist's fire work? I've never heard of it! Definitely sounds like it should go in the sales pile, and the rest most likely the same. In the same drawer, after all."

Is that what exploded in the first vision. Did he keep non-magical force-triggered explosives around in his drawers. Why is that even a thing? What an insane choice. Well, nobody needs to know that she would have been an idiot about it now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know, I'm not an alchemist. I think alcohol is a component?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Magnesium and some other stuff too, I don't remember the exact recipe." Julio, who has since entered the bedroom, peers into the dresser.

"That," he gestures at a jar labeled with an arcane symbol, "I believe is saltpeter, which is sometimes used in explosives."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting! Are there other things like that I should keep an eye out for even when there's not magic? I would've thought you needed magic to get a decent explosion, but I guess that's what I get for not going to that Academae of yours. I don't think they take sorcerers anyway. It looks like that's all in here, unless something's hiding under the dresser, so what do you say we check the last room and get going?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a lot of alchemical items and they do a lot of usually minor things and I don't know most of them. I guess we shouldn't assume 'nonmagical' equals 'safe'... even ignoring alchemy there's mundane traps."

He walks over to the door. "The Academae sometimes purchases spellsilver directly from alchemists. It's used to craft magic items but the process to refine it is itself nonmagical."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess it has to come from somewhere, and I know you don't make it with magic! Makes sense that the people who make spellsilver can also make other things that look like magic. Well, good to know. Time to look at the last room, carefully, in case there are any alchemical traps when we read the symbols or something? Can it do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As far as I'm aware, no. Alchemical substances require physical contact of some sort."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's nothing of interest in the ritual room, as far as they can tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Time to away, then! Be ready to use that Sleep of yours, it won't do us much good if you save it for after we're out."

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton leads them through the caves at a brisk pace. They travel back through the winding caves the way the came, and across the rivers in the large cavern, and into the oddly-shaped tunnels.

They're about halfway through the tunneled stone to the maze ladder when Tencednil's shadow becomes alarmed. She remembers this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, the rats. "Incoming! They sound small, your Sleep should help!"

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the dire rats behind them lunges for Mika, biting the side of his leg.

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio casts sleep. All three rats ahead of them slump against the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another rat behind them bounds forward and bites straight into Mika's shoe and down through his foot.

Permalink Mark Unread

He screams. "Fuck! Bastard!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton's bolt of acid sears into the foot-biting rat. It screeches but does not die.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can Spray the rats, but only by being in bite range... eh, they'd leave themselves open to Mika to do it, and they probably won't stay up anyway. Blinding light to the face, both of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

The two rats behind them are now blinded! and stunned! and unconscious!

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika kills the one still stuck to his foot, and pulls the corpse off. "Ouch. Ow ow ow ow."

He limps over to the other three and finishes them off. "Tore a hole right through my foot. These things are worse than the goblins!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That did look like a bad bite, and the rats here aren't the cleanest. You should maybe get it checked out! Or I think we can get the money for the ring quickly, you could maybe put up an offer on a Remove Disease at the bank if you need one. Best to stay off your feet for the next few days either way, and treat it well! I'm sure you know how this goes." She continues chattering as the helps to crush the skull of the last one she Sprayed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll pay for a channel once we get to the bank. I don't want to burn money on a remove unless I really need it."

Permalink Mark Unread

They continue, climbing up the ladder into the old stone maze, through the tangled tunnels, up the ladder in the cylindrical room, and into the sewers.

After a long walk through the sewers, they exit at the end of a steep tunnel. It's currently early evening; the sun has not yet set.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go track down my sales point and see if this will work. Do you all want to get this done today, or should we wait until tomorrow when everyone's more awake?" Fitting in as a normal generic adventurer unfortunately means skewing her schedule unreasonably early. She's seen the sorts of times humans like to wake up at, and it's best not to make them notice she's different there, so she'll just have to keep to their timing. Ugh. On her, really, and probably worth it, but ugh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd rather get it all done now, if your buyer is willing. Perhaps I'll catch the last channel of the day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense. I'll be off to write up the contract and get their signature, then. Meet back at the bank in an hour or so?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton looks over. "That's good with me."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "Alright. One hour. See you soon!"

Mika begins the long walk to the Bank.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unlike Mika, her foot does not have a bad case of rat tooth to the heel!

She runs home, gets the contract she knows her mother will sign written up, and about midway through actually mentions the offer to Mother. Fortunately, she was not mistaken any more than the first vision showed — Mother thinks she can find a buyer at market rates in not too long, she'll take the ring now for... nineteen thousand five hundred silver shields.

Tencednil would guess Mother could probably do twenty thousand silver shields and still make a reasonable profit, but they are kind of rushing for a buyer and it's mostly the other explorers who are losing out. And even then, if they had to find a buyer of their own who didn't really trust them and all that, it would most likely cost at least the fifty gold sails they're losing here. This way, everyone makes a profit and nobody's really complaining about it, so it's not fundamentally a betrayal of the shared endeavor. Contract: written up! 19500, split into four accounts, acceptable to party 1, signed here, conditional on a Truthspell, the accounts to be listed by parties 2, names here, one signed. All looks good, pretty much the same as the contract she remembers from the most recent vision.

She runs over to the bank, and... contract drafting takes time, but much less so when she knows exactly what she's writing. She gets there five minutes after the hour mark, and runs the last block so she shows up out of breath.

"Sorry, that took longer than I realized, writing things formally is slow. Here, take a look. Does this work for all of you? Signatures and account numbers go here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Julio will read over Tencednil's contract closely. "This all seems to be in order."

He signs and hands it over to Anton.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anton signs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika skims through the contract himself, much faster than Julio, and signs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Into the bank, then! Yes, she can read this under a Truthtelling, yes, she attests it is true under oath, etcetera etcetera. She tries to look about as tired as the others are, but the upside of them being tired is that if she slips a little they won't notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then, after the ring of protection is deposited within the safebox, Tencednil is 4,870 silver shields richer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika catches the last channel at the top of the hour. He comes out of the room looking perfectly healthy. "Much better!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good! Do be careful and eat well for the next few days, you know full well a channel doesn't patch disease. If you need a hand with something, this is at least a bit my fault, if you leave a letter at the bank here with my account I should get it soon enough." An excuse to see the otyughs might be useful, if those really are going to be as much of a problem as the first vision implied. "If you don't need it, have fun, go do something nice for yourself with the money!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Once they're done...

She needs a two hundred gold sail deposit anonymously. The bank will take a chunk of onyx as a deposit and buy it back for about 28, which means 7 chunks plus a small additional deposit. She'll need some extra anyway, so call it fifty shields or so to go with the onyx? That's not an unreasonable amount of weight. Onyx is incredibly compact for its value, so everything she needs should fit nicely in a small envelope.

She goes down to the nearest component store. They're selling onyx at 292 shields a chunk right now. Reasonable, though this will be painful. She writes up a contract for seven pieces, signs, and runs it down to the bank. She withdraws an additional 70 shields while she's there, some of which will go to ingredients for the plan, but most of it for the deposit. Over two thousand one hundred shields gone from her account, more money than she had ever had at a time before the visions.

Tomorrow she can get all the paperwork in. It's too late to find children on the streets today.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, DESNUS 30th, 4708

SCANDAL AT HOUSE GREY, SECRET HEIR REVEALED

The weather worsens. Rain pours in loud sheets. The sky crackles with lightning. Three ships delay setting off until the storm passes. Gemshare Jewelers is robbed by an expert. The value of the stolen goods exceeds ten thousand silver shields. Archbanker Darb Tuttle sells a regenerate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her first step the next morning is preparing a good disguise. The first time she tries, the shadow buzzes at her and points out places it can see her skin, and every time she tries to fix it she fails. A second time, this one slower, and she's got something at least good enough that it can't easily see through her. In all, that took about an hour.

Second, she Prestidigitates a padded envelope, which can hold the onyx and the shields without clinking. Some paper, some practiced and fast writing out of a simple contract with a small vial of ink she bought yesterday and which only the shadow has ever touched, and she's ready. She was expecting this to be slow, but apparently today the shadow's spheres contain... some kind of shaped grooves which make quick writing substantially easier? Still mysterious, but very convenient. (Fine, perhaps having Prestidigitation is worth not having Dancing Lights. It's still disappointing.)

She does this on her way down to Old Korvosa, where the bank branches have less staffing and keep less of an eye on anyone strange who walks by. Once she's there, she takes out some of the candies she bought yesterday, Prestidigitates them new, shinier wrappers, and walks around near the bank looking for some humanspawn playing on the street. The cityfolk have to let their children out regularly, and Old Korvosa's streets aren't typically that dangerous if you don't seem to have money. Shiny candy will draw an eye, and she knows how to look approachable.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the children on the street does indeed come over. "Ooh, what's that? Can I have some?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's my candy! ...But you can have this one piece, if you really want." She holds out two for a moment, before snatching one back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only one?" Pout.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...well, alright, I guess I can give you another. But I got it by promising to do a job for Daddy, so if you want part of the candy you need to do part of the job."

Permalink Mark Unread

A little wary. That sounds dangerous. "What part?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have to..." She pauses, as if considering. "You have to go and take this in to the person at the counter! And then you can come right back out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okaaaay, I guess." That doesn't soooound suspicious.

Grab the package! (It's a little heavy, but not very.) Run inside! Package on counter! (There's not much of a line here. The banker puts the package aside for after the current customer, but gets to it soon enough.) Run outside!

"Candy now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fiiine, candy now. I guess you can have two pieces." And, indeed, two pieces of candy.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first letter in the package said to immediately Chant a copy of the rest of the paperwork, as it would disintegrate within forty-five minutes of delivery. For this, it offered one shield from the shields in the envelope. The rest, and the onyx, it says to use to create a new Bellaso-secured account, with a key sentence Tencednil generated yesterday evening. The onyx is to be immediately liquidated, at standard Bank of Abadar prices, and the resulting funds along with all but three shields of the remaining coinage from the initial deposit are to be placed into the same parlay bet on the Breaching Tencednil made herself in the vision, to a limit of one thousand gold sails at each step.

The shields left over whether the bets are successful or not are to be held as funding for Scrivening future communications to this account. Any further instructions will be delivered in the same way, so the funds are supplied to ensure the Bank never needs to lose a letter without requiring every future messenger to honestly carry a shield. This shouldn't be needed. If the visions are correct, and they certainly seem to be, this account should soon hold a somewhat absurd sum of money. It would, however, be incredibly suspicious to not have any plan for that case, and she wants suspicion to fall on this account only after the Breaching. Ideally it would only attract internal scrutiny after she's prepared the letter to the King, but that would be strange to include in this packet. It also would have taken far too much extra time to write if she had to encode everything, and she didn't have time to practice the conversion. Using her seemingly prophetic reputation will have to wait until the Breaching is over and she actually has it.

Permalink Mark Unread

With that all done, she goes back home to remove her disguise and not be too obvious about running around the city earlier than usual. That was still a slow process, but Mother is as nocturnal as she can manage, so she might overlook it entirely. Even if she doesn't, asking about the details of what Tencednil, or any family member, was doing with their time would be unusual behavior.

While getting out of her disguise, she notices her spells seem to have changed.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has a new cantrip and a new first circle spell! The cantrip is transmutation and feels like movement. The first circle spell is necromancy and feels like weakness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Testing the weakness spell seems like a bad idea, especially on herself. The cantrip... is still not Dancing Lights. Why. Maaaybe it's minor Leviate? That should fit into a cantrip, Levitate properly should be catchable. Fine.

What happens if she... tries to pick her hammock up off the ground with it?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can levitate her hammock off the ground... while she's concentrating. If she stops concentrating, so does the levitation. However, unlike her mother's levitate spell, she can do horizontal movement too!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's useful. ...she has her normal pen and ink, what she used for writing the contract that is supposed to be connected to her, as well as the implements which need to vanish as soon as possible. Can she levitate the pen? Can she levitate it enough to dip it into ink and write with it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil can levitate the pen! Dipping it in ink is somewhat difficult but possible. She can only change the direction it moves once every few seconds, which is unfortunately not enough control to write with.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that really won't do it. Oh well, a baby Levitate is still better than nothing. The new first-circle spell... probably also means she can cast at least one more before recovering? That's how it works for wizards, at least, and first circle is her highest circle. She hasn't needed all five of her Color Sprays any time recently, so even if it doesn't mean she has another she shouldn't be taking that much of a risk.

Still, where can she go to test it? It feels aggressive, and shooting someone with an attack spell in the middle of the road is a poor choice. If she wants to use it, though, she needs to know what it does.

...it feels precise, at least. It probably won't explode too much. If nothing else, she can try using it on the shadow at the end of the day and see if she can make out what it does while it's actually powered. On the other hand, that isn't the best option. She doesn't know what is, but it's not that.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's a better solution, it's not coming to her. Perhaps it will later.

The next thing she was planning to do was look into Glarataxus's historical feats. Whoever wanted to kill King Eodred used Glarataxus to do it, and dragons aren't easy to manipulate. That doesn't mean it's impossible, but that's the starting point she has. Of course, investigating Glarataxus in particular would be incredibly suspicious if word got around. Instead, she sets out on the hunt for Korvosan history in general, especially around the last queen, Queen Domina. King Eodred's personal enemies most likely won't be mentioned while he's right there and king, but his mother is dead and dragons are known to hold grudges deeply.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her a while, searching indirectly like this, but she does eventually find something. Glarataxus has attacked Korvosa before, last in 4674 AR, during the reign of Queen Domina. He went on a three week long rampage across Korvosan holdings in Varisia, before striking the city itself. A wide swath of the docks at Midland and East Shore were torched. All attempts to communicate or negotiate with him failed. There have been no credible reports of his activity since this rampage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange. And he supposedly came out of nowhere to kill King Eodred and did nothing else in the vision? That did look like a melted and scorched tower, and dragon breath seems like it should do that, but a three-week rampage and killing the king out of a cloudy sky seem like very different approaches. And dragons... probably aren't immune to whatever that was at the end of the second vision? Maybe they are, how would she know. They can be Charmed and Suggested just like anyone else if you're a good enough wizard, at least, and that demonstrated some impressive wizardry.

Anyway, that was slow, and she's found about as much as she expects to today. Back and to sleep, and tomorrow the Breaching.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, DESNUS 31st, 4708

SHINGLES GANG BRAWL TURNS BLOODY, NINE DEAD

A perfect circle is carved into the sky, two miles wide. The storm seems to bend around it. It's a bright, sunny day. The Acadamae opens its doors to outsiders for the festival. The guard struggles to handle a crowd. A small ship wrecks against the Varisian coastline, far in the distance. A devil has breakfast with his great grandson.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Tencednil wakes up, she has another new cantrip! This one is transmutation and feels like rippling water on her skin.

Permalink Mark Unread

Last night, before going home, she went out to a mostly-empty corner and tried her new spell. It shot a pale yellowish beam at her shadow. The ray didn't have any particular effect, as far as she could tell, but she did recognize some patterns in how the power flowed through her words and gestures. It seems like it's intended to do... exactly what it felt like, and diminish the force behind its target's blows. That doesn't answer why it bounced off the shadow harmlessly, but then the blob hasn't exactly demonstrated much force behind its blows, so maybe there was just nothing to diminish?

Today, when she wakes up and pulls her shadow out, its letter engravings have been replaced with what look like spell diagrams. Strange. Less useful for writing, but she doesn't need that until tomorrow, and maybe they'll be back by then.

Permalink Mark Unread

This new cantrip is... unusual? A cantrip for washing yourself, maybe? No, Create Water is conjuration... Well, the only way to know is to test. She goes out and rubs a bit of dirt over her hand, then tries the new cantrip, focusing on pushing the dirt off her hand and making it clean again. Flick through the gestures, mutter the words...

Permalink Mark Unread

Her skin tone shifts and becomes an olive human color. The texture also changes subtly.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is not what she thought that would do! ...on the other hand, it is useful. And would have been much more so if she had figured this out yesterday. Oh well, better to have than to not.

Back inside, where she can see herself in a mirror and such. (And Prestidigitate the dirt off on the way in.) Can she change her face to look human-colored? More of her body at once? Can she recolor herself entirely? How much does the texture change, and can she vary that? Can she make herself look like she has fur or scales or something obviously non-human?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't change specific body parts alone; either all of her skin changes or none of it does. Her color range is wide but not unlimited; she can have any skin tone humans can naturally have, any skin tone drow can naturally have, or a blend between the two. The texture shift is subtle and hard to control; it blends within the range of human to drow automatically based on her skin tone. She cannot give herself fur or scales.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can she give herself markings? Some humans have tattoos, and some humans are born with inconsistently colored skin (frickles? Something like that). Could she replicate those?

Permalink Mark Unread

She cannot give herself tattoos or other artificial markings. She can give herself inconsistently colored skin or freckles, but she cannot control the specific places they appear or precisely how many of them there are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can she place them generally? A few splotches on her hands, say, and some dots on her face?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can mimic natural skin conditions as an average example of those conditions. If she mimics a skin condition that naturally occurs only on the hands or face, it will only occur on her hands or face. She can't otherwise change specific body parts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright, good to know. If she gives herself dots, switches to blank skin, and then back to the dots, are they in the same place? What if she gives herself dots and then re-casts the spell, holding the same mental image?

Permalink Mark Unread

Each casting of the spell is discrete and unaffected by the last casting. The dots are not in the exactly same place when she re-casts the spell either time.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she can't keep a constant disguise if she needs to recast it. Good to know. Can she make scars or calluses or such things, which are part of the skin but not entirely flat?

Permalink Mark Unread

She cannot create or modify scars or calluses.

Permalink Mark Unread

She wouldn't know about the modification, she doesn't have any scars to modify! (Yet.)

If she can't recover an exact configuration, she needs to be sure this won't lapse in the middle of anything where her suddenly looking different would be a problem. She can dismiss the spell, but how long does it last on its own? She colors herself human (and checks in the mirror — does that hide the ears?) and goes to do some reading, telling the shadow to buzz at her when she goes back to looking like a drow.

Permalink Mark Unread

A little under thirty minutes later, her shadow buzzes. She has reverted to her normal skin tone.

Permalink Mark Unread

And her ears were not covered. So it's not a perfect solution to her problems, but it's still an incredible advantage. Even if she's easily spotted as a half-elf, there are many half-elves in Korvosa, and this should make it much easier to conceal even that. Human colors are close to elven, so if she goes this color she can—

When the shadow buzzes, she glances at a clock and goes to experimenting. It's only a few minutes later that she realizes the clock said she had about thirty minutes until the Breaching. Oops. She hastily tucks away everything she wants to take and runs over to the Academae, still looking at a glance like a surface half-elf.

Permalink Mark Unread

After some rushed travel, she makes it to the Acadamae. The illusions are as pretty as she remembers. The crowd surrounding the Hall of Wards is quite substantial. The raised platform is almost completely full. The King and his family are visible from their private box. It's maybe five minutes until the Breaching starts.

The Hall of Wards is a plain, rectangular wooden building with minimal decoration. Large windows face the crowd, and through them one can see a large empty room with a glittering wood floor. There is one set of double doors at the front. Nothing on the building looks like an illusion, although of course this is a lie.

Permalink Mark Unread

As expected. Hopefully the rest of the vision was also correct! (If there are any consequences from looking like an elf instead of a drow, she doesn't notice them on the run over.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Five minutes later, a long blast from a mighty horn sounds over the crowd, and a man appears in the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Headmaster gives his speech, exactly how she remembers it. The crowd cheers in all the right places.

Permalink Mark Unread

The master thief is first. Madison Ross and her deck of cards dance through the first three sets of doors without issue. The rain of arrows from the Doors of Steel impale her, and it takes her a minute to get them open. She dodges the bolt of lightning from the Doors of Storm and cracks the lock in an instant.

The Doors of Night are a brilliant moving night sky. The stars glow, and the constellations form a vast symbol. It flashes twice. Madison dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota is up next, his giant's sledge slung over his shoulder. He drinks a potion and doubles in size.

Swing. Swing. Swing. Swing. Swing...

His hammer pulverizes the walls of the Hall of Wards like they're made of cheap wood. He breaks the wall of force. He carves through the wall of lava. He bypasses the web of lightning. He kills the black ooze. He shatters the dead-magic wall. He survives the sky wall with the clouds of fire. He shatters each layer of the prismatic wall, one-by-one.

The air elementals attack him and die. Takota fails the break through an invisible barrier in front of a wall of liquid metal. He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas, with his purple suit and monocle, is the next (and probably last) candidate. He spends a minute inspecting the hole Takota made in the wall.

He knocks open the Doors of Wood. He casts three spells on himself. His body is formed of glimmering ice. He phases through the next Doors of Stone and of Iron in an instant.

The rain of arrows from the Doors of Steel fails against an invisible barrier. He disintegrates one of the doors using his staff. The Doors of Storm cannot harm him. They reflect his next disintegrate back at him (he blinks away just in time). He opens one of the doors using an unknown spell.

The Doors of Night flash harmlessly at his construct servant. It says a command word, and one of the doors opens. The Doors of Flame, formed of smoking vines, dispel his icy form. It doesn't stop him. He scrolls a spell and flows through the vines.

He becomes ice again, just in time for the Doors of Shadow to pour forth undead horrors. They cannot harm him. He casts an unknown spell, and one of the doors opens. The Doors of Scouring are a dazzling white. He reads a scroll, which destroys all magic, but the white doors are unaffected. He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's her bet confirmed. Tomorrow, she sends in the letters, and then learns whether or not she was as cautious as needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
MOONDAY, SARENITH 1st, 4708

BUSINESS SLOWS AT MIDLAND, ABADARAN ESTIMATES UNMET

The storm has subsided and the sky is clear. At the Acadamae, post-holiday cleanup begins. Everyone gets back to work. A crew sets out from the docks, intent on investigating yesterday's wreck. Rumors spread in Old Korvosa of undead escaping the sewers, but nothing can be confirmed. A small group is found dead, mauled and eaten by some sort of monster.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spent the last evening preparing, double-checking, and memorizing the encoding of the letters she wants to send today. The first will be the same letter to the king as in the vision, but this time written in code. The Bank will have to decrypt it to send it on, which means at least someone there will read it immediately. Who knows what that will change? Perhaps a lot. There's no real alternative option, so she will have to take what comes.

The second letter she prepares is encrypted twice, once with her account phrase, and a second time with the keyword "arkona". It reads,

For the eyes of the Saffron Sovereign, King Eodred Arabasti II of Korvosa, Prince of Stirges.

A less consequential note. Your sewers have a problem, and it is getting worse. Were you killed, their current residents would breach the streets of Old Korvosa not more than a week later. Remember, a Protection before the charm is worth ten Dispels after. Solve your problems before the sewer residents are truly angry, or I can be no help solving them after.

Attached is an additional letter, similarly twice-encrypted:

For the eyes of the Bank of Abadar.

It is possible someone will soon be attempting to steal my paperwork, for use in uncovering my identity. I anticipate the current security measures will suffice for my own safety, but the Bank may be at risk if they are desperate enough. Consider increasing your safety precautions for a few days.

The letters comes with instructions. 'On Sarenith 2, decode the attached letter using the house most prominently mentioned in the Sarenith 2 Korvosan Carrier's headline article. If they are in comprehensible Taldane, send the first to the King. If not, discard them both.'

Permalink Mark Unread

Again, in the morning, her shadow has convenient letter-grooves for easy writing. What a helpful shadow it is proving to be.

Her attempts at integrating the new cantrip into a more general disguise are unexpectedly time-consuming. Everything she tries keeps accidentally accentuating the extent to which she's a half-elf, even if she isn't obviously half-drow in particular. Eventually she gets something decently safe, and with the cantrip ensuring nobody can tell she's a drow it's not too bad if they catch that she's hiding something. It's still a bit disappointing.

Out across the bridge once more, Prestidigitating her paper and letting the shadow write out the letters on the way. Can she find the same messenger as in the vision?

Permalink Mark Unread

She finds the messenger across the river, at the same place she remembers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Same deal as she remembers, then, he brought the letters to the Bank then and she has no reason to think he won't now. And this time, even if he did open it and look inside, it wouldn't matter! Codes do have their advantages.

Permalink Mark Unread

The messenger takes the letters and heads in the Bank's direction. If Tencednil follows, she can see him enter the Bank holding the letters and exit without them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't bother following this time. If this didn't work, she can try again tomorrow. It won't be subtle.

That's everything she knew from the visions. If there's more she was supposed to do with them, it will have to remain a mystery. Her next goal is... going back to normal life, checking on the rest of the money from the necromancer and such? Somewhat of a letdown after the constant possible risks to her life, but that's for the best, really.

After retreating to her house so Mother doesn't spot anything strange, she heads to the Bank in her original, undisguised face to ask if they have any letters for her. Mika might have sent her something, she did tell him to if he needed her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unsurprising, but it would be silly to say she would check and then not do so. In that case... message-running time it is. She did lose the blob after getting too distant from it this morning during her time in disguise, but she wasn't planning to fight anyone today anyway, so that shouldn't be an issue.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil spends the rest of her workday doing message-delivery and retires back home in the evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
TOILDAY, SARENITH 2nd, 4708

HIS MAJESTY CANCELS APPEARANCE AT ARKONA GALA, RUMORED DIVISION WITHIN PEERAGE REVIEW

They were getting along so well, at least as far as the public knew. But now all is in doubt. Is His Majesty hiding some dreadful scandal? Is House Arkona? Those of Old Korvosa that care about such things are displeased with the return of such open feuding. Why did the King spurn them so abruptly?

The crew returns from the shipwreck. There were no survivors, but they managed to recover valuable trade goods. Something brews in the sewers of Old Korvosa, and the papers print vague warnings.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's first vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. That letter worked, the Abadarans should not have gotten her warning about the break-in, and the King will probably be checking up on the sewers sometime soon.

Any letters for her at the bank? In fact, does anything unusual happen when she goes to the bank to check for letters?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time. Nothing unusual happens during her visit.

Permalink Mark Unread

As it should be. She makes her way down to the Rusted Anchor, looking again for odd jobs. There was that one student desperately searching for someone to cast a bunch of copies of the same spell for him, and maybe she can trade him for some time breaking down spell structures and how to reshape them. She feels like there must be some way to do something like the brimstone trick more generally, feeding her spells with a bit of energy from the shadows around her, but a feeling won't cast any spells, now will it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Feeding her cantrips energy from the shadows around her seems like it might be doing something... maybe...?

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
WEALDAY, SARENITH 3rd, 4708

BREAK IN AT THE BANK OF ABADAR, TWO MISSING

Last night, the secure vaults at the Bank of Abadar were breached by an unknown party. The Abadarans are confused, both at how they managed it and why—as far as their inventory can tell, nothing of significant value was actually stolen. Two bankers, both empowered clerics, did not show up at the Bank this morning. Their families haven't seen them since yesterday. A bounty has been placed on any verifiably true information pertaining to these incidents.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's first vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two bankers still missing? She had hoped her letter would help things. Oh well, it's no real loss to her, she was just hoping to pay them back for the trouble she brought down. Hopefully the otyugh letter gets more of a follow-up, she really doesn't want to be killed by the things again. And if the guard is delving into the sewers, that should give her a chance to try to circle up from behind a bunch of heavily-armored guards, which is far preferable to trying it on her own with all zero of her spells that really help against undead. (Probably. She isn't sure the Ray doesn't, but it seems like a bad risk to take.)

Presumably she can't check for letters today, so back to the Anchor to complete the trade. She definitely has more than five spells per day now. It seemed like the had a bit left after her sixth, even, but she didn't try to push to a seventh yesterday. Maybe she will this time!

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends her day at the Rusted Anchor helping the wizard student. She succeeds at pushing for a seventh first circle spell!

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
OATHDAY, SARENITH 4th, 4708

GUARD ISSUES WARNINGS FOR OLD KORVOSA SEWERS

The weather is bright and sunny. The trade galleon from last week pulls out of port, bound for Cheliax. The Korvosan Guard begins an investigation into the sewers in Old Korvosa. Undead creatures have been sighted moving up from the lower Vaults and the otyugh are upset about something in the water. A bounty has been placed on verifiably true information pertaining to this incident.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's first vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good, they are looking into the sewers. The otyugh was terrifying and she doesn't want that to happen again.

...and also this is exactly the sort of thing Academae students join in on when they need to circle up. The Academae itself sometimes is enough pressure to force them up to second, but it's not fully consistent. Students fall behind, and eventually they need to be casting second circle spells to keep up in their classes. Julio and Anton aren't the first to dive into the sewers. They were just lucky enough to be hunting for something in particular, something which could fund enough of a group to get them back out of the sewers afterwards.

The guard is always looking for casters. Magic is an incredibly useful tool for diving through the muck and mud. They'll never object to better senses, either, and between her darkvision and her shadow's sense for objects in its vicinity, she can provide those. She can't prepare whatever spells they're looking for, but even if they expect undead, there are enough living threats in the sewers that Color Sprays and Rays of Enfeeblement will be of use. And, of course, she does need to circle up herself, now that the visions have served their purpose.

She makes her way to the guardhouse. What are they asking for, arcane caster-wise? Can she fulfill the requirements?

Permalink Mark Unread

Citadel Volshyenek, headquarters of the Korvosan Guard, towers over the southern Midland docks. Guardsmen, hirelings, and other attendants flow continuously across the ramparts.

The guard doesn't exactly have a sign with "arcane caster requirements" hung on the wall. She can ask the receptionist?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably better that way, she's better at getting through a receptionist than a sign. She walks up to someone who looks appropriate. "The newspaper said the guard wanted people to go down into the sewers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The investigation opened today. I think we're sending a squad or two down later. Are you volunteering? What skills do you have?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am. I'm a first circle sorcerer, I have Acid SplashGhost Sound, Detect Magic, and Prestidigitation as cantrips, and Color Spray and Ray of Enfeeblement. I can do six a day, and I can see in the dark to fifty, sixty feet out. I've also been down to the sewers before, so I know I can handle some goblins or rats. Also, this thing follows me around, and it's pretty good at noticing anything I miss."

The shadow bounces up and down when she nods to it. Today, its engravings feel like a network of tunnels, plus a tentacle or two. It does seem on theme for the sewers, whatever that actually means.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will go speak with the investigation." He walks down one of the hallways and rounds a corner.

A few minute laters, he returns. "Please come with me. Detective Navarro will see you now."

Permalink Mark Unread

They aren't exactly going to Detect Thoughts everyone who comes in or anything, if they did they would never get the wizardry they need. And she's not even lying! She's barely trying to decieve then here! (They don't need to know all her cantrips.) Sure, she will go see the detective. Follow follow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is led through the winding hallways of the Citadel into an office.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. You may call me Detective Navarro. I hear you want to assist us in our investigation. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Best to be honest with him here, the honest answer is essentially expected and he might well catch her if she lies. "I want to circle up, and I definitely don't want to be eaten by otyughs. I know the sewers well enough that I don't want to go down on my own, but I would be helpful to the guard down there and I really would rather the guard succeed here. Also the money, of course, but I know it's not much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well." He slides a piece of paper across the desk. Written on it is some internal guard notation she doesn't understand. "Please fill this out with your name, age, occupation, and mailing address."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil, 25 years. Occupation... message delivery, probably? No, not after the ring sale came through. Adventurer, then, she's made enough money adventuring for that to be basically accurate. 12 Lastlight, North Point. She looks closely at the internal guard notation, but it certainly seems incomprehensible. Oh well.

Form goes back to the Detective.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro reads it quickly and files it away. "Welcome aboard, Tencednil. We're preparing two squads, four men each, to descend beneath Old Korvosa. You'll be with squad one. For as long as we're down there, I am your commanding officer. If I am ever indisposed, Garril will assume command. You will meet him soon. We should also have a cleric of Pharasma, to deal with the undead, but she has yet to arrive."

He stands up and walks to the exit of his office. "Please follow me to the planning room. We'll wait there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say." Sir? Maybe she's supposed to call him sir now? He didn't say so, so she won't. Follow follow.

Permalink Mark Unread

The planning room is just down the hallway. There's a large rectangular table, covered in documentation and paper and maps.

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall man wearing metal breastplate and a helmet looks over as they enter. "Detective."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Garril, this is Tencednil. Sorcerer, has six color sprays, should help us with the beasts."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Good to meet you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you." That is an impressive amount of armor. Mika, for all his competence, was a far worse person to have between you and a zombie than Garril looks like he would be. "I can also see in the dark, about as far as a hooded lantern shines to without being quite as obvious. Won't help us much, but I might spot something you didn't catch, or my friend here might."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Make sure to keep a good lookout, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes while they wait. Some members of the other squad assemble in a different room. Navarro has a discussion with his superiors.

After about thirty minutes, a hooded women wearing chainmail walks into the planning room.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, I'm Shadi, Chosen of Pharasma. Is this the right room...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're in the right spot. I'm Garril."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tencednil, sorcerer." Clerics who can use their spells while in actual armor are so lucky. She appreciates how deep her mine of spells is, but she certainly sees the appeal of the alternative methods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro walks in and nods. "Good, we're all here. Right. What spells do you have today, Chosen Shadi? and how many channels?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My domains are Knowledge and Water. At first circle I have two bless, one protection from evil, and one obscuring mist. I have defending bone, burst of radiance, and detect thoughts at second. You can expect five channels, if we need them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A decent selection." He faces the rest of them. "Our goal today is to figure out what's causing the problems in the sewers of Old Korvosa. Undead have started leaking from the Vaults and something is upsetting the otyugh. I have a map of the local underground region and some locations marked out for us to check. We will cover the area under Bridgefront, and the other squad will cover Garrison Hill. Any questions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there anything specific I should be watching for, or is this mainly exploratory?" The shadow will be the main one watching, in practice, but close enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mainly exploratory at this stage, I think. There's a lot of deadly beasts down there. We want to avoid the violet fungus. They look like walking purple mushrooms, but with hidden tentacles that rot flesh."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "All I have circled for plants is Ray of Enfeeblement, and I don't believe it works on the undead, which leaves me just Acid Splashing them. I'll be of more use against things with eyes to see my Spray and minds to break with it." Better to overestimate the danger of undead than to underestimate it around a Pharasman. They like talking about how dangerous the undead are.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we best get going. The other squad is ready."

Permalink Mark Unread

They leave Citadel Volshyenek and travel up through Midland, cutting across North Point, and cross the bridge into Old Korvosa. The second squad leaves them there, walking west up to Garrison Hill. Tencednil's squad heads east to Bridgefront.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now, this is... not the best area of town, but I don't expect anyone to bother us. Garril tends to intimidate."

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon after they enter Old Korvosa, they reach a sewer entrance in an alley. The Shingles rise five stories above them, shadowing the squad.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Here we go. Masks up, everyone!" Navarro pulls up a circular metal grate, and begins climbing down a ladder into the sewers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi pulls a large bone out of her backpack and casts a spell. It begins to float around her body.

Permalink Mark Unread

She actually does have a decent-quality mask this time. Having some spending money means she no longer has to make do with Prestidigitation. Once that's on, she follows him down the ladder, trying her best to keep an eye out in the dark. The Light source is behind her on the way down this time, so her eyes will reach quite a bit farther ahead than the humans can see.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sewers in Old Korvosa are different than down in south Midland. For one, they're older. It took quite a bit of distance for the walls to begin cracking on Tencednil's trek down to Matei's lair, but they've already broken apart here. The smell is just as bad.

Navarro leads them down to a cylindrical room with a small waterfall and a ladder. It looks very similar to the one Tencednil has climbed down before. Sixty feet down, black water ripples.

Permalink Mark Unread

He speaks quietly. "There should be one of them down here. The otyugh. There's an access tunnel near the bottom, we'll follow it upstream."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say. It will see us coming before we it, with this light. Are you to be our diplomat?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've talked with them before. I don't think we'll need to do much beyond letting them know we're here. According to an earlier report, they know something is wrong but not what."

Permalink Mark Unread

Presumably he can speak whatever language the otyughs do, then. That could be Taldane, but it could be any number of other things, so it's good she doesn't have to deal with it.

"With luck, then, they will know more now." And once more, time to follow him into the maze which is the Korvosan sewer system.

Permalink Mark Unread

They climb down the ladder and past a tunnel without entering it. Once they're almost touching the water, Navarro steps off onto a small platform. A tunnel extends out into the darkness; Tencednil cannot see the end.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro shouts at the water. "Hello! We're with the guard! We'd like to speak with you, otyugh!"

The sound echoes off the walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Something large swims along the surface of the water.

The mouth of a terrible beast emerges. "Hi! You tunnel man?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Some of you have been having problems recently, as I hear it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a while to respond. "Think so! Long swim away, down the left. Others worried."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. We'll be taking a look and seeing if we can figure out what's going on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Bye!" Its head dips back under the water, and the otyugh glides away.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Strange creatures..." Navarro mutters.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Helpful, though. Both to us and in general, I've heard what sewer systems without them can be like." And why are humans so precious about things being dirtier than they are anyway, it's their own filth. No drow wants to do this kind of work either, but if someone does you take that and be happy, you don't insult them for it. There are enough other things to take issue with.

...she might be being unfair here, strange is a perfectly accurate description. Even so.

Permalink Mark Unread

"A long swim to the left... is anything there on your map, detective?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm... it could be many things. There's an old cave-in that used to connect to some other part of the sewers. There are sealed passages that head down deeper into the Vaults. Some old commercial basements have access tunnels. Not sure why they ever built those."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we ought to head in that general direction, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leads them through the lower sewers. These tunnels are bigger than those above, and they don't wind nearly as much. The water is essentially a branching, underground river. Tencednil's shadow nearly constantly detects movement beneath the water, but none of it seems to notice them as they walk along the winding paths.

After about thirty minutes of walking, they reach a dead end.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The caved-in tunnel. I'm going to take a sample of the water." He unstoppers a vial, crouching down and filling it—

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil's shadow detects three small shapes in the water, rushing toward them!

Permalink Mark Unread

The shadow flickers through shapes... and she recognizes them. <Three! There!>

Since when did it know Drow Sign? That's new. More importantly, though— "Up! Three, coming from the water! Possible hostile!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He quickly pulls his hand back and pockets the vial. "On guard, everyone!"

Permalink Mark Unread

<Spray! Here!>

Well, it is the thing which knows where the... whatevers... are. She's not going to shoot acid into the water. Forward, and Color Spray.

Permalink Mark Unread

The underwater creatures scatter! They don't seem affected by her color spray.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Zero! Them grab poison!>

Zero? What does that... she sees one moving. Ah. She got zero. And grab poison... she doesn't have poison, and shouldn't be grabbing anything, so—

"They shook the Spray! Beware grabbing, and they're poisonous!" Yes she's badly positioned given that, she knows, that's what you get when both of the things she tried to catch managed to resist. And her Color Spray had been so consistent in the past, too. Well, that's what she gets for being overconfident.

Permalink Mark Unread

A strange creature, with the front of a lobster and the back of an eel, leaps from the water and lands in front of Tencednil!

It tries to claw at her, but is much less graceful outside of the water. Neither of its claws hit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi slices the creature across its side with her sickle. It bleeds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro pulls his rapier from its holster and skewers the creature straight through the eye. It flails around before falling still.

"Reefclaws! Don't let them touch you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril holds his warhammer and eyes the water, waiting...

Permalink Mark Unread

A second reefclaw lunges for him! One of its claws snaps onto his arm, and in one motion it wraps its body around his neck, slowly tightening like a vice!

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril swings the hammer, but can't quite hit the damn thing! It's too close!

Permalink Mark Unread

The final reefclaw bursts from the water. It slams into Navarro, twisting around his body and slicing into his side.
 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fortunately, the reefclaws have positioned themselves very conveniently for her. Inconvenient for the others, perhaps, but she may yet resolve that. Color Spray?

Permalink Mark Unread

The reefclaw on Garril goes still and slides off his neck. The one on Navarro screeches angrily but is otherwise unaffected.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi slices into the reefclaw on Navarro with her sickle. She cuts a deep scar across its side, but it doesn't die.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro struggles but can't quite seem to hit the reefclaw currently constricting him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The reefclaw tightens it's hold—

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro somehow overcomes its deadly grip! The reefclaw is flung away from his body onto the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril's hammer strike was aimed at a reefclaw currently constricting someone. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

She would rather not close with anything that grabby. It can have an Acid Splash in its pincer, that doesn't need her to get in close.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi swings at the reefclaw, but her sickle bounces off its scales.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro stabs it right through the chest! It doesn't die, somehow!

Permalink Mark Unread

The reefclaw peels itself off of Navarro's rapier. It fails to clip him with its pincers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril slams the warhammer into its side, tearing off a huge chunk of flesh. It screams horribly and lunges forward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is this thing still alive. That is far too much punishment for one little crabby thing to take without a problem. How does it feel about an Acid Splash to the... weird tentacled bitey bit, whatever it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

The acid burns a hole through its head. It spasms as it dies, slicing Garril's leg.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril backs up and puts a crossbow bolt through the unconscious one. Twice. It flails for a few seconds before going still.

"They're feisty in death!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So it seems."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." Courtesy is free. "I didn't realize the wildlife down here was quite such a problem. These are more... dramatic... than the rats, or even the goblins. Suddenly the lack of volunteers makes more sense. Ah well, it is what it is." As she speaks, she edges out of the way to let Garril reach Shadi if he needs the healing. He took a few scratches in there, but he knows his threshold better than she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro turns to Shadi. "Chosen Shadi, we could use some healing, please."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well." A pulse of positive energy flows out from her. "Down to four."

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of Garril's wounds have closed. "Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

They continue onward. Navarro leads them through more wide sewer tunnels. At some point, the kind of stone used in the walls changes, although it's still built to the same patterns. There's almost always movement beneath the water—mostly small fish and aquatic life, but sometimes larger things.

The tunnels begin to slope downward. Ahead of them, at the end of a tunnel, is a large rusted metal wall. A man-sized hole is torn clean through it, near the bottom. Water rushes through the hole and into the darkness.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh no. One of the seals is broken." He moves up to inspect it.

Permalink Mark Unread

While the group is distracted walking, she has some questions for the shadow.

<When did you learn proper sign?>

        <Watched! Saw you!>

<But when?>

        <Knew at party!>

The Breaching festival, then? What is going on with this thing? She is clearly missing something.

Now, however, isn't the time to interrogate it further. "Do you sense anything through the hole?" The shadow obediently floats over, so the wall isn't blocking its sense of objects.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No! It's too dark." He sticks his light through the hole in the wall. "Just water. Lots of water."

Permalink Mark Unread

Something human shaped crawls along the bottom of the river, approaching from behind them.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes! Body! There!>

(Body? That means—) "Something behind us! Maybe undead! —Sorry, I wasn't asking you, I was asking my friend. It prefers speech."

Permalink Mark Unread

Another one crawls into the shadow's detection area.

Permalink Mark Unread

"More things in the water! Garril, take point!" He runs away from the seal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril begins to move back—

Permalink Mark Unread

A creature lunges from the water. It looks like an terrible mockery of both man and elf.

Permalink Mark Unread

And more importantly it looks like it will make a terrible mockery of a Color Spray, because that's undead. Well, it can have an Acid Splash, and she will retreat behind the more armored people here. And hopefully not get ambushed by something jumping out of the hole in the wall. Does the shadow have anything to say?

<Many!>

Even better. "Not just the one!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Damn it! Ghouls! Keep back, they'll paralyze you!" He draws a dagger from his belt and waits for a good moment...

Permalink Mark Unread

The ghoul leaps at Garril and tears a wound open across his lower body.

Permalink Mark Unread

—now! He throws the dagger. It flies straight through the ghoul's eye and out the back of its head. The ghoul stumbles and collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi clutches her holy symbol and channels. The party's wounds close. An underwater ghoul burns.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril brandishes his warhammer and waits...

Permalink Mark Unread

A second ghoul leaps from the water and swings at Navarro. He dodges!

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril removes its head with a swing from his warhammer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Three more ghouls emerge from the hole in the iron seal.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Move back! There could be a whole pack of them!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Moving back seems like a good idea! She still has nothing useful, though. Undead are hard to drain the vitality from, and the priest didn't contradict her when she said Ray of Enfeeblement would be useless.

...and her Acid Splash missed, too. Of course. Why did she decide to drive in here without any armor. She isn't getting paid enough for this, can it really be that bad if she just lets the otyughs run around murdering everyone while half of Old Korvosa gets sick?

...alright, fine, yes that would be bad. It is part of her duty to prevent other people's plots from destabilizing her city, and besides, Mika doesn't deserve that. But still! Why! 

(The shadow waits quietly. Stefan needs a distraction to strike true, and it can distract.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro draws his rapier and aims, standing behind Garril. A good moment will come soon...

Permalink Mark Unread

A ghoul gallops forward on all fours, slamming into Garril. Its claws and teeth scrape against his metal armor, but they fail to penetrate.

Permalink Mark Unread

A fourth ghoul climbs up through the broken seal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi steps back a few paces and casts—

Brilliant golden light fills the end of the tunnel. It feels like being outside in the sun. Caustics from the water reflect across the walls. Three ghouls scream as their flesh burns off.

Burst of radiance.

Permalink Mark Unread

A blinded ghoul screeches madly and charges for Shadi. It manages to bite her arm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril swings at the ghoul nearest him. His warhammer bounces off the floor. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another blinded ghoul runs in Tencednil's direction but can't seem to find her!

Permalink Mark Unread

A third blinded ghoul tries to charge Navarro. It slips and falls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Augh light! Why!

Okay yes that is a convincing reason for light. Fine. The one on her can't see well enough to punish her if she retreats, which gives her a chance. Can she Splash the one on Garril?

No! Apparently she will instead trip and stumble as she backs up! Her shot goes wide, though she does get out of immediate claw range.

The shadow leaps at the chance to get close to a ghoul while they're too blind to smack it. It whizzes in and tries to whack one. Fruitlessly. Still, it can be distracting!

Permalink Mark Unread

The only ghoul that isn't blinded roars! It tears through Garril's armor and slams his head into to the ground. He goes still.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro stabs that one straight through the neck. It dies!

He backs up a few paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi clutches her holy symbol and channels. The rest of the ghouls turn to ash.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril's wounds heal a little, but he does not move.

Permalink Mark Unread

No more ghouls come through the broken seal. The sound of flowing water fills the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over to Garril. Is he still bleeding? The channel should have stabilized him, but you don't just assume, that's how you get pointless deaths.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril is not bleeding. His eyes are open but they don't move.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. That would just be the ghoul touch, then. (It seems it has been too long since she was reminded of the frailty of humans.)

"Looks like he's paralyzed, give him a few seconds and we'll see if I'm right. This seems like the source of whatever is you were looking for, then? Are we continuing on, or is that enough to report back so they can make a new plan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He leans down to the river and fills a vial with water. "This is the source of the rumored undead. We still don't have a direct cause for the otyugh problems, but we can come back later for that. The broken seal will make a good report."

Permalink Mark Unread

After around half a minute, Garril's paralysis wears off. He stands up. "Those things are quite dangerous... and they just kept coming!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're lucky it wasn't more. Sometimes they travel in packs of ten or twelve."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be quite a threat. The light was your Burst of Radiance? It was impressively effective, I thought long-distance spells that hit multiple targets like that couldn't both hurt and blind at second circle."

She follows on the way back, keeping her eyes as well as the shadow's sense out for reefclaws or anything of the sort. She's been somewhat useless here, and she's almost looking forward to landing a solid Color Spray if they come. Still better that they get out safely, though, and her senses were consistently helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Burst of radiance only harms evil creatures. Undead are evil, so I often prepare it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. The judgy sort of spell. Maybe that shouldn't be a surprise, with a Pharasmin cleric.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leads them through the sewers back the way they came. The water ripples with creatures, but none are hostile, and most don't notice them. They climb up the ladder in the cylindrical room and up the second ladder out onto the street. The Shingles hang above them. It's a little later in the day, perhaps mid-afternoon.

Permalink Mark Unread

They walk across the bridge out of Old Korvosa, though North Point and down to south Midland. Citadel Volshyenek looms above them as they enter. Navarro leads them back into the planning room.

Squad two has already returned. They were attacked by beasts too, but no undead. They were unable to discover anything conclusive about the otyugh problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro faces them at the table. "Good work, everyone! I would like to make another expedition down tomorrow, if that works with you two." He looks at Shadi and Tencednil. "We did not manage to cover the entirety of our search area today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tomorrow works for me. What was that seal intended to cover?" If he didn't want her asking around the other team, he should have told her not to before now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"A particularly dangerous section of the lower Vaults. The tunnels supposedly lead all the way into the Darklands. Lots of horrible beasts and monsters live down there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Will a further expedition enter the lower vaults? If so, I may need to search for additional gear." She turns to Shadi. "If you have any suggestions for counter-undead methods, I would welcome them. As you saw, my current spells are not ideal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope not! Ideally, we go back down, speak with more of the otyugh, and cover the rest of search area to narrow down the problem. Then the guard will send a larger force to repair the seal. Or just hire a wizard to do it, if we can afford to not risk a construction crew down there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My advice to a wizard would be 'prepare different spells'... but you're a sorcerer. Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Indeed. It has its downsides. Tomorrow, then."

She spends her day actually spending some of the remaining ring money. A silken under-layer for her spidersilk robes will be slightly uncomfortable, but this one comes with some well-placed metal reinforcements. Not enough to make casting harder, they say, but it can catch a few blows which would have struck true without it. Some rope harvested from the webs at home, another few bags of marbles... Tomorrow, she should be better-prepared than she was today. Except for her spells. Those will be just as useless next time ghouls come up.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, SARENITH 5th, 4708

IS CRIME ON THE RISE IN SOUTH SHORE?

The weather continues to be pleasant. Summer has arrived! Old Korvosa is restless, and the Guard increases street patrol density in Bridgefront. The Bank of Abadar continues the search for their missing clerics. House Grey's scandal finishes settling down. The Acadamae holds its graduation ceremony. Seventy-one of the hundred students in this cohort lived to become journeymen wizards; a few more than is typical.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's first vision. There's a conspicuous absence of red dragons.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Tencednil wakes up, she has a new first circle spell! It's illusion and feels like her imagination. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A lack of red dragons is, all things considered, just what she was hoping to see in the newspaper today.

And a new spell! Not the best time to test it, but that certainly feels like a general-purpose first-circle illusion, and that means Silent Image! Which can actually help against the undead! That makes this plan far less suicidal.

She's somewhat bouncier on her feet as she goes down to the guard station today. No reason to hide it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist at Citadel Volshyenek recognizes Tencednil from yesterday. He leads her back into the planning room.

Navarro and Garril are at the table, talking quietly as they peer over some maps. Shadi has not yet arrived.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, Tencednil! Welcome back. We were just going over our route for today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A good idea. I have a new spell today! Army-range, shapeable illusion, and it takes some sort of caster input. My guess is Silent Image. If I say I'm testing my new spell, fair warning, that means I'm casting an illusion and you should look closely. I'll default to a mist, so if you can see through it and the ghouls can't they should be mostly blind."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That might be useful." He gestures to the map. "Today, we're covering a few sections past where we stopped yesterday. There's the old commercial access tunnels and an old reservoir the otyugh apparently often frequent."

He lays out a detailed route through the deep sewers, and notes a couple of alternate paths out, should they need to run.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is good to have paths out in case something goes wrong. "Were the results from yesterday's investigations informative?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we know where the undead are coming from. Hopefully the breach will be sealed soon, although we won't be involved directly in that. What the otyugh are complaining about is still a mystery."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's independent? Didn't the one we asked point us to the breach? I suppose there could have been something else in the area we missed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The one we asked pointed us a 'long swim away, down the left'. Most of our search area was already to the left of the chute where we met the otyugh. It honestly wasn't very useful information."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say. With luck, some of them will have more helpful directions."

She's ready to go whenever, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi arrives soon after Tencednil. "I prepared two bursts of radiance today. Better offense than defense, given the quantity of undead down there."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then, they leave. Citadel Volshyenek rises into the sky behind them as they travel the same route to Bridgefront in Old Korvosa. The second squad heads to west to Garrison Hill. It is not long before they reach the familiar sewer entrance. The Shingles rise five stories above them.

They climb down the first ladder into the upper sewers, walk for maybe five minutes, and climb the second ladder down the cylindrical chute.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro pulls out his map. "Right. Similar to last time but once we get here," he points "we make a left turn and then..."

He talks quietly as they travel, commenting on various things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil makes sure to update Shadi on her new spell, and, more importantly, on the codeword to note she's casting an illusion.

As they walk, she keeps an eye out ahead of them, sometimes spotting the branches a bit ahead of Navarro. No strange ripples in the water, though, at least not yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leads them along his route. The tunnels are long and mostly straight, but they become more winding as time passes. They walk by the caved-in tunnel, but there are no reefclaws this time. Instead of heading toward the broken seal, Navarro takes them further left.

Tencednil's familiar notices the underwater wildlife becoming increasingly agitated.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Safe. Water animals angry! No attack yet.>

She stops for a moment when the shadow starts to twist itself in shapes, but doesn't ask the others to stop when it said they were safe. The pondlife (sewerlife, maybe?) is angry here? They weren't planning to let down their guard, but perhaps it means they should be more on their toes, and probably indicates they're going the right direction. The others need to know.

"The things in the muck are angrier here than they were back before. Nothing's about to jump out at us, but it might mean we're getting closer to the contamination. Also, if you were planning to let down your guard while we're in here, now is a bad time." <Sign if more angry. Start safe if safe.>

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Good to know. Garril, take point up front." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, detective."

Permalink Mark Unread

They continue onward. The underwater creatures are unhappy. The walls of the tunnels grow ever more cracked. Eventually, after a few more twists and turns, they enter into a wide circular room. It's almost entirely full of water, for a small set of walkways.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll handle the discussion." He steps forward further into the reservoir room. "Otyugh! This is the Guard! I hear there is a problem!"

His voice echoes back-and-forth across the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The mouth of an otyugh breaks the surface of the water. "Why you here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The other creatures in the water are upset, yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...

"This is true."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know what the problem is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes longer to respond. "Don't know! Bad water. Tastes bad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When did it start tasting bad?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Few cycles ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Thank you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

It sinks beneath the water and swims away.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know what a 'cycle' is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've no idea. It won't be a day... how do they even track time down here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"In larger groups, there are clerics, of course. I assume you would know if one of the otyughs was empowered. Smaller, some areas have glow-plants of one sort or another, and those often have a fairly regular dimming and brightening period. I haven't seen any in here. Does the sewer system flush or get new water at regular intervals? Could be something like that. The standard otyugh diplomats are on a human schedule, they might provide enough of a clock. Some undead have fear the sun enough to cringe when it's up even if the light is through hundreds of feet of stone, but the sewers shouldn't have many undead. How dense are the sewer entrances? Some of them leak light, and if they're common enough, the otyughs might track when they are or aren't lit. They'd probably miss a day here or there, but that one didn't seem to have anything urgent to do. Some of the waterlife might habitually follow any of those, or some other pattern entirely, and the otyughs can see their travels as a clock. I can go on if you want more options."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if any of the otyugh are clerics. The sewer waters don't have any sort of regular schedule I'm aware of. How exactly they keep time doesn't really matter, I suppose. We should continue."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say." It might matter if their cycle time is substantially off from a day! Whether this started a few days ago, a few weeks ago, or just a few hours ago could be important! It's almost certainly a few days. The guard would have heard about it earlier if it was a few weeks, and the exact details of "a few days ago" aren't actually that important right now. Fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro follows his map down the deep tunnels. The twists and turns slowly fade into straight passageways. At evenly spaced points, there are doorways in the stone. Some spiral up in staircases, some have lead into long dark tunnels, and some are just holes in the wall, leading to nowhere. What little underwater life is here is distressed, but it doesn't seem to notice them.

They reach a crossroads. Almost fifty feet down one tunnel, Tencednil can see a pair of strange looking wooden barrels sitting on the stone walkway.

Permalink Mark Unread

She keeps them as up to date as her shadow does on the state of the water creatures. 

"There's something down that way. Barrels, I don't know if they're trapped. A bit out of Light reach from the crossroads, but just sitting on the walkway. I can send my friend to investigate, but is there's a trap it won't see it." Does a Detect Magic show anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

The barrels are not observably magical.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have your friend approach. Carefully."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods to it, and it drifts in slowly. What does it spot when it gets within thirty feet of the barrels? Twenty?

Permalink Mark Unread

There is no life in the water within thirty feet of the barrels. At twenty feet, her shadow can see a doorway in the walls next to them. Inside is a tunnel that slopes upward at a steep angle.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Nothing moving close.> Drift in...

<Door close! Goes up!> It zoom back and wobbles at her.

"It says the area around the barrels is empty, there's nothing moving in the water. There might still be undead, if they're stationary and blend in with the sewerbed. A little past them, and over in that direction, there's a door along that passage, which leads up. I'd guess out of the sewers, but it's a guess. Is there supposed to be an entrance anywhere near?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be one of the old commercial access tunnels. None of them should be in use anymore..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might not be in use, but the barrels certainly did get here somehow." Navarro gets to decide whether to approach. He is both the leader and the one most likely to spot anything suspicious about the barrels.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to go scout up this place, alone." He turns to face Garril. "If I don't return within ten minutes, leave quickly. The Citadel must learn of whatever this is. You have command."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I see something jump at you, do we run or attempt to assist?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. Leave and do not return without a greater force. There may be intelligence behind this mess."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, clearly on edge. (And actually on edge. This was always going to be risky, but this in particular seems risky.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro slowly walks over to the barrels. He lifts the top off one and peers down intently.

After perhaps a minute of studying the barrel's contents, he disappears into the the doorway.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

Five minutes of silence later, Navarro creeps out of the doorway and back over to them. He whispers. "We need reinforcements. There's six of them in there; hooded, in breastplate, armed with battle scythes. Who even uses battle scythes!?"

He pauses to catch his breath. "The tunnel leads up into some cursed place. They've got these huge vats full of the stuff in the barrels. Horrible red gunk. And a painting of a skeletal woman on the ceiling."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urgathoans..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. "Almost certainly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Out and up, then? Perhaps we can find what's supposed to be there from the surface. And definitely not fight them now with only the four of us. Five, but my friend isn't the best at fighting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's the plan. I should be able to match the sewers to a surface map. Ideally we'll return with a few squads and a wizard and end this nonsense."

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro takes them back the way they came, past the reservoir and the collapsed cave-in, up both ladders and onto the street. They leave the Shingles and Bridgefront without issue. It's a bright and sunny afternoon as they cross the bridge from Old Korvosa to North Point. From there is the long walk down to the south of Midland where Citadel Volshyenek rests.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a bright and sunny afternoon. That's a little strange, isn't it. In the vision, this was the day Eodred died, killed by Glarataxus in an attack from out of the fog. And there was fog. There is a distinct lack of fog today.

Well, she knew weather was controllable. Glarataxus might be able to, and even if not, whoever it was who stole her from the Bank in the second vision maybe could. It's not news that the conspiracy has weather control, just good to note. (That's... sixth or seventh circle, maybe? Mother might have mentioned a smaller wind control spell at fifth circle in some domain, and Control Weather is bigger than that. Also teleport wizards definitely can't all do it, so it must be at least sixth. How many seventh circle casters can there be in Korvosa anyway... Hiding your circles is easy if you really want to, there could be several.)

Also that means her visions of the days after this are no longer reliable, but that was true as soon as King Eodred didn't die. If anything is going to have an effect, that will.

Permalink Mark Unread

They walk through the doors of the Citadel and arrive back in the planning room. Navarro leaves to meet with his superiors in an urgent debriefing.

Twenty minutes pass in relative silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

An armored guardsmen Tencednil doesn't recognize walks in. "You're Detective Navarro's squad?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, sir."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. The three of you need to come with me. We've an operation to plan, and you're part of it."

He takes them far into Citadel Volshyenek, up multiple flights of stairs. They enter into another planning space, this one full of guardsmen and assistants. The ambient discussion is quite loud.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"How many does Bridgefront have? Can they spare marines? Which access tunnels are unblocked—"

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro notices them walk in. "Ah, you've brought my squad up, captain. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We need all the help we can get right now." The captain turns to Shadi. "Chosen, I've sent a runner to the Church. Hopefully they will send us more clerics." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect they will. Urgathoans are a blight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As was whatever they were dumping in the water. Could have been a poison, could have been a disease, but it wasn't good for the residents. Has anyone asked the otyughs if they have an idea what it's doing? Surely a Fox's Cunning to improve their analysis and conversational abilities isn't beyond the means of the guard. They do eat the stuff, they probably have some sense for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Casting fox's cunning on an otyugh... that might work. I'll go ask if our wizard has any open slots left."

He makes his way back across the room and speaks with a man in simple robes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro walks back over and sighs. "I'm afraid he wants to keep his spells combat focused. Understandable, given the circumstances."

Permalink Mark Unread

She didn't realize the guard was quite that under-resourced. Maybe there's a reason she was necessary for this. "Perhaps tomorrow, then. What do we have actually, if we're going to be assaulting a potentially large cult with an unknown number of clerics who have been actively animating ghouls? I would expect some wizards as well, though I'm sure the Pharasmin knows the standard breakdown of Urgathoan cults better than I could guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have whatever clerics the Church of Pharasma will send us. I'd expect three or four more, after Shadi. We've requested a squad of Sable Company marines. We have two wizards with open spells, one at third circle and one at second. We have our guardsmen. There are at least six cultists down there; we don't know how many are empowered."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hopefully they were releasing the undead, not animating them themselves. A sixth circle cleric is beyond what we can expect to defeat. Even so, they may well hold more concentrated casting than we, some Silences would be useful if any of the respected Pharasmins have it prepared today. Has there been any word of zombies or skeletons in the area? They do tend to be spotted, so if there were none the cult may not have a cleric between third and sixth circle. Onyx isn't hard to find."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've not had any reports of zombies or skeletons in the area. A runner pinpointed our underground position to a warehouse at the edge of Bridgefont. We should be receiving a warrant from an arbiter soon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can hope, then." And she will hope the guards aren't too human to actually plan things decently, because she doesn't have the time to go through all their information.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next twenty minutes...

Permalink Mark Unread

A squad of four Sable Company marines—

Permalink Mark Unread

A dozen more guardsmen—

Permalink Mark Unread

Four clerics; three of Pharasma and one of Sarenrae—

Permalink Mark Unread

And one more wizard enter the planning room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain from earlier yells from the center of the room. "Everyone! Everyone! Your attention, please!"

The ambient discussion fades away. "We have our warrant. We've got them on worshipping a proscribed deity, unregistered alchemical production, and mass agitation of Vault creatures. We believe their bolthole is underneath a warehouse owned by one Reiner Davaulus, who we now also have a warrant for."

He takes a breath. "This operation shall contain two formations. Formation one shall be comprised of myself, the squad of marines, four of our five clerics, our third circle wizard, our sorcerer, and two more squads of guardsmen. Nineteen total. Formation one shall ambush the cultists via the underground access tunnels in the sewers. A runner has located a closer entrance to the depths than the one we used prior."

"Formation two shall be comprised of a second captain, three dozen guardsmen, our last cleric, and our second circle wizard. They shall breach the warehouse on the surface. Like this, we will trap the cultists. If we're lucky, they'll surrender. Our wizard with the first formation will cast light on a small device. When formation one breaches the underground compound, he shall cast it again, and the light with formation two will turn off. That's formation two's signal to breach. Is that clear?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A dozen guardsmen shout. "Yes, sir!"

Permalink Mark Unread

So she's going to be diving into the poorly-explored sewers to try to ambush cultists who were probably prepared for this, and who have been altering the sewer terrain to be better for them. With no real information about the layout or what might be waiting for them. This is a plan which should go perfectly with no flaws whatsoever. Humans.

At this point she's kind of stuck, though, and she does want them to succeed. "Yes, sir. Groups for spell planning?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Formation one, gather over here!" He walks to one corner of the room. "That's most of us. Formation two shall form later."

"Now, spellcasters, what do you have today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard speaks first. "I have mage armor, sleep, two snowballs and a magic missile at first; protection from arrows, mirror image, glitterdust, flaming sphere, and knock at second; dispel magic, two hastes, fireball, and lightning bolt at third. I can haste six, so we'll have twelve buffed."

Permalink Mark Unread

The clerics have a mix of spells. Bless, divine favor, protection from evil, a summon monster, a few bursts of radiance, one silence, etc.

Bless is their big group buff, which will get everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do we have the funds for a Blessing of the Watch? It's redundant with the Blesses, but Cures are good to have and it means we can push their buff durations."

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain nods. "We'll have a blessing of the watch done on everyone when we leave. Clerics, feel free to convert your bless into a cure if the need arises."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits forward, speaking briskly and radiating authority. "In that case, the risk is that the cult does have high circle casters. Mostly clerics, but they have no doubt recruited from the Hall of Whispers, I'd expect some wizardry. Clerics are best with time to prepare, so we want to waste that time. The warehouse blueprint claims it has several rooms, I assume? Worst case, they have zombies and skeletons to slow us down and make noise, then they buff while we're stopped. Blessing of the Watch is our only time limit, so we want to make them waste their buff time. If they come out, they're leaving the safety of their Explosive Runes, or their Symbols if they could find the components, or their shrine-boosted Desecrates, or whatever they have set up. We want that. Shake down a room, make sure it's nice and obvious to anyone in the next that we're on our way in, then wait ten minutes, roll a few dice for an extra ten or so. If they buff up when they hear us coming, we can wait out the times. If they wait, they have to guess our dice. If they buff and come through the door when we don't enter, we get them out of their prepared terrain."

Then she fades back, slumping a bit in her chair, leaning a little awkwardly as she nods to the captain. "...or we go with the standard guard protocol, whatever that is. I have at least six spells left for the day, which can be Color Spray or Ray of Enfeeblement, or they can be a new spell I got this morning. I'd guess it's Silent Image. If I say I'm using my new spell, that means it's an illusion, expect it to be fake and look closely. I'll try for a thick fog, something which could be Obscuring Mist or Fog Cloud, so with luck the Urgathoans won't all see through it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a decent plan. What we do depends mostly on what they do; we're going in loud, demanding their surrender. If they hole up, we'll try to draw them out. Silent image and color spray are both good, but try not to hit our guys with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would you rather be covered knowing it's an illusion, or be uncovered and be an obvious target? I can try for either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We need to see the enemy to fight them. If there's ranged combatants feel free to obscure their sight, but please keep the melee clear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say." If the wizard or the clerics have a different preference, they are free to speak up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The clerics and the wizard do not comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen spend the next fifteen minutes getting fully geared. They gleam in their chainmail, equipped with halberds and swords and crossbows. Both formations, over fifty men together, march down through the Citadel to an outdoor staging area. A priest of Abadar gives them the blessing of the watch. Tencednil feels warm and her nerves settle.

Much attention is paid to them as the formations march together up through Midland and North Point. They cross one of the widest bridges into Old Korvosa. The streets empty before them, shady characters of Bridgefront running into alleys and hiding from the scouring eye of the law.

Permalink Mark Unread

At an three-way intersection, with the Shingles hanging above them, they stop. The first captain speaks. "This is where we split up. Formation one, with me! Formation two, remember the plan!"

The wizard casts light on a small stone and gives it to the second captain. The formations split apart and head in different directions.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain leads them down a dark alley with a wide sewer hole. The tunnel angles downward sharply. "Here's our access point. It should be a few minutes to our destination."

They go forward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sewers are dark and horrible. Lanterns are pulled out and lit. The formation descends rapidly, down long winding staircases. It seems their route this time avoids ladders.

Tencednil recognizes this section of the deep sewers as they emerge from a doorway in the wall. The access tunnels are evenly spaced on the walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Only a few minutes later, they round a corner and they see the barrels. There are now four of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain speaks quietly. "Everyone, get in formation. Marines up front. Wizards and sorcerers in the middle. Clerics spread throughout. Guardsmen leading up the back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems like she'll be prioritizing Ray of Enfeeblement, and possibly Silent Image if she's right about it. She likes being in the middle! It is also a bad place for Color Spray.

She gets in formation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is in formation. "Minute buffs!"

The clerics cast a variety of personal spells. The wizard casts mirror image on himself and haste (twice) on the marines and the guardsmen. Finally, he casts light on a small rock.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Charge!" The captain roars!

They flow forward like a wave, two-by-two, shoulder-to-shoulder down the hallway. A wooden door is visible thirty feet ahead of them, and the marines splinter it like torn paper.

Permalink Mark Unread

"THIS IS THE KORVOSAN GUARD! YOU ARE UNDER ARREST! SURRENDER NOW—"

Permalink Mark Unread

The stinging scent of harsh chemicals chokes this high-ceilinged chamber. Three huge metal vats bubble here, each more than six feet tall. A sturdy series of catwalks ten feet off the stretches over and around the vats, allowing those above to attend whatever horrible liquid produces the foul red mist emanating from each gigantic vessel. Circling the upper portion of the room is an elaborate mosaic of white, black, and green stone that depicts a giant half-skeletal woman in black veils dancing among fields of the dead, undead, and dying.

Permalink Mark Unread

When the door smashes, there are six people in the room. One screams. "Marines! ALARM—"

Permalink Mark Unread

The sound of a great bell ringing echoes through the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain leaps forward and slices twice into a cultist near the door with his long halberd. The wound looks horrible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Sable Company marines are Korvosa's greatest military force. Even without their hippogriffs, they're strong enough to fell mighty threats on the regular.

Faster than the blink of an eye, each marine has loosed three arrows. Three bodies hit the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two clerics of Pharasma sprint for the cultists, but they don't quite manage to land their strikes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two more of the cultists are down under the walkway. They probably have spells, and spells mean they can hide under those walkways and angle things. It took several arrows to drop them, so they're not first circle; it didn't take too many, so second. If they're normal clerics. As Shadi demonstrated, second circle cleric spells can be devastating if they're allowed to land, but spells don't go through walls. She can't make one, but they don't know that.

"Trying the new spell!" Silent Image. The nearest stairwell and most of the opening extending out from the walkway is covered in what appears to be solid stone. There is still a way up, but only by going out to the far stairs and walking up that. Line of sight from beneath should be nearly impossible, and a real stone wall here would make perfect sense, so it shouldn't be obviously fake. Fortunately, you need to look closely at an illusion to have any chance to spot the truth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi strides forward. A bolt of ice forms in her hands and slams into a cultist. It breaks against their skin and doesn't seem to do much.

Permalink Mark Unread

The doors on the right wall of the room opens, and two cultists run through! One of them slices a gash across a marine's arm.

The doors on the left wall of the room open, and four more cultists enter the room. The pause before the wall of stone and cast spells. Bless and three of spiritual weapon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric of Sarenrae casts burst of radiance through the illusory wall. The four cultists from the left door scream and burn.

Permalink Mark Unread

A man in robes strides in from the left door. "Idiots! That's a wall of stone. Go around!" He sprints up the onto the railing and sees the formation. "Marines and guardsmen and clerics and wizards!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Two squads of guardsmen surge forward each, four men each. They move in synchronized steps, skewering two cultists to death on their halberds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril moves forward and aims his crossbow at Rolth, waiting for a good moment...

Permalink Mark Unread

The single remaining cultist from the original six screams and slices a guard across the chest with her battle scythe. He stumbles backward but doesn't go down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, on the surface...

Permalink Mark Unread

The light on the second captain's device goes out. "Now!"

Guards stream forward and break down the door of the warehouse. The interior is dim and musty and full of crates covered with cloth.

"THIS IS THE KORVOSAN GUARD! YOU ARE UNDER ARREST! WE HAVE A WARRANT!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The warehouse is silent.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Spread out and find the way down."

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards search the building. "Found something!" one yells. "There's a cargo elevator here, with winches and everything!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain swears. "Damn, only a few of us can fit in there. Detective, check it for traps, and then we'll take our best down."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks. "It's not trapped as far as I can tell."

Permalink Mark Unread

He points to three guards. "Detective, wizard, with me. We're going down." He pulls the lever on the wall.

The elevator begins to move...

Permalink Mark Unread

In the temple under the earth...

Permalink Mark Unread

The first guard captain slits a cultist's throat in one swing and runs forward up onto the railing.

Permalink Mark Unread

A robed man with a headband shouting about spells is almost certainly a wizard or cleric. Always kill the spellcaster first.

Twelve arrows fly through the illusory wall! Eight tear into him. He stumbles backwards but is not down yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two clerics of Pharasma both back out of melee and cast spiritual weapon. The phantom daggers fly at Rolth but fail to strike him.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't find the space to do anything else around keeping that Image up, and it needs to stay up. Tencednil backs slowly out of the room, holding her concentration tightly as she goes. Her shadow follows.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's wizard strides forward and sends a fireball flying through the illusory stone wall

A low roar fills the room. Four cultists burn to ash. Two are almost dead. The guard captain and Garril were both caught in the blast, and both still stand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi calls a burst of radiance down on Rolth. His skin sears further. Blood pours from his eyes. He stumbles back but still stands.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two more cultists run in through the left door. One from the last group, barely alive, yells "The wall's an illusion!" with his raspy voice.

They both cast spiritual weapon. A phantom scythe swings at a marine and misses. Another swings at Garril and also misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

A woman in a dark green metal armor walks out of the door to the right. She gazes around at the destruction. "Filthy servants of death. Get out of my temple."

Flame Strike.

Permalink Mark Unread

A column of fire, black as the night sky, burns three marines until they're charred and unconscious. The fourth barely manages to dodge out of the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

The two clerics of Pharasma are turned to ash and bones.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two cultists walk through the illusory wall and their spiritual weapons attack the last conscious marine. The phantom scythes slice across his chest. He refuses to fall.

The cultists swing at him with their physical scythes. He dances out of the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric of Sarenrae clutches her holy symbol and channels. The torched marines slowly stand back up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rolth looks around with his bleeding eyes. He sees the piles of corpses. He sees the guards rushing forward. He sees the enemy wizard.

"Fuck this." Dimension Door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril's readied crossbow bolt impacts the wall behind Rolth, just barely too late.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain yells! "Focus all attacks on the main cleric!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Eight guardsmen pour forward. Their halberds swing as one. Lady Andaisin's divine focus is sundered. Her side is sliced open and bleeds.
 

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril steps forward a few paces and takes the head off a cultist with his warhammer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, the elevator reaches its destination...

Permalink Mark Unread

The group of six exits the worryingly fast lift and sees a pair of solid wooden doors with Urgathoa's holy symbol painted across them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro puts his hand out. "They're trapped. I can see it. Disabling it will take too long."

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard casts summon monster, unusually quick as graduates of the Acadamae often do.

A dog runs forward and is sliced into pieces by scythes that emerge from the walls. A fine black powder falls from the ceiling. The trap remains still after firing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Through! Quickly!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The doors are not locked. They open them and find a room full of crates. A particularly large one has been dragged into the chamber’s center, around which stand four mismatched chairs and stools.

The sounds of battle can be heard down the halls. "Hurry!" The second captain yells and runs forward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Returning to the main fight...

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain downs a cultist with his first swing and cuts deep into another with his second.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines are back up, the wizard is gone, and that's a fifth circle priest.

Twelve arrows. Four hits. Three sink into her chest, and one hits her right in the eye. She screams in agony.

Permalink Mark Unread

The minor cultists aren't the threat here. The threat here is the fifth circle cleric of Urgathoa who they apparently knew nothing about. Which is its own catastrophe, but they can discuss that particular bit of idiocy later, when nobody is about to die. And hopefully after several people have died. No symbol will limit her substantially, and it means there's no risk of channeling. With that many guards on her, she would have a hard time casting anyway.

Her scythe is no less dangerous for all that, and a fifth circle cleric is about as good with weapons than your average marine. Better, with her buffs active.

On the other hand, for all her skill, she cannot see through an orb of perfect blackness. Obviously false, yes, but intangible! Physically passing through an intangible illusion doesn't make it obviously false like passing through a wall would. If she takes the time to look closely she'll find a flaw, but that will take her time away from murdering the guards around her.

Silent Image once more, elevated to encompass the woman's head but not going far enough down to make the guards miss her body. That should balance the scales a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's wizard flings a lightning bolt through Lady Andaisin's chest. She stumbles back but still doesn't go down!

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi projects a bolt of ice. It slams into Lady Andaisin's head.

Permalink Mark Unread

She falls to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spiritual weapons from the cultists swing at the marines. Both miss.

The cultists themselves will step sideways a few paces and swing for the captain! One hits, tearing into his shoulder.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seven zombies shamble in through the left doors. Three are covered with horrid diseased pustules.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric of Sarenrae throws a fireball at the group of zombies. Three are consumed completely, and the other four are barely still standing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A guardsman removes Lady Andaisin's head from her shoulders with a single swing of his sword.

The rest of them charge the remaining cultists! They slam the two over the head with their halberds. The cultists fall down and don't get up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril runs at a zombie and tears a hole in its chest. It collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro enters the room from behind the left door! He stabs a zombie through the back of its head. It collapses.

He sees the state of the room. "Holy shit! Are you guys okay?!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The second captain and his squad of guardsmen arrive and make quick work of the remaining zombies.

Permalink Mark Unread

The huge metal vats bubble. For a moment, nothing moves.

Permalink Mark Unread

"By inches! If there is anything else in this entire burning place, more than the Pharasmins will be going before their goddess! We need to get somewhere safe enough for some Channels, and soon. Is that way clear? My new spell should be able to block the other door, and hopefully anything else will have to go the long way around and give us a few moments." Where by block the door she of course means not actually block the door, but the cultists will probably believe it and she'll see them coming.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's no more hostiles back the way we came. This place is linked to the surface with an elevator. More reinforcements should make it down soon, in groups of six."

Permalink Mark Unread

The second captain sighs. "They've got people strapped to horrible devices in one of the other rooms. We need to get them out, once this place is clear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. Horrible torture devices are worrying but not our greatest priority right now; we need to spend at least a few moments channeling and restoring ourselves or we're betting thirty more seconds for them against our lives and the lives of everyone in here that they only had the one high-circle cleric and recruited only a single Whisperer. Is that a bet you're willing to take?" The captain does technically have command, but her plan is obviously right here at any reasonable tradeoffs, she just needs to frame the situation to make that evident to avoid any humanness getting in the way of keeping them all alive.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first captain turns to face the guardsmen. "Execute any who are still alive. Then we'll heal up and clear the rest of this place."

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen execute the unconscious cultists.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric of Sarenrae channels twice. The wounded guardsmen all heal completely. The captain and the marines are still injured, but they look much better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Silent Image over the other door, then she can talk. The guard just saw her cast the giant (apparent) wall, and each of them either failed to see through it or saw how much it saved their lives. Either way, that should get them impressed with her. There won't be a better chance to maneuver them where she wants them to go.

First, she turns to the guard who sundered Lady Andaisin's focus. "Thank you for handling the unholy symbol. Without that, we were two seconds from all dying." Or perhaps running, in her case, but she's not going to say that out loud.

"On that note, she was a fifth circle cleric. And a just recently fifth circle cleric would not have ashed the Pharasmins in a single Flame Strike, she was either high in fifth circle and lucky or scraping the bottom of sixth. The strongest public clerics in Korvosa are Abadar's seventh circle, Pharasma's seventh circle, and Asmodeus's sixth. That puts her as the fourth-strongest cleric in the city, and she was supported by" six, six, another two, that's "fourteen second circles. I'm sure the guard would have known if there was an Urgathoan cult that strong, even in the Shingles. These people came from somewhere outside Korvosa, and they came for a reason. Urgathoa means disease or undead, and they obviously weren't putting much effort into agitating the Vault."

She times herself so this happens right about as the Sarenrite channels the second time. "Captain! Have you been getting reports of disease, anywhere in the city? If not, you need to be looking into it, actively investigating as soon as you can once we're done here. Disease does not wait, and this may be our only warning before all the Shingles are alight with plague."

Yes, if this works, this will bring down the price of Remove Disease. It will also keep the Urgathoans out of the city, and not able to spread their arcane version, however it works, among the local wizards. A city held by an Urgathoan cult out of the Academae is a city with nothing good to scam, no chances to be clever... A healthy underworld needs a healthy city to feed on, and the Urgathoans have no such scruples. She, and the guard, need them and whatever they've been working on out and gone from Korvosa. This is her territory.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've not had any more disease than usual, for this time of year." He gazes up at the huge metal vats. "I don't like the look of this..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro walks up onto the railing. "They're full of the same stuff that was in the barrels. Some sort of red sludge. We should get an alchemist down here."

Permalink Mark Unread

The first captain nods. "Sorcerer, please pull down your wall. We must make sure nothing is left here to ambush us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say. My friend is solid." She checks that there's nothing on the other side right now, then gestures for it to quickly fly through and back. "You should all be able to see through it now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Guardsmen, marines, form up and push into the next room!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, sir!"

They get back in formation.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines also get back in their formation. They're first to breach the next room, through the door on the right.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen follow close behind.

Permalink Mark Unread

The reek of burning wax wafts through this morbid chamber, with several tall, misshapen candles being the apparent source. Workspaces strewn with tall beakers of foul-colored liquids, parchments covered in insidious symbols, and cages of whimpering rodents fill large alcoves in both the northern and southern walls. A pair of huge stone doors hang ajar to the east, revealing a long hallway leading further into the dark. At the room’s center stand four large, cylindrical glass vats, each filled with a bubbling emerald fluid that tints the chamber’s light a noxious green. Within each suspension floats a malformed abomination—something part human, part angel, and part horse—things of half-formed muscle with dead, fleshless equine skulls. Three of the forms are motionless, but the fourth twitches now and then.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What the fuck..."

They slowly walk across the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's wizard casts detect magic and peers at the vats. "They're magical. Don't touch them! I think these are demons of some kind, but I'm not sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You need devil's blood for Infernal Healing, is there anything that uses demon blood?" She probably doesn't need to keep her concentration on the Image at this point, but there's no point dropping it yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not that I'm aware of, but I'm sure they had some dreadful use for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines continue forward into the next room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The long hall opens into a circular chamber rising into a high dome. Seven basins jut from the walls, ensconced within evenly spaced alcoves that circle the room. Each is filled to the brim with a unique liquid—blood, bile, milk, or other unidentifiable fluid. Each fills the air with its own distinct reek, creating a noxious, eye-watering bouquet. On the floor around each basin lie several small, empty metal boxes carved with images of skulls. At the room’s center, rising from a wide pool of crystalline water, is a golden statue that is both erotic and horrifying. The statue depicts a beautiful nude woman who is human above the waist, but below this, the figure is nothing more than a skeleton.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard is still detecting. "There's an unhallow in here. One of the basins is magical, the rest aren't."

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines search the room. One of them turns back. "No more hostiles, as far as we can tell."

Permalink Mark Unread

She drops the Image. It's too far away to be relevant, and taking up too much of her attention.

"Is that real gold? Where did they get that much? And how often are Unhallow components sold in the city? Unless this went through the Asmodeans, they should have left traces. Or migrated here from somewhere else, in which case the question is what brought them here."

Permalink Mark Unread

The first captain snorts. "Oh, it's merely gold plated, if it's real at all. Someone with that much gold would sell it and buy something actually useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The components for hallow and unhallow are the same. I don't know if anyone has sold them recently."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll ask the Bank if they have any records that could match."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even so, how many Hallows are cast regularly? It's fifth circle and it lasts, there aren't that many regular casters in the city or that much need for it, so the component sales should be obvious. The sculpture's also impressive work, and it looks too fine for Stone Shape even setting aside the detailing on the gold. If we can't trace the materials, we might seek the crafter. Surely they can't have been here for more than a year or so, how many master sculptors were unavailable for commission for long enough to make something like this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes. The guard finds no more hostiles within the facility, and soon enough dozens and dozens of guardsmen have descended the elevator into the temple.

No stone is left unturned, no door unopened, no cabinet unsearched. They free the seven people strapped into the strange devices. They're barely alive and need a channel to even stand upright. They find a secret door in an unassuming wall. It opens into a living space and contains a full size alchemist's lab. Another room contains a glass display full of animate undead bones. A channel destroys it. Many rooms contain books and notes. All is collected.

Magic items are identified and placed in a pile. They recover seven magic breastplates, twenty-eight potions of cure light wounds, two potions of barkskin, a major breastplate, a major vicious scythe, a belt of mighty constitution, a headband of inspired wisdom, a major cloak of resistance, a block of incense of meditation, a robe of bones, a wand of cure serious wounds with 27 charges, and a wand of remove disease with 8 charges.

They also recover a variety of mundane items, including two grim candelabras made from human hands encased in silver, several sticks of exotic incense, twelve bottles of Nidalese midnight wine, a rune-etched onyx sculpture of a skull, twenty-three black onyx gems, a crate of rare Vudrani silks, diamond dust for restoration, a diamond for raise dead, and a little over five thousand silver shields in coinage.

The mundane items are worth an estimated 100,512 silver shields. The magic items are worth an estimated 686,797 silver shields. In total, the guard recovers 787,309 silver shields worth of loot from the hidden temple of Urgathoa.

Permalink Mark Unread

An impressive amount of money which will all go to people who are not her. Not that there was any way for her to get a reasonable share of the proceeds of this raid, of course, and accounting herself impressively in the combat should improve her chances of managing that if there's a next time. Plus the other advantages of having multiple guard captains who respect her ability to fight above her circles. Doesn't make her any happier. 

(Alright, yes, obviously some of the money goes to the Pharasmins in case they want to raise their dead. Still! If the call for volunteers had included a tenth of the loot to split between them as a Fairness-touched captain judges equitable, they could have funded nearly eight people at ten thousand shields each! Ten thousand shields for one day's work will get you a lot of spells! This isn't even Ulon's teachings, Abadar should be enough to fix this. That's what he gets for working through a human church. Greedy idiots who can't manage basic long-term incentives even when their lives so often do depend on it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen seem to have mostly forgotten about Tencednil. They've brought down an alchemist, who is currently poring over a huge stack of books and notes the guardsmen have collected. He delivers grave news. The Urgathoans have created a terrible fungal disease called blood veil. Physical contact spreads the disease. It is impossible to recover from without magic once contracted. A typical human dies within seven days. There is some form of immunity, manifested rarely by Varisians, but the Urgathoans still have not figured out what causes it. The fungal spores have already been infused into part of Old Korvosa's water supply. They also used magical coffers in the room with the statue to bind the disease to coins, which they made purchases with.

Permalink Mark Unread

She casts a few longing glances at the cloak as it's identified. She doesn't actually expect to get anything, but she can at least make them feel bad about it.

"If it's incurable without magic, it's going to keep going around, it won't fade away like a normal influenza. Old Korvosa is a bit isolated by the Narrows, but people travel between there and the Heights every day, in large numbers. If this blood veil doesn't die out, it's going to catch people with actual money, and it's going to keep happening. The Abadarans won't strike preemptively even if it would be cheaper overall, but if you tell them under Truthtelling there's a threat of a magically incurable epidemic — and if it's in the currency it'll be everywhere, not just Old Korvosa — they can ask around the nobles. Better to pay for two or three Removes today than buy another every time it gets back up there, even setting aside how it looks to spend good shields curing the new disease. If you do this right, and it hasn't started spreading yet, we may yet avoid a quarantine longer than a week or two." And emergency rates on Remove Disease for a full week will keep Mother happy and keep the temples happy, and the guard just got a substantial influx of money to make up anything they couldn't get out of the Heights. She's not going to say that, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard will certainly consider her advice, but this is beyond the authority of a captain. A report is being composed for the Field Marshal about the situation. They're going to wait for her response.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is a reasonable procedure for them to have. "Should I stay around for a debriefing, or are we done here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain shakes his head. "I don't think that will be necessary. Your help was much appreciated during this operation. If you're looking for paid work, we contract spellcasters with proven skills. You may be first circle, but that was good thinking back there. If you want, I can put in a good word with the spells office."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! It would be appreciated, I could always use the money. And if the things you risk are anything like this, I'm all the more convinced helping the guard is a good use of my time." They're probably not, but if her being available is the difference between an evil cult sticking around and leaving Korvosa, she will happily be available.

Home, then. She collapses into her hammock quickly today, all her jitteriness leaving her exhausted as it fades. That was far more of a risk than she thought she was taking, but far more of a reward than she expected to find at the end. Even if she didn't get any of the cult's stash, a good reputation with the guard and her name on their list of people to hire are useful results. Could she have done better? Almost certainly, but she did well enough, the plague is as prevented as it was ever going to be, and she survived it all. Anything more than that can happen tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, SARENITH 6th, 4708

URGATHOAN CULT DESTROYED, PLAGUE STRIKES OLD KORVOSA

The papers print tales of the heroics of the guardsmen and marines, and dire warnings about the blood veil. Instructions on how to tell infected coins from clean ones without touch can be found in every paper. Many of the wells in Old Korvosa have been closed under the watchful eye of the Guard. Unrest begins to grow. The weather is partially cloudy with lots of sun.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's first vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

They certainly were! If the cult would have been destroyed without her intervention, she wouldn't have gone to nearly as much trouble!

It's been a while, possibly long enough to check whether Anton and Julio have made any progress on their selling. There were also some books from the first vision she was going to ask them about, and they might also be looking into their Acid Splashes, which would make it more convenient.

First she checks at the Bank for any mail Mika might have sent her, though. Hopefully she was fast enough to prevent him from catching the plague, but if not, he might have sent a letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil has two letters waiting for her at the Bank.

One is from Mika, letting her know that he has moved and has a new address, printed in the letter. If she has any jobs that could use someone with his particular skills, she can feel free to come by. She's also welcome if she just wants to hang out. The second is from Anton and Julio. They've sold the black onyx and the crystal for a total profit of a little over three thousand silver shields. Under market rate, but her share has been transferred to her account. They paid someone to defuse the trapped red book. It was indeed Matei's spellbook, which they aren't going to sell, at least right now. The green and grey books probably aren't of interest to her unless she cares about horrible experiments mixing alchemy and necromancy, apparently performed far to the south in Geb.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, Mika is not at particular risk. Anton and Julio are bad at selling things, which is to be expected, all things considered. Horrible experiments mixing alchemy and necromancy are currently interesting to her only inasmuch as they involve the Urgathoan plague, and in particular the defusing of it.

She composes a letter back to Anton and Julio. How have they been doing? Have they been looking into improving their Acid Splash form? She has after that zombie fight, she would like to be a bit more effective against zombies than she was there. She hunted down some information about brimstone apparently improving it, but it looked expensive for wizards — sorcerers can apparently replicate its effects themselves with a little testing, or at least she can, but they might not be able to get the spell to shut up and stop complaining as well as she can. She also saw a list of books, but they're at the Academae, and the library is famously the best place in Korvosa to find any research material a low-circle wizard might want. Have they ever seen any of these? It might be worth looking into, especially if they're planning to go out on an adventure like that again, and if they do she would love to hear it. Anyway, she's been spending her time with the Guard for the past week, the bust was very impressive, the sewers exploration maybe less so but it was probably necessary even if it was stinky. How have they been? Getting back into the pace of the Academae after the Breaching? Professor Vargas was impressive, are his classes suddenly full?

She goes on for a while. They will expect her to ramble, and she can go on at great length without needing to say that much. By the time she's satisfied with her composition, it's about three and a half pages, neatly written in small, cleanly printed letters. It looks like the letter of an excited sorcerer who's more interested in the idea of the Academae than spiteful at its rejection of sorcery, a sorcerer only getting her first taste of combat experience and somewhere between delighted and terrified. They will doubtless appreciate almost none of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank can have her letter sent to the Acadamae, for a small fee.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes please!

Now... she has a letter from Mika inviting her over to hang out, and she should check he didn't catch blood veil from any of the early infested wells. She'll wander over that direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's suddenly a little windy...

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. That seems unusual, and the weather has been strange recently. (And magically influenced. And magical influence can probably cause hurricanes.)

Detect Magic, and she'll wander over towards the nearest door in case something happens out here.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't detect anything. It's remains windy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not just here, then. If there's magic it would probably be on the whole of Korvosa, but it was good to check.

She keeps wandering down the streets, but she makes sure to stay close to a door whenever she can, preferably with nobody else between her and it. If she needs to run inside suddenly, she wants to run into as few people as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The clouds are moving alarmingly quickly. Within two minutes, rain begins to fall softly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep alright that is a bad sign. How far is it to the nearest bank branch? If she can run there in a minute or so, she will start running. If not, she'll just dive into the nearest shop.

Permalink Mark Unread

The nearest bank branch is the one she just came from.

Permalink Mark Unread

So it is. She hasn't been walking that long, and the central bank is quite secure. She runs back as quickly as she can. "Just to wait out the rain, I'll be back off soon enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

The rain quickly ceases to be soft. The wind howls. The deep fog returns, just as she remembers it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's a little ominous! And blinding! If this is how humans feel when it's dark out, no wonder they don't like the night so much, not being able to see clearly is kind of terrible!

Permalink Mark Unread

Within minutes the rain becomes torrential. Effective visibility is reduced to five feet. Ranged weapon attacks become impossible. Open flames go out.

Permalink Mark Unread

She definitely was not planning on making any ranged weapon attacks from inside the Bank of Abadar. Inside is a wonderful invention and humans are insane for building their cities above the ground where things like this can just happen sometimes. (Also this is definitely magical, predicting the natural weather a few days out is just not that hard with basic magic. Korvosa may be a city but it has far too much trade to be devoid of Gozrehns.)

Permalink Mark Unread

A group of clerics walk quickly through the Bank toward the entrance.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not the Acadamae. Vargas or Ornelos would've warned us before calling up something like this. I will dispel it."

The Archbanker casts a spell and flies upward out the entrance and into the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

She isn't exactly going to be helping him here! If this kills him there is really very little she can do about it. Hopefully it doesn't. He'll be quite exposed his way up... well, clerics are never that vulnerable. If they're prepared.

He is a remarkably impressive sight like that. Mother can prepare Air Walk, but not Fly. That must be one of Abadar's domains.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lightning cracks and thunder booms—

Permalink Mark Unread

A rasping voice screams in the ear of every intelligent creature within sixteen miles of Korvosa.

"KNOW THE WRATH OF URGATHOA, WORMS! KNOW IT AND DESPAIR! YOUR KING LIES DEAD BEFORE ME!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The source of the screams that fill the Bank is a much easier to discern.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. She knew the forces aimed at the king's neck included high-circle casters, now she just has more confirmation of that.

She should have told him to get succession plans prepared. Her own fault, she shouldn't have expected him to think things through that well. It was always possible he would manage to survive, but without knowing his enemy, with just knowing there was a threat against him, and that only a week before he would have died? Hopeless.

Maybe having a common obvious target in the Urgathoans will prevent Korvosa from getting too heated. If nothing else, whoever takes power will have an easy path to gaining some legitimacy. ...and she'd take even odds they will also be in on the conspiracy, but as long as playing their role involves kiling Urgathoans and preventing disease, maybe she won't have any complaints. Every silver lining has its cloud to hide behind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the people of Korvosa are currently too terrified for rioting, but that probably won't last long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wizards are often unwise. Sixteen miles is a very long distance. Mage's decree doesn't do any translation, but having a sourceless voice scream in your ear is disturbing even if you can't understand it. The sewers stir; goblins and reefclaws and otyugh and ettercaps and wererats and derro all hear the scream. The Vaults slowly grind awake; chuul and devils and ghouls and mohrgs and vampires and doubtless more all hear the scream. In Nar-Voth and Sekamina and as deep as Denebrum; all intelligent things hear this terrible scream.

Do not call up what you cannot hope to put down.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Archbanker flies back into the entrance. "The horrible weather shall be gone soon!"

He turns to face a group of clerics. "Increase security at all facilities! Send men to Castle Korvosa! We must learn the truth."

Permalink Mark Unread

They either had no plan to prevent the blatantly obvious counter to the Control Weather or they didn't care enough to. Whatever this is, it's been planned for at least weeks, so they had time to make a plan. That means getting to the castle won't be helpful, and their first guess would have been one of Korvosa's seventh circle clerics doing the Dispel, so they have a plan for a seventh circle cleric. Do they regularly prepare Resurrection? It is one of the things you need seventh circle for, so at least Tuttle probably has buyers, and King Eodred surely bought resurrection insurance after the warning. That means... either his body has been entirely stolen or he's been animated as undead? Probably?

If they want to look Urgathoan, undead would be the obvious play. Raise Dead doesn't work on a body animated even after the zombie has been destroyed, but possibly Resurrection does? If so, they would have to run off with the undead to keep it safe. That kind of ruins the point, at that point it's easier to just take the body from the start. She would guess no body will be findable, then, but it's also possible he just has some horrible disease which isn't curable in a corpse and kills him instantly if he's raised or something like that. She probably won't know any time soon, either way. Maybe someone will put out an announcement. It might even be true.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next ten minutes, the weather reverts to its prior state, calm and sunny.

Chaos reigns in the streets. Unlike her first vision, this is no riot of fury, but one of terrified panic. The Abadarans and the Guard deploy their shield-walls at the front entrance of the Bank. Nobody knows what has happened, other than the scream. Is the King really dead?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't actually do very much right now, not with a few Silent Images and her total lack of advance knowledge. The disease will spread perfectly well even if it no longer has cultist actively propagating it, though, and this conspiracy might do some disease-spreading on their own. Between that and the Abadarans bringing out the shield walls, Mother will be delighted by the chance to make some money efficiently. She checks that the bank is potentially interested in hiring another cleric's aid today and services tomorrow, then runs back home to tell Mother what she's seen.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank is definitely interested in hiring more clerics. The next few days are going to be such a disaster.

Permalink Mark Unread

That means the prices will definitely be high enough to interest Mother!

Running over and back is easy this time. Even if there will be looters like the vision showed, it's too early for them to be out and looting. Once Mother and her brother (and most of their valuable lootable objects, secreted away in various unobtrusive locations) have been brought safely to the Bank, though, what are the streets looking like? Is everyone still cowering inside? Some bold investigators starting to emerge? Everyone already up in arms?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a mix. A lot of people are hiding inside, some people are out on the streets panicking, guardsmen are moving rapidly to some unclear purpose. The looters and criminals haven't come out yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some people have theft insurance from the Bank, and some of it isn't going to turn off in the current situation. That means the Bank has an interest in minimizing the looting, probably mostly around their branches. Tencednil will look for a spare banker.

"Does anyone around here have theft insurance? Setting the Bank's guards entirely around the bank will keep it safe, but the guard seems to be leaving the area, and nobody around is calm. As soon as one person starts stealing, and another sees the guard not responding, there is going to be a wave of theft. If you can prevent that first step, I expect the Bank would save itself quite a bit of money with a minor commitment of guards." And she is of course willing to be hired to aid such a patrol, especially if she can be paid proportionally to the looting she prevents, so she can take things from the idiot looters and not get in trouble doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank of Abadar has indeed realized this. They will absolutely pay her a good wage for her color sprays and her silent images as part of a patrol.

However, law enforcement is not an adventurer's guild. They're not thieves. In most cases they don't "steal" things from criminals. Many crimes carry a penalty involving loss of material wealth, but there's typically a trial and sentencing to determine the particulars. If she takes items from criminals as part of arrests, she will have to return them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course she'll have to return them! They could just pay her a percentage of how much she saved them! That would be to her advantage, because she can almost certainly be more effective than they're expecting, and if they don't think she'll be useful they might expect to save money that way. But she will also go out on patrol for a boring normal rate, as long as it's a reasonably good rate. At least this way she can knock out the absolute incompetents without it being a risk with no upside.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank sends her with their first patrol, covering the southern parts of North Point.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes some time for the thieves and looters to emerge... but emerge they eventually do.

Down the street from the patrol, a group of five men have broken into a closed shop and are currently filling sacks with stolen goods.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thieves! You are under arrest! Put down the goods—"

Permalink Mark Unread

One of thieves shouts. "Guardsmen from the Bank! Run!"

They move out the front door and begin sprinting down the street.

Permalink Mark Unread

With their proceeds? How about no. A Silent Image of a wall worked well before and it should work well again. If they don't see a way to run besides towards the guards, they won't try to fight.

"The nice guard said to put down the goods."

Permalink Mark Unread

The thieves look at the wall and then back at the guardsmen. They drop the sacks.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen surround them and walk them to a nearby guard outpost with a jail.

"Good work with that wall."

Permalink Mark Unread

She gestures, and the wall shakes, shudders, and drops back into the ground. It leaves some minor traces— she gestures again, more sharply, and the remaining rubble jerks out of sight, leaving no trace.

(Or, in other words, the illusion goes straight down into the ground, vanishing in an entirely plausible way for an actual wall-creation spell, stopping for a moment along its path.)

"Thank you! I'm not just being paid for looking pretty." That seems like a properly Academae wizard-style well-rehearsed way to take a compliment. Applicable in many situations, perfectly suited to a wizard who can memorize perfectly and can't adjust to the faces around her even when they're blatantly telling her what to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

The patrol puts the thieves in jail and continues on. In total, they make a couple dozen arrests. Tencednil gets to use color spray and silent image a few more times.

The streets grow more chaotic in strange ways. Less looters and thieves, more panicked people out of work. Unlike Tencednil's vision, no fires started in Midland.

Permalink Mark Unread

Panicked people she can't help, but it's good to be doing something about this nonsense. Brute force smashing and grabbing is offensive, the guards all being pulled away for whatever internal unrest is happening in the Heights is an obvious failure, and at least this time someone is paying to make the problems less bad. The lack of fires is probably for other reasons, but the reason might be a better-funded guard, which is due to her.

She may not have succeeded at preventing the king's death, but at least so far, this seems like a much better city to be an Ulonite in than the city she saw in the first vision. A victory, then, at least until she learns more about who the new ruler is.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, SARENITH 7th, 4708

HIS MAJESTY, KING EODRED ARABASTI II, SLAIN BY SERVANTS OF URGATHOA

The newspapers say the King and his seneschal were deep within Castle Korvosa when a horrible power destroyed them utterly. The dreadful scream was heard soon across the city mere moments after. None know the identity of the culprit. A commune from Abadar confirmed the King's death but returned only unclear results about the state of his soul. The Queen has announced a full sweep of the city, searching for any remaining Urgathoans. Monsters have begun to pour forth from the sewers, driven upward by more horrible things rising in the Vaults.

The newspapers on this day were different in Tencednil's first vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

They certainly were. Ileosa was the obvious next person to sit on the throne, so she might not be a conspiracy member — if the conspiracy failed, she would be expected. Conversely, that makes her better motivated to get Eodred killed, and she did claim the throne in the vision where the conspiracy went as planned. Tencednil probably won her bet, in other words.

Sweeping for Urgathoans is obvious, correctly gains her legitimacy she deeply needs right now, and will let whatever guards Ileosa has suborned plant evidence on anyone she wants to execute. Best to watch for claimed executions, then. It's possible there are some actual Urgathoans as well — that one wizard did manage to teleport out, for instance — but it's important to track who the conspiracy is killing. That will be the best sign for when they need to run.

Monsters from the sewers are... strange. The Vaults were opened by the Urgathoans, and the plague was very conveniently timed to give Ileosa legitimacy when she crushes it. Especially if that alchemist was right, and they actually can create a cure, which would be a masterstroke for gaining the trust of Korvosa. That all holds together very nicely, but why would the conspiracy be waking up monsters they'll have to crush? Things rising up from beneath are actually dangerous! Unless Ileosa is getting substantial funding, and probably magical support, from her coconspirators, she's not going to have the forces to handle them! Are they really dumb enough to not think of that? This is a lot of wizardry bent to a task with at least some subtlety, surely they considered the consequences at least a little...

Humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, this does mean the guard will probably be calling in what help they can get sometime soon. Especially since... how is the Academae doing? The visions showed it sealed, but there's much less disaster in the streets now, so maybe it's not. She should be able to handle wild dogs this time. After slipping on her shadows, Tencednil... recolors herself to a more generic human appearance, rounds off her ears with some paste, dismisses her shadows... and makes her way up the hill towards the Academae.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Acadamae is closed to outsiders. In the normal way, with a portcullis. There's a guard post embedded in the wall staffed by perhaps more guards than usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, the nice boring kind of closed. That means the guard will not be panicking and flailing for spells, which technically lowers the price she can expect them to be paying for her services, but more importantly it means the guard can expect to have arcane support when they need it. They have money they weren't planning to have, they have locally available high-circle wizards who also want them to succeed, they should be fine. The Vaults can't be that bad, right?

Down to the Bank to check if she got any mail, then. (She reverts her skin and picks the paste off her ears in an alley on the way.) It's possible the guard is already sending out requests. If not, she never actually talked to Mika yesterday. Maybe she can manage it today!

Permalink Mark Unread

She has one letter waiting for her at the Bank. It's from the Office of Spells at the Korvosan Guard. It informs her that the guard would like to pay for her spellcasting, when the need arises. The letter contains no requests, but given the language it was probably sent yesterday, before the disaster began.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does make sense, it would take some time to process. Possibly she should confirm that she is still available despite recent events? Does this letter have anything in particular she is supposed to do, or is it just a notification of intent?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's just a notification of intent.

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case she will happily go about her day. If they need her, they'll tell her.

Once more she sets off from the bank towards Mika's new living place. Hopefully this time she won't be interrupted by either a tornado or a king being murdered.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are no tornadoes or slain kings on her path through Midland. Mika's new address is at an apartment building in Pillar Hill. It's a slightly nicer building than the one she remembers in Old Korvosa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does she have an apartment number? If not, she is perfectly happy to ask for directions.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does have an apartment number, for a place up on the second floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes this easy. She walks up and knocks on the apartment door. "Mika? It's Tencednil!"

Permalink Mark Unread

After a few moments, the door opens. "You got my letter! 'tis nice to see you again. Especially with the whole mess going on now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did! I was on my way down yesterday, actually, but then it got windy and the rain started falling and I ran inside, and, well, long story short I didn't get here. It's good to see you! I was worried you would be caught in the quarantine, the guard are quite serious about it. Which makes sense, magical ritually-produced Urgathoan plague seems bad, but it is inconvenient, and at such a dreadful time. I guess if it really was Urgathoans who killed the king it isn't a coincidence, but everything happening at once does make it all worse. Anyway, I'm glad to see you're safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks. Come in!" He leads her into his apartment. It's a little bigger than his old one. His stuff has been unpacked. "I bought this place with some of my share. No more rent, which is very nice. Of course I have property tax now, but it's much less than rent was."

He sits down at a table. "What've you been up to, these days? I've mostly been getting settled in here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, well, there's a reason I know about the plague. I was looking for a way to go back down, finish off my circle and be sure I knew what to spend my share on. I didn't want to dive in on my own, though, so I saw the guard asking for volunteers to talk to the otyughs and I thought oh, that sounds safe, the guard can hire clerics and has people with nice big metal armor on to hide behind. So back on the 4th, I went to the station to volunteer and ended up looking in the sewers. The next day, I came back, we went a bit farther, and what do you know, there were the Urgathoans dumping their fungus stuff straight into the sewer water. It did explain what the otyughs were complaining about, that's for sure. So I spent Fireday helping them breach the Urgathoan cult, yesterday I saw it in the papers, and you know the rest from there. It's been a busy week!"

She already told this to Anton and Julio in her letter, there's no point trying to hide it from Mika. Trying to maintain a lie like that when she's expecting more work from the Guard would also be far more effort than it's worth, even more so when she's so identifiable. Also she doesn't have any specific reason to conceal it, but a memory never really dies, by the time you know you need to hide something it's too late to start.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's quite the mess you got yourself into. Glad you made it out alive. I heard they had a high circle priest and undead and other horrible things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They did! It was a little tight, but we managed. I knew the Marines are good at their job, but seeing them just keep putting arrows into casters and seeing the casters keep dropping does hammer it home. Even without their hippogriffs, they're masters with their bows. And speaking of the Marines and the guards, how was yesterday around here? We saw a little bit of looting, but the Abadarans sent out a guard squadron and cracked down on the first few, and that pretty much stopped there. Did you have any of the normal guard around here? I heard some hippogriffs in the air but I didn't actually see any."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yesterday was quite chaotic. The guard and the marines have been patrolling. There's been beasts coming up from the sewers, mostly in Old Korvosa but some around here too. And the looters and opportunists and such."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Is there more coming up from the sewers? I know the otyughs were getting restless, and there were a few ghouls leaking out of the Vaults. The otyughs should be better by now, though, the Urgathoans were feeding them the disease and that was probably the problem. Are there other things I should be watching out for on the streets? It's best to know what to run from..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really know specifics. I heard rumors about goblins coming up but I'm not sure if it's true. Most of my old sources are back where I used to live. I haven't talked with any of 'em since I moved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah well. Hopefully it's nothing worse than goblins."

That's everything she really wanted to learn from this interaction, so now it's time to make that less obvious. Basic relationship maintenance is always good, but it's going to be prolonged. Fortunately she doesn't have anything urgent coming up. 

"So, how has your move been? And where were you before? I can help you get used to the changes, but it's easier if I know where you're starting from. Is there anything you're having trouble finding around here? I don't know the area that well, but I'm sure we can go around and knock on a few doors and hunt something down..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika will answer her questions and make small talk for some time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually, Tencednil leaves Mika's apartment. It's a little later in the day now. The city continues to be struck with chaos.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends the rest of the day poking around the area, dropping by bars and listening to rumors, trying to get a sense of the word on the street. How are people feeling about Ileosa? How people believe in the Urgathoan threat? Has anyone actually seen these monsters from the vaults, or is it all a friend of a friend? Monsters which are only ever rumored until they're dead would be a convenient way to shore up the Queen. If anyone asks what she's doing, she's just helping her friend move in and get used to the area, going around to get a sense of what's near him now. She'll have to give him details sometime in the next week or so for that to work, but that's not fundamentally a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

People didn't like the Queen before and don't like her now, but more than anything they're fearful of the Urgathoans. Some people claim to have seen monsters; dire rats and goblins and an alligator, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just the normal sewer creatures, then. Are things from the Vaults pushing them out? Why? It can't be that quick. Still, at least for now that doesn't seem too dangerous. If people believe the Urgathoan threat, that's definitely a path for the Queen to minimize rebellion, which... might be good? It's yielding power to a conspiracy, but if the conspiracy is really just a coup handled with a bit more elegance that's not a problem. Actual Urgathoans could be much more of one.

Tencednil is much happier now that she has a better sense of the population. Even if she shouldn't need it, you can't know what you don't need to know until you've checked. Still, there goes the day, and humans aren't out much when it's dark. Back home, and some practicing with Silent Image before getting to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
MOONDAY, SARENITH 8th, 4708

MORE URGATHOANS FOUND BY GUARD, NIGHTTIME CURFEW IN FORCE

The Guard has found another cell of Urgathoans. A public execution has been scheduled for later today. The riots in Old Korvosa grow ever stronger. More monsters breach up from the sewers. The containment perimeter around the Shingles fails. Midland has mostly been spared the worst of it, so far, and the port remains open. The Order of the Nail dispatched a force from Citadel Vraid to help quell the chaos, and it arrived this morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urgathoans", at least. They might be real, but the Queen would be finding them even if they weren't. She'll have to go to the execution and see what they announce.

The Shingles were being contained? What needed containment? She must have missed something. That definitely illustrates why she should have spent more time asking around yesterday, and in more varied places. If the Hellknights are coming like the vision showed, this is either another (potential, threatened) riot or someone is looking for an excuse to call them. Or the sewer-beasts are much worse there, to the point where the Order is actually needed. That would be a coincidence, but only most coincidences are someone's fault. 

Anyway, first things first. Anything at the Bank? If things are getting dangerous in the Shingles and leaking out of it, they may well be calling all the casters they can get, and she is newly on that list.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has one letter waiting for her at the Bank. It's from the Office of Spells at the Korvosan Guard. They request her presence at Citadel Volshyenek, today if possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a surprise. It was the obvious choice for a reason, and the guard isn't even trying to be unexpected. To Citadel Volshyenek, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Citadel Volshyenek is somehow even busier than she remembers. She's led up to a different office than her previous visits.

A clerk speaks to her. "Hello. We would like to hire you as part of our monster prevention task force. If you accept, it is likely you will spend extended time underground."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Time underground isn't a problem. How much are the Abadarans charging for resurrection insurance per day, how much for insurance against other long-term injuries, and how much does it pay?" She may well not be able to pay her own resurrection insurance, but it's a good metric for danger which doesn't rely on humans to give her accurate information rather than conveniently skewing what they believe 'very dangerous' means. Not that she'd trust that from anyone with such a strong reason to lie to her. And if the risk of death is that high, or the pay is that low, she might need to think this over a little longer, though she is better than the Abadarans will expect.

Permalink Mark Unread

The clerk pages through a small book. The price of insurance for raise dead is currently quite a bit higher than normal (although this rate is only an estimate and prices vary substantially between individuals). An insurance package covering most long-term injuries, via either restoration or regenerate has not increased nearly as much. The numbers imply a higher risk of death than usual, but not an extremely higher risk.

"For you, we're currently offering fifteen silver shields per day, plus a share of any items recovered underground, so long as those items don't belong to any legal persons of Korvosa."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's an acceptable rate." A little low for her depth of spellcasting, but she doesn't have any of the really valuable spells at first circle. She isn't actually going to buy resurrection insurance, but if the Abadarans don't think the risk has gone up that much they're probably right. "Who will I be working with?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Detective Navarro has requested you be placed with his new squad. It also contains a second circle cleric of Abadar."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, a cleric of Abadar, that makes Blessing of the Watch much easier. "We worked well together previously." She gives an approving nod. "Where and when?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe they wanted to leave within an hour. Last I heard, they're headed to the region under Garrison Hill in Old Korvosa. Navarro's office is in the same place as usual."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A deal, then. You have the paperwork?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The clerk does have some paperwork. A lot of it is in the internal guard notation. The contract she has to sign is in plain Taldane. It essentially restates what the clerk already told her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The internal guard notation continues to be someone else's problem. Contract signed, she makes her way to Navarro's office. "Hello again! I'm told you requested me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah! Tencednil. Good to have you with us. We're going to find more breaches in the Vaults. Parts of Old Korvosa are being slowly overrun."

Permalink Mark Unread

"More of the undead, then? What do you anticipate encountering? Image will assist against ghouls, and even more against the more thoughtless undead we may encounter, but it's best used with a plan, and plans must first be grounded in facts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hard to know. As far as we can tell, everything intelligent in a very large area heard the mage's decree. People reported it for miles in the outlying farms. It could've disturbed basically anything down there."

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks about that for a moment before apparently putting together what he means. She flinches before recovering herself.

"You think it went down? Oh. Oh dear." That would explain an increasing danger level on the streets, and would also be terrible news. Mother tells many stories of the deep. While the sunlit wilderness here is bad, the World Beneath has things which have not been disturbed in Mother's memory. For the best, from her stories.

Or, apparently, things which had not been disturbed.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "The situation could certainly be better. I suspect the beasts near the surface are being pushed upward by things deeper down. Many of the tunnels need to be sealed, probably with magic. We need to figure out which ones to seal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Urgently, yes.  Abberations, then, or do you mainly anticipate Vaults undead for the present moment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect undead, given they were already near the surface, but I wouldn't rule out other possibilities."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mainly Images, then, and the mindless undead should handle them predictably. I shall wait until the others arrive to go through the options, but the easy uses are a thick mist with warning and an apparent wall which zombies mostly will not stop to consider. The mist is preferable for fighting, the wall splits a pack."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Those seem like good ideas."

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes. Around fifteen minutes later, the cleric of Abadar walks in.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, I'm Oriol."

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes the cleric's hand. "Detective Navarro, at your service."

Permalink Mark Unread

Handshake! "Tencednil, sorcerer. How much did it cost the guard to hire you out?" It would be a useful anchor point for how valuable they think she is, and also just good to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Handshake. "Thirty silver shields."

Permalink Mark Unread

Twice what they paid her? A cleric of Abadar who can cast Truthtelling with all those slots, has several channels, and is probably selling them a Blessing of the Watch already? They're paying her reasonably well, then, she must have been impressive. She knew she was, but it's still good to hear.

"I see. I assume you will be waiting to Bless more than just us before we go out? I have Color Spray and Silent Image, as well as Ray of Enfeeblement. Sorcerer castings, though, I have six a day reliably, and some days seven." Open with her spells to prompt for spells prepared, everyone needs to know their options anyway and it's always useful to look open.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll be doing a blessing of the watch before we leave, covering all available personnel. I have a set of combat spells prepared today."

Permalink Mark Unread

She rolls a die. "If I say procedure five, the spell I am about to cast is in truth an illusion. If we wish to fill in other plans, it may aid in obfuscation, but there is no need."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good to know. In a few minutes the Guard will gather for the blessing. Then we leave. Garril will also be with us today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I approve, he was competent." She turns to Oriol. "So you have Hide from Undead, or only combat spells today? If we have a reliable escape from at least the mindless undead, we can be much more aggressive without compromising safety."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do have one hide from undead today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can be bold, then, and rely on that for our escape when we are pressed, especially if mainly by zombies. —ah, a moment, how many can you affect with it? If we are four, hiding three will be of limited value."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can manage four with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In that case, should we need to flee, we only need leave behind my friend here. It is a loss, but not a grievous one. Procedure" die roll "two for 'cluster around Oriol, recieve a Hide, and flee', then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro nods. "Seems like it'll work, if we need to run from undead."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "And best to leave them wondering whether we teleported out or went invisible. I believe hearing is worthless against Hide from Undead? If even the intelligent ones misunderstand our plans, they may waste their time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hide from undead works unreliably against intelligent undead, but when it works hearing is useless."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. Not to be relied upon, but far better than being stuck with no escape from a horde of ghouls."

Seems like it's time to wait for Garril and then get moving?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is led down to the outdoor staging area. Garril is already there, waiting for them. Oriol gives the blessing of the watch to their squad and a few dozen other guardsmen.

Permalink Mark Unread

They travel up to Old Korvosa, heading to Garrison Hill instead of Bridgefront, for once. Mika used to live in this area, before he moved.

Navarro leads them down into the sewers. These are less disrepaired compared to the ones in Bridgefront. They still smell just as bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

The nice thing about Prestidigitation is that after she's out of the sewers, she can get rid of the stink instead of being stuck with it all day. Having it available to her has made it obvious how useful it really is. That won't help her while she's down here, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol casts longstrider on himself as they descend. He's remarkably fast in his armor, even accounting for the spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

They climb down a cylindrical chute into the depths. Oriol's shield is a light. Navarro's map has some of what they're looking for, but breaches could be anywhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ten minutes down the tunnels, Tencednil can see a swarm of small spiders approaching them!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Spiders. A swarm. Back, quickly! They've seen us! The nearest branch was a few minutes back, procedure five there! Thirty-five feet deep, they hear vibrations!" <Stay in the air and follow!>

Permalink Mark Unread

The squad runs backward!

Permalink Mark Unread

The spiders slowly follow them!

Permalink Mark Unread

Spider swarms are dangerous, but they aren't fast. Humans can outrun them as long as they're not in too much armor. She isn't sure how the spider vibration sense will work in the sewers, but it shouldn't be much stronger. She runs towards the junction, planning to veer off towards the ladder once they're there. They should have enough of a lead for her to cover the branch with an apparent wall, and the spiders should just continue along their path. Hopefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spiders run after the squad with their tiny legs!

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good that their legs are tiny.

Here they are. Off to the side. Silent Image, blending in with the walls, then another fifty feet down the tunnel. She can see through the illusion, the spiders shouldn't, and everyone should be beyond their senses. "Keep quiet until I signal you, and turn the light away, I'm not perfect on reflections." She's pretty good with shadows, and spiders won't catch them anyway, but she isn't perfect and there's no need to take the risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol faces away from the illusion with his shield.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spiders turn past the illusory wall at the junction, moving down a different tunnel.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits another three or four minutes before relaxing, and still speaks in whispers. "They're gone, they went the other way. We can continue. Be wary, the swarm will be behind us and it might not find new prey. I have nothing for such numbers."

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro nods. "We move forward."

Permalink Mark Unread

They move forward down the tunnels for a long while. Navarro marks down when they pass by large holes in the walls, at various points.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a hole in the wall around sixty feet ahead of them. Tencednil spots three strange beasts, with the bodies of rats but the faces of men. They turn to look at her with baleful eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's a... something... there. Rat-things, three of them. They can see us." She isn't going to run towards them, though. Five feet back, out of their vision, and she pulls out her crossbow in case they're ranged. If they come rushing in, she prepares to Color Spray.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro readies his rapier, waiting for the strange beasts to move closer...

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol readies his mace. "Hello! What is your business with us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the strange rat creatures begins casting a spell. It seems to take longer to cast than typical. Both of the others run forward thirty feet and cast spells. One seems to disappear.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Summon Swarm and Invisibility. I don't recognize the third. They're hostile, and the swarm will be here in seconds unless we disrupt the caster in the back. It lasts a bit longer than the caster's concentration and doesn't obey orders, just chases whatever is nearest."

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril nods and readies his warhammer...

Permalink Mark Unread

A swarm might be mindless... but they need the other two out of this fight if possible. She strides forward with purpose, preparing her Spray for when the swarm lands. "They're all casters! If we let them turn invisible we give them the engagement they want."

Permalink Mark Unread

This position is advantageous to them, if only they wait for the correct moment...

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed.

Permalink Mark Unread

A great swarm of rats appears from nothing just ahead of the ratlings—

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect, not spiders. She acts instantly, before it gets the chance to move. Color Spray.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rat swarm is blinded and stunned!

Permalink Mark Unread

So is one of the ratlings! The other is invisible so it's hard to tell if it was affected.

Permalink Mark Unread

"In, we need to drop them while they're out! It won't last long!" Does her shadow detect the invisible ratling moving?

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

Permalink Mark Unread

<All stopped.>

"The third one is also out, still right there, you just can't see it." She points.

Permalink Mark Unread

The summoner ratling runs forward and disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Invisible!>

"Don't bother with the swarm! Summoner's invisible, there!" The spell should be gone before the swarm can recover.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro runs forward and fails to strike the ratling with his rapier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol runs forward and fails to strike the ratling with his mace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril runs forward and... fails to strike the ratling with his warhammer. Unfortunate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Humans. Still. They try, surely, but... sigh. Acid Splash to the one she can see?

Bare hit, which is better than the humans can say, and then she moves back. "The last one most likely still has combat spells, I don't know what."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil's familiar sees one of the invisible ratlings move backward and seem to do nothing! It's not stunned. The other ratlings and the rat swarm are stunned.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro slices into a stunned ratling with his rapier!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol bludgeons it with his mace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril slams it with his warhammer! The ratling falls to the ground unconscious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Better! They can follow when she shows then what to be doing, at least.

The swarm is about to fade, but it's also starting to shake off the befuddlement, so the invisible one is just likely doing the same. "Finish the downed one before it gets a chance to recover, the other seems scared!" She tries to get an Acid Splash in, but it turns out hitting something you can't see is actually quite hard.

The shadow flings itself into the rat, much more effectively. Not very hard, but knowing where it is is helpful. "It's there! Grabbing might work!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The invisible ratling moves back but otherwise takes no actions.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rat swarm fades away.

Permalink Mark Unread

An invisible ratling is still stunned. The other is bleeding out on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro manages to grapple the invisible ratling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol strikes the unconscious ratling. It's severely injured but not quite dead yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril swings for the invisible one and misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Spray's stupefaction fades.

Too slow. Navarro still needs an assistant to keep his distracted, and that's the best she can do here. She and the shadow can make sure he gets his angles, the others can handle the other.

Can she Splash it? No, aiming around Navarro means her Splash goes wide. Still, she moves in to keep it off its guard. The shadow similarly fails to connect.

Permalink Mark Unread

The invisible summoner ratling suddenly disappears from Tencednil's familiar's blindsight. The ratling Navarro is grappling tries and fails to bite him. Its invisibility breaks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro plunges his rapier into the ratling's side. It screeches.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol swings at the ratling but it just barely dodges out of the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril slams his warhammer into the ratling's head. It falls to the ground and goes still.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The last one vanished. Teleported out, maybe? Or it had a way to hide. Have you seen these before?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril executes the unconscious ratlings.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I haven't seen these beasts before. Rats with the faces of humans! They're wizards or sorcerers too? But with no incantations... strange..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not atypical for inborn capabilities, those not needing training." Like noble drow. Which she isn't. "Sorcery shares the minimal need for physical objects, which wizardry needs training to replicate." She looked this up when Julio mentioned sorcery being strange.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Make sense. I don't see any spellbooks around here."

Permalink Mark Unread

They travel further into the sewers. Navarro notes more holes in the walls. They find another broken metal seal, but no undead this time.

Some time later, deep within the tunnels—

Permalink Mark Unread

Hideous Laughter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro spins around. "Spell—"

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall human man is suddenly behind them. "Better than I expected. You've been looking into things you really shouldn't, Detective Navarro."

Permalink Mark Unread

Caster, so he's not going to drop to a Color Spray, not unless he gets very unlucky. He can identify an Image if she casts it in front of him, so that won't help. An unprepared caster grabbed by a competent swordsman, though, is nearly helpless, and she has one spell which strikes more at the body than the mind.

Ray of Enfeeblement. "Grab him! He can't cast most spells if he can't move!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who are you?"

Navarro runs forward and tries to grab the man—

Permalink Mark Unread

In an instant, he blurs out of the way and slices Navarro's side.

"A doctor. You've made quite the mess of my work."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol begins casting silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril tries to grab the man. He dances out of the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well fine. This is kind of hopeless, but maybe it will work. Can she get a good grab on him?

She can! She surely won't hold him for long, but maybe she can keep him here long enough? Hopefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reiner... cannot escape the grapple. That's shocking. The elf is more skilled than he thought.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gestures urgently to the people with actual armor on who maybe have some actual grip strength. Can one of them be doing this instead please?

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro can slice with a rapier too! Hit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oriol finishes casting silence. The area encompasses Reiner's location.

He tries to grab Renier, but even while grappled by someone else he's slippery.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril also fails to grapple Renier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yank, tug... Flip him over and tackle him to the ground! Rope! Rope! Rope! She has rope, she can tie him up! Why are these people so incompetent! Augh! Someone please do this for her!

(The shadow pulls at him. It... maybe helps her a bit? Not much.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Renier tries to say something but the silence blocks it. He struggles against the ropes but can't get out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro slams his rapier down through the man's neck.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gasps and gasps and bleeds out on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

She drops him and scrambles out of the Silence. And spends half a minute catching her breath before going to get her rope back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who the fuck was this guy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know! I've never seen him before!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently he knew you though!" Detect Magic, once the silence is down. He's not just an average wizard, not with a rapier, but how does his gear look? That should give some hint.

Permalink Mark Unread

On his corpse is a magic mithral shirt, an unidentifiable rapier, an unidentifiable bottle labeled "elixir of true healing", and an unidentifiable cape. The shirt has a faint abjuration aura and everything has moderate conjuration auras. He also has a backpack, which doesn't appear to be magical.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The chain is mithril, and it's magic on top of that. The rapier is also magic, and some further enchantment, I can't tell what." A basic magic rapier would be evocation, so this is doing something more than that. "I can't identify the potion or the cape. They're both moderate conjuration. My guess is a Cape of the Mountebank or something of the like, he wouldn't be here if he couldn't teleport out. If the potion is healing, it's at least Cure Critical, but I wouldn't trust any of this without a better set of eyes on it. We need to go back to the office. He must be quite rich to have this much on him. ...must have been quite rich."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes... we should head back now. I'd very much like to know who this was. Garril, will you please carry the corpse?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He picks up the corpse. "Of course." He looks to Tencednil. "Good work with the rope. Didn't know you had it in you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Neither did I! Glad it worked." And why was I the one doing this when you were standing right there, she doesn't say.

Back. Out of the sewers, which are apparently full of powerful casters. That sounds like a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leads them a different way out. It's a shorter way up from their current location. They make it back to the streets of Old Korvosa unaccosted. The Guard on the surface struggles to control the potent mix of riots and looters and beasts from below. Tencednil spots a squad of Hellknights in jet black armor killing a small group of man-sized spiders.

Citadel Volshyenek is the same as it was when they left; crowded and overworked. Navarro leads them into a room Tencednil has never seen before. It contains four rectangular stone slabs and is otherwise empty. Garril sets down the body on one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro searches through the seized backpack. "Doesn't seem trapped..."

Inside is a basic adventurer's kit, the kind of thing Mika would bring, but without anything too heavy. There's also a notebook with every page written in blood. It's written in a language unknown to any of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That looks like evidence! It also looks like something for your wizard to identify once everyone comes back for the night, along with identifying the corpse to return his belongings to his next of kin. Possibly it will also have some other lead. He also may have some enchantments with their auras suppressed, I would be unable to detect them if so. Please be careful."

The guard has at least one wizard, and for all that she's good, a third circle wizard will be her better at identifying objects. And might have some way around Magic Aura-covered traps? She's not sure. Navarro probably has training in magic trap identification, but this seems altogether preemptive, especially when they probably can't legally use any of this. This is the guard, there's a cleric of Abadar right there, they're not going to blatantly break the law.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Now, I have to go write up my report and speak with my superiors. Everyone, please wait in the planning room."

Navarro sets down the backpack, leaves the room, and returns to his office.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits.

"Quick work on the Silence, that was well done. Does the Church of Abadar have general recommendations for combat against circled casters? I know the guard prioritizes sundering focuses and staying in close. Clerical spells must allow different approaches."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Silence is very good if you have it. For wizards, you typically want to be up close and personal. It's difficult to cast safely next to skilled hostile combatants. For clerics, it's more complicated. You typically want attack at range, because clerics have less powerful ranged spells but more powerful touch spells. However, a cleric might have a domain that gives fireball or something like it, and then you want to be close."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sensible. Does that change at high circles? The Urgathoan priestess had Flame Strike, which I assume is treated like Fireball, but there must be other considerations as clerics strengthen." Unholy Blight is an area spell which doesn't harm its caster's allies, for instance, which must change things. Better to let the apparent expert bring that up though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Against high circles you want powerful experts with lots of planning and other spellcasters helping them. Like the marines or great adventurers. If they're powerful enough that those forces would fail... there's not much you can do. I don't know what it would take to defeat someone like the Archbanker or Headmaster Ornelos."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If there was a known approach, they wouldn't be so impressive, I suppose. What do you prefer for Silence delivery? Landing it on a circled caster seems difficult, but so is grabbing one, as we saw. Do you just prioritize armor, or try to find a more mobile ally, or what?"

She can keep up a discussion of anti-caster tactics for a while, but eventually Navarro will no doubt return.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leaves his office and goes somewhere else. Eventually, he returns to the planning room. "I've delivered my report. We still don't know who this guy was. We're going to have his stuff looked over. If we can't identify him that way, we'll put out a bounty in the paper for information about his identity. You're dismissed for today. Your payments will be transferred shortly. We found quite a few breaches, good job everyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's oddly uninformative. It's a little worrying that people the guard can't identify at all are coming after Detective Navarro, but hopefully anyone else will also go for him and not make her worry about sudden invisible assassins while she's alone? Maybe it's for the best that she didn't get much attention for the Urgathoan cleanup after all. 

She's not going to try to do something else today, that was quite enough excitement for now. Back home.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
TOILDAY, SARENITH 9th, 4708

THE LIFE OF HIS MAJESTY, KING EODRED ARABASTI II

A seven day period of mourning for His Majesty, King Eodred Arabasti II has been announced by decree of the Queen. A mausoleum is under construction in Gray, which next Sunday the funeral procession will bury an empty casket within. A bounty for information about an unknown man is placed in the papers. The Guard, the Sable Company, and the Order of the Nail all work overtime to contain the horrible beasts pouring from the depths below.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Tencednil wakes up, her body feels slightly different. She has a new cantrip and a new first circle spell!

The cantrip is transmutation and feels like whispers. The first circle spell is illusion feels like glittering metal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh! There are benefits to almost dying!

...a transmutation whispers cantrip is probably Message. And that means she still doesn't have Dancing Lights. Why does her sorcery keep doing this to her. Isn't sorcery supposed to be from your parents? Shouldn't a drow noble parent mean Dancing Lights is in her sorcery? Why is this taking so long? Augh!

The other one doesn't snap nicely around her, or the shadow... there must be some way to use it. It wants to take an object, maybe? Does it work on the paper? Glittering metal, so maybe her pen? She doesn't need all her first circle spells today (and she probably has at least seven now, maybe even eight!), so trying it out once shouldn't be too much of a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Paper is not a valid target. Her metal pen is!

The spell is incredibly quick to cast, faster than any other spell she knows. The pen shines and glitters like it's made of dazzling silver. Tencednil has the sense the spell can be discharged with a simple mental motion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. It's... pretty. Distractingly so. In the dark, it's difficult to take her eyes off it. There's no actual light coming from the pen, though. It just looks like it's reflecting the moon. (The sun? Is this how humans see the reflection of the sun? It's much calmer than how she remembers it, but their eyes aren't particularly good...) When she flourishes the pen, it leaves silver streaks in the air, and it's almost difficult to see where the pen is and where it just was a second ago. That would probably be helpful in a fight, if she knew how to use it.

Breaking quickly is obviously useful for something this visible, but it's also a bit unusual. She points it at the shadow and tries the discharge flick. If the shadow vanishes because of this, she knows it's useful in combat, and hopefully she won't need it too much today.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she discharges the spell, her pen flashes brilliantly in the shadow's direction.

Her familiar is now distressed! They can't see! Their sight returns around six seconds later.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Can't see!>... <Can now.>

Oooh, that is a useful tool. Especially given how quickly the spell snapped into place, if she had some small sparkly bit of metal (sharp bit of metal? Bit of metal with nice flat pieces? Some coins or shuriken would be easy to slip into her hand in the blink of an eye, and might work) she could blind anything that gets too close. It didn't even need enough time for a sword near her to become a sword in her. That will be a very convenient tool to have.

That also means seven first circle spells per day will be a little tighter, if she's going to use two at once sometimes. Possibly eight, but that still might need her to be careful with them. Of course, being out of spells is far better than being stabbed. She will make do.

Permalink Mark Unread

And how does the cantrip work? She whispers "sign if you can hear this" and tries casting the cantrip, aiming it at the shadow and the whisper. Does it need anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell fails! She feels it try to catch on something that isn't there. An impression of copper wire forms in her mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

She... needs something? Huh. Right, Message does use a copper wire, and it doesn't just get fed into the spell like most components do. Maybe sorcerer weirdness can't work around things that actually need to be there? Only one way to find out.

Out to the Bank! If she might need components, there is a standard tool for that, so she'll get out enough money for a component pouch. She'll also check her mail while she's there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Component pouches are expensive. She withdraws a little under sixty silver shields from the Bank. She has no mail today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Component pouches are expensive! She only really needs the wire, but it would be silly to be stuck with a spell she can't cast. May as well withdraw a bit more to get a few shuriken, which are basically components if she wants to use the other new spell.

Buying wizard goods means she should be mostly looking up closer to the Academae, and there's no reason to risk going somewhere less well-regarded. Up up up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Acadamae does not sell directly to outsiders, but there are a number of magic shops nearby in the University ward. The Gilded Orrery is the most famous of these, but there are certainly others if Tencednil goes looking.

Permalink Mark Unread

...well, it's a little well known for her, but she doesn't know the subject very well. Better to lose some possible efficiency than to have her spells collapse when she needs them. Fine, the Gilded Orrery it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Gilded Orrery is a rather large shop. Bookshelves, mostly full, line the walls. A variety of magic items are on display in glass cases. Near the back is a staircase leading up to the second floor. The place is less busy than Tencednil would expect, given it's notoriety.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Academae is less locked down than the first vision showed, but that doesn't mean it's not locked down. The demand for wizard purchases is obviously lower than usual.

Component pouches are incredibly consistent. Wizards can't be fumbling for their components, they need to be available immediately and without fail every time without even needing to look. Given how many spells need slightly different forms of powder, that requires an impressive amount of internal structure. Unless every wizard has to retrain their gestures for every new pouch they get, that means there has to be a standardized set of layout at least throughout Korvosa, so somewhere in here there should be some labeled pouches, and probably starter wizard components. That would be basically what she needs, even if she should actually only buy focuses. Possibly they'll have something for that. Can she find any of those, looking through the place?

Permalink Mark Unread

They do have component pouches, with a variety of pre-supplied options matching various Acadamae curriculum tracks. They also offer configurations with per-spell component customization.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. One pouch, plus a collection of all the focuses they can provide. And a few components, but the focuses are the interesting part.

"I want to know more about how components — ah, material components, that is, the things which vanish — really work, and focuses seem a lot like components but they're actually magically different in a lot of interesting ways! Silent Image and Message are doing something completely different from how Color Spray works, and I need to test out all the focus spells I can to get a good model of it— ah, sorry, you don't have to listen to me, I've been told I can go on." Bouncy, excited, far too in-your-face to be polite, entirely disregarding the idea anyone could be uninterested in her research topic. No need to explicitly say she's a wizard, she recognizes enough habits of Academae graduates to ensure the proprietor will think she is.

Permalink Mark Unread

The proprietor of the Gilded Orrey is a rather small, aged human woman. "We have some books on the particulars. Obor's Spell Component Compendium covers a wide range of components."

She looks over Tencednil's pouch. "Bit of a nonstandard collection there... are you enrolled at the Acadamae? Or Theumanexus?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is nonstandard! Like I said, I think it will help my research more this way. Do Theumanexus students come up here very often? I would have thought they would buy things over on East Shore, crossing the Jeggare is slow." They probably have a deal of some sort with the Academae, which means they might check if she claimed to go there. Best to be independent.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, they usually don't. I was just curious. That'll be... fifty silver shields. With the focuses and a free replacement if you break or lose one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. Thank you!" Money money money, wow fifty shields weighs a lot. Of course, so does a pouch fully laden with components. Money goes over there, component pouch and components come over here.

Permalink Mark Unread

The proprietor waves as she leaves. "Come again!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Next she needs a few small metal discs, something her new spell can catch on without being a problem to slip in and out of her hand at a moment's notice. Can she find something like that? Shuriken exist, but she doesn't even need these sharpened or balanced for throwing, some discards would be perfectly fine. Or brass tokens. She could probably use some pinch if she had to, but there should be a better option.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a weapon shop that stocks some shuriken. They also have many other metal weapons and tools; daggers and swords and spears are the most common.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they have a blacksmith they buy from? She might want a weapon at some point, but for now discards should be all she needs.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have do have a blacksmith they buy from. His shop is down in Midland. They give her the address.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! I'll be back when I need new weapons!"

Down to Midland. Does this blacksmith happen to have discards? Shuriken come in such large quantities, they must be made at scale somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does have some misshapen shuriken and some other rejected metal things. She can have some for a few pinch, if she wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

She checks that one of them seems like a valid target for the new spell, but after that, seems like a deal! She picks out a few which she can grab easily, passes him some pinch, and goes along her way. Back home, this time, she wants a better sense of how the new spells actually work.

Permalink Mark Unread

She returns home uneventfully. The riots are not nearly as widespread as she remembers from her visions, but they've been replaced by beasts and monsters from underground, which isn't necessarily better. The Heights and North Point seem to have more of handle on things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she did what she could. There's no use regretting what has already happened.

And back! Now that she has the focus, this cantrip must be Message, but it's still important to know how it actually works for her. Pointing was important, maybe? Point at the shadow, "sign if you can hear this", cast the cantrip (and tap the wire from her new component pouch as she goes through the gestures). Success?

Permalink Mark Unread

She casts the spell successfully! The shadow does not seem to hear the message she whispered before it was cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. Maybe it just makes a connection, and you have to use it afterwards? Another "sign if you can hear this" mutter.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes. Hear.> It signs.

Permalink Mark Unread

That works, then. How long is the link going to last? She can't test if it's two-way, because the shadow can't actually talk... "buzz quietly". If it doesn't work, that might mean it only works on speech, but if it does that's confirmation.

Permalink Mark Unread

It buzzes quietly. Tencednil can hear it at normal volume as though the shadow was next to her ear.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good! Two ways, then. She notes the time, sets up a Detect Magic, and starts drawing what she can see from the Message spellform. This way it should be obvious when it fades, and she can get a duration.

Permalink Mark Unread

It lasts longer than she can concentrate on detect magic. If she recasts the spell every few minutes, she'll notice the message eventually fade away. It takes around forty minutes to end.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends most of the day taking further notes on the new spells, drawing things out, and coming to a better understanding of how it all works.

When the sun finally fades from the sky, she is convinced she won't need her spells any more today. That makes now the best time to push herself as far as she can, to see how many she can cast in one day. First, the one from when she woke up, and then in addition to that...

Color Spray.

Silent Image — oh, it needs a bit of fleece, it was just catching on something in her cloak. Good to know.

Color Spray.

Whatever her new weapon-spell is — Glow Metal? Like Heat Metal, but glowy? No, the blinding is important. The wizards probably have some name for it, it just might take her a while to find. 

What happens if she tries a Silent Image but pushes it around the fleece? It has the space for some extra input there, can she try feeding it some shadow instead like she practiced with Acid Splash? It doesn't fit in nicely, but if she fiddles with the spell form enough maybe she can get it to work...

Permalink Mark Unread

The shadows flow into her silent image as she casts it. The illusion manifests a little larger than she can normally achieve. It feels like it took more from her to cast than usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

And, more interestingly, that spell has two holes in it. The image is of the spell just as she finished casting it, because visualizing two things at once is hard, so that's definitely the shape of the spell she actually cast. It's mostly a Silent Image with some expansion to allow elaboration, but over there, where it's pulling the shadow in, that's clearly a hole. That means that's a second circle spell.

Why can she cast second circle spells. She doesn't know any second circle spells. Sorcerers are supposed to just know the spells they have. Sorcerers are not supposed to cast second circle spells before they know any! Is her sorcery just playing games with her here!

Augh!

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil needs a few minutes to calm down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Fine. Apparently she has some second circle spell casts in her, and no second circle spells, but she can do something.... metamagic-y?... to her spells which lets her feed them the surrounding shadow, and it makes them stronger. But it also makes them pretty much second circle, and so she can probably only do that a limited number of times as well, it's just going to be a different limit. That's fine. She can handle this.

Five first circle spells today so far, and one second circle. She keeps trying out the first circle spells until they run dry, then she tries going through all of them to see how they work when she adds the extra loop. Can they all take in the shadow? Do any of them react oddly to the extra power? (Not that she could necessarily tell.) Does she even have enough second circle spells to try out all four of them today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil has eight first circle spells per day.

She has enough second circle spells left to infuse the rest of her first circle spells with shadows. None of them react oddly to the extra power, beyond being second circle.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if she tries Silent Image again, now knowing what she's doing a little better, does she still have enough for it? That would be a fifth boosted spell. What about another after that?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do one more silent image. Nothing after that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eight first circle spells and five second circle spells, then. At least for now.

And with that, she's pretty exhausted. Casting all she has does take some energy, and when she does it all at once like this it gets obvious. Sleep now.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
WEALDAY, SARENITH 10th, 4708

BURNING BLADES FESTIVAL TO GO AHEAD DESPITE INSTABILITY

The Church of Sarenrae will be hosting a festival for Burning Blades today outside their temple in Citadel Crest. The Queen has announced funding for alchemists, who work on a cure for the blood veil. They announce offers to purchase the blood of Varisian humans, believing it will aid their progress on the cure. Those of other races and ethnicities are encouraged to donate. Monster containment was more successful than yesterday, outside of Old Korvosa, which only continues to grow worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is not Varisian or human, and has more important things to do with her blood than give it to alchemists. Funding for a cure is useful, but the Queen really should just have the cure, shouldn't she? If she brought in the Urgathoans, surely she didn't just expect their disease to go uncured? She needed this anyway, and she had the chance to set up in advance! Oh well, maybe the Urgathoans didn't just go along with that.

The festival of burning blades is a little bright for her, but so is Sarenrae in general, and sometimes it's important to go. Does she need to this year? ...she didn't last year and it is sometimes important. And either having shadows to wear or going in the skin of something which looks already sun-blinded might help. Fine. 

Bank first, in case she has a letter. And to get some money for the festival.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time. She withdraws some money.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back home to change to a color that stands out less, and then... sigh. To the festival. There's too much that matters right now, too many important things she shouldn't miss hearing, and it's been too long since she went to one.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Temple of Sarenrae is as beautiful as ever. Built from imported white marble, it's often said to be one of the most expensive buildings in the city, whose construction was funded in large part by King Eodred Arabasti I.

Burning Blades has the unenviable duty of being the first holiday after the Breaching Festival, which it could never hope to outshine, but the Sarenites make their attempt. The festival itself spans several streets around the temple. Flaming weapons, dipped in pitch, are juggled by performers. Lots of vendors have set up shop, selling food and trinkets and other such things.

Permalink Mark Unread

She buys some food, watches some fire dancing, and listens to the crowd.

Sarenrae is an incredibly popular goddess, and the Burning Blades festival is a claiming of her domain over fire in opposition to Asmodeus's claim to the same. It always attracts an interesting crowd of the true believers, the hopeful, the desperate, and the hecklers, who cannot be shown to be funded by the Asmodean church. Usually. Emotions run strong in the crowd, and only the incredible density of positive-channeling clerics has kept the death rate as low as it is. With the prices of Remove Disease rising as the plague continues, this will be an interesting year.

How do people seem to feel? Is there really as much unrest as bringing in the Hellknights would imply? What does the response to the Hellknights sound like?  Sarenrae's clerics are spending spells on this which could be Remove Disease, or at least they look like they might be. Not everyone can recognize what spells are what circle on sight. Are there objections to that? Do they seem natural, or mostly from Asmodean provocateurs?

Permalink Mark Unread

The people seem to be more nervous than usual. Rumor on the street is the Hellknights are mostly being brought in to handle monsters. Areas near large sewer entrances have been hit the hardest. Old Korvosa riots, due to the closure of the wells and other unpopular anti-plague quarantine measures, but this isn't Old Korvosa. There's a few rabble-rousers going around heckling about various things, but none of them are openly Asmodean. One is yelling about "wasting spells on festivals when the city is in need" before he's led away by guardsmen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe the Hellknights are here for a real reason, then. Fighting monsters is what the Order of the Nail does, and they make sense. The first vision made less sense, but that could have been coincidence. 

Can she find anyone talking about how Old Korvosa is doing? How bad is the plague, how bad is the quarantine? Being in quarantine means there will be fewer Old Korvosans here, but surely there are some who know more than she does and want to talk about it. Where better to complain about disease than at a festival of those most visibly fighting it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Many are worried about Old Korvosa. The blood veil is certainly less terrible than it could have been, but it's still a contagious incurable disease. Some of the wells are closed, as they are known to be poisoned, but this means importing water from other parts of the city at higher prices. The fully quarantined zones are mostly within Bridgefront and the Shingles. One can imagine why they riot; people have a terrible illness that will kill them soon without remove disease, which most of them cannot afford. Symptoms don't show immediately, so some might be healthy but still locked in with the diseased out of suspicion. Add in the agitated beasts and monsters from below... it sounds pretty bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does sounds bad. The Queen will gain greatly if she can demonstrate a cure, even delayed. This is incredibly convenient if the Urgathoans were a coincidence, but if they weren't, why is this taking so long? If the cure is known and they just need to delay it for maximal impact, why spend money on actual alchemists rather than setting it aside and claiming to hire mysterious specialist research wizards? That's a lot of money which could be directed to almost any purpose they want, with no real inspection, instead spent not benefitting them at all! Actual alchemical research must be expensive.

Of course, the monsters coming from the sewers weren't in the first vision, and neither was the announcement that the guard thinks woke them. That was definitely a conspiracy action, and it seems to have been poorly thought through. It's always possible the conspiracy did set the Urgathoans up, but the fifth-circle cleric was more effective than expected, and the money lost here is in fact a loss. So it goes. Assume neither perfection nor incompetence from others, for no mortal is either.

She's gathered most of what she wants from the crowds. She'll watch a bit longer, wait to see if the clerics will be spending their slots on any of the more impressive tricks this year, but after that she's done for the day. That was quite enough sunlight for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Compared to the Acadamae, the Church of Sarenrae seems much less willing to spend spells on showing off. Tencednil makes it home without incident.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's reasonable prioritization in general, the Sarenrites don't really need to impress the crowd more than they already do. Right now, it's even more reasonable, because those slots are valuable.

Anyway, she has nothing more she needs to do today, and the festival means many things are closed even if she wanted to. Some more spell testing, and then she'll sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Spell testing reveals that usually, getting the extra shadow drawn into a spell requires her to manually adapt the spell matrix, which is slow. Her quick spell, which she's calling Moon's Reflection for now, is still easy, so loosely linked to her that adding the extra tweaks is barely a problem. The slower spells take more reworking, and splitting her focus between that and moving safely is difficult. The extra power is still an advantage in combat, but she'll have to account for the costs.

The third time she tries, though, she pushes harder on the magic and it slips into a strange state, shapeable almost like an illusion, but with the full power still evident in the form. Reshaping it was effortless, and it snapped out beautifully, as fast as her normal castings. She couldn't replicate the effect a second time. Once a day, maybe? Magic has its habits like that.

With her practice done, time to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
OATHDAY, SARENITH 11th, 4708

BLOOD VEIL DEATHS EXCEED ONE HUNDRED FIFTY

The alchemists claim to be making progress on their cure. They expand the offer to purchase blood from only Varisians to all humans. The first wave of deaths has begun. The corpses will be burned, as burying them in Gray risks spreading the plague further. The Queen is rumored to be considering candidates for a new royal senechal. The hunt for the King's murderer continues, and the Queen increases the bounty on information about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's nothing new. Have they not planned a killer to find? That's... another reason to think they might not have planned for the cure. Maybe they're just being slow. Hopefully. (Hopefully not? It's not actually good if they know what they're doing, but it's somewhat absurd to see such incompetence acquiring the throne. Enough magic and you don't need skill, but still.)

What else might they be doing? The blood offers are understandable only in context of the plague, and those have been very obvious. Possibly they're looking for a reason to collect blood? They should still be able to just send blood to a reclusive wizard, but that would be a little weirder. They might well worry that people wouldn't sell their blood to a mystery the way they will to an obvious visible process, however visible the alchemists are being. She should probably check at some point. If they're visible to the public, that's an explanation for why this whole thing matters.

And does the Bank have anything for her today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil has a letter and a small package waiting for her at the Bank.

The letter is from Anton and Julio. They've loaned her copies of Topological Disentanglings with Pseudonatural Forms and Fundamentals of the Natural Elements. This is not technically against the Acadamae's rules... but they would prefer nobody find out. Demonic Lessons of the Material Shape has the unfortunate property of having been written by a demon lord. It is thus proscribed and illegal to possess. The Acadamae has exemptions to such restrictions, but proscribed books cannot leave school grounds. The books need to be returned within five days, and they would very much appreciate them back earlier than that, if possible. The package contains two books, checked out from the Acadamae library.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do nobody finding out! Books, and then back home to read them as quickly as possible.

She's spent enough time with Detect Magic to get a better grasp of the arcane, but these books are still a stretch. The shadow hovers over her shoulder, every so often pointing out something important she missed. It seems to be keeping up about as well as she is, which is... impressive. What is going on with it? She's heard of familiars, but familiars are not supposed to teach their masters magic, are they? Possibly some familiars do, but it can't be usual. She's not usual either, though. Maybe this is normal for sorcerers with familiars.

By the end of the day, she has... some understanding of Topological Disentanglings with Pseudonatural Forms. The references to what must be Julio's alchemical items are still mostly going over her head, but she can take notes and refer to them and sort of understand what must be happening.

She'll be spending another day or two with this, though. Hopefully she can get everything she needs copied out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next day, when she wakes up and calls her shadow, she finds it covered in odd symbols shaped like the ones in the books. She still only understands about half of Topological Disentanglings, but when she's lost, the shadow flits over, points to a few important parts or signs a short explanation, and it usually clicks into place. Bit by bit, she makes the connections she needs, starting to understand what this is going on about and what it all means. Spells which look like this can be augmented by physical objects with these properties, and alchemical manufacturing can create those properties like that, and...

Behind her, the shadow spends its time paging through the Fundamentals of the Natural Elements. It seems to be having a lot of fun! It doesn't seem to think any of what it's seeing is directly useful, but understanding the basics of these ideas makes Topological Disentanglings much easier to get through, and it's very interesting. (She's a little jealous. Her talent for magic is undeniable, but there are many supporting skills she isn't as good at, and she really would like to be.)

Permalink Mark Unread

By Sunday, her third day with the books, she thinks she understands enough of this to work with it. There's definitely more to learn, but there always is, and she won't have the time. The shadow has picked up what it reads far faster than it reasonably should have, and with its help, she can probably reconstruct the important parts. (Today it was patterned with spell signs, and it flew through Topological Disentanglings in hours. She likes to think her notes helped, but it was impressively fast.) 

Off to send the books back, with her thanks and a few of her own notes on what might help an Acid Splash in particular. She doesn't know what actually does it yet, but she can see the properties the substance would need to have, and Anton and Julio probably know actual alchemists. They can find something which does the necessary things. She might not be able to on her own, but the shadow was quite definitive that it would have an answer for her tomorrow. Given how impressive it's been with the books, she's inclined to believe it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The city spins on, even amidst disaster. Over the next week, the Queen's alchemists and wizards harvest what must be a vast amount of blood. Only a little per person, but a lot of people give their blood. You help cure the plague and get paid to do it! Who wouldn't take such an offer? The rioting calms down in Old Korvosa, only because most who would riot are busy being either too sick to move or dead.

The beasts and monsters don't stop being a problem. For every ten the Guard and the Sable Company and the Hellknights kill, eleven more emerge from deeper and deeper beneath the earth. Wizards and clerics are hired to cover the breaches in walls of stone, but there's simply too few fifth circle slots and too many holes to cover them all. Even if you could, the sewers must to keep flowing, otherwise another problem will simply be added to the list. Korvosa's exotic monster parts industry is booming like never before; perhaps the only silver lining.

Eventually, the city runs out of Urgathoans to execute, and the King's killer is still nowhere to be found. The people cry for justice! Eodred wasn't exactly popular, but his seneschal Neolandus was well liked, and nobody likes Ileosa. The Queen hires Togomor, a powerful foreign wizard from Kaer Maga, as the new royal seneschal. He takes the lead on the search for the King's killer, who he suspects is an Urgathoan lich from the central Varisia of some infamy. There is a mixed response from the public. They want results, not more promises.

By Starday, the cure for the blood veil is finished, only a day before the summer solstice. The Queen announces the funding of its production. The death toll has reached 1,400 when the cure begins its work. The quarantine is promised to end once the disease is eradicated.

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, SARENITH 21st, 4708

QUEEN'S CURE EFFECTIVE, THOUSANDS TO BE RELEASED FROM QUARANTINE

Permalink Mark Unread

The public opinion turn is well done, but the money spent on the blood is substantial. Either the cure really does need enormous amounts of blood and they didn't have it or the entire cure is just to justify blood harvesting. Either way, the cure release helps her position recover from the missing Urgathoan. Could they just not find someone to claim to have done it? They have the ability to possess people and work magic through the possessed! Attributing fault to someone who shows up, is dramatically capable of casting, and then dies conveniently and quickly due to "clever preparations" really shouldn't be difficult! Oh well.

Togomor is presumably the wizard with the conspiracy. (One of them?) Killing the seneschal is a substantial cost to public opinion, and they were definitely aiming for it. They could have some other reason to eliminate Neolandus, but opening the position for Togomor is the obvious option, and the second vision was quite clear that there's a strong wizard among them. He needn't be underperforming in the public eye, a proper application of high-circle spells would help him there — directly and obviously ensuring optimal weather would be easy, if nothing else — but perhaps he has other priorities. That would be remarkably foolish if he was still reliant on public opinion to take the position, but if he can rely on his coconspirators, it makes much more sense.

If she wants to know more about the blood, the only lead she really has is the cure. That means she needs to start investigating it. Who is the alchemist the papers are crediting with its invention? They have to be publicly known for there to be any benefit over just finding an unspecified foreign wizard (or attributing it to Togomor, which would easily swing public opinion in his favor as well), and there's no way they won't be credited for such a success.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cure is credited to the Queen's Physicians (the alchemists and wizards the queen hired) as a group. They're composed of about a dozen notable people, plus a fairly large supporting organization that includes distribution and manufacturing of the cure.

Permalink Mark Unread

The queen will want as much as possible of the glory to shine on her, but the physicians are the ones who will actually know anything. That means she might be able to get somewhere talking to them. Surely someone is a bit angry about being robbed of their rightful glory, and can be induced to talk over beer.

She makes her way over towards the group's standard working places. (As, apparently, an average half-elf, no particular drow to her skin.) What bars around here know them? Wizards aren't known for moderation, surely they went out to drink regularly.

Permalink Mark Unread

After quite a lot of searching, she finds one of the notable Queen's Physicians seated at a bar in North Point. His appearance matches the description of the alchemist Martin Vasi. The seat next to him is empty.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down and orders a drink. For both of them.

"It's been a busy week for all of us. I hear you deserve a drink, though! Impressive work. This one's on me."

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks over to her and nods. "Thanks. Who're you? I don't believe we've met?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I'm sure we haven't! Sadauna, I'm rather an amateur, just interested in the subject. I want to bond a homunculus as a familiar but I couldn't make one myself, obviously. I did find this, it was mostly broken in the sewers, and helped put it back together, tried to work a bit of myself into it. I don't really know if it's a familiar or a bonded item at this point, but it's something like that, and I'm hoping it's practice for a better construct. As you can see, I've done some work on making it better-associated, it's a better helper now, and maybe as I iterate I can get there eventually!" She reaches down and lifts up the shadow, currently engraved with alchemical symbols. It's a pale greyish brown, clay-colored, somewhat resembling the substance she's pretty sure alchemists use to produce their homunculi. After showing it to Martin, she sets it down next to her. It keeps shifting shapes as she does so, most of them completely meaningless. If it sometimes signs her a hint at what to talk about, everybody here should be too drunk to notice.

It turns out the skin-recoloring cantrip works just as well on the shadow as it does on her. (Though it's more of a repainting cantrip at that point, perhaps?) It gives a different set of possible tones, but they're still wide enough to make this sort of subterfuge possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ohhh. That's an ioun wyrd, if I'm not mistaken. A fairly customized one." He sips from his drink, which arrived moments ago. "I'm Martin Vasi. Call me Martin. Nice to meet you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it! I've definitely customized it a ways, I didn't look much into what it was before. I thought it would be an object at first, actually, and then it turned out to float around and have opinions at me. Nice to meet you too! So how's the life of a real practicing alchemist?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He groans. "Busy, recently. At least I'm getting paid well. The crown is generous with their purse, these days."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh? You do deserve it, if what the paper's saying is true." She sounds a little skeptical, but only a little.

Believes in the power of alchemy to solve problems, but didn't actually believe in it that strongly until just now. Easily convinced that he's impressive, he's done something impossible, he's discovered something groundbreaking... but does need to be convinced, doesn't just believe it immediately.

"I knew antiplagues specialized to a disease were a thing, but I thought they took quite a while to design, and you managed a cure in only a week and a half! That's incredible!" If it's real, she doesn't say.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you." He drinks and sighs. "Well, this was no normal plague. It was real nightmare... incurable, partially magical, possibly cursed. But it had a fatal flaw, and we found it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh? Is that how you managed it so quickly! Did the Urgathoans leave a magical control of some sort— no, the cure is alchemical, it can't be that." A young wizard's assumption will be magic first, and she's still (apparently) a wizard.

"Could it... hmmm..." She looks lost in an intellectual problem.

...no, there's no reason to risk it, she's better off looking interested in him than not. She waits a little bit, sketching things in the air with her fingertips, but quickly enough turns back to him. "So what did you do? What was it that you found?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's... uh... quite a long story." He drinks. "So about sixty years ago, there was this guy. Vorel Foxglove. Fairly renowned adventuring wizard at sixth circle. He retired up near this small town called Sandpoint, about fifty miles northeast of Magnimar. The story goes like this: Vorel had a minor problem—he was evil, his wife was not. He was supposedly quite upset that he would not get to spend eternity with his wife in the afterlife. He had a... genius plan... simply turn himself into a lich, kill his wife, reanimate her as an undead, and live with her forever. Or something, I don't really get it. We don't know exactly what happened, but no lich ever emerged. Their home was found empty of life, except for a particularly terrible fungal disease, which was then named Vorel's phage."

He pauses to take another drink.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That... certainly seems like a sixth circle adventuring wizard sort of solution. I do hope it's not too infectious, I wouldn't want to end up like that. ...no pun intended." She looks somewhere between amused and appalled. 

It's not like this habit of wizards is a mystery or anything, everyone knows about it. That doesn't stop it from happening anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Well, then the town's mortician finds their bodies, and buries them in a graveyard. A few days later he dies of Vorel's phage. Now, Vorel's phage is not very contagious—it kills fast but needs long physical exposure or an open wound to infect. Not a huge threat, most of Sandpoint was perfectly fine, it didn't spread. At some point after all that, cultists of Urgathoa stole some of the fungus from Foxglove Manor and started growing it and shipping it around. Blood veil was originally based on Vorel's phage, but they modified it quite heavily. They bound some particular nasty daemons of pestilence and infused the fungus with daemonic power. And then, well, we think they may have cursed the fungus. The Urgathoan notes are written mostly in Necril and in their own notation that comprehend languages doesn't really help with and it was a real pain to figure out what was going on."

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be what the daemons were for, then. Good to know. "And Vorel's phage is... vulnerable to positive energy because it was made by a necromancer? No, that would be obvious. Vulnerable to something Vorel didn't like, because of how he made it? And you could alchemically synthesize the effects of that?" She leans in, interested in his story. She doesn't seem to expect she guessed correctly, but she's interested in the right answer, whatever it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If only it were that easy. The Urgathoans noted that around one in twenty Varisians were immune to their perfect disease. It just didn't work at all. This is very strange, and they had not figured it out why." He drinks more.

"Well. Long story short, it turns out the souls of Vorel and his family ended up in the fungus. Don't ask me how. I don't know. The Varisians that are immune are not actually immune, the disease is partially sentient and infused with the broken minds of some evil wizard and his poor family. We believe the fungus doesn't infect people it thinks are Vorel or his family. That is: people who's blood is similar enough to theirs. So we sent a wizard teleporting up to Sandpoint and he dug up Vorel and his family and used restore corpse on them and collected their blood. Then we cross-tested it with all this other blood we harvested and eventually synthesized a quite exotic alchemical concoction that tricks the disease into thinking the sick person is of Vorel's bloodline. Or something like that. It works. It's stupid, but it works. The disease kills itself shortly after the cure is administered."

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes some quick gestures. <Need ideas for words.> "That's impressively stupid! I guess if it works, it works. I... guess the lich ritual does involve taking your soul out and putting it in something. Ending up in the fungus isn't something I've ever heard of, but I guess it makes some sense?"

Has the shadow mentioned any plausible starts to how you would go about doing that? If she looks like she only just knows the fundamentals of alchemy, that's fine, and she does remember the book reasonably well after spending so long taking notes on it. She would rather look like she has some clue where to start, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It can't tell her how it would actually do that. This is not a surprise. It can give her some intelligent thoughts, though, and her own memory is mostly enough to connect the dots. It points her in a direction, she goes off for a while, she lets Martin talk, she lets the blob point her to a new next step. By the end of this, she has more of an idea of what was actually going on, and it seems like the shadow does even more.

More importantly, it looks like the blood actually was necessary. If they needed to replicate Vorel's bloodline, they really did need blood from people of that bloodline, and the expanded searches for context do make sense. It's still a convenient excuse to collect an enormous amount of blood, but maybe it's also actually necessary? Maybe the conspiracy was just being foolish in not having the cure ready. What they've shown has not given her a high impression of their competence, so she really isn't sure at this point. Oh well, at least she knows more about what was going on with the plague now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Martin Vasi doesn't share anything else of interest. After a while, Tencednil leaves the bar and makes it back home safely.

Permalink Mark Unread

With blood veil cured and the plague ending, Korvosa finally has something to feel relieved about. The quarantine is lifted once the disease is as close to fully eradicated as anyone can tell. The Queen's popularity improves quite a bit. Korvosa's economy, battered and bloodied but not beaten, begins to see improvement.

The Korvosan Guard sends her a letter. The man who attacked Detective Navarro's squad could not be identified. As such, she is entitled to a share of his equipment, which has already been sold. A little over two thousand gold sails have been transferred to her account.

The vigilante (or popular hero, depending on who you ask) Blackjack was seen again, for the first time in years. Among his most notable acts was preventing the public execution of a suspected Urgathoan, declaring them innocent, and claiming the Gray Maidens are corrupt. A manhunt is launched, but Blackjack has evaded capture for over two hundred years.

The monsters continue to be a major problem. The Queen announces a new military force called the Gray Maidens to help Korvosa's other overstretched forces. Funded entirely by the crown, they're formed from the old royal guard, with additional hired adventurers. Togomor also contributes, slaying powerful monsters with his spells. His hunt for the supposed lich continues, but new progress is not announced yet.

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, SARENITH 28th, 4708

OLD KORVOSA GANG ACTIVITY LOWER THAN EXPECTED

Permalink Mark Unread

Were there any distinctive characteristics of the supposed Urgathoan Blackjack freed? She was expecting some political executions, and that's the first evidence she's seen. (Blackjack could be lying, but obviously the Queen is executing innocent people, the question is just who.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Not particularly, as far as she can tell? They're a painter of some small renown. Urgathoans usually have strange backgrounds. Normal people don't worship the goddess of disease.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she's not going to be the first to find Blackjack if there's an ongoing manhunt, any sign should have vanished and she has no leads. If Togomor is working on it, that's even more true. Wizards are good at that sort of thing. She should probably look into what the painter was painting at some point, if that's what the new Queen is executing people for. It's always good to know.

She's used some of the money from the Guard to buy herself some alchemy books for the shadow to look at, and some more of it to acquire what she eventually realized Acid Splash needed — after working through all the alchemical terminology (or letting the shadow do it), it turned out that a simple acid vial could be used to focus the spell and empower it slightly. Probably about as much as brimstone contributes, which isn't much on an absolute scale but it's meaningful relative to Acid Splash's general effectiveness. She also slipped up once and fed the vial to the spell, which consumed the acid entirely. The Splash did take a little longer to lose potency that time, but it definitely wasn't worth the hundred and ten shields required to refresh her alchemical acid.

On the 28th, as usual, she starts by going down to the Bank to check for any mail.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard hasn't needed her services much, so that's not particularly surprising.

At this point, she's well past what the visions showed, and she should probably get back to the work she was planning to do, that being gaining circles to prove sorcery has use. She doesn't want to just throw herself into every risk around, but nobody gains power without taking some. She's spent some of her time over the last week trying to find where to volunteer her aid with the monsters. The guard is mostly focused on keeping the streets calm outside of Old Korvosa, so they're not asking for her, but they can still attest to her competence. The problem is that she doesn't want to work too closely with the Gray Maidens, because that's how she ends up with her thoughts read and her actions revealed. Fortunately, they have been hiring adventurers, so she's been looking for groups interested in being paid by the Maidens to accomplish useful side goals.

(Really the ideal thing to do would be to take her own risks in the sewers like adventurers have been doing for decades, but the sewers are too dangerous for that now. Handling the monsters which come out is bad enough, there's no telling how dangerous it would be to actually go in. It's not just her who feels the lack. The Maidens hiring adventurers have gotten much more assistance than a similar offer would have received three weeks ago.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil can find a party of adventurers with an open slot for another, funded by the crown and affiliated with the Gray Maidens. They're planning an operation for tomorrow, down in the Vaults. There's a group of derro thieves that have done a little too much murder on the side. They need to be dealt with.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Vaults are dangerous, especially right now, but people regularly come out alive. They at least might be able to run if something goes wrong, there are many possible ways to distract anything chasing them, and all in all this seems like a plan which isn't more risky than she was expecting. Anything worth knowing is worth paying for, and that is just as true of spells as anything else.

Of course, as slightly more experienced adventurers, they should spend some time practicing and working through their tactics. An operation tomorrow means one day of work, but that should be enough.

Several hours, many (improved!) Acid Splashes and Messages, and three Silent Images later (lasting as long as she can hold her concentration makes this sort of thing much easier to do cheaply), she's comfortable working with these people. It could be better, but it could be much worse. If they run into a vampire, they'll all die, but another rampaging otyugh she thinks they might survive. Overall, this was a successful day.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes it back home after the sun has gone down, without incident.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nice and dark, just how she likes it. She will need to be up early tomorrow to meet with her new allies, but there's still some time before she needs to sleep. She lifts the curtain from the window so she can look out in the stars and faint moonlight, takes out her newest book purchase, and starts reading.

The shadow alternately peers over her shoulder, stretches up from her lap, gazes solemnly from the other side of the desk, and hovers over her head, always keeping up with her as she goes along. Or at least it never objects when she turns a page, and it looks content.

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep into the night...

A thick fog has rolled over the city. The wind speeds up quickly until it begins to scream. Rain drips and flows and then pours. Lightning cracks across the sky. Tencednil can feel the floor vibrate slightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. This could in theory be the wake from something nearby happening which disrupted the forecasts, but she knows better than that. Whatever the conspiracy has against clear skies, it's made its stance quite evident. For now, she can't do anything, and with the fog this dense she can't see anything out there either. It is what it is.

The floor vibrating is a little more worrying. Hopefully that's just thunder. If the conspiracy managed to accidentally cause an earthquake, she will be so incredibly angry with them for the few minutes she'll get before dying.

...if they intentionally caused an earthquake, she'll still be angry, just also impressed. Magical earthquakes aren't usually very large.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wind takes on a strange tone that she's never heard before. The clouds above the Heights bend downward from the sky until they touch the earth. Thunder rolls across the city and visibility from her room is reduced to nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

As long as the floor's not vibrating, it's not actually any worse than the previous state of things. She isn't entirely comfortable admitting the conspiracy might be about to kill pretty much anyone and she would be unable to do anything about it, but it's... true. This is a true and strong tornado.

She tries to focus on her reading. She's definitely not sleeping in this, and there really isn't anything she can do about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Minutes pass. Dozens of minutes. Perhaps an hour. Eventually, the strange tone fades away. The wind slows very slightly, but the rain and the fog are as deep as ever.

Permalink Mark Unread

At this point it's late enough she needs to get to sleep if she wants to be awake tomorrow morning.

...does she want to be awake tomorrow morning? The rain all goes somewhere, and the sewers will be awful if they're possible to get through. Also, whatever just happened will have happened. She most likely won't have a mission to set herself upon. Conversely, why stay up now? No information will spontaneously materialize, and it's best form to not break commitments without a reason you can point to.

Sleep time it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

MOONDAY, SARENITH 29th, 4708

No newspapers arrive this morning. The winds and rain are gone. Fog blankets the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

No newspapers? That's unusual. Of course, the tornado yesterday might have had consequences. That does make it harder to know what happened last night. Unless it made the newspaper not come, in which case it still makes it harder but possibly less so.

She goes out early, the fog a welcome relief from the sun. What does it look like outside? Presumably there's at least a bit of catastrophe from the weather, but how much? Is anything else visible?

Permalink Mark Unread

The city is silent. She can't see much through the fog.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. It is early for her to be awake. It is not early for the city to be awake. This is unusual. This is very unusual, worryingly so.

What did the conspiracy do.

As she walks through the streets, she only gets more and more worried. Nothing is moving, and there really should be people out here. There's no actual sign of what... is happening? Has happened? Whichever. It's definitely a bad sign, though.

Eventually she reaches the bank. What does she see?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank is quiet. Mummified corpses are strewn across the stairs. They don't smell and seem perfectly healthy, except for how their bodies contain no fluids of any kind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

That seems not ideal.

And a complete lack of fluids, i.e. blood, would explain why the conspiracy wanted blood. Some sort of link? Connecting to the blood of every relevant individual and pulling it from them, for... some use? Probably something like that.

Good thing she didn't sell her own blood. Right now, though, she, Mother, and Brother need to be out of Korvosa. As soon as possible. This is not a place to be visibly alive and not part of the conspiracy.

She runs home, wakes her family, tells them what she saw, starts packing to flee the city—

Permalink Mark Unread

The final grain of sand in the hourglass falls.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, DESNUS 29th, 4708

ACADAMAE STUDENTS ON RELEASE FOR BREACHING FESTIVAL

The spring rains have been unusually long. You can hear them flow down off the roofs and into the gutters on the street, if you're listening. A Chelixian trade galleon bound from Corentyn pulled into the dock at Midland this morning. In two days, the gates of the Acadamae will open to outsiders for the exhibition. Dark things move in the Vaults beneath the earth. Last night, there was a tragic accident involving two house drakes, a careless wizard, and a walking mushroom.

So, nothing particularly out of the ordinary for this time of year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is seated at the desk in her room. Her hammock, bookshelf, and dresser are as they were weeks ago. The black curtains are closed.

The notes on her desk are older than she remembers and in different places.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Either that was a vision with a remarkably smooth-flowing ending or she (her future self? Who she could have been?) was wrong about these being visions.

Can she...

Silent Image.

Yes, she can cast second circle spells. She could not do that on Desnus 28th.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shadow is there, and it has the subtle additional tendrils and vision-spots she remembers on the way to the Bank. She herself doesn't have any of the minor twinges from pulling muscles slightly in practice, but her spells are still there, settled cleanly in her mind.

When she tries to remember what happened last week, she definitely remembers the last week of Sarenith, not the last week of Desnus. In fact, her memories of late Desnus are fading — she starts writing what she recalls down on the blank papers in front of her, in case it turns out to be relevant.

She gets up to take a step around the room, and... yes, she has the instinct for how to step subtly and quietly, where to place herself to be harder to see. She developed that in the vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Whether it was really just a vision or not is irrelevant, then. What does that even mean? She currently has the memories, skills, and spells of someone who lived through that in truth, and the body of one who didn't. There's nothing else to know. Chase not information you care not for; its price exceeds its value.

She just lived through (one, possibly possible, result of) the next month. And at the end of it, Korvosa's population had been (mostly?) reduced to mummified corpses by a conspiracy (was it? The weather connection was strong, it almost certainly was) which also killed King Eodred and put Queen Ileosa on the throne.

Permalink Mark Unread

So. Maybe that will happen again, maybe it will not. If the conspiracy exists and has the same goal (again? As in the vision? Whichever), she needs to plan for it. She can't stop it, not as she is now (can she? Could she delay Ileosa's ascension to somehow push it off? That wouldn't help, she can't prevent every way a... seventh circle wizard? Eighth circle wizard? Whatever Togomor was. She can't prevent every way a high-circle wizard could kill Eodred, and without that, all she would be doing is pushing back the clock. No value unless she needs the extra week.

She does, however, have a map drawn for her of what the conspiracy's plan is, and how it will react to events. She's seen what they do, and how they plan. There are choices they could have made which would have been better, for all of them, her, and Korvosa. There are also choices they could have made which would only be better for her and Korvosa, but in ways subtle enough that a trusted advisor could argue for an improvement all around.

The best she can do to alter the course of events is to give them a somewhat trustworthy source of information, then. Is that actually a good idea? Well, the other thing to consider is that if she remembers the next month once, she may well remember it again. She should also be trying to improve her results next time she wakes up today, and that means gaining circles but also gaining information, gaining knowledge... and a few other things.

A plan is starting to come together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil spends about an hour sitting in front of her desk, scribbling on her papers in ways which might just be notes, or might be something else entirely. Sometimes, she seems to be copying words from one place to another, but on inspection the copies are definitely not the same letters.

She also copies down the contract for sale of a buckler ring from her memories. It's been a month, but she remembers most of it.

At about the appropriate time, she heads out to the Rusted Anchor. This is still the first chance to verify anything she's seen, and the starting funds will be useful. No reason to change how she presented, the approach she remembers worked well.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Rusted Anchor is as she remembers it. Mika sits at a small table, eating. Anton and Julio walk in soon after. Tencednil easily convinces them to bring her along for the raid on Matei's lair.

The party makes their way across the city. Mika leads them to a dingy corner store. Anton and Julio pick up masks. Tencednil gets her marbles. They travel down into the sewers through the entrance at Stone's End. It's a long trek to the rusted ladder. The cylindrical chute and the waterfall smell terrible, as always. They pass down the ladder and through the long maze. The stone brick walls become old and cracked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Goblins ambush them at the intersection. Three this time, slightly different than her previous encounters. Her color spray deals with them easily. Mika finishes them off, as usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

The maze continues. Anton guides them through another ten minutes of winding passages, then through a trapdoor and down a twenty-foot ladder. The stone cobbles and bricks have faded almost completely, replaced with tunneled cave walls. This place is less of a classic maze but no less strange for it, with tunnels of every shape, many going nowhere at all.

Eventually they make it to the cavern. The river splits it into thirds. The water is murky, but it doesn't smell like the sewage from before. There's a few plants on the dirt at the edges of the river. The sound of insects can be heard faintly. Five minutes past the river, within the winding caves, they find the illusory wall. Once they find the door, Mika cracks it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two zombies assault them, leaping out from Matei's lair. The party baits them out into the hallway. The zombies slip on the marbles. Anton actually lands some of his castings of disrupt undead this time. Everyone is unharmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

The party loots the desk and the dresser and find everything Tencednil expects. She identifies (from memory) the spells on the red book. They begin to travel back up the way they came.

Permalink Mark Unread

Halfway through the tunneled stone leading to the maze ladder they're jumped by the dire rats. Color spray works its wonders. Anton is slightly injured, but it's nothing serious.

Permalink Mark Unread

They make it back up to the surface by early evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

She offers the contract. They accept, and she runs back home to get it signed. They take contract and ring to the bank, and receive the price, split evenly among them. The party assures each other they will receive letters sent to those accounts at the bank, and go their separate ways.

She buys her onyx and withdraws some shields. She copies down the account creation information, writes it up properly, and goes to sleep. She needs children out and about for that phase to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, DESNUS 30th, 4708

SCANDAL AT HOUSE GREY, SECRET HEIR REVEALED

The weather worsens. Rain pours in loud sheets. The sky crackles with lightning. Three ships delay setting off until the storm passes. Gemshare Jewelers is robbed by an expert. The value of the stolen goods exceeds ten thousand silver shields. Archbanker Darb Tuttle sells a regenerate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her shadow once again has convenient Taldane imprints on its surface in the morning, perfect for writing with.

Onyx: deposited! This time, she writes a few extra letters, imprinted by the shadow, and pays for them to be delivered to various banks by messenger. They won't be decrypted until the evening, when the banks reconcile their accounts and the code phrase is shared. Even decrypted with her account's code phrase, though, these messages appear to be nonsense.

In the initial paperwork, she included a note assuring the bank that some apparent gibberish would be delivered. Any paper which does not contain instructions directly for the Bank of Abadar after decryption should be copied and stored with the rest of her paperwork, even if it has no evident content.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, DESNUS 31st, 4708

SHINGLES GANG BRAWL TURNS BLOODY, NINE DEAD

A perfect circle is carved into the sky, two miles wide. The storm seems to bend around it. It's a bright, sunny day. The Acadamae opens its doors to outsiders for the festival. The guard struggles to handle a crowd. A small ship wrecks against the Varisian coastline, far in the distance. A devil has breakfast with his great grandson.

Permalink Mark Unread

She copies some letters a final time, double-checking every step of the encoding. She copies down some contracts, encoding the words but leaving a space at the bottom for a single signature. She tests the shadow's speed at writing, ensuring it can manage this every time without fail. Tomorrow pays for all.

The Breaching, now. One last check before she commits.

Permalink Mark Unread

She travels to the Acadamae. The illusions are as pretty as she remembers. The exhibitions range from somewhat dull to extremely impressive. She makes it to the substantial crowd shortly before the Breaching begins. The raised platform is almost completely full. The King and his family are visible from their private box. 

The Hall of Wards is a plain, rectangular wooden building with minimal decoration. Large windows face the crowd, and through them one can see a large empty room with a glittering wood floor. There is one set of double doors at the front. Nothing on the building looks like an illusion, although of course this is a lie.

A few minutes of waiting later, the Headmaster appears in the sky, greeted by a long blast from a mighty horn.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello everyone," his voice booms like thunder "and welcome to this year's Breaching Festival!"

"I know our five contestants, which include our very own Professor Vargas of the Hall of Shaping, are eager to begin, so I shall keep this introduction short. This year, as every year, the contestants will attempt enter the Hall of Wards by any means available to them. The first person to step on the floor of the Hall of Wards shall win our grand prize, located further within the Hall. If no winner emerges by dusk, items equaling one thousand gold sails in value will be added to the prize for next year. As it has been one hundred and sixty-three years since our last winner, the prize has grown truly astronomical. Our current best estimate puts its total value at over one hundred and thirty thousand gold sails!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd cheers, even louder than the Headmaster's voice!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now, there are some rules. Each contestant only gets one attempt, ever. Avoid collateral damage; you are at fault for any injuries in the audience as a result of your attempt. You must actually enter the Hall of Wards; no illusions, no projected images, no simulacra, your actual physical boot must touch that floor. No divine intervention... if your god wants the prize they can come get it themselves. And no wishes. With that, our contestants will draw lots, and we shall see among them who goes first."

Permalink Mark Unread

The master thief is first. Madison Ross and her deck of cards dance through the first three sets of doors without issue. The rain of arrows from the Doors of Steel impale her, and it takes her a minute to get them open. She dodges the bolt of lightning from the Doors of Storm and cracks the lock in an instant.

The Doors of Night are a brilliant moving night sky. The stars glow, and the constellations form a vast symbol. It flashes twice. Madison dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Takota is up next, his giant's sledge slung over his shoulder. He drinks a potion and doubles in size.

Swing. Swing. Swing. Swing. Swing...

His hammer pulverizes the walls of the Hall of Wards like they're made of cheap wood. He breaks the wall of force. He carves through the wall of lava. He bypasses the web of lightning. He kills the black ooze. He shatters the dead-magic wall. He survives the sky wall with the clouds of fire. He shatters each layer of the prismatic wall, one-by-one.

The air elementals attack him and die. Takota fails the break through an invisible barrier in front of a wall of liquid metal. He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Professor Vargas, with his purple suit and monocle, is the next (and probably last) candidate. He spends a minute inspecting the hole Takota made in the wall.

He knocks open the Doors of Wood. He casts three spells on himself. His body is formed of glimmering ice. He phases through the next Doors of Stone and of Iron in an instant.

The rain of arrows from the Doors of Steel fails against an invisible barrier. He disintegrates one of the doors using his staff. The Doors of Storm cannot harm him. They reflect his next disintegrate back at him; he blinks away just in time. He opens one of the doors using an unknown spell.

The Doors of Night flash harmlessly at his construct servant. It says a command word, and one of the doors opens. The Doors of Flame, formed of smoking vines, dispel his icy form. It doesn't stop him. He scrolls a spell and flows through the vines.

He becomes ice again, just in time for the Doors of Shadow to pour forth undead horrors. They cannot harm him. He casts an unknown spell, and one of the doors opens. The Doors of Scouring are a dazzling white. He reads a scroll, which destroys all magic, but the white doors are unaffected. He walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Memories confirmed. She commits tomorrow.

She returns, buying a few cheap focuses on her way back, and practices her writing some more. Rephrase that, tweak the copies. Shift that wording a little, redo the encoding. If she wants to reference that there, she needs to set it up earlier, so that means that sentence needs to be deleted...

Eventually she gets to sleep. She won't get her full eight hours today, but she didn't cast anything yesterday. It should be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
MOONDAY, SARENITH 1st, 4708

BUSINESS SLOWS AT MIDLAND, ABADARAN ESTIMATES UNMET

The storm has subsided and the sky is clear. At the Acadamae, post-holiday cleanup begins. Everyone gets back to work. A crew sets out from the docks, intent on investigating yesterday's wreck. Rumors spread in Old Korvosa of undead escaping the sewers, but nothing can be confirmed. A small group is found dead, mauled and eaten by some sort of monster.

Permalink Mark Unread

To the messenger, the same as last time. This packet has a few extra sheets of paper. "Make sure they arrive quickly."

The first letter is the same warning of the king's death as she remembers writing. She needs to know the reactions, and she knows what will happen this time. This time, there are two further letters which can be immediately decrypted.

The first:

The following instructions are for the Bank of Abadar.

Split the part of this message under the divide into pass phrase and message, send several copies of each letter to Osirion, and draw on the funds in this account to ensure there is at least one copy of each safely away from any possible break-ins. Do this today. The other letters in this collection do not require the same precautions. If the attached contract is not submitted, signed, to the Bank by Felandriel Morgethai within two weeks, decode the letter with the pass phrase, publish it in Korvosa and Absalom, and do with the information as you wish. Until that time, it is to remain confidential from everyone.

Divide.

Attached, there is a pass phrase and another encrypted message, along with a contract. The contract states that, upon receiving the listed pass phrase, the undersigned agrees to enhance the giver via Wish, three Wishes dedicated to one ability. This is to happen within a reasonable time period, and is void if the phrase-giver serves Cheliax or any other enemy of Andoran or if they will not provide appropriate assurances under truth detection that they mean no harm to the undersigned or anything they protect. A week should in most cases be a reasonable time period, but during an ongoing war or similar need for spell slots, it may extend indefinitely as long as the undersigned makes a good-faith effort to cast the spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second easily-decrypted message is short, and is immediately followed on the same page by text which decrypts to yet more apparent nonsense.

For the Bank of Abadar: Decipher the following message and leave it with the rest of my paperwork. Do not attempt to decode the encrypted portion yourself.

To you. Yes, you. Not the Bank decoder, the other person reading this. Decode with Bellaso's cipher, phrase the common Taldane name of the largest-scale spell you were planning to cast on Sarenith 5. Read the first part now.

Following this is the, presumably, encrypted text.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lastly, there are two messages encrypted for the Bank. Again, these letters request the Bank decrypt them with the name of the house most prominently mentioned in the Sarenith 2 Carrier headline, and send the first to the King if they are both in comprehensible Taldane. The first:

For the eyes of the Saffron Sovereign, King Eodred Arabasti II of Korvosa, Prince of Stirges.

You have a problem in your sewers. It is worse than you realize, and only getting more so. You need to solve it. Send a detachment of guards to investigate the warehouse Reiner Davaulus recently purchased, but only after locating the sewer entrance and sending another force through there. The sewer guards should be the main force, but anticipate a ten to twenty second delay between the aboveground detachment's arrival and when they will be able to assist the sewer guards. Ensure your guards can handle a fifth circle cleric.

The second:

For the eyes of the Bank of Abadar.

It is possible someone will soon be attempting to steal my paperwork, for use in uncovering my identity. I anticipate the current security measures will suffice for my own safety, but the Bank may be at risk if they are desperate enough. Consider increasing your safety precautions for a few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is highly unorthodox (not to mention complicated) but the Bank of Abadar has handled stranger deposits before. The messenger leaves the Bank empty handed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Highly unorthodox and complicated, but hopefully it will work. She knows the first few pieces will fall into place, at least.

Again, she spends the day running messages. She'll need to go to the Guard to volunteer earlier than she remembers doing it, but the message won't be sent until the 2nd, and probably won't be read until the 3rd. She has some time.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
TOILDAY, SARENITH 2nd, 4708

HIS MAJESTY CANCELS APPEARANCE AT ARKONA GALA, RUMORED DIVISION WITHIN PEERAGE REVIEW

They were getting along so well, at least as far as the public knew. But now all is in doubt. Is His Majesty hiding some dreadful scandal? Is House Arkona? Those of Old Korvosa that care about such things are displeased with the return of such open feuding. Why did the King spurn them so abruptly?

The crew returns from the shipwreck. There were no survivors, but they managed to recover valuable trade goods. Something brews in the sewers of Old Korvosa, and the papers print vague warnings.

Permalink Mark Unread

All according to plan.

Today, her first order of business is going to Citadel Volshyenek. They aren't looking for anyone yet, but she needs to be on their minds when they are. ...which means being motivated mostly by the desire to keep Korvosa safe for everyone. Oh well, she will make do.

Up to the receptionist. "The newspaper is talking about problems in the sewers. I've been down there, and if there are problems, I want to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist pages through a small notebook. "We don't have an active investigation open into the sewers. I've heard the rumors about Old Korvosa. I can put you on our volunteer list, and we'll notify you if we open an investigation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, that makes things easy. No need to worry about messy timing. 

Slightly droopy, like she just worked up her courage to do this and now is a little crushed. "Oh... Well, if you open one, definitely. I'm Tencednil." She provides her mailing address, both physical and her bank account. Either way will work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her name is added to the the Guard's list. "Thank you for volunteering. Good day."

Permalink Mark Unread

A quick, shallow nod, and she runs off.

It's amazing how terrifying it is to have a plan in progress that you can't do anything about, which may or may not work, and which won't have any feedback. She knows the first few steps will go properly, and she's still in edge.

Oh well, nothing for it. She runs home, breathes slowly for a time, and spends the rest of the day rereading Ulon's holy texts. If there was ever a time she was in need of Ulon's favor, it's now.

Permalink Mark Unread

The security at the Bank of Abadar in Korvosa is good... but it's not that good.

He's within the vaults by eleven at night. The forbiddance does not burn him, because he knows the password, though none hear him speak it. The alarms don't go off as he is too small for them to detect. The clerics within the vault do not perceive him, even with the invisibility purge tied to the hallow, for when he steps within the room their minds are ensnared in a complex hallucination. The locks don't stop him because—if he really tries—his skill at lockbreaking can equal that of any master thief.

There is a stack of papers in the account's safe. He takes them all. None notice him leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Plane shift the moment he's outside the building. He moves into his work room and sets the papers down on his desk. When he pages through them, what does he see?

Permalink Mark Unread

There are several letters! Most of them are boring, instructions to the Bank or letters to the King he's already seen.

Possibly important is one of them, which begins To You. The message the Bank of Abadar was supposed to copy and send to Osirion might also be of interest, and the codeword for that one is right there on the paper.

Permalink Mark Unread

The 5th of Sarenith. That's probably control weather in the morning, early enough that Ornelos and Tuttle might not be awake. Glarataxus does not strictly speaking need the cover of fog, but he definitely wants it. Togomor hasn't gone a single day without mind blank since he hit eighth, and he makes sure to overlap the duration. They're not reading his mind or divining his plans. Prophecy continues to seem most likely, somehow. He tested one of the old prophecy spells yesterday and as expected it didn't work.

He tries to decipher the letter, using control weather as the phrase.

Permalink Mark Unread

The letter yields its secrets to the phrase "Control Weather".

The decoded part reads:

You will want all of these letters, and you will want the Bank not to have them. Take them with you as you go. Each letter in this collection will be formulated as this one is, with a plaintext introduction instructing you on the decryption phrase followed by the encrypted message. Each codephrase must be applied to all of the messages: the second letter is encrypted in that fashion, then again with this letter's codephrase, and the third with both prior phrases.

Your initial plan would not have worked. Toff Ornelos and Darb Tuttle have tools you did not anticipate, which I will not expose. King Eodred has instead deployed his forces against the Urgathoans, who will already have begun spreading their disease by the time he attacked. The guard will succeed. This will allow you to set up the Urgathoans to take the fall for killing Eodred. Possess a disposable target to do the killing, to ensure consistency with your later plan. Announce that this was an act of the Urgathoans and Korvosa will believe it. Consider how you would do this before decoding further.

Now, remember the vaults beneath Korvosa. If you do what you were planning, you will awaken everything in there and below, and this brings more danger than you think even knowing that. Restrict your announcement to minimize this.

Once Ileosa is on the throne, you will need to ensure public support for her. This is doubly true once she appoints Togomor. The first method is the public execution of the Urgathoan who killed Eodred. Publicly, hire Togomor to hunt the killer down, but not to handle the execution. Possess the target, declare their location, and send in a strike team. To demonstrate an Urgathoan nature, the killer should rise as a greater undead after being slain; hang a Create Undead in a Contingency for proper effect. A prayer bead of karma would optimally point to a cleric, but any alternative to permit Contingent Create Undead would also work. This is the first priority, and will allow appointing Togomor steward without substantial outcry.

Your second method is curing the disease, which by now is known to be incurable, and already spreading through Korvosa. Instructions on handling this are in my second letter.

—A Source

Permalink Mark Unread

She needs them to believe her to start. They have to follow along, and that means being obviously prophetic and also obviously helpful. They were bad at public opinion last time, and they really could use it, so she can help there. The obvious stutter point is that she stopped their first plan. Without the Urgathoans to blame, things would be much less convenient, but that's not a justification. Fortunately, highly circled wizards and clerics often have tricks, and they don't make them public.

And, of course, nobody here should want to wake the World Beneath. That would be dumb. That part is also prophetic, quite directly, and immediately shows her value to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ornelos having tools he is not aware of is obvious, Tuttle less so. Eodred... how does he even know about the plague? Andaisin and Arkminos only finished it yesterday! The seer warns the King of his coming assassination. Everyone that matters knows a dragon is after him. Then, they reveal an alternate source to blame the regicide on, which none should yet know of. Very convenient. It's certainly not a bad idea, nobody likes Urgathoans. Andaisin bothers him. He suspects most who flee Nidal have methods of coping with their damage, but hers is... well. He has no idea what "plan" they're talking about that would disturb the Vaults. An announcement? And who do they think will read this other than him? Getting create undead on a contingency on another person is... possible but annoying. He'll need a strong leyline and a possession. Why would he want to cure the disease? The whole point—

He has no reason to believe this person is not lying to him. All of this information is suspect. What do the plaintext parts of the other letters have to say?

Permalink Mark Unread

Decoding the extra letters, one of them reveals legible text. In particular, it begins:

This letter describes the proper handling of the cure of the Urgathoan disease. Decode it with the common Taldane for the place of origin of the group which manifests immunity to the disease.

Of course, he can't read farther than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other letter, the one the bank has now copied to far-off locations, decodes to a listing of his and Ileosa's sins: their plotted killing of King Eodred to ascend to power in Korvosa, their malicious stealing of blood from innocent Korvosans (though the methods used to steal their blood are carefully unspecified), and their plans to sacrifice the Korvosan population in a blood ritual to fuel their power at the cost of many thousands of lives. It ends with a claim that the Bank of Abadar can attest to this source being highly well-informed, a reminder that the Korvosan throne sits upon a great deal of coin, and a note that the Abadarans are generally loath to expend as much effort to safeguard the wealth of those who attempt to murder Abadaran clerics.

Of course, for now, this letter remains encoded. Only he, and whoever wrote it, know about it. And if the contract is filed within two weeks, that should remain the case.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a group that's immune to the disease. He pays these useless idiots so much and they still can't come up with a properly incurable disease. Seriously?

He'll ask Arkminos about it tomorrow. He's more likely to be candid with him than the others.

Permalink Mark Unread

So. The seer knows about the blood and they're blackmailing him. They want three wishes. From Felandriel Morgethai—are they stupid? She doesn't sell spells to just anyone. Perhaps they're secretly affiliated with her, but Morgethai is supposedly good. If she knew... she'd already be down here ruining everything. If this leaks and the Bank believes it, they will probably void the Compact of 4644. And possibly have Khalit Maron call a miracle from Abadar down on them. Not to mention the Acadamae and the Great Houses...

He burns a lot of blood to recall his plane shift. He casts it and moves back to the Material. Ileosa, we have a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

We always have problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

The seer knows about the blood. They've sent a collection of evidence about our more significant activities to the Bank in Sothis and Abaslom. It's enciphered, for now.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do they want?

Permalink Mark Unread

Three wishes from Felandriel Morgethai.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

Can we afford it?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know. I want you to find them, Togomor.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're almost certainly under mind blank. I can promise nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. I'll send feelers out to the auction markets. We have one diamond of the right size from the Sunken Queen. How long do we have until the evidence leaks?

Permalink Mark Unread

Two weeks.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll handle this. You should get some rest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
WEALDAY, SARENITH 3rd, 4708

MYSTERIOUS BREAK IN AT THE BANK OF ABADAR

Last night, the secure vaults at the Bank of Abadar were breached by an unknown party. The Abadarans don't know how they managed it. None of the wards or alarms triggered and nobody on the night shift saw anything amiss. The thief made off with valuable information held for one of the Bank's clients. A bounty has been placed for any verifiably true information pertaining to these incidents.

No clerics went missing, this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a convenient side benefit. She didn't actually know enlisting the Bank to (semi-)willingly aid in her plans more tightly would help them as well, but it is pleasing to Ulon that it works out like that. Good that the first real step worked. It would have been surprising if it hadn't.

She checks the bank in case the guard has already started its investigation. Any mail for her?

Permalink Mark Unread

She has one letter waiting for her at the Bank. It's from the Korvosan Guard. An investigation has been opened into Old Korvosa's sewers. She's listed as a volunteer on their list. Her presence is requested at Citadel Volshyenek. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, that makes this easy. To Citadel Volshyenek she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The headquarters of the Guard is as she remembers it. The receptionist greets her and leads her to a familiar office.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello. You may call me Detective Navarro. I hear you want to assist us in our investigation. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to circle up, and the sewers are normally where you go to do that in Korvosa. If they're getting more dangerous, that means I'm at risk, and it means everyone else like me is at risk. Going down with the guard is safer, and the guard is the best chance I see at improving things. You need to succeed here, and I can help you with that." Similar to last time, but she doesn't have the call in the newspaper or even the faint whisper of money this time, so she needs to emphasize differently. Desire to help the people she's worked with in the past should make sense to him, hopefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well. Please sign this." He slides a piece of paper across the desk. It's an oath of confidentiality covering this investigation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, that's new. Makes sense now that they know they're investigating people who might be listening in the area, though.

She signs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro files the oath away. "Welcome aboard, Tencednil. We've located what we believe to be a secret Urgathoan cult. They're operating out of a warehouse in Old Korvosa. Near the middle of Bridgefront, specifically. Our intelligence suggests their complex extends underground into the sewers, but we don't have a specific location. My objective in this investigation is to discover the Urgathoan cult's back door. We'll be descending quite deep into the sewers as part of our search. Are you still ready and willing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She perks up. Her ears roll back for a moment in what Navarro might know enough about elven body language to interpret as fear, before decidedly straightening. She sets her face, takes a breath, and nods slightly.

"Yes sir!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro smiles. "Good! ...and there's no need to call me 'sir'. Detective will do."

He leads her out of his office and down the hall. "For as long as we're down there, I am your commanding officer. If I am ever indisposed, Garril will assume command. You will meet him soon. We also have a cleric named Shadi. The Pharasmins are quite upset about Urgathoa returning to the city."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sound good! A cleric especially, I've gone down without them and it's never fun. Infernal Healing really isn't as good. I'm a sorcerer, mostly illusions. If I say... uhh..." She pinches her lips and frowns momentarily, her eyes flickering back and forth. "Nothing too obvious... If I say 'heads up', what I'm about to cast is an illusion!" Nod. "That makes sense whatever I'm casting. ...or if you have a better idea, that also works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Illusions are useful, but 'heads up' is a little obvious. How about 'spell six'. It's more ambiguous and we're not using it for anything else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, that also works!" Zombies aren't the most intelligent, this is supposed to be her first time making up code words like this. Good to know it's working.

Permalink Mark Unread

The planning room is very much like she remembers. There's a large rectangular table, covered in documentation and paper and maps. Two people are already seated.

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall man wearing metal breastplate and a helmet looks over as they enter. "Detective."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Garril, Shadi, this is Tencednil. Sorcerer and illusionist. She'll be working with us today."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Good to meet you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi waves but otherwise does not speak.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good to meet you as well! I have Color Spray and Silent Image, as well as Ray of Enfeeblement and a fourth spell I don't know the name for." She pulls out a copper pinch. "It makes metal glow, and I can break it to try to blind something next to me for a moment. I can it Moon's Reflection. If we see zombies... or other undead... I'll mostly be using Silent Image, and you can see if I cast a spell that isn't any of those it's an illusion. But just in case, if I say spell six, I'm casting Silent Image!"

...she trails off a little awkwardly. "So what about you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"At first circle I have two bless, one protection from evil, and one obscuring mist. I have two bursts of radiance and one detect thoughts at second. You can expect five channels, if we need them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! I also have a friend, she's sort of like a familiar I think. She can fly and see things close to her, even if they're in the dark or in fog or underwater. Also I can see in the dark, about sixty feet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That will be quite useful. If we're all ready, I think we best get going."

Permalink Mark Unread

Their squad leaves Citadel Volshyenek and travels up through Midland. They cut across North Point and over the bridge into Old Korvosa. It's east from there into Bridgefront.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now, this is... not the best area of town, but I don't expect anyone to bother us. Garril tends to intimidate."

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon after they enter Bridgefront, they reach a sewer entrance. It's different than either of the two Tencednil remembers using.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Here we go. Masks up, everyone!" Navarro pulls open an old wooden door and walks into a tunnel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mask! Into the tunnel! This is a new place, so she has no idea what to expect. Hopefully it won't be too bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leads them into the dark tunnels. This section of the sewers is unfamiliar. Less open and more cramped. Instead of descending a ladder in one of the otyugh chutes, they slowly make their way through a winding maze of utility tunnels. It doesn't smell quite as bad as being next to open sewer water. They're deep within this place when a man in tattered robes rounds a corner around twenty feet ahead of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He holds his lantern forward. "Hello! We're with the Guard. Who are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The man growls at Navarro and gives him a baleful glare. His body shifts unnaturally into the form of a humanoid rat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Behind him, a group of four dire rats crawl along the walls and ceiling.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is an atypical response for a human! As she gives him a disarming smile, Tencednil is already starting to move. By the time he's fully ratted, she's in his face throwing a Color Spray. She can't get all of the rats, but three is still a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

One wererat and three dire rats are stunned and blinded and unconscious!

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro runs forward and skewers an unconscious dire rat through the head. It dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

A second wererat leaps from the darkness behind the party and grazes Tencednil with a crossbow bolt. It draws blood, barely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril slams his warhammer into another unconscious dire rat. It doesn't die. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The only dire rat that's still awake chomps down on Tencednil's foot. Its teeth penetrate but don't get very far.

Permalink Mark Unread

A bolt of ice launches from Shadi's hand and spears into the wererat behind them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wererats are not the best things to hit with swords! She carefully steps away from the rat and throws an Acid Splash back at the conscious one.

...back near the conscious one. Aiming is apparently hard. Oh well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro slams his rapier down through the unconscious wererat's chest. Even without a silver weapon, he manages to pierce their heart. The wererat goes still on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The remaining wererat roars and charges Navarro. He dodges out of the way at the last moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril swings his warhammer at the wererat. It slams into their chest and smokes uselessly. Not silver.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dire rat by Tencednil's feet lunges for her again. It misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi forms a second spear of ice and flings it into the wererat's chest. It stumbles backward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rat is a pain, but the were is actually a problem. Acid Splash?

No, she still cannot hit it. Ugh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro lunges for the wererat but fails to aim properly. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wererat can't hit Navarro either!

Permalink Mark Unread

The dire rat chomps into Tencednil's leg. Her skin is surprisingly durable, but it still hurts.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll probably need to get some of these treated before too long. Hopefully not tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi lands another hit on the wererat with her conjured icicles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Away from the rat again, aim, Splash... nope, too many people crowding in close. Why is this so hard. And they still need to finish off the normal rats at some point, but that's probably not the priority right now. ...maybe it should be though.

"The rats will be waking soon! Garril, if you can take a swipe, maybe some skull crushing!" After he's kept the wererat open long enough for Navarro to stab it in the important bits, preferably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro slices his blade forward. The wererat is already out of the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wererat swings back at Navarro. He's also already out of the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril slams his warhammer into the dire rat that's been harassing Tencednil. It staggers under the weight of the impact.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dire rat limps back a few paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi flings another icicle. The wererat looks very wounded now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not having a rat on her makes this easier. Acid Splash?

...no! Still not! This is supposed to be a pretence of incompetence, she's not supposed to actually be aiming like Anton! Augh!

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro cannot seem to land a hit on this damn wererat.

Permalink Mark Unread

This damn wererat can land a hit on Navarro, though. A large gash opens across his chest and he stumbles backward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril swings at the wererat, but the ongoing melee is chaotic and he does not to strike it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The very injured dire rat runs away!

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi's slings a fifth icicle into the wererat. "I'm almost out! Hurry up and kill it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Acid Splash! ...that one almost hit, it would have if she wasn't aiming around Navarro, but unfortunately she is. Hopefully he can finish it with a stab if he's going to be so close in that she can't shoot it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro finally strikes true and spears the wererat right through the heart. It collapses to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril flattens the last unconscious stunned dire rat with his warhammer. It dies. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro breathes heavily. "They're not usually so aggressive! Or prone to attack guardsmen. They fought to the death, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's weird! I know goblins usually run away if they're alone, even if they're just alone because the rest are knocked out. Are wererats the same way? ...also that was a lot of nibbles, and that stab looked bad. We might want a channel. And I'll need to get this treated for infection..."

She droops a bit at the thought. "Hopefully I don't need a Remove, they're a little expensive for me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi channels. Some of the party's wounds close, but not enough. She channels again. Tencednil is fully healed, but Navarro is still injured.

"That will have to do. I need to save the rest, in case we run into undead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! This is much easier with quick healing." Having been down here with none made that clear very quickly. If she had actually gone down as many times as she's been implying, it would no doubt be even more so.

And now, time to follow Navarro some more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro follows his map through the cramped tunnels. The maze slowly spirals downward until they exit into familiar straight passageways. Sewer water is flows openly down the middle of this place. At evenly spaced points, there are doorways in the stone. Some spiral up in staircases, some have lead into long dark tunnels, and some are just holes in the wall, leading to nowhere. The commercial access tunnels.

They reach a crossroads. Tencednil recognizes it, but there's no wooden barrels down the walkway this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which way here?" She flicks a quick sign to the shadow, and it starts hovering out to check the paths — this time, prioritizing the place where she knows the access tunnel they want originates.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro is reading his map. "I think it should be to our left... somewhere around here..."

Permalink Mark Unread

The shadow swoops forward, detects the tunnel exactly where she knew it was, and flits back to poke at her.

"Is it about fifty feet to our left? There's an access tunnel there." She thinks for a moment, then whispers excitedly. "...It's dark out here, if the people inside need light my friend might be able to see them through the tunnel! And if they're still far enough away, they won't be able to see her!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That could be it. If we send your friend through the tunnel, can it tell us what's down there? I don't understand its method of communication."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She can sort of talk to me, and she understands Taldane, so I can ask her questions. She can't tell me things if she's not close though. If she goes there I need her to come back to know what she saw."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "That should work. Please send her in to look."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods to the shadow, and it flits up to the end of the tunnel. What can it see from there? Is there visible light inside?

Permalink Mark Unread

The tunnel is thirty feet long, sloping upward at a steep angle. At its end lies a wooden door. Light peeks through the small gap between the door and the walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

It flits back. <Thirty feet! Door! Light!>

Should she lie? ...no, that would be too obvious. "There's someone in there. The tunnel goes thirty feet, then there's a door, and she could see light on the other side. She can't see through the door, though. And I don't think we can sneak in and check if there's a door in the way, that's probably obvious."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's very likely to be our target." He marks down their location on his map. "Have your friend check the other nearby tunnels too. There could be multiple entrances."

Permalink Mark Unread

She has it do so! ...it refuses to go anywhere where it's substantially beyond her darkvision, though. 

"Those tunnels don't look like they have anything, they just go up. And that one maybe goes to a basement but there's no light, so she's not sure. She doesn't like going very far away from me, though. If you want her to look at all of those, we need to walk around a bit more."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe we're in the right place. Checking all the others one-by-one would take too much time. Let's go."

Navarro turns around and walks back the way they came.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, she doesn't need to wait until they open the door on their own. That would be a pain.

And back out of the tunnels! Hopefully no ghouls this time, she's still not very good with ghouls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their ascent back up through the sewers and tunnels is uneventful. The ghouls Tencednil remembers were located in a different area, at the broken seal, which is far from their current location. They make it up and out without being accosted. The trek to Citadel Volshyenek is a familiar one. It seems to pass them by quickly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A lack of undead is always appreciated. Those ghouls didn't impress the guard at all, the fight got her nothing. This is far preferable.

Permalink Mark Unread

They walk through the doors of the Citadel and arrive back in the planning room. Navarro leaves to meet with his superiors in a debriefing.

Twenty minutes pass in relative silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro returns. "We have our target. We will hit the cult tomorrow with a large formation. Shadi, I have a list of spells the Guard would like tomorrow. We will appreciate anything the Church can spare."

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a slip of paper from him. "Noted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are all dismissed." He turns to Tencednil. "I'd like to see you back here tomorrow for the raid, if you want to help with a larger operation."

Permalink Mark Unread

She breathes slowly for a moment, before exhaling strongly and nodding. She speaks a little slower, more apparent thought behind each word. "Yes, if there's a cult down there it need to be gone. If I can help, I want to." 

That said, she springs back to the bouncier, bubblier tone she's been using for most of their time together. "See you tomorrow!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Have a good rest of your day, Tencednil."

Permalink Mark Unread

Back home, then. And tomorrow she's going to be facing the high-circled casters she remembers, which means planning for them.

Hopefully the prior warning will suffice, and she won't need extra intervention... but she's seen King Eodred's responses to her letters. He avoided apparent death by Glarataxus only to be killed by most likely exactly the same wizard, one day later, and had seemingly done nothing to improve the results of his death. She's not going to rely on him handling forewarning of the Urgathoan cleric well. She also doesn't want to rely on the Marines to finish off the cleric this time. That seemed too much like luck, and there were many ways it could have gone wrong. She has no way to prevent a Flame Strike natively...

Wait. That... might be false. Especially a Flame Strike used immediately on entering the room, with minimal time to look around. If someone can cast a Silence for her...

She buys a bullseye lantern casing on her way back home. Mother casts her a Deeper Darkness to practice with, and she spends the rest of the day testing.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
OATHDAY, SARENITH 4th, 4708

TURMOIL IN THE GREAT HOUSES CONTINUES

The weather is bright and sunny. The trade galleon from last week pulls out of port, bound for Cheliax. Rumors spread about danger beneath Old Korvosa, but no official statements are forthcoming. Unrest grows slightly. The high nobility continue their current fit of squabbling, although none seem to agree on what exactly they're squabbling about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Time to prepare for the raid! She went to sleep early, and walks to Citadel Volshyenek early in the morning, or at what humans would call a reasonable time. Humans, of course, are wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist sends for a guardsman, who takes her far into the Citadel, up multiple flights of stairs. She's led into the larger planning space from her memories. It's full of guardsmen and assistants, like last time, and the ambient discussion is quite loud.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro is seated at a table and having a discussion about something. He doesn't notice her arrival.

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks quietly until seeing him, and then makes sure her footsteps are a little louder than normal. That's a perfectly acceptable way to get attention.

...he's still busy talking. Fine. "Hello Detective! How is today going to be different?" If they're just going in with a larger group, that's how it goes. Hopefully there's something more than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The current plan is two formations. A smaller one up top and a larger one in the sewers. We have intelligence that vertical travel within the warehouse is bottlenecked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we're in the sewers, because I can see in the dark? ...oh, if there are people with lanterns it doesn't matter much. I can only see as far as a lantern's light shines."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "We're with the lower formation in the sewers."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Are we getting a Blessing of the Watch? I've heard of it, but I've never had it cast on me! It sounds interesting. And if we might be fighting clerics, will there be anyone who can cast Silence? I think my friend might be able to use it. If you Silence something inside of a lantern like that, does it make a cone of Silence? She can shine it at casters!" And, of course, it can do this non-obviously and immediately when the fifth circle cleric enters the room, and therefore stop that initial Flame Strike.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are getting a blessing of the watch. We have a wide variety of other spells but I don't expect any of them will go to you. Two of the Pharasmins have silence but I don't know if it works that way. You'll have to ask them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will!" Ooh, other spells (probably besides the Haste from last time? It doesn't sound like he just means round buffs). What a useful idea. Maybe this will go better after all, even without her additional help.

She wanders over to Shadi. "Do you have Silence today? Do you know how it works if you put it inside a lantern like this? If we're going to fight casters, my friend can shine a lantern at anyone who seems important to Silence them if it comes out in a cone. Maybe you have a better way to use it, but she can fly and pay attention to just doing that, so I thought I should check."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have one silence today. I've never tried putting it in a lantern, but silence doesn't travel through walls or around corners. It sounds like it could work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we can try it! It might be a bad idea, but if it doesn't work and you need your Silence we can always take the pebble out and give it to someone else instead, as long as we test it before a fight. ...oh, but Silence doesn't last long enough for that, does it. Maybe not then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm willing to try when we breach the temple. We'll have to stick close together, but I think it's a good idea, if it works within the formation's layout."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! I hope it works!" She should probably ask a wizard at some point, if they have the time. Wizards might know more about how spells interact with things, and this probably isn't too strange a combination.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next thirty minutes...

Permalink Mark Unread

A squad of four Sable Company marines—

Permalink Mark Unread

A dozen more guardsmen—

Permalink Mark Unread

A cleric of Sarenrae and a very well equipped cleric of Pharasma—

Permalink Mark Unread

And two more wizards enter the planning room.

Permalink Mark Unread

A captain yells from the center of the room. "Everyone! Everyone! Your attention, please!"

The ambient discussion fades away. "This operation shall contain two formations. Formation one shall be comprised of myself, the squad of marines, four of our five clerics, our fourth and third and second circle wizards, our sorcerer, and two more squads of guardsmen. Twenty three total. Formation one shall ambush the cultists via the underground access tunnels in the sewers. Entering behind them will be another dozen guardsmen."

"Formation two shall be comprised of a second captain, two dozen guardsmen, and our last cleric. They shall breach the warehouse on the surface and wait to catch any fleeing cultists. A wizard with the first formation will cast light on a small device. When formation one breaches the underground compound, he shall cast it again, and the light with formation two will turn off. That's formation two's signal to breach. Is that clear?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A dozen guardsmen shout. "Yes, sir!"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

During the ambient discussion, she walks up to one of the wizards. "Do you know how Silence works in a bull's-eye lantern? Does it shine out in a cone like Darkness?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd expect it to. I've never cast silence myself, it's not a wizard spell, but emanations don't go around corners."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good. Thank you!" She informs Shadi of the result.

When the captain starts talking, she too quiets down and listens. They're entering simultaneously, even with the delay? That's unfortunate. It is possible some of the cultists will be in the warehouse above? It will help if they are. She should plan for having only the lower group with her as they need to fight everyone, though. Four clerics and three wizards is better than last time, but preventing the Flame Strike from potentially wiping them out will be down to her unless they have useful buff spells.

They can win, but they will need to be careful about it. Good to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain clears his throat. "Right. We're going to do long duration buffs now. These are being generously provided by the Church of Pharasma at a very good price. Mass minor reversion is first. Marines and wizards, over here. It takes thirty minutes to cast, so you'll have to be patient."

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines and the wizards move over to the well-equipped cleric of Pharasma. He starts casting a spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh. Alright, long duration buffs for the underground team mean this makes much more sense. She... has never heard of Mass Minor Reversion before. Shadi probably has.

"What does that do? I don't think I've seen it before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It heals you automatically if you get injured enough. Lasts all day and discharges once. Sixth circle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! That seems very useful! But that's a very high circle, I can see why it's not common." The marines not being dropped by a Flame Strike will help a lot, but there's still no reason to just let it happen.

...also, does that mean that's the high cleric of Pharasma in the city? There are not very many sixth circle clerics in Korvosa! No, Pharasma has a high priestess, and he's male. Still, Tencednil will watch the casting. She doesn't often get to see a sixth circle spell cast up close.

And only eleven targets. Only sixth circle, then, eleven would be a strange number of targets for a seventh circle caster's spell to have. Still, he's very impressive.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a lot of long and low chanting and subtle hand movements. The incantation seems to repeat itself fairly often. Thirty minutes later, he finishes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen spend the next fifteen minutes getting fully geared. They gleam in their chainmail, equipped with halberds and swords and crossbows. Both formations, over fifty men together, march down through the Citadel to an outdoor staging area.

The sixth circle priest of Pharasma unlocks a small metal box and loops a strand of beads around his neck. He picks up a rod. Much faster than mass minor reversion, he casts extended communal reinforce armaments on all of the guardsmen's weapons and greater magic weapon on the marines' arrows and life bubble on the captain, the marines, the wizards, and the clerics. A priest of Abadar gives them all the blessing of the watch. Tencednil feels warm and her nerves settle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh wow, they really are spending magic on this. With spells like that behind them, she's much more confident that this might go well.

Off they go, then? It seems that, for one reason or another, the priest is staying behind. The captain only listed five clerics in the formations and he doesn't seem to be one of them. That does make sense, you really don't want to lose one of the possible casters of Raise Dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Much attention is paid to them as the formations march together up through Midland and North Point. They cross one of the widest bridges into Old Korvosa. The streets empty before them, shady characters of Bridgefront running into alleys and hiding from the scouring eye of the law.

At an three-way intersection, with the Shingles hanging above them, they stop. The first captain speaks. "This is where we split up. Formation one, with me! Formation two, remember the plan!" The wizard casts light on a small stone and gives it to the second captain. The formations split apart and head in different directions. Tencednil's formation is larger this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain leads them down a dark alley with a wide sewer hole. The tunnel angles downward sharply. "Here's our access point. It should be a few minutes to our destination."

They go forward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sewers are dark and horrible. Lanterns are pulled out and lit. The formation descends rapidly, down long winding staircases.

Tencednil recognizes this section of the deep sewers as they emerge from a doorway in the wall. The access tunnels are evenly spaced on the walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro leads the formation to the secret door. There still aren't any barrels by the sewer water.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain speaks quietly. "Everyone, get in formation. Marines up front. Wizards and sorcerers in the middle. Clerics spread throughout. Guardsmen leading up the back."

Permalink Mark Unread

To the middle!

"Shadi, this is the Silence target, when we need it." She holds out a pretty large rock she found above, which shouldn't fall out of the lantern too easily but should be removable if they need to, then puts it in the lantern. The shadow will keep it pointed towards Shadi until the Silence is cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "Okay. I'll cast it once the fighting starts."

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is in formation. "Minute buffs!"

The clerics and wizards cast a variety of personal spells. The marines cast gravity bow. The wizards haste the marines and the guardsmen and the clerics. Finally, one casts light on a small rock.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Charge!" The captain roars!

They flow forward like a wave, two-by-two, shoulder-to-shoulder down the hallway. A wooden door is visible thirty feet ahead of them, and the marines splinter it like torn paper.

Permalink Mark Unread

"THIS IS THE KORVOSAN GUARD! YOU ARE UNDER ARREST! SURRENDER NOW—"

Permalink Mark Unread

The stinging scent of harsh chemicals chokes this high-ceilinged chamber. Three huge metal vats bubble here, each more than six feet tall. A sturdy series of catwalks ten feet off the stretches over and around the vats, allowing those above to attend whatever horrible liquid produces the foul red mist emanating from each gigantic vessel. Circling the upper portion of the room is an elaborate mosaic of white, black, and green stone that depicts a giant half-skeletal woman in black veils dancing among fields of the dead, undead, and dying.

Permalink Mark Unread

When the door smashes, there are six people in the room. One screams. "Marines! ALARM—"

Permalink Mark Unread

The sound of a great bell ringing echoes through the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marco Carreiro, fourth circle abjurer, is being paid very well for this spell in particular. Lesser globe of invulnerability, right in front of the door. Just try fireballing them now.

Permalink Mark Unread

The battle isn't ready for his skills yet. He waits for the right moment...

Permalink Mark Unread

A marine steps forward and looses three arrows. All three tear through a cultist, killing them instantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain runs forward and slices into a cultist with his halberd.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard runs forward and stabs that same cultist with his halberd. They look very injured now.

Permalink Mark Unread

This went well in her memories, so no reason to change course. "Spell six!" Silent Image of a wall, and move back out of sight. The shadow doesn't need her to guide it at this point. "Shadi, you're up!"

The shadow turns its lantern towards Shadi, making sure she can see the stone within it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The injured cultist lunges for the captain with their scythe. It scratches against his armor uselessly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another guard moves up and slices the cultist. They go down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now! He runs forward and skewers an uninjured cultist with his rapier. They're quite injured now.

Permalink Mark Unread

A second marine steps forward and looses three arrows. The injured cultist slumps against the floor, unconscious. Another cultist is impaled by an arrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril runs forward slams the impaled cultist with his warhammer! Take that!

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard lunges at the cultist and slices them open. They collapse to the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi begins casting silence on a small rock.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's second circle wizard greases the floor ahead of the right door.

Permalink Mark Unread

The two clerics of Pharasma send their spiritual weapons flying out at the cultists. Both miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

A third marine steps forward and looses three arrows. Only one hits, but it drops a cultist to the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Cleric of Sarenrae moves beyond the lesser globe of invulnerability casts produce flame. Flames as bright as those of a torch appear in the her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard leaps for the final cultist, slicing into them.

Permalink Mark Unread

A fourth marine steps forward and looses three arrows. Two hit, dropping the final cultist to the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's third circle wizard casts stinking cloud though Tencednil's illusory wall. Thick green vapors cover the left door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two guards step forward, but there are no enemies to attack.

Permalink Mark Unread

The enemy reinforcements will surely arrive soon. Until then, Marco waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first marine will also wait from his firing position.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain steps forward a few paces and looks through the open right doors. "Cultists and demons in glass cages!"

He flings a javelin at one of the cultists. It misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard steps forward and shoots a crossbow bolt at the cultist. It tears into their chest, but they don't go down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Oh no. They did this too fast, the cultists will release the daemon. And they have nothing which can scratch a daemon.

...daemons can't see through illusions any more than anyone else here can, and it can't like the cult much when they were sacrificing it and its siblings in their rituals. And that's where the fifth circle came from. If they leave it to fight the cultists, that's a success all around.

"If they're caged, they don't much like the cult! Stay back and let the demons kill them first, or retreat and let them come to us!"

She holds her Image. No need to break it yet, when there are still cultists to distract the daemon.

Permalink Mark Unread

A cultist slams their scythe into the glass container sealing the daemon. It breaks instantly.

If they die releasing a great one of pestilence, they will surely be welcomed with great honors in the Bloodrot.

Permalink Mark Unread

A horrible mangled thing, fourteen feet tall, emerges from the broken glass canister. Its magnificent black wings spread across the room. Its terrible presence fills the room and the room beyond it. Tencednil can almost feel her flesh already rotting away.

The daemon breathes, and an immense storm of flies pours from its mouth. The flesh of the cultists is stripped from their bones instantly. THE END COMES FOR ALL THINGS. The voice is acid in their minds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's delightful. One chance, and if she fails this all goes to Abaddon unless they are very lucky.

"Anyone have Align Weapon? We're going to need it..."

Hopefully they won't need it, but she definitely should not rely on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've got one!" The cleric of Sarenrae shouts.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first marine moves out of the lesser globe of invulnerability and runs right to the edge of the open door. "Align our arrows once we all make it over here!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Unholy reinforcements have arrived. The counter to a demon is an archon. Summon Monster 4 with the fast method of the Acadamae.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two lantern archons appear from nothing in front of the right door.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Demon! Kill it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Four beams of golden light streak at the daemon. Two sear into its flesh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quite a few guardsmen are currently terrified and are going to watch the other door through the illusory wall instead of looking at the daemon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro will also do this! He's only a little bit terrified. This was definitely the plan the entire time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril is right behind him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second marine follows the first up to the edge of the open door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi finishes casting the silence. The rock in Tencednil's lantern now projects an aura of unnatural quiet, focused into a cone.

She runs forward past the door and flings a burst of radiance. The daemon is unaffected.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rolth pushes the left door open and strides through the stinking cloud unaffected. "A wall of stone and a stinking cloud. Hold your breath!"

He sprints up the onto the railing and sees the formation, the dead cultists, the lantern archons, and the daemon. Shit. "The daemon is free! Retreat!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The shadow sees a caster! It rotates its lantern, covering him in a Silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen now have an enemy that isn't the terrifying daemon. They're going to attack him instead, thanks.

One runs up near Rolth and slices into him with their halberd. He screams silently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril sprints through the illusory wall and slams Rolth with his warhammer. Ouch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navarro runs through the wall and lunges for Rolth. He strikes true!

Permalink Mark Unread

Another guardsman goes for Rolth. He misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

A woman in a dark green metal armor walks out of the door far to the right, behind the daemon. She gazes around at the destruction. "It seems things have gotten a little out of hand."

She runs at the daemon. Her hand seethes with eerie dark fire. Slay Living. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell fizzles uselessly against the daemon's spell resistant skin.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's second circle wizard fires a scorching ray through the illusory wall at Rolth. It burns.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sound of retreating footsteps can be heard from behind the stinking cloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spiritual weapons summoned by the clerics of Pharasma fly at Rolth. One carves into him.

One cleric of Pharasma casts bless, catching the lantern archons in its radius. The other flings an icicle at Rolth. It cuts him a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guardsmen charges at Rolth and misses by a mile.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sound of more retreating footsteps can be heard from behind the stinking cloud!

Permalink Mark Unread

The third marine follows the second up to the edge of the open door. He fires an arrow at Rolth. Hit!

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines aren't all in position yet...

Permalink Mark Unread

A guardsmen runs up to Rolth and slices him open.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wavers for a moment before collapsing to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sound of even more retreating footsteps can be heard from behind the stinking cloud!

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth marine follows the third up to the edge of the open door.

Permalink Mark Unread

The cleric of Sarenrae runs up to the marines and casts align weapon on their arrows.

Permalink Mark Unread

Guess what the cultists behind the stinking cloud are going to do. If you guessed "more running away" you would be correct!

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's third circle wizard doesn't want to waste spells on the demon (daemon?) unless he has to. Spell resistance is hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain doesn't want to get into melee with a demon if he doesn't have to! He'll wait for a good moment, in case an opportunity opens...

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone who saw the illusion cast is dead, and nobody announced its existence like last time. Even better, the cleric just heard their wizard call out that a Wall of Stone was present. She'll believe another one. The daemon seems to be happily attacking the cleric, the cleric the daemon... as Ulon teaches, the best way to fight a three-sided battle is to let the other two sides do it for you. Who knows not of your presence harms you not.

"Blocking them off! Let's retreat and let them fight!" Silent Image, a Wall of Stone over the door out of the daemon's room. The shadow can stay here to watch, and alert her if anything happens. It can see through her illusions just fine, because it can sense their falsity.

Permalink Mark Unread

Behind the illusory stone wall, the daemon turns to face Andaisin. It bites and claws into her. She screams.

FEAR ME, MORTALS!

Permalink Mark Unread

A zombie wanders in through the stinking cloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first marine puts two non-aligned arrows through its head. It dies instantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fine. Andaisin swings at the daemon with her scythe. It seems to damage both her and the daemon, but the daemon worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

A second zombie wanders in through the stinking cloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second marine puts two non-aligned arrows through its chest. It's still alive... barely.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guardsman slices the zombie's head off with his halberd. It dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

A third zombie wanders in through the stinking cloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third marine puts three non-aligned arrows through its head. It's very dead.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

A fourth zombie wanders in through the stinking cloud. This one is visibly diseased and more horrible than the others.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shadi flings an icicle at the plague zombie. It staggers backward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Garril swings at the zombie with his warhammer. He misses, somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guardsmen cuts the plague zombie's head off with his halberd (from a distance). It collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

A fifth zombie wanders in through the stinking cloud. This one is visibly diseased.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two guardsmen slice it apart with synchronized strikes!

Permalink Mark Unread

A sixth zombie wanders in through the stinking cloud. This one is visibly diseased.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth marine puts two non-aligned arrows through its chest. It dies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, everyone gets to attack whichever of the two survive all at once.

<Cleric losing!>

And apparently that's the daemon, so she has no idea what to expect from it. Well, keep the wall up and wait, now, there's nothing else she can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

The daemon tears into Andaisin. It's not pretty to look at.

Permalink Mark Unread

Andaisin swings at it with her scythe. She does much less damage to the daemon that it does to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The daemon bites and claws her again and again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Andaisin carves into it. Her strikes become slightly slower over time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The daemon tears and tears and tears until no flesh remains on her bones. It swallows what remains.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first marine looses three aligned arrows. Two tear into the daemon. It screams.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second marine looses three aligned arrows. One slices the daemon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The two lantern archons send four golden beams at the daemon. Only one strikes true, sizzling the daemon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third marine looses three aligned arrows. One stabs into the daemon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth marine looses three aligned arrows. Two fly right through the daemon's chest. It stumbles and collapses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines fire and fire and fire until the flesh is torn from its twisted bones. The daemon lies still on the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

The temple is still. The winching of an elevator moving can be heard distantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Marines: still terrifying! That was a daemon that murdered a fifth-circle cleric like it was nothing, ended it barely scratched, and it dropped before it could take a step in their direction! And they specialize in fighting goblins and humans! She didn't really need to be reminded not to stand in the sights of four marines who would rather she be unconscious than conscious, but apparently she's getting a reminder anyway. (Also, being prepared and buffing properly is incredible, those bows were hitting twice as hard as the ones in her memories even setting aside the daemon's near-immunity to arrows if they weren't Aligned.)

"Do we need to chase the others? it sounds like something moving, so they're probably fleeing to above. Can the other formation handle them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain grunts. "We should search the rooms to the left. The other formation can handle the cultists and weak undead but nothing like that daemon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good! Just tell me if you want illusions as we go." She knows there's nobody else, but the captain doesn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes. The guard finds no more hostiles within the facility, and soon enough dozens and dozens of guardsmen have descended the elevator into the temple. They've captured eight cultists of Urgathoa alive, as well as the unidentified shouting man. The prisoners are bound and manacled and gagged.

No stone is left unturned, no door unopened, no cabinet unsearched. They free seven people strapped into strange devices. They're barely alive and need a channel to even stand upright. They find a secret door in an unassuming wall. It opens into a living space and contains a full size alchemist's lab. Another room contains a glass display full of animate undead bones. A channel destroys it. Many rooms contain books and notes. All is collected.

Magic items are identified and placed in a pile. They recover seven magic breastplates, twenty-eight potions of cure light wounds, two potions of barkskin, a major breastplate, a major vicious scythe, a belt of mighty constitution, a headband of inspired wisdom, a major cloak of resistance, a block of incense of meditation, a robe of bones, a wand of cure serious wounds with 27 charges, and a wand of remove disease with 8 charges.

They also recover a variety of mundane items, including two grim candelabras made from human hands encased in silver, several sticks of exotic incense, twelve bottles of Nidalese midnight wine, a rune-etched onyx sculpture of a skull, twenty-three black onyx gems, a crate of rare Vudrani silks, diamond dust for restoration, a diamond for raise dead, and a little over five thousand silver shields in coinage.

The mundane items are worth an estimated 100,512 silver shields. The magic items are worth an estimated 686,797 silver shields. In total, the guard recovers 787,309 silver shields worth of loot from the hidden temple of Urgathoa.

Permalink Mark Unread

And this time they're not funding two Raises out of the proceeds. This amount of money is part of why she thinks the conspiracy can afford the Wishes; they were not planning for this additional money, and it's at least one Wish diamond's worth if she remembers prices correctly. Will the money filter up to Ileosa, once she's on the throne? Probably at least some of it will, and if she's not spending it on researching a cure...

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard brings down an alchemist, who is currently poring over a huge stack of books and notes the guardsmen have collected. He delivers grave news. The Urgathoans have created a terrible fungal disease called blood veil. Physical contact spreads the disease. It is impossible to recover from without magic once contracted. A typical human dies within seven days. There is some form of immunity, manifested rarely by Varisians, but the Urgathoans still have not figured out what causes it. The fungal spores have already been infused into part of Old Korvosa's water supply. They also used magical coffers in the room with the statue to bind the disease to coins, which they made purchases with.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh... oh no." She stays quiet for a few minutes, trembling a little.

"Should we all get Remove Diseases before we leave, in case we also have it? We've been touching things in here..."

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain grimaces. "We probably should. Prices will spike soon after the news reaches the public. Getting ahead of it now is a good idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They will. That's going to be expensive." She sags slightly.

"Well at least they're not spreading it more... if I need to afford a Remove I'm going to be busy for the next few weeks." Look at her, not hinting the guard should pay for this out of the large amount of money they just got. What a completely naïve and entirely helpful half-drow.

Permalink Mark Unread

He thinks for some time. "I don't actually know if we want to remove disease everyone. We would have to use up a wand, and those are very expensive. This plague is unnatural so it might not work reliably. We'll probably check the area for spores and then check some of our guardsmen. Unfortunately we don't own a set of physician's spectacles. If I remember correctly, the church of Sarenrae does. I'll have a runner sent back to the Citadel to ask around."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that makes sense. I should stay here and wait for that, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The church of Sarenrae in Korvosa owns one set of physician's spectacles. They send down another cleric and check everyone involved in the operation for poison and disease. Only a small few have been infected with blood veil—those who touched the silver shields. The disease is indeed bound to the coins, as the Urgathoan notes claimed.

Tencednil does not have blood veil... but she does have filth fever. She's free to leave, but the Sarenite recommends she get a remove if her illness worsens.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Well, thank you for telling me. I will."

And back home. She picks up an appropriate set of dubiously useful medications on the way back, and does a bit to treat the wound. Hopefully that will suffice, and she can fight off the infection.

Permalink Mark Unread

He visits Arkminos early in the morning. It's not like the man has any sleep to lose.

So. One in twenty Varisians are immune to the disease and Arkminos doesn't know why. Wonderful. At least he can decipher the second letter now, using Varisia as the phrase.

Permalink Mark Unread

With the public support of Togomor, you can pay him extra to construct a cure, which will allow redirecting money away from the alchemists you would otherwise have needed to hire. The basic structure of the cure is as follows:

Following is a description of the basic structure of the cure. It isn't itself complete, but it has enough of the necessary steps to allow a wizard to work out the rest without much difficulty, and quite quickly.

Announce it as a highly successful first step, but allow the public to assume it is perfect. The critical ingredient which is necessary and missing from this is a factor in the blood of those immune to the Blood Veil. This implants that factor in its recipients, ending the Veil. You can therefore harvest blood on a large scale to determine the factor. With increased support for Togomor, this will be difficult but not impossible to convince the Korvosan population to agree to.

At this point, I have saved your plans in multiple ways, and saved you substantial amounts of money. This did come at a price. As I give you information, my price is in words. Felandriel Morgethai may or may not have some contracts to Wish for ability enhancements for anyone who tells her certain phrases, under some sensible restrictions. Your price is to hire her to do the same, for one three-Wish enhancement, on the following phrase. You will not use it. As you have seen, I know many things; you will in the end pay my price, because if you don't, the Bank of Abadar will release certain information to many sources which will doom Ileosa's rule and your collective plans. Act promptly.

—Your Patron

The phrase in question follows.

Permalink Mark Unread

After the first letter, the conspiracy should be able to get Togomor in a much stronger public position. With Ileosa hiring him to kill the 'Urgathoan leader', he has a chance to work closely with the guard and the marines, both of whom are trusted by the population at least somewhat. He won't 'be hired' to complete the final step of actually killing the leader — he may well be the one doing the possessing, so he can't be — but he can buff them in advance. If he pilots the leader well, these buffs will be critical, and the strongest squad of the Marines will remember him as the person whose buffs saved their life. After they witness an undead spontaneously appearing from the corpse, and survive again with Togomor's aid, they will have strong reason to believe him both well-intentioned towards Korvosa and a true enemy of the Urgathoan cult.

They will spread that news in taverns, it will be whispered on the streets, and when Ileosa announces the death of Eodred's killer and the appointment of Togomor, the wizard who found his killer, to seneschal, it will be accepted by the population. When he says he sees a way to cure the disease, it will make perfect sense to the common Korvosan. When he asks for blood... well, it might be a stretch, but it should be no more of one than the alchemists she remembers. Alchemists are no more trusted than wizards, and those ones didn't even have a demonstrated victory to rely upon. He can produce the cure quickly, with the assistance from the shadow's memory, and it will be entirely within the conspiracy, so they can release it whenever they feel they have enough harvested blood. They'll be better off than relying on actual alchemists, Togomor will be in a much better position for whatever later goals they might have, and, of course, they can siphon off large quantities of money by paying Togomor instead of alchemists. That money buys them the Wishes she wants, they get their plans coming together more smoothly, and Korvosa has a cure produced efficiently and promptly with much less risk of failure. A win, for everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Togomor decodes the remaining letter with Varisia, he again finds a heading which is intelligible, and a remainder which is still encrypted. This one begins:

This letter describes the optimizing of the blood sacrifice ritual. Decode it with the name of the common male ancestor of the immune population.

Permalink Mark Unread

Saved us a lot of work, have you? By ruining our perfectly good dragon attack. They still haven't explained why they warned Eodred about it, giving excuses about hidden capabilities Ornelos and Tuttle supposedly possess. Well, the seer is quite the extortionist. They know that curing the disease wasn't part of the original plan and they want it cured. Perhaps it serves their interests, somehow. Will public opinion prove more of a problem than they were expecting? That's a little worrying. The seer's idea for swaying it in his favor seems pretty good. Becoming well liked might blunt the backlash to Neolandus's death. Alchemists can charge a lot but they have nothing on the price of a wish. Either way, this costs them more money than they would've spent with the original plan.

The immune population has a common male ancestor. Arkminos didn't know that. It seems like the seer is inclined to send him on a fetch quest.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, SARENITH 5th, 4708

URGATHOAN CULT DESTROYED, PLAGUE STRIKES OLD KORVOSA

The weather continues to be pleasant. The papers print tales of the heroics of the guardsmen and marines, and dire warnings about the blood veil. Instructions on how to tell infected coins from clean ones without touch can be found in every paper. Many of the wells in Old Korvosa have been closed under the watchful eye of the Guard. Unrest begins to grow. A public execution for the captured Urgathoans has been announced, scheduled for tomorrow. The Acadamae holds its graduation ceremony. Seventy-one of the hundred students in this cohort lived to become journeymen wizards; a few more than is typical.

Permalink Mark Unread

In the morning, the rat bite is swelling, but only a little. It looks like it should go away within a day or two, unless she's unlucky. Still best not to press it, but she probably fought it off. 

Now, the death should be soon, and the guard should have at least a positive view of her tactical competence. If she wants to get out of Korvosa, there's no time like now, and she would rather be elsewhere if she's going to actually use any of that money from the bet. Unfortunately, to get the payout from this scheme, she will most likely need to. 

First, to the bank, in case they have anything for her. They might, she's not sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil has one letter waiting for her at the Bank. It's from Mika, letting her know that he has moved and has a new address, printed in the letter. If she has any jobs that could use someone with his particular skills, she can feel free to come by. She's also welcome if she just wants to hang out.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll drop by Mika's, not for any particular purpose, just to maintain that connection and be a little useful. Does he have anything new to say? Does he know anything about how Old Korvosa is handling the epidemic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mika doesn't say anything new compared to when they met up in the last loop. The King isn't dead yet, so he's not worried about that, but he is worried about the plague. Having moved, he's no longer in contact with his old sources in Old Korvosa, so he doesn't have any information Tencednil doesn't already know about the plague.

He seems happy with his new living space.

Permalink Mark Unread

Worries about the plague are expected! She reassures him a bit, helps him a little with understanding the area, and eventually leaves.

Next, down to the Citadel. Is there someone she can talk to about the sewers? She was in the team yesterday, and she'd like a bit more information on how that's going.

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist she spoke with previously recognizes her. "Hello! Is there anything you need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! Hello! I was just wondering if you know what the sewers are like now. I... still need to be doing something... and the sewers are usually where I go, but I don't want to dive back in if it's going to get me sick."

Also, hello, look at this helpful sorcerer who was so convenient last time, she doesn't have anything she's planning on doing right now, you should tell her if you're interested in hiring her. But she's not saying that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The sewer creatures are agitated because of the blood veil. I expect we're going to send squads down sometime in the next few days, but right now we're focusing on the aboveground quarantine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay, that makes sense. Thank you. In that case, I'm probably going to look for work on a caravan out of Korvosa soon. Is there anything I should know while I'm here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist shakes his head. "I don't believe so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright. Thank you!"

And now she has a traceable reason to be leaving Korvosa, which has absolutely nothing to do with going to Almas. One less crack for light to creep through.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends the rest of the day looking for caravans out of Korvosa. A plague which has a currently active quarantine means people will want to get out, and anyone heading to a nearby trade center with Teleport is a useful possibility. Preferably no more than a week-long trip, but that should leave many options still open. She has demonstrated she can be useful, she can refer them to the Guard to confirm she's capable, and there should be no shortage of demand for travel guards right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a few caravans leaving Korvosa tomorrow. Among them, two possible destinations stand out to her as trade centers. The dwarven fortress-city of Janderhoff, one hundred and forty miles north. The city of Skelt, officially of Molthune but in practice held by the Nirmathi, one hundred and fifty miles east. Janderhoff has been a reliable trading partner of Korvosa for longer than living memory. The route to Skelt fell into disuse during the Chelish Civil War, but has recently reopened after a successful effort to clear the wilderness, funded by the King only a couple of years ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

Those both sound like they would work. She rolls a die.

Janderhoff it is. She approaches the caravan traveling to Janderhoff about its plans. Does it need caravan guards? She is a competent sorcerer, she can provide Prestidigitation on the way, and the Korvosan guard can attest to her ability in combat. And she comes at a very reasonable price, not implausibly low but definitely more like a green adventurer than one with a successful substantial operation behind her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan to Janderhoff is willing to hire her for that price. The group is composed of a little under a dozen dwarves and humans. They leave tomorrow morning and are expecting to arrive at Janderhoff on the 10th.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good!

She returns home, informs Mother—

Permalink Mark Unread

<And this is entirely your choice? You are certain?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes, mother. With the sewers quarantined, there is nothing for me to do here.>

Permalink Mark Unread

...

<Don't tell me, then. After whatever happens happens, when should I Divine you?> She rolls a die. <Two weeks and eight hours from this moment? What notes should I pick up when you fail?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Mother!>

...<Fine, if I'm not back yet. My desk's back left leg, tenth sheet, standard encoding.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<You know you aren't that good yet, dear.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes mother thank you mother I know mother.>

(Dear! Progress!)

Permalink Mark Unread

—and does some preparation before going to sleep. She will need to be awake early tomorrow. Caravans at least have an excuse.

Permalink Mark Unread

STARDAY, SARENITH 6th, 4708

The newspapers have not yet been delivered when Tencednil leaves her house.

Permalink Mark Unread

She runs down to the Bank to tell them she's joining a caravan to Janderhoff, and asks them to send along some of her account information — fifty or so gold sails should be enough, she can wait for anything larger than that. After that, down to the caravan!

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank will transfer her money for a small fee.

Tencednil has a letter. It's from Anton and Julio. They've sold the black onyx and the crystal for a total profit of a little over three thousand silver shields. Under market rate, but her share has been transferred to her account. They paid someone to defuse the trapped red book. It was indeed Matei's spellbook, which they aren't going to sell, at least right now. The green and grey books probably aren't of interest to her unless she cares about horrible experiments mixing alchemy and necromancy, apparently performed far to the south in Geb.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan is outside the city gates across the bridge from North Point. They're almost ready to leave when she arrives.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, that money did come in. That will help make sure everything works cleanly. She probably could have worked without it, but it would have been much harder.

She is also ready to leave! She packed (and gathered some extra things) yesterday. Where should she stow her hammock and various utilities? Carrying them herself seems like a silly plan in a caravan.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can stow her things in the second wagon. They'll be leaving shortly, once everyone is ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stuff stowed! She's ready whenever.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan sets off only a few minutes later. They take a dirt road east away from the city. Tencednil walks alongside the caravan with the other guards. The Mindspin Mountains loom far in the distance ahead of them.

Hours pass. Korvosa's outlying farms spread for miles around the city. They stop for lunch at noon. The city is already small behind them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Augh why did she get herself in a situation where she would have to walk for miles and miles in the open sun. This was a terrible plan and she is a fool. Misery and woe. How do humans do this voluntarily and regularly to themselves.

(The caravan may notice that Tencednil never appears to be in full sunlight; even with no shadows nearby, she's always slightly shaded. She's actually better off than they would expect from a first-time adventurer out like this, more like they would anticipate on a consistently cloudy day.)

Lunch. Yes. Lunch is a good idea. She can spend her time talking to people and be in the shade and not march under the horrible constant light and heat humans consider indispensable for perfectly boring travel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Far in the distance above Korvosa, a perfect circle of dark clouds slowly forms in the sky. It swirls downward until it smothers the city. The distant booming of thunder reachs them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan guards and merchants are disturbed by this. Something is causing a magical storm! Did old Ornelos finally go mad? That sometimes happens to old wizards, doesn't it?

Permalink Mark Unread

She timed her departure well, it seems. They're about... sixteen miles from Korvosa at this point? Probably just over that, maybe sixteen and a half. She could probably learn something from whether or not she hears the announcement, if she knew what spell it was. Unfortunately she does not.

"Are we safe if that comes this direction? I don't know how far magical weather tends to go outside of its spell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think the wizard spell for weather can move, but I'm not sure. We'd better hope it doesn't follow us."

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next few minutes, the artificial storm covering Korvosa fades away. Tencednil doesn't hear any mage's decrees.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Looks like it's fading. I wonder what that was all about."

Does anyone seem to particularly want to talk? They don't have that long if they want to travel another six hours before it gets dark (horses can no more travel in the dark than humans, apparently), but she's sitting for most of the next shift, so she should have the breath for conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ambient discussion is still mostly about the storm. Nobody is particularly worried about themselves—this caravan won't be returning to Korvosa until after they've passed through Janderhoff and up to Kaer Maga, and some of them won't be making the return trip at all.

Someone asks Tencednil why she always seems to be shaded, even in bright daylight.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's one of my cantrips! I don't know what it's called, I've never seen anyone else with it. It keeps the sun out of my eyes! I can see better in the dark than humans, but I don't think I handle bright lights as well. It's like having a little bit of shadow overhead, it doesn't do much, but it's enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you cast it on other people?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes! ...but I've never tried it on a human. I don't know if it will work well for someone who can't see in dim light. We can try though!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, please try it on me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!" She draws on the shadow inside the wagon, reaches out... Penumbra.

For the next fifty minutes or so, the sun simply will not strike them. It will look slightly clouded, though with no visible cloud. There will be no notable effect at any single point. Over the course of an hour, though, they will feel the difference between marching in the sun and marching in just a hunt of shade, nothing enormous but definitely still there.

They can still see perfectly well.

(Her own additional shadow vanishes as she casts this. That's not a problem. She's sitting in the caravan, and won't be anywhere where it would really help.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's very neat. I'm not sure if it'll help, but thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're welcome! If it helps, you can ask any time I'm in the caravan. I can only have one at once, though, so only while I don't need it." A positive note to start off on, always good.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan packs back up and continues onward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The farms slowly become more and more spread out. The terrain arround them is a flat grassland. Their route is apparently called the "Dawn Shadow Path", a rather ostentatious name for the most common caravan route from Korvosa through Janderhoff and up to Kaer Maga. So far, it follows the Jeggare River.

Hours pass. The sun sets in the west behind them. The night sky lights up the grasslands softly. In the distance, a few lights twinkle from Korvosa. Some of them might be the continual flames that top the Acadmae's walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon after the sun sets, they stop and make camp. Dinner is served.

Permalink Mark Unread

As the sun lowers, dims, and eventually sets, Tencednil becomes increasingly lively. At first it could just be resistance to the minor exhaustion which inevitably sets in over hours and miles of caravan travel. As the shadows grow, it gets more obvious: she is fundamentally not on the same schedule as everyone else here. The long shadows and gradual onset of the night is not an ominous threat to hide from around the fires for her, but a friend to welcome, an escape from the ever-present eyes of the world. 

As they settle down to camp (far earlier than her typical sleeping time, but that was why she shifted herself earlier over the last few nights), she looks much better than she did over lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's good for her. Elves. The rest of the caravan is mostly quite tired. They eat and chatter and begin to get ready for bed. The unfortunate guard with the night watch sets up his gear.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do they have against staying up in the night and getting to sleep through the sun? Humans. Oh well.

Food goes in mouth. She makes come conversation, gets a better sense of who these people are and who else she can rely on if they are attacked at some point, and eventually settles down to sleep herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is woken up early in the morning by one of the other guards. The sun has not quite risen yet. "Good morning. We're leaving within the hour."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well at least the day will start well, even if it gets worse over time. "Good morning."

Shadow blob pulled from her shadow, Prestidigitation-cleaned, and generally refreshed, she emerges within a quarter of an hour. "Where will this be most risky? I assume the first and last days are mostly safe. Is the risk just as we get farther away, or are there places in between which are particularly bad?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The most dangerous time is up in the mountains before we're near Janderhoff. Tomorrow and the day after. We should reach the feet of the mountains by tonight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll be sure to watch out when we get there, then!"

And to walking. She prefers the earlier shift, starting in a decent shadowed dawn and with some clouds and only having them burn off as they settle in for lunch. Definitely preferable to the later shift with its constant sun.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan sets off right after sunrise.

Permalink Mark Unread

The grasslands continue for a long while. Far to the south, a group of humanoids in black metal armor ride toward Korvosa. Hellknights. Other trade caravans travel in various directions, but none get within shouting distance of theirs. It's a little cloudier today, but overall it's still sunny. It's difficult to tell if Tencednil's shadow cantrip helps. She's never traveled like this before.

Hours pass. The grasslands grow thicker and sparse trees scatter around them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They stop for lunch at noon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing visible around, so far. The Hellknights are already riding to Korvosa? Well, if it arrived on the eighth, it would have to be riding today. Makes sense.

Food, some entertainment with clever Ghost Sounds, and of course everyone appreciates some Prestidigitation cleaning out on the road where there aren't cantrip-sellers on every street corner. She can't be entirely generic as an obvious half-elf, but she can fit smoothly as a generic maybe-wizard, one who wants to show off her magic in a place less dense than Korvosa, while still not drawing ire for not chipping in in the obvious ways.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravanners appreciate her spells. Soon enough, they're traveling again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dirt road moves closer and closer to the river the further they go. Their direction of travel turns sharply northeast. Thickets and tall grass surround the caravan.

Eventually, near sunset, the grasslands become a light wood. Trees surround them and crickets chirp. Small animals move in the bushes. The mountains north of the caravan are stunning to behold.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon after the sun sets, they stop and make camp. Dinner is served.

Permalink Mark Unread

This time she knows to moderate her obviousness. No reason to stand out, and the humans really don't seem to like the nighttime. She's still quick and a bit enthusiastic, but it might just be that she can see better than anyone else here and wants to do her part.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan is friendly enough at dinner. One of the dwarves with them is taking the night watch. Seems smart.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dwarves! Other people with reasonable ability to see things. She spends some time discussing how their darkvisions differ, and getting some information on Janderhoff from someone who (hopefully) understands a bit more about the population.

Permalink Mark Unread

Janderhoff is a very ancient dwarven sky citadel with a population of just over twenty thousand people. This dwarf was born there and clearly enjoys talking about his home. The majority of residents are dwarves, with a few thousand humans and a few hundred halflings and some gnomes to round things out. No elves live there, as far as he knows.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. She's always liked dark and small areas. Maybe other elves have worse taste. Forests have an unfortunately high density of monsters, so presumably the elves who live in those know what they're doing but she certainly doesn't. Anyway, sleep now. She'll need to be alert for the mountains tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is woken up early in the morning before sunrise. The caravan will be heading up into the mountains today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Waking up early has its advantages when she doesn't have curtains. Seeing sunlight immediately on opening her eyes would just be cruel. 

She's up, Prestidigitated, and ready to start moving soon enough. The shadow blob won't be of much help here, when its detection is only thirty feet, but it's carved with eye shapes and looks like it's tied together by web strands, complete with carried tremors, so maybe its watch will be better than hers? They'll see what comes up in the mountains.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan sets off soon after Tencednil is finished with her morning routine.

Permalink Mark Unread

The woods grow thicker. The mountains become closer and closer until their path begins to slope upward. They're crossing a small stream when—

Permalink Mark Unread

A large bear emerges from the woods. It growls at them menacingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan guards attempt to intimidate the bear into leaving.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bear does not like that. It bounds forward and roars!

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, humans. And the dwarf? Dwarves are short, that might make being scary harder. Oh well, whatever it is, she knows how to help with this one. A quick Ghost Sound and the caravan roars back, as loud as a lion and certainly angry.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bear is intimidated by the sudden loud noise. It backs up slowly and then runs away.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the other guards looks at Tencednil. "Thanks. That could've been nasty."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course! It's what I'm here for."

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan finishes crossing the stream and pushes onward.

Permalink Mark Unread

They begin the long ascent up the side of the mountains. The can see over the tops of the trees now, and wood stretches out long behind them. At the edge of their view they can see the end of the wood and the start of the grasslands. The coast and Korvosa are both too far to be visible.

Permalink Mark Unread

They stop for lunch at noon. The view over the edge of their cliffside camp is very pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

She eats! She looks out from the cliff to appreciate the view, but it is far too bright to really enjoy, with the sun so high in the sky. Fine, maybe there are some advantages to being human. Still not worth it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone eats and then they're on the road again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Up and up into the mountains they go. The woods seem to stretch out endlessly before them. The air chills as they climb. The winds grow strong and chaotic.

Hours pass. Occasionally, someone thinks they see a great beast in the woods or the sky, but nothing attacks them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They make camp in a relativity flat glade after sunset. It's quite cold. Dinner is served.

Tencednil seems to have trouble breathing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that... normal?

She signs a bit to the shadow. Apparently yes, this is just a thing sometimes if you go high up, some people are bad at breathing in elevated areas. What a pain. She mentions that over dinner, in case anyone who's been along this route before has tricks for it. If they don't, she will just have to survive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody really has any tricks for it. Most of them have done this route before. Your body gets used to it if you spend enough time up in the mountains. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh well. Maybe she'll adapt eventually, but probably not this journey, in that case. Being this tired does at least make it easier to get to sleep on a more human schedule.

And on that matter, food and then to her hammock. The caravan will be waking up early tomorrow, just like usual, and she needs to be up with it even while she isn't used to being so far from the ground the air is running away.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan does indeed wake up early tomorrow. They're packing up and will be ready to leave soon. Tencednil feels a little better.

Permalink Mark Unread

She still feels a little droopy, but it's definitely better. At this point her morning cantrips are an instinct, but it still helps to not feel constantly muzzy through them. Up, clean, shadow, other shadow, and she too is ready to leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

They leave the glade in the darkness of the early morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Up and up further into the mountains! The air chills further and the wind grows stronger. The tallest mountains are capped with snow, even in the middle of summer. The views are truly stunning at this height.

Tencednil becomes fatigued a couple of hours in. Breathing is difficult.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh well. It was nice while it lasted. Fortunately her shadow blob does not seem to feel the same strain.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're pushing through a dense bit of wood when—

Permalink Mark Unread

A ten-foot tall man roars in some unknown tongue and runs toward them with a huge club. He's a few dozen feet away. More giant footsteps can be heard in the distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ogre!" The guard captain yells as he draws his longbow. The guards move to form up in front of the caravan—

Permalink Mark Unread

Even slightly hazy as she is, her intuition for people remains as good as ever. Up and Color Spray, and she should be able to get two of them if she approaches from the side without getting herself clonked on the head.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the ogres are now blinded and stunned! They don't fall over unconscious.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain steps forward a few paces and looses an arrow. It whistles through the woods and misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first ogre is stunned and does nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two caravan guards run at the first ogre and swing their swords. One misses and one hits.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second ogre is stunned and does nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

A third caravan guard leaps at the first ogre and slices very well. That ogre isn't looking good.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth and final caravan guard swings at the first ogre and misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third ogre is not stunned or blinded. They throw their javalin into one of the guards. It looks like it really hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, ogre clubs are not the best things to be hit with. How about another Color Spray, especially for it, and then she will back off and get ready to throw some Acid Splashes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ogre yells at Tencednil in their strange language, unaffected by her color spray.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain looses another arrow. It hits the first ogre square in the chest. They fall down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why... she forgot to go over this, didn't she. That's on her. "The one I got will be out for at least ten more seconds! Prioritize the moving one!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The injured guard runs for the moving ogre—

Permalink Mark Unread

That ogre is ready for him. Their greatclub seems to blur as they swing it. The guard's body explodes into chunks of gore.

Permalink Mark Unread

WHY—

"That one's open for now! After it recovers, don't run in! Use your bows unless you can get in without leaving yourself open!" They should really know this! Oh well, humans are dumb sometimes. (But he got himself killed over it!)

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the guards run at the moving ogre. One of their slashes cuts into it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other guard is now terrified of melee and will back up and shoot the ogre with his crossbow. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

The moving ogre swings at one of the guards next to it. The guard dodges and deflects the blow with his shield.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good they're doing reasonably— that stunned ogre is blinking and looking around. Her Spray is wearing off.

Run back in, and another Color Spray to catch the two who are still up and not bleeding out. Fortunately ogres are large enough to be easily caught even if she avoids the guards, by just aiming over their heads if nothing else. "They're back about six seconds after they can see! This one can right now!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Her color spray washes over the ogres. The moving ogre blinks through it and remains unaffected.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain looses another arrow. It impales the ogre's midsection.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the guards next to the ogre cuts a deep wound in its side.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard who backed up reloads his crossbow and fires. Miss.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other guard next to the ogre swings at it. His sword bounces off the ogre's armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ogre swings their greatclub at one of the guards but can't aim well this injured.

Permalink Mark Unread

How about it take an Acid Splash

...she completely forgot to buy some acid before leaving. Idiot. Oops. Well, the emulated brimstone will still do something, but what an utterly human failure. Still lands squarely, and the ogre isn't looking good, but she is an idiot.

Permalink Mark Unread

The ogre staggers but doesn't go down.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard captain looses another arrow. It flies past the ogre and impales itself into a tree.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard next to the ogre cuts a gash across its chest. It stumbles and falls to the ground, unconscious.

Permalink Mark Unread

The last remaining ogre is still stunned and blinded. The caravan guards converge and slay it with many blows. The other ogres are bleeding to death and it doesn't take much to accelerate that process.

The captain breaths heavily. "Fuck. We lost Dorin."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, because he was an idiot and just ran straight in

Her breath hitches. "I was trying not to think about it." She quavers for a little, and... she knew him. Not well, but they talked around the campfire, he wasn't talkative but it's not hard for her to get people talking. He didn't have a family, not yet, but he was saving up money for his sweetheart (or at least he said so). He wasn't even Korvosan, he was on his way home to Janderhoff after some time in Korvosa to build up money where there's more to be made by things besides mining. He didn't like being underground, he didn't like the dark, she thought he was kind of nuts but humans are like that. He spent time in the sewers, he must have gotten out of practice handling things with long arms, and now he's dead because he ran straight through like he'd never heard of caution

It isn't long before she's crying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the others are crying too. They wrap up what remains of Dorin's body and move it into one of the wagons. The caravan begins moving again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The woods thin out and the path winds on the side of the mountain. The cold winds buffet them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan stops for lunch at noon. The mood is somber.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's feeling the effects of the lack of air more strongly by then. This is deeply unpleasant, it's good she'll be in the wagon for the rest of the day. Hopefully her Images will be enough if they need to fight again.

She doesn't actually know Dorin's preferred death rituals, but she can still (slowly and laboriously) gather his belongings, all the little things he mentioned and all the minor bits that might get lost in the caravan, and tuck them inside his armor. And make sure he has all the coin he should have, still there for his next of kin without anyone here having run off with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan eats in silence and soon enough they're back on the road.

Permalink Mark Unread

They pass from one mountain to another. Their elevation increases further and light frost carpets the ground.

The cold wind seems to suck the life out of Tenecednil. Her clothes feel like they weigh as much as full plate. It takes great effort to breathe.

Permalink Mark Unread

...it's not even the cold, it's the lack of breath.

She can feel that she can't breathe. It's obvious. The wool lining her cloak is necessary to prevent her from freezing over. It also adds weight. She cannot catch her breath, and every ounce drags her down like this. Acclimate, fine, eventually. In the meantime, though... She can barely carry anything like this. Her magic really will have to do. Walking is hard, she won't be running up to anything any time soon.

Her magic is as good as ever. Apparently that changes higher up, but not yet. Here she can still breathe enough to handle it. She can't walk along the caravan even if she wanted to, though. She wouldn't keep up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some time later...

Permalink Mark Unread

Howls fill the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wolves! They're ahead of us—"

Permalink Mark Unread

A pack of eight wolves emerges in front of them on the mountain path.

Permalink Mark Unread

Silent Image. How do they feel about (what appears to be) a dire tiger in front of them? Maybe sixty, eighty feet away, too far to catch them if they run right now, but not if they move closer. (And too far away to smell.) Its paws pad silently on the ground, but it is no less (apparently) menacing. It grins, and its long, sharp teeth glisten from within its mouth.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a terrifying death beast. These wolves are out of here now. Dire tigers are the stuff out of wolf nightmares.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan cautiously continues...

Permalink Mark Unread

The wolves do not return.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard peeks his head in the wagon. "Good job. That came at a really bad time. Down a man and late in the day..."

Permalink Mark Unread

Breathe. Just keep breathing. Air in, air out, it doesn't matter if there's not enough.

"Thank you." Breath. "Just trying to" breath "pull my weight while" breath "I'm stuck in here." 

Breathe. Focus on the breathing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wind and the cold grow ever stronger as they continue. Up and up and up they go. The sun lowers in the sky until it touches the horizon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan slows to a halt. Dinner is served.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's been spending most of what energy she can muster staying upright in the thin air, but she is still upright, and she can eat while sitting down. Out. Food. She can talk, as long as nobody wants her to pick anything up or more faster than a crawl.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, everyone is eating and admiring the view and telling stories about Dorin. She doesn't need to talk unless she wants to.

Permalink Mark Unread

She really shouldn't, not with how much effort talking is right now.

...but they're getting it all wrong, they can't tell the stories right and she can hear it. Fine. Her voice, at least, isn't as badly affected; once she's sitting and not trying to carry anything, she can speak just as grandly as she could in reasonable conditions, if not for as long at once. She tells some of his stories, weaving threads together into a... plausible... tale of how he helped reunite a child, lost in the alleys, crying from the stink of an otyugh wafting up a nearby sewer entrance, with her family. Careful exploration, a friendly but bumbling neighbor, a few liars just for lying's sake... At least a third of the actual content is passed on from him, and she knows enough of the streets in that part of Korvosa to make sure that part holds together. If some of the actual actions are played up a little past plausibility, well, who's to know. That's almost expected in these kinds of times anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her stories are appreciated. It's about time they all go to sleep. Tomorrow they will arrive at Janderhoff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Sleep. Yes. And less risk of something trying to eat her tomorrow while she's nearly incapable of movement. Also good.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan is up at the crack of dawn. Tencednil is less exhausted than last night... but still tired. At least she can actually move now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it's better. She has enough of herself together to make it through her routine without dropping anything or collapsing to a crawl again, and today they're close enough to Janderhoff that if she needs to collapse in a wagon after a few hours of walking it isn't that much of a problem. And as she showed off yesterday, she can contribute perfectly well from inside a wagon. Up and walking, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Forward to Janderhoff they go!

Permalink Mark Unread

They continue increasing in elevation. It's not nearly as windy today but the frigid cold drains Tencednil's energy like a wraith. Within an hour she feels just as exhausted as yesterday.

Hours pass.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan stops for lunch at noon. They eat quickly, for Janderhoff is close.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Close. Why is this built where you can't breathe. Because the dwarves acclimate. Yes. And it's a good defense. Fine. But whyyyyyy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon enough they're traveling again. The incline is steep and it's a long ways up. The caravan climbs and climbs until it can climb no more.

The hours seems to blur together. Sunset nears. From here, almost nine thousand feet high, they can see all the way to the edge of Lake Encarthan in the east. The lights of what might be Korvosa twinkle, reduced to a tiny dot on the Varisian coastline in the west. Not long after reaching this incredible height—

Permalink Mark Unread

What must be Janderhoff is visible perhaps a mile ahead. A set of enormous brilliant metal doors gleam in the distance. Cylindrical stone towers are carved into the mountainside. Everything is covered in snow. Small shapes are visible, moving along the battlements.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

What a reasonable place. No sun. No pointless open spaces. Carefully produced light only where it's needed. It would be delightful if not for all this up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan arrives at Janderhoff within twenty minutes of the first sighting.

Permalink Mark Unread

The huge doors slowly grind open. A group of armored dwarves welcomes them inside. The entry hall is magnificent to behold, with detailed stonework and metalwork covering the floor and ceiling. Huge statues of dwarves line the walls.

The caravan will need to be inspected for disease and undeclared magic before proceeding further inside.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has none of that. She walks (slooowly) into the quarantine area so they can test for diseases.

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem to be using a variant of the same magic item the cleric of Sarenrae used back in Korvosa. A cleric runs though the caravan with detect magic. Everything seems to be in order, and the inspector dwarf waves a small flag.

The large metal doors shut behind them. A second set at the end of the entrance hall opens in front of them. They're through within a couple of minutes. On the other side lies a vast chamber with a low ceiling, perhaps only twenty feet high. Dozens and dozens of room and tunnel entrances line the walls. Most of them have signs, indicating trading posts and inns and taverns and residences. Far at the end of the hall, a long spiraling staircase descends deeper.

Permalink Mark Unread

The caravan heads to a trading post. The merchants begin haggling with the locals. Trade goods are unloaded.

Tencednil gets her payment. They caravan will be staying here for a few days to rest and recover and pick up some replacement guards. If she wants to continue on with them, she's always welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

She crawls her way in, makes for a nearby inn, and asks for a space to sit and catch her breath. Inside it's definitely less bad. She's still wiped from the final stretch.

Permalink Mark Unread

After about an hour of rest in the lobby of an inn, Tencednil starts to feel better. Movement won't be as miserably slow for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely an improvement. (She bought a drink about ten minutes in, slowly making her way up and back, and has been working through it for the past while. It's amazing how heavy liquids are.)

With that done, she goes to find a place to stay, for at least a few nights, as well as a Bank of Abadar to retrieve her money from and possibly anyone who gets the news from Korvosa. ...and the others who were already adapted to the heights have probably handled Dorin's belongings by now, but she checks in just to make sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

The others have handled Dorin's belongings. His remains will be buried in the mountain in some traditional dwarven manner.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank of Abadar has a branch at Janderhoff. It's conveniently in the entrance chamber. She can retrieve some of her money.

Permalink Mark Unread

Janderhoff's entrance chamber has a few inns. The one whose lobby she rested in is called the Metal Beard but there are others.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will explore farther than the entrance chamber before selecting an inn. Possibly this is in fact the best option, but convenience often trades off with advantages of other sorts.

Permalink Mark Unread

The staircase at the end of the entrance tunnel spirals and spirals and spirals down. The vast majority of Janderhoff is a maze of thousands of interconnected rooms and tunnels organized to dwarven sensibilities. Tencednil gets the sense that it would be very easy to get lost down here. She spots many dwarves and some humans as she explores. She can find inns and taverns with entrances jutting out of walls in other chambers. These ones are clearly catered more toward dwarves (with lower ceilings being their most obvious trait).

Permalink Mark Unread

If any of the inns happen to cater to darkvision, she will prioritize that. Not needing lights must be convenient, and it isn't really an option if you want to serve humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Many of them do! Doing torches safely underground is hard. Janderhoff is mostly lit with continual flames but dwarves don't need them to see either. Not all of the dwarves speak Taldene but lots of the innkeepers do. The Mithral Bear seems like a nice dark place with reasonable ceilings and an innkeeper she can understand. It's a few minutes walk below the entrance chamber.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like a deal. A few minutes' walk to neither pay for whatever the Flames cost to set up nor have to deal with their light in the morning is exactly what she was hoping for.

With that settled, and a room paid for, she goes looking for news. What's been happening in Janderhoff? Does anyone have a better idea of what's happening in Korvosa? There's probably nobody up to date, but the newspapers from a day or two ago might get from there to here faster than caravans do, via any of the multitude of methods that could happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil can't find newspapers from Korvosa, but there's definitely local chatter about the city. You see, the King of Korvosa just got assassinated by Urgathoans! It's a pretty big deal. Most hope trade won't be interrupted much (and that the Urgathoan menace is ended soon). It's very sad that humans do things like serve Urgathoa and horrible gods of monsters.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is, isn't it. It makes her wonder how this would have gone if disease screening was harder. Would the dwarves still have accepted a caravan from Korvosa, with news of Urgathoans recently spreading? What would be different?

Fortunately, not her problem. It sounds like Korvosan events are proceeding as expected, though if Togomor's name has come up earlier than she remembers it hasn't spread to here yet. Maybe she can learn more at a future stop. Speaking of which, what is the current price for some Teleport space traveling... well, to anywhere within one Teleport of Almas? Not that she'll put it that way, but there are only so many cities which get regular Teleports from Janderhoff, and looking through all of them doesn't require much filtering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Looking through the various cities, Tenccednil's best option is probably a teleport from Janderhoff to Canorate. She can afford it and she'll probably have enough left over to buy a teleport to Almas after. She will want to pay for this with a banker's draft. Carrying around that much coin via teleport is not feasible unless she wants to spend a lot more money.

Permalink Mark Unread

She definitely will not be carrying that much money, and she won't be bringing the shadow either. Hopefully she can pull it out just as well on the other side.

She goes through some other possible middle stops, and... when she rolls her die, Canorate comes up. Well, that's... convenient? Kind of annoying that she's doing exactly what the conspiracy would guess at, but if you set aside the convenient choices before you pick you're just making your life worse. It's a strange feeling to hope your (semi-)enemy hasn't dramatically underestimated your competence, but so it goes. Canorate it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

And at this point it is getting late, or at least she is getting tired. Not being beholden to the whims of the sun is nice but doesn't actually alleviate her need to eventually sleep. She heads to the Mithril Bear and settles in for the night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere...

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel seems interested.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is 'interested' really the best you can do?

Permalink Mark Unread

He rolls his eyes. She agreed to cast the wishes if we provide the diamonds and an additional fee.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's going to gouge us dry, isn't she.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have much other choice. I still can't find the seer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't bother spending more spells divining for them.

I have the diamonds. Cost us a fortune and I'm not sure I could have managed if we needed to buy three instead of two.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good thing we didn't need to. I'll deliver them myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

That could be dangerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

I won't be there in person. Possession is very helpful in times like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does she know you're coming?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not at this particular time. She'll be informed once I'm already gone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Hopefully this mess is over with soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

JANDERHOFF NEWS GUILD
OATHDAY, SARENITH 11th, 4708

NEW VEINS OPEN IN DEPTHS OF DURAL WOHRUM

The dwarven newspaper is rather strange. Unlike Korvosa, there's only one, and it's obviously some sort of guild. Complex statistics about various industries cover one page. Another page is devoted to a new expansion at one of the mines. There's a lot of mines. Most of them seem have long dwarven names, as though they were people. A small section covers speculation about goings on in Korvosa and Kaer Maga, but it's nothing Tencednil doesn't already know (and much is of questionable accuracy). The tone of the paper is friendly and perhaps overly detailed.

Permalink Mark Unread

...interesting. This could actually be quite useful if she remembered it a few weeks ago. Detailed statistics and precise numbers like this don't get published in the Korvosan Carrier, and none of this should be changed by anything she does. She should find a way to look back through the past few weeks to memorize some of the relevant numbers. Can she buy some recent copies? She only really needs to memorize a few randomly selected numbers from each for this to work.

More importantly, today she needs to get to Almas. When is the earliest Teleport to Canorate she can buy a space in, and does the Bank happen to have details of the Canorate Teleport plans for today? If so, she will look through that list for the timing of Teleports to Almas.

Permalink Mark Unread

The earliest and only passenger teleport to Canorate is an hour after noon. Slots are available for purchase now.

The Bank has Canorate's planned schedule as of yesterday. There's a teleport accepting passengers to Almas in the early evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

Convenient. She will buy a space to Canorate, then. The jump to Almas is best done from there, no need to be obvious about taking a two-step journey from this side. Janderhoff isn't Korvosa but it's still close enough for her to worry about conspiracy influence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her purchase is successful. A slot is reserved for her. The Bank requests she return fifteen minutes before the appointed time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. She'll also ask for a draft to have money in Canorate, which will conveniently be enough to use to buy a Teleport to Almas from there, to be picked up when she comes for the Teleport.

In the meantime, newspapers! Copying over numbers! Memorizing long strings like this isn't actually that easy, but if she writes it down and both she and the shadow go over them, hopefully they'll have it down well enough. ...she should also buy a vial of acid, but that seems best done after the Teleporting. Better not to take something small, fragile, and harmful in one of those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Janderhoff is alive beneath the earth. The stone floors seem to subtly vibrate at all times. Distant sounds of work echo through the long halls.

Time passes. It's about time for Tencednil to return to the Bank.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's an interesting place. Calming, in a way, to see comfortably small and dark areas everywhere, with none of the human expectation that everything needs to be well lit or have a good excuse for not being so. The vibrations seem like they should be informative, somehow, but they're not. Maybe someone who spent more time learning the rhythms of the mountain would understand what they mean. Between that and the echoes and the various small nooks and crannies, it would be a perfect place to spend several months if it wasn't impossible to ever really catch her breath. And if the caravan was correct, even that will fade with time. She's not doubting Mother's choice! It's probably less convenient than Korvosa for other reasons! For the moment, though, economic worries or whatever it was are for other people.

It's not too long before the hour nears. Back to the Bank she goes. This will be her first time Teleporting like this, it should be interesting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil arrives at the Bank. An attendant leads her into the teleportation chamber. It's a distinctive square room with a large mattress embedded in the floor. Guards are posted at the corners of the room. A few other passengers are already waiting.

Permalink Mark Unread

She picks up her bank draft, to immediately deposit on the other side. Giant... mattress? What a weird thing to have. ...is that just to make sure the room is distinctive enough? Does Teleport go wrong less if you're going to a distinctive location? A mattress doesn't seem like the best option for that, but maybe it cares about texture or something...

Permalink Mark Unread

More passengers trickle in over the next few minutes. There are nine of them when the wizard walks into the chamber. He has two large cloth sacks strapped to his back.

"Hello everyone. I am Victor Morris. I will be teleporting you all to Canorate today. For those of you who have not traveled with me before, there are some procedures involved." He pulls one of the sacks off his back. "This is a bag of holding. To transport so many, I will be magically shrinking everyone. You will all climb into the bag and then I will teleport. Once we arrive at Canorate, the bag will be opened next to a mattress like this one. Is that clear?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh that explains why the mattress. She... nods? If other people are acknowledging this out loud she will as well, but if he has more to say she doesn't want to interrupt.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone else gives their affirmation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Do not resist this spell." Mass reduce person. It takes longer to cast than most spells—like silence or summon monster without the Acadamae's tricks.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will not try to resist it! That seems foolish.

...wow, being half the size is a little strange. Some of the architectural choices around here make more sense all of a sudden when she sees them from this height.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard opens the bag of holding. "Everyone, please enter the bag in a single file line."

Permalink Mark Unread

The passengers form a line and begin entering the bag.

Permalink Mark Unread

She walks in along with all the rest. What is it like inside? Just a normal, if very cramped, bag, or something stranger than that?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a normal bag except bigger on the inside. It's certainly a little cramped with nine inside. From her perspective, the interior seems to be similar in size to the mirror hideaway at the Hall of Shaping, but it must be much smaller in reality. Reduce person is strange to experience.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's definitely a weird feeling. Presumably the other bag is full of whatever this Teleport was hired to carry, then. Or maybe there are animals or something to carry goods? Not really important right now.

She... squishes in and waits. Does anyone else look particularly nervous? Five minutes isn't much time for conversation, but going through the motions of talking to someone can steady someone who might otherwise have a problem, and she's not doing anything else with the time.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's some light chatter. Nobody seems to have issues at the moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. She happily asks people questions, making sure to steer around anyone asking her why she's going to Canorate. It won't be that long, and it's easy to be drowned out by someone else talking. That should be very doable.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, everyone's inside. We'll be teleporting shortly. You may experience headache or nausea when the bag opens in Canorate. The air's heavier when you're not up a huge mountain."

Victor shuts the bag. The sound of the outside world deadens.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh right she will soon be able to breathe again. What a nice idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bag opens. Tencednil's ears feel like grapes being squeezed in a vice. The world spins around her horribly. The edges of her vision darken.

"Everyone out! We've arrived." Victor's voice sounds muffled and distant.

Permalink Mark Unread

She... augh. That's terrible. She tries to take a breath and can't manage it, not with her ears trying to fall out and everything this awful. She crawls out of the bag, not actually holding her ears but mostly because whatever is wrong is clearly on the inside and that wouldn't help.

Is Teleporting always like this. Why. No, he said it was the mountain. Why are mountains so terrible. Why do people live up there anyway. This is disgusting.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other passengers aren't having a great time either. Everyone makes it out of the bag safely. An ox loaded with cargo and an armed man are in the arrival chamber with them.

"Thank you for traveling with Victor Morris. I make these rounds often. If you need a return trip, you get a small discount with me." The wizard bows and walks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

And an animal. Delightful. Makes sense, but loud noises from unhappy animals are not ideal right now.

She staggers out to find somewhere to sit for a moment and recover, before passing her bank draft to the Bank. Could she get that in the form of a few... shields' worth of pinch, whatever that means here... and a spot on the Teleport to Almas, with the rest as another draft for that Teleport? Yes this is somewhat abrupt, she apologizes for the inconvenience, thank you for handling it so easily.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank will exchange her currency for the local variety and reserve her a spot on the next teleport to Almas. There are a few spaces remaining.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good.

She has a few hours, little enough money on her that being robbed isn't really a problem, and a new city to look at. What can she find? What do people seem worried about? She obviously won't hear about Korvosan troubles this far out. How is the population of Canorate different, at least in passing at the less-shady bars near the Bank?

Permalink Mark Unread

Canorate is the jewel of Molthune—a shining city filled with breathtaking architecture, public art works, lush garden promenades, and citizenry draped in the best fashions. It is also mostly closed to non-citizens without a valid permit. Tencednil is free to explore the southeastern third of the city, where the laborers and lesser races work and live. The other two thirds, which presumably include the abodes of the wealthy and powerful, are closed to her. The Korvosan Guard may be competent, but the officers of the law in Canorate are quite literally an army, and they patrol in vast numbers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good thing she wasn't planning to stay! Acquiring a permit would no doubt be more than a three-hour process. She will be completely boring and unobjectionable for the time she is here, and keep her hood up to not be too obviously a half-elf.

...also what exactly are these "lesser races". Is this like otyughs again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lesser races" isn't a precise legal term. It seems to mostly refer to halflings and half-orcs and sometimes half-elves. She gets looks when she inquiries about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't inquire too actively! She just asks some entirely reasonable questions which happen to be easily answered with deprecating terms for the relevant lesser races, and tries to decipher the slang.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she gets some entirely reasonable answers from some racist humans. They seem otherwise normal enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well at least they're mostly being racist against people all can fundamentally do mostly the same things they can, and not something like otyughs which has a completely different skill set that they're horribly wasting. Not that she has much hope for how they treat otyughs, but it's always possible they're better there.

Fortunately for her, she also doesn't need to spend very long here. Talking her way around actually asking any questions which would be weird took a while, and it's probably getting close to the scheduled hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few hours pass. It's early evening. Tencednil should probably make her way back to the teleportation chambers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back she goes. By now she's mostly recovered from the horrible consequences of rapidly leaving a mountain, and back to breathing normally, which is nice. Janderhoff had its advantages but mountains are far more irritating to deal with than she had previously known. 

She picks up her bank draft for Almas, makes her way to the teleport room, and... waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next few minutes the other passengers gather in the room. Soon enough, the wizard walks in. This time it's not Victor, but the process seems to be the same.

Mass reduce person.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is small! Janderhoff architecture made sense from this perspective. Canorate architecture, unsurprisingly, does not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Into the bag she goes. It's very similar to the last one. The wizard pulls it shut.

Permalink Mark Unread

She continues to be available for calming anyone who seems to need calming. Hopefully this one will go as smoothly as the previous.

Permalink Mark Unread

Teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bag opens. This time there's no problems with Tencednil's ears. The wizard ushers the passengers out into the arrival chamber. It's decorated differently than the ones at Janderhoff and Canorate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow this is a much more pleasant process when there are no random mountains involved. Out! Deposit the bank draft! And it's late enough that she should find a place to sleep for the night, and try to get in contact with people tomorrow. Almas probably does not have well-designed inns like Janderhoff did, but can she find something which isn't going to be too bright in the morning? Decent curtains are too bulky to bring along with her, and she would prefer not to be woken by sunlight if she can help it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sun will set soon. Tencednil exits the Bank on to a wide street. The stunning architecture of a dozen temples, churches, and sanctuaries surrounds her. From this street's position, near the top of East Hill, the city stretches out before her. Enormous stone bridges, a quarter mile long each, cross the intersection of three mighty rivers. A vast din of noise flows across the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

...What is with those bridges. How are they so long. How many arches even is that, that must have taken so much work to build. Wow.

Almas is impressively busy even this late, which is nice. She needs to find a place to sleep before actually doing anything, though. Inns are the first priority, even if she will definitely be impressed by some of the more absurd constructions here as she searches.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can find an inn to spend the night. Unlike Janderhoff, Almas does not have any places to sleep she can find that are particularly dark. Everywhere is rather loud and big.

Permalink Mark Unread

Loud and big are both fine, but bright is less ideal. She will try to find a room with as few windows as possible, at least, and then she will get to sleep early because she will be woken early tomorrow by the sun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elsewhere...

Permalink Mark Unread

Togomor has finally gotten around to finishing the seer's fetch quest. Vorel Foxglove. He can't say he's ever seen someone fuck up becoming a lich quite that badly before. Time to decode the third letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third and final letter decrypts smoothly to his name.

At this point, you have a large quantity of blood willingly donated by the Korvosan populace. Do not use all of it in the targeting ritual. Using all of it makes the source of the sacrifice incredibly obvious, and even with the resulting power, the resulting opposition will be problematic. Instead, select about one in every five to ten of your donors. This should be a cross-section of the populace apparently selected at random. When they die, Togomor should declare this a final gasp of the Urgathoan menace, a secret second stage of the plague which the first step of the cure was insufficient to resolve. This will be unprovable, but believable, and misdirect attention away from you. You may nevertheless face some difficulties, but your path will be easier.

You may also be wondering who I am. The answer should be evident, but not all are as clever as I. The first and clearest part of this is that I do, as you have seen, have access to prophecy. Its erasure was incomplete. To demonstrate this, first note this letter was sent to the Bank the day prior to the Breaching Festival. Nevertheless, I can tell you how it went. First was the master thief, whose cards allowed her to pick many of the locked doors. She failed at the Symbol of Death, which first destroyed her protective jewelry, then took her with its second pulse. Second was the barbarian. He smashed his way through the prismatic wall and the subsequent elementals, but then his fury was burnt out, and he could go no further. Third was the Academae professor. He breached his way to the Doors of Scouring, twice becoming as ice — at first for many doors, then again after it was dispelled by the Symbol upon the Door of Flame to negate the risks of the shadows. His only weapon against the Doors of Scouring, however, was a scroll of Disjunction. After seeing his performance, the other contestants admitted defeat, refusing to make their own attempts even after the doors recovered their magic.

So, who might have handled the fall of Aroden well? Think on what you know of my traits.

Once you put the pieces together, you will note this explains many things. My taste for information, connections, and properly swaying the public with the release of information is evident. My delight in operating undercover, without anyone's knowledge, and especially under the nose of a god like Abadar is well-known. And, of course, my enjoyment of a plan like this, especially with its true origins secret and ripe for blackmail, is clear. My agent in writing this letters would not acknowledge the truth of my claims, and in fact you will find them unprovable. I would not write this if anyone could prove it. As far as anyone knows, I will remain as I ever was, most certainly doing something suspicious, but not ever quite, provably, violating the laws of the divine. As law is nothing without crime, though, crime is no fun with nobody who could possibly spot it. The only price I ask of this part is that you demonstrate my cleverness, not on Golarion, but to other deities. You cannot prove my access to prophecy, but your evidence will ensure nothing gets too easy for the other three. They're getting a bit boring.

—You Already Know

Permalink Mark Unread

The truly crucial piece here is to direct attention away from her information source. The strongest blade is the hidden blade, and if Ulon has showed something like prophecy now, he still wants it kept secret as much as possible. Having prophecy available is a strength, but having prophecy available to you without any others knowing of it is a far greater one. Similarly, it being known that you have prophecy is a weakness, though less of one if you in fact do not.

Her job here is therefore to misplace suspicion for who has prophecy here. She can't deny the existence of prophecy, because her previous letters need to demonstrate it to get the conspiracy's attention, and they won't believe it. Who could have it and work like this? There are several options, but one of them is a prominent foe of Ulon's cult, and could do with some inconvenience.

Will the gods actually believe this? Norgorber is known not to answer Communes truthfully, and to somehow break laws and get away with it. Anything which verifies a lack of prophecy would... maybe... also be able to verify a lack of other crimes? Forcing Norgorber to accept that would be a victory. Maybe. She doesn't actually know how any of this works, but it seems like it should be. She doesn't actually know how gods think. Still, this seems like a plausible story which it will be hard for anyone to disprove, and hopefully that is as true of gods as it is of mortals.

And, of course, this all needs to come from someone who believes the story she's telling, because if it came directly from a source which knew what was actually happening she has no doubt a god could see that. Fortunately, a foe who knows you is an obstacle to overcome, but a foe who knows you not is a tool for you to wield. Convincing the conspirators of Norgorber's presence should be doable with careful wording and only some minor redesign of the plan to play up his aspects. It's not like she was that far off anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

It can't be Norgorber because he wouldn't reveal this information... would he? Togomor doesn't know. The only information he gains from this letter is that the seer wants him to believe they are Norgorber, or at least an agent of Norgorber. He already knew the seer had foreknowledge of events, although now they want him to think it's prophecy specifically and not some other trick. Other three... if the seer is in fact Norgorber, they're probably the Reaper of Reputation. He didn't know gods could have aspects so divided as this. How does the seer expect him to demonstrate their cleverness to other deities? This entire situation is bizarre.

Fine. He'll order some communes tomorrow. The seer really is dedicated to making him burn enormous amounts of money.

Permalink Mark Unread

THE FREE PRESS
FIREDAY, SARENITH 12th, 4708

EAGLE KNIGHTS HEROICALLY DESTROY EVIL HAG COVEN IN DARKMOON VALE

Almas has a couple of newspapers. They're boisterous, if nothing else. The front page is military propaganda about some sort of force called the "Eagle Knights". There's a spotlight about some horrible thing Cheliax is doing, a page full of religious advice, a page about the upcoming elections... lots of diverse topics. There are no mentions of Korvosa or Varisia in any of the papers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's mostly useless to her. Dwarven papers are much better for decryption, and the claims about how horrible Cheliax are immediately ensure she won't take any of the rest of this as true. (Is the spotlight accurate? Maybe! A paper which publishes propaganda this blatant is impossible to tell from complete lies, though.)

The university doesn't require its entrants to come as themselves, so she's going to need a decent disguise kit before going in today. Better not to visibly enter as herself, visibly exiting the Almas Bank was bad enough. She doesn't have much money here but she has some, so she starts her day by purchasing the necessary materials, among other useful substances. She can get enough spread out over a variety of locations, with no need to make it obvious to any one person what she's doing. And a she can pick up few things Mother will actually want along the way — nothing which would be worth this, but some thing which plausibly could have been more important than you realized.

Permalink Mark Unread

The city is alive and bustling in the morning. The streets are many and winding and there's just so many people around. Tencednil has only been through one district and she's already seen more people here than she's almost ever seen gathered in one place in Korvosa. She finds a variety of shops that sell clothing and accessories which could be used to assemble a disguise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. Once she has everything assembled...

If she's under active surveillance right now, she's somewhat doomed. Not fully doomed, though, not yet. She should check before making it complete. She walks back to her room with her purchases, and sweeps it with Detect Magic. Are there any unexplained magic auras around? In particular, are there any that might be a scrying sensor?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil detects no magical auras in her room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably no active scrying sensors on her, then. Between her color-shifting cantrip and the kit... wow, no, this is awful. She's trying things out for two hours, and by the end of that she still doesn't like the result. It is what it is, though. At least her skin is the right color.

To the Academy, looking human, or at least not looking identifiably anything else if you have the eyes to see past that. Yuck.

Permalink Mark Unread

The aptly named Almas University is near the north end of the city, overlooking the Moulton river and the bridges to the Theater District. Unlike Korvosa's Acadamae, it is not exclusively a school for wizards, and is renowned for it's curricula in law, politics, philosophy, and zoology. They do teach wizardry to those students with the talent and ability to afford the expensive tuition. The University itself has no exterior walls or battlements. The campus merges with the rest of the city fairly seamlessly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The provost isn't going to just see anyone who asks, obviously. Tencednil doesn't have any relevant secrets like she does from the conspiracy. If she provides the contract's phrase, that would work, but can she actually get it to Morgethai? Unfortunately, any clever tricks here would probably be counterproductive. She needs Morgethai to not be angry at her.

Well, maybe the straightforward method will actually work. She scribbles something down and goes to whatever administrative hub she can find. "I... was given a letter?" She's kind of cringing, as if anticipating this interaction going badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a little bit of searching, Tencednil finds the administration building. A receptionist takes the letter from her. What's written on the front?

Permalink Mark Unread

Provost Felandriel Morgethai.

"She said it was for the Provost, I know you must get a lot of these but I have to at least try."

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist sighs and takes the letter from her. "We get a few of these every week. Don't worry about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you! She said the Provost would want to see it, I don't know why." She walks off.

Only a few a week? In that case maybe it will actually get in front of Morgethai at some point soon. The letter had the first half of the phrase from the contract written on it, as well as the full code phrase for the wealthy bank account encrypted with the second half of the code phrase. It asked her to send an ad in the classifieds section of the Almas paper with a meeting time and place, noted with yet another phrase for recognition. The bank account with the attached code is hers to use for this purpose, and also anything else she wants. It would be nice if she would hold off on using more of it than necessary until the messenger bearing the contract phrase contacts her, and if she would hear them out about its usage, but that's entirely her decision.

Permalink Mark Unread

The receptionist wishes her well as she leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

If letters sent like this aren't immediately discarded, that's the best halfway-safe way she can get in contact with Morgethai, so... time to wait?

Doing a little bit of useful work is never a bad start here, and she does still want to be gaining circles if she can. The University is supposed to be less lethal, and less wizardry-focused, than the Academae, but there still might be people looking for trouble around here. Can she find anyone who might want a sorcerer to help them do something at least faintly pro-social for a few days, as she wanders the local area?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil doesn't find any jobs that would be particularly dangerous within the city. The Grand Exchange always has contracts posted, looking for adventurers to slay terrible beasts and other threats, but these are often long journeys beyond Almas. She can find someone willing to pay for prestidigitation and silent image. They money isn't amazing but it's not terrible either. She gets the sense there are less wizards here than in Korvosa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh! Being paid halfway decently for Prestidigitation is new. She will happily sell those and the Images, then, she has quite enough each day and there's no point wasting them. And some practice sustaining her concentration on Images is also useful, so it's not like she's wasting her time, even if this isn't going to get her closer to her next circle.

Permalink Mark Unread

THE FREE PRESS
STARDAY, SARENITH 13th, 4708

SUMMER TRADE BOOMS, GREAT FAIR EXCEEDING EXPECTATIONS SO FAR

The newspapers are similar to yesterday. Even the most mundane things become exciting when phrased by the writers of The Free Press. The annual Great Andoran Fair is almost halfway finished and the economic boom is indeed great this year. None of Tencednil's words or phrases appear in the classifieds section today.

Permalink Mark Unread

She still needs to be around here, then, so nothing to do but repeat yesterday's search. At least it seems selling her Images made enough money to pay for the inn for a few more days, so it shouldn't be that bad. She does have a lot of them, and they're larger than most first circles could manage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil can find work doing the same thing as yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

THE FREE PRESS
SUNDAY, SARENITH 14th, 4708

LEO RENATO DROPS OUT OF PEOPLE'S COUNCIL RACE AMID SCANDAL

The newspapers are entertaining and mostly similar to yesterday. They're in a different style than Korvosa's, covering a wider range of events, but fundamentally the same sort of thing. News. A fair amount today is about some scandal relating to an upcoming election.

Tencednil's phrase appears on the classifieds section of the newspaper along with the word "noon" and an address in the Theater District.

Permalink Mark Unread

Success! Now... now she's going to actually meet with an archmage. Which is going to be terrifying, but there's really no way around it if she wants these results.

The thing about meeting an archmage is that she can't actually lie here. She isn't that good. Face to face with an archmage, with all the detail you get from looking at her, she will not be able to slip anything through.

She spends the next hour (fiddling with her skin tone in case there's someone watching the area and) trying to calm herself down. Yes she's giving away information she has spent so much effort trying to conceal, yes she's possibly walking to her death if Morgethai takes personal interest in her and dislikes her. That's the risk she's taking for the possible gain. It's a price worth paying. An archmage who believes her when she's being honest is probably the most valuable thing she could get for that, if the memories were just visions, and if she's about to go back in time again the Wishes are similarly valuable. This is terrifying but it's worth it, every step so far has been a success, there's no reason to break down now. 

She still isn't actually calm by the time she arrives that the address, but she can fake it. Mostly. She left her shadow behind — it said it would vanish for the day if it got too far from her, which is a little sad, but it's too identifiable for her to do this safely. She's already obviously in Almas from the Bank, she needs to not have any obvious traces of who she is in public while she's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil crosses a long bridge over the Moulton river to the the Theater District. This district is a collection of dilapidated Taldan mansions that artists have transformed into apartments, studios, and playhouses. It seems less wealthy than the other areas of Almas she's been to, but nothing accosts her on the way to the address in the paper. The place she arrives at is a rather plain townhouse with thick curtains covering every window. The door is unlocked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good what a reasonable person, not making her sit in the midday sunlight.

...actually that's worrying, did she really give that much away? Already? She wasn't as careful about this mail, and Morgethai is an archmage, but if she has to be this careful... well, that's why she's been being careful all along. Still, that's terrifying. At least Morgethai is playing along, which is nice of her. She opens the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dark fog is ahead of her. She can't see past it even with her darkvision. Silence emanates from within.

A voice echos in her mind. Please come in and shut the door behind you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh or maybe the curtains are for something else. That's... good? Probably? 

She comes in and shuts the door behind her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fog disappears the instant she steps into the room. A fireplace crackles softly at the end of the foyer.

Permalink Mark Unread

What appears to be a young red dragon with brilliant golden horns is lazing next to the fireplace. There is a comfortable chair next to him.

The dragon's head turns to face her as she shuts the door. "Hello! I am Gallipsiwhoop, here on behalf of Felandriel Morgethai. Who might you be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A red dragon? ...alright, whatever. "I'm Tencednil, and I was supposed to tell you something." And she gives the dragon the contract phrase, the first time she's ever spoken one of these out loud. It's... a little strange to actually say it with her voice.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dragon nods. "It's good to meet you, Tencednil. I request that we move to a more secure location on another plane. This place is secure against most, but there are many powerful beings who may wish to interrupt our meeting."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good she can have this conversation somewhere an archmage actually trusts to be secure. And if Morgethai wants anything from her, she is dead already, so no additional risk.

"That sounds like a good idea." She definitely looks tense when she nods, but she also is definitely nodding.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop holds out a clawed hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes it, and prepares herself not to resist whatever is about to happen. (Will it matter? Maybe not? There's no advantage to even trying to resist this, though.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Plane shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil falls through a dark tunnel and then she's floating in a void. A sea of twinkling stars surrounds her. She can't move. Not because she's frozen or paralyzed, there simply isn't any ground to move on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop has lost his golden horns and is now the size of a housecat.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is no longer pale human-colored, and instead now looks like she normally does.

"...some sort of antimagic field?" The Doors of Scouring have a permanent one, but that's still a little absurd. Archmage indeed. "I guess that would be strong security. Sorry about the skin, I didn't want to be too obviously myself coming to the meeting. I don't know if anyone would have seen it, but there's no reason to take the chance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're in a dead-magic plane! Similar to an antimagic field." Gallipsiwhoop flies perhaps a hundred feet and opens a trapdoor in the sky with a small key. He flies back down with a rope. "Climb up! It should be easy, there's no gravity in here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Wow." That's quite impressive! Also this seems quite fatal if she couldn't fly in a dead magic zone, which makes sense for a security measure.

She grabs the rope and... climbing is much easier with no gravity, isn't it. She pulls herself up and goes much further than expected, and it takes a bit for her to figure out how hard she should be pulling. Definitely better than trying this with normal gravity, though, given how good she isn't at climbing.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she gets close to the opening in the sky, Gallipsiwhoop tells her a password. "The room beyond here is warded. Speak the password right before you cross the boundary."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay..." She will do that right before passing through. Follow the archmage's instructions to the letter, they are probably important. (And that's probably just a Forbiddance, she's heard of that spell. Maybe not, though, there are probably other options.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Climbing out of the trapdoor is very briefly like being under haste only much more dramatic. Then she's through and gravity returns and her skin returns to a magically altered tone.

The environment is a beautiful moonlit glade. Sparse trees are dotted around them. The grass is far softer than it should be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop says the password and flies through the trapdoor and suddenly is the size of a young dragon again. His golden horns gleam in the moonlight.

Permalink Mark Unread

An elf is waiting for them. She seems to suck color from the world around her until, when the light finally reaches her, nothing is left but monochrome. Her hair starts pitch black on her head and by the time it ends by her chest is a brilliant glowing white.

"Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

What an appropriate thing to do with light. Tencednil can't actually tell if she's still visible to normal light at first — Morgethai (this must be Morgethai) looks exactly like she would in the dark. The anti-shadows cast by the ends of her hair eventually clarify that there's at least some actual glow, but not before Tencednil is incredibly impressed by the archmage who has appropriately decided she wants nothing to do with light and has solved this by casting herself and only herself a... constant darkness orb or something.

Unfortunately it seems that's not actually what happened. She's still very impressive.

Oh right, and Tencednil needs to actually open her mouth to talk. "Hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's nice to meet you, Tencednil. I would like to know how you came into possession of three wish diamonds."

Greater dispel magic. Tencednil's skin reverts to its natural tone. "I know of no method for a first circle sorcerer of no renown to acquire a fortune of this magnitude."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh right she forgot to dismiss that after it came back. Oops.

Alright. Deep breath. No point trying to hide information here, just tell her. "The short explanation is that there's a conspiracy which took over Korvosa to use most of the population as blood sacrifices, and I blackmailed it into paying you. The long answer will involve an explanation of why I know all of that. It's long, though, and I don't know if it's the most immediate thing you want to hear."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How could a cult of Urgath— it's not a cult of Urgathoa, is it. A lich would be too mad to blackmail in such a way, even if they had hoarded the diamonds for centuries. Who do you think is involved in this conspiracy and how did you contact them without getting caught?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As far as I know, it isn't a cult at all. I'm reasonably confident Queen Ileosa — she is queen now, right? I last got actual news from the city on the fifth — and Togomor, the mage she's hired, are part of the conspiracy. I don't know very much about the details. It could be just the two of them, it could be any number of other people assisting them. I contacted them by warning late King Eodred of their first attempt to kill him, sent via the bank account I gave you the password to access after proving its credentials by betting accurately on the results of the Breaching at very steep odds. I then had some letters copied by the Bank and deposited under that account's name, so when the conspiracy broke into the Bank to try to find materials to hunt me down, they found my blackmail instead."

There must be a better order to do this in. She really doesn't know how best to explain it all, though, there is just so much. Morgethai is better at this than she is, she will just trust the archmage in the room to ask questions in whatever order she needs the answers in.

Permalink Mark Unread

She pauses for a moment. "How did you know of the conspiracy's first attempt to kill Eodred?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"So this is going to be the unbelievable part. ...the less believable part, I guess, this is all already pretty unbelievable. Can you be assured I'm not knowingly attempting to deceive you somehow? Or if you're already doing that do something so I can't tell you already were if you want, I know it's not perfect but it means fewer ways for this to fail."

Why is she babbling. Archmages are competent, she doesn't actually need the whole explanation of Tencednil's thought process at every point. No, deciding you're going to share information with someone freely because it's worth the price doesn't mean dumping everything on them with no direction at all — oh well, she will do what she will do.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will pull the information from your mind. This will take a minute." Felandriel pulls out a large black tome and begins preparing a spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

That... works? Maybe? Oh, wait a moment—

"There's some chance that will act strangely. It's been odd under Detect Thoughts before. I don't know if it matters, but if it does you should know in advance probably?" Why is she still talking. She will shut up now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am not going to use detect thoughts." She finishes preparing the spell and starts casting it. It's clearly a spell with a longer cast time than normal. "Do not resist."

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't resist, whatever it is. (Not that she expects it would matter if she did. Archmages are known to be pretty scary.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Mind probe.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell fails.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems you were correct. I could not read your memories."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Resisting an archmage's attempt is substantially more impressive than resisting her mother's thought detection. More points in favor of a god doing it? Probably.

"In that case, do you have some other way to be convinced I'm not lying to you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can place you under a geas to tell the truth. Are you willing to have your mind altered like this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Archmage. Still.

"As long as you take it off afterwards, yes." And if she doesn't, Tencednil will be less happy about it but it means she will have irritated an archmage in their sanctum and survived, which is probably a win.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will." Felandriel prepares another spell from her spellbook. It only takes a minute.

Lesser geas. "Respond truthfully and completely when conversing with me or conveying information to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Completely? This... may take a while. Alright.

"Completely? This... may take a while. Alright. —Why did I say that out loud. Because that's part of being complete, isn't it, if you don't understand what I'm thinking you don't have a complete view of things, and you're looking at me so I'm conveying information to you. Makes sense. ...and I'm also conveying information to you always, because you're going to be monitoring my ripples now, so I'm always responding truthfully and completely. Hmm. This is— strange, slightly terrifying, slightly exhilarating, worth it to be trusted here, wow that's a weird feeling, I don't know how the spell decided what should come put first. Where was I. I would ask for a moment to get my thoughts in order but that wouldn't work under this spell, because—"

She can't ask for a moment to get her thoughts in order because it would take her far longer to get her thoughts in order if they're moving at the speed of speech, which is slow. By the time she's finished that thought, she's only gotten through saying about half of it, though, so "—yes, that, alright I can think quickly. I was going to talk about the visions."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is about what she expected.

"I will remove it once we're done, don't worry. You received information through visions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe. I think so. Maybe they were memories? I can sort of halfway cast second circle spells now and I couldn't before, so—" By the time she's said that much, she's finished that thought and moved on to the next. "On the 29th, Desnus 29th, I suddenly remembered three different futures. Just put this into words, don't try to interpret, the archmage is better at that. I said that out loud, of course I did— anyway. The first was about a week and a half, and in it I didn't know anything strange. I went down into the sewers, the ring stuff, I saw the Breaching Festival the normal way, the king died on the fifth of Sarenith. The papers said Glarataxus killed him while he was out on a balcony, yes I can see that seems implausible to both of you, I didn't know any better. Then there was a disease going around in Old Korvosa, I went to visit Mika, and an angry otyugh jumped out of the sewers and killed me while I was trying to distract it, no don't bother trying to rephrase that there's no point—

"Anyway, after that I remember it being the 29th again, and I thought that was all a vision so I was probably supposed to deal with some of the things somehow. I still did the ring thing and prepard for zombies better, then I bet on the Breaching Festival results as a fake proxy" (she does not explain what she means by this) "and had the Bank send a letter to King Eodred from the source saying he would die within the week because maybe his death was the problem, it was trustworthy because the Bank would agree the source knew the outcome of the Breaching. The next day he didn't meet with the Arkona family, the day after that someone broke in to the Bank and stole the paperwork, do I actually know that — yes I do now, they got the letters, but I didn't at the time, it was just obvious — anyway I went to the bank for protection because they were looking for the thief, they believed me enough to try, and then just before I stepped inside of the Bank I was possessed, no I don't know that, I was taken over and used to cast a many-circle spell to transport myself into a — it must have been a Bag of Holding, right? Anyway, giving information to the kidnappers could only hurt, especially if Ulon gave the vision and wanted to keep it secret, so I killed myself, that was way easier to say than I expected—

"Next memories, it was the 29th again and this time I was more careful, I warned the king with Prestidigitated letters for the bank to copy so the materials wouldn't give me away and I didn't associate the account with me at all. I also warned him about the otyugh and the bank about the break-in. The break-in still happened, and still killed two priests, but nobody chased me down. The guard did ask for assistance investigating the sewers, so I went with them, we found the Urgathoan cult and attacked it, that's how I knew about the plague and the cure and all that. Then there was an announcement to everyone in Korvosa and under it that the Urgathoans killed the king, but it was under a Control Weather and Glarataxus's attack was also under a Control Weather, and there were no signs of another Urgathoan and there was clearly a conspiracy to kill King Eodred because it hunted me down for warning him, so I guessed that was them as well. He died and Ileosa, Queen Ileosa, took the throne, and I guessed whoever took it was probably in on the conspiracy but I wasn't sure when it was just her, but there was no clear competitor and she managed it both times so it was almost certainly her. Then I helped the guard and things like that for the rest of Sarenith, there was a cure for the disease but it was made slowly, I thought it might be to help Queen Ileosa in public but it was slow if they wanted that, but they were harvesting blood to make it. So I went to the alchemists who made it, they said they really did need to harvest the blood, so I thought maybe that wasn't just a ploy and they really didn't have a cure at first? Of course the cult was because of the conspiracy, it's too conveniently timed otherwise, but they should have planned around it. But then at the end of Sarenith there was another Control Weather and when I woke up in the morning everyone was dead and their blood was sucked out of their bodies, so probably the blood was for some blood sacrifice ritual. Oh and the Queen hired Togomor as a wizard, and he made no sense to hire, he wasn't good with the public or anything, and I know there was a strong wizard in on the conspiracy, so I'm pretty sure it must have been him. I don't know who did the blood sacrifice ritual or what it was actually for, but they definitely did it."

She breathes in for a moment. "And that's the visions, I think? There's probably something I missed but you can tell me what you're interested in, I can see that there's something you want to hear but I don't know what it is. Yes, it's obvious, just how you hold yourself, like that, exactly."

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel now has additional questions. Quite a few of them.

"You spontaneously gained the ability to cast second circle spells? Did you have this ability in the visions?" She pauses. "To be clear, you appear to me as a first circle sorcerer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh right that. I'm a first circle sorcerer, but I can do metamagic that puts a second hole in the spell form? It's not a real second circle spell, but I can pull in shadows nearby to make my spells a little stronger, and it definitely looks like they should be second circle after I do the redesign. Here I can show you— no, that would be rude, yes it would be more complete but you didn't mean me to cast spells around you unannounced, can I please show you what it looks like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll do the one I don't know the name for, maybe you'll have an idea." She concentrates, shapes the spell carefully, and— Silent Image, pulling in any shadows around her in case that helps Morgethai see what she's doing, showing the basic spell structure of Moon's Reflection. The shadows don't actually help much, because there aren't many here, but it still takes on the relevant spell form.

"This is what one of my spells looks like normally to me, it makes a metal object glow like it's reflecting the moonlight and then I can break it off to shine that all in someone's face and blind them. And then I can cast it like this as well." She twists her Silent Image, showing what the altered version looks like.

"Like this it's a little more powerful, I think? It pulls on darkness and shadows nearby to power it, but I've never actually used it on someone. I did the same thing to this Silent Image, but there's not enough darkness around here to show you the effect, it would just make the image a bit larger. It's definitely a second circle, though, and I can only do it four or five — no, five, I've done it five before and I don't know that it's random, five times a day total between all my spells, it feels like a different pool than my normal spells. And then I have the normal castings, which I can do about eight times a day, and first circle sorcerers aren't supposed to have thirteen first circle spells a day, so I think I just have halfway second circle casting and no actual second circle spells. But maybe I'm wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That spell is dazzling blade. It's a rather obscure first circle illusion. I believe you are a second circle sorcerer with no second circle spells known, although I've never encountered this before. But you did not answer my question. Did you spontaneously gain power or did you experience a circling progression inside the visions or both? From your explanation it is unclear to me how your power increased from Desnus 28th to 29th."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! In the visions I remember gaining new spells and the new circle at a sort of normal rate, they happened when I just fought a pack of wild dogs and when we got through the Urgathoans and things like that. I just think they might not be visions because when I came back to the 29th I could still use them, so if they were visions I actually just suddenly gained power with them. On the 28th I didn't know any first circle spells besides Color Spray, and I could only cast it six times, so knowing the new ones was definitely new, but the visions taught me things so I thought maybe they could also teach me spells if they were real. But I don't think that would get me a new circle, so because I have the second circle spell pool I'm not sure whether they're visions or something else."

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel is silent for some time.

"I don't know how prophecy worked. I was alive back then, of course, but prophecy is a capability of the gods they gave small glimpses of to their servants. But... hmm... suppose hypothetically one wanted to create prophecy without its prior existence. And let's suppose one is a god of vast capability. One way prophecy might be implemented is by creating a parallel plane of existence, perfectly identical to the Material plane and containing perfect copies of all its inhabitants, and then accelerating time within this plane to a very fast speed, say ten times as fast as time on the real Material. Thus, for every day passing in the real Material plane, ten days would pass in this alternate Material plane, and one could predict the future by witnessing it occur. We know that prophetic visions did not always come true. Gods have been wrong before. So prophecy was not perfectly accurate. Thus, under this framework, the gods might need more fake planes of existence than real planes of existence to maintain accuracy against whatever is introducing uncertainty. Assuming this is true, each creature in any given plane would necessarily gain circles as normal, but if such a creature somehow moved between realities they might appear to gain circles spontaneously. Perhaps more disturbingly, given there are more fake planes of existence than real ones, the probability that we are in a fake plane is higher than the probability we are in a real one. If this is true, which it almost certainly is not, because a demon lord would've told someone by now. I am not sure if the gods can create perfect duplicates of most creatures but I am certain they cannot create duplicates of demigods. If they could there would be far more than nine archdevils."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if any of my visions contained actual demigods? I didn't see any demigods, or any gods doing anything besides the automatic things like granting spells. Probably gods can't duplicate other gods but I guess you would need to see two gods to know, and probably two who wouldn't work together or they could just be collaborating to make prophecy for themselves. And I definitely haven't seen that. I... don't see any obvious ways to change that, poking a god seems like a terrible idea and I wouldn't know how to anyway, unless Norgorber really dislikes me saying he has prophecy I guess. —Oh, I tried to attribute the blackmail letters to Norgorber as the blackmail face betraying his other faces by exposing that he had prophecy, I don't know if it worked at all. Or if Norgorber does that. Or if anyone would know if he doesn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Your visions would not need to contain demigods explicitly for duplicating them to be required because interplanar travel exists and many extraplanar beings take orders from demigods. Communes happen regularly enough that you would also need to duplicate at least the responses of the gods to commune, which I expect to be impossible for chaotic gods as they sometimes answer randomly. This theory is very unlikely to be true because it is too complicated and requires the gods have a hitherto unknown level of coordination. Prophecy is currently broken on Golarion anyway, so even if this was true elsewhere it would not be true here. I have not known Norgorber's faces to be anything more than a construction of his mortal cults. As far as I am aware, he is one god."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That probably didn't work then. Oh well. Do you need to duplicate the responses perfectly? I guess if something important depends on what the response is you wouldn't be able to check that, and probably someone does check things like that. Still, I don't think I would know if that were happening, and even if you don't actually have the demigods and gods right, you could probably get some information? But it would fall off quickly, and a month is way too long, of course it is I'm being silly, where were you going with this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are many remaining possibilities for what could be going on. The simplest one is that either or both of us are within a very complicated illusion and none of this is real. While I cannot rule this out, it is not a useful theory. If it were true, knowing it was true would not help us. A god could have retained prophecy secretly, hiding it from the other gods, as your lie about Norgorber claims. This is unlikely because I cannot imagine how this particular set of events serves the interests of any god who could afford to send such detailed visions to the Material plane. However, most explanations other than the one about parallel realities we previously discarded suffer this penalty. You may have travelled backward through time via some unknown mechanism. I know of no real instances of backward time travel but there are legends and tall tales of such things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I thought about the realistic illusion but I decided it wasn't worth worrying about, because if anyone could do that to a first circle sorcerer they could just do whatever they wanted to do directly instead. I guess you aren't a first circle sorcerer, so maybe you should worry about it more, you know more than I do so — anyway. Maybe I should look at time travel legends? And you should probably assume my memories are just tampered with, I haven't actually predicted the future from your perspective at all and overwriting the memory of a first circle sorcerer for unclear reasons is probably easier than actual time travel, I only don't think that's happening myself because I've seen the relevant things happening, so at first it had to be actual prophecy, and it would make no sense to overwrite my memories only at this point. Probably. If I got another set of visions like this I would have to be sure not to trust it more because of the previous set, but without that I don't know why it would benefit anyone to overwrite only my memories up to this point, so it's probably not happening."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was assuming someone had not simply tampered with your memories because someone did give me three real wish diamonds and a large sum of money and you do have the code to redeem the wishes. Of course, the fact that I cannot read your memories does increase the chance they were tampered with."

Felandriel pauses for a moment. "Please remove all of your clothing and equipment and follow me." She pulls a rope out from her pack. Rope trick. She climbs up and disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's true, I guess that's pretty much as convincing as the visions coming true."

She takes off her clothing, sets aside the crossbow (she probably didn't need it coming across town, but it's habit), focus pouch, and sickle, and follows the archmage up the rope. ...slowly. "I'm not great at climbing, sorry." It's not very far, and she hauls herself up without too much delay.

Permalink Mark Unread

True seeing. Greater arcane sight. Mage's disjunction.

The rope trick collapses around them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh, is that a True Seeing? I've never actually seen it cast, that's kind of neat."

And then the Rope Trick collapses— "Ack!" She drops inelegantly to the ground, and scrambles to her feet. "That was intended, right? Of course it was, that's why we were in a different space. Would it have torn apart the whatever we're in if you hadn't done that? Don't tell me that, if it's true it's a weakness you shouldn't share and if it's not it's an angle you should let people try. You know this all already, don't you. Sorry."

Nothing visibly changes about Tencednil. There are no new visible magic effects on her.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is true seeing. An artifact capable of casting polymorph and greater magic aura could possibly have obscured your true form and powers from both the dead-magic plane and my normal sight. While I know of no particular artifact with these capabilities, I would not put it past Hell to create one. This theory is now much less likely. Feel free to get dressed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense! I guess whatever meant you couldn't get things from my mind might have also gone away? Should you try the memory reading spell again?"

She gets dressed while talking.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not perceive any magic warding your memories and I still do not now. Preparing mind probe again is not worth it in expectation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, that makes sense. It's called Mind Probe? Is there a place to find these names? If I pick up more spells like Moon's Reflection, no, Dazzling Blade, it would be nice to know what other people call them. Sorry, I'm getting distracted again, where were we."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are thousands and thousands of wizard spells. There's not a complete list anywhere but several compendiums exist with descriptions of varying accuracy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I guess I'll just have to search for the correct names the hard way, then, or make up my own names and hope it's not a problem. Probably people do that anyway, there must be spells which have been invented more than one time and surely they don't get named the same thing every time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel nods. "If this is a prophecy plane or an illusion or some sort of time travel, I would like you to send me a message the next time you experience the week of Desnus 29th. From Korvosa, I can be reached through the international Bank of Abadar via the account called 'stung revere omnibus bleak mariner foresee soils'. I am going to write some things down. Please follow me."

She walks to the edge of the glade. Outdoor desks are set up on a stone floor. She sits down at one and begins writing on a sheet of paper.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Certainly, that seems worth it even for just the ability to send you a single letter along with it. And sending letters through the Bank has worked well for me in my memories, however trustworthy they are. Stung revere omnibus bleak mariner foresee soils... I don't know if I will remember that string of words, but I can try." She follows Morgethai.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will write everything down on this piece of paper and attempt to place it into your memory. You will not be able to forget the information if this works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh good, that will make it easier. Does that only work on one paper? Can you change the writing afterwards? Does the paper actually vanish, or is it just a memory copy? If it's only one piece of paper per person, maybe I should have brought my familiar friend thing, I don't know what it actually is but it's a shadow that seems to work like a familiar for me. It said it woud vanish when it got too far from me, though, and I didn't want to bring it with to the meeting in case it stood out to anyone who was watching, so I don't have it with me now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The spell is called memorize page. It can only memorize one page at a time. Very few pages can be memorized in total; the limit is based on your intelligence. The main benefit of memorize page is that it's instantaneous. It can't be dispelled and leaves no lasting trace. I hope it will travel with your mind even if other magic would not. I believe I can fit everything I need on one page."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Mother says I have about the cunning to cast second circle spells like the worst Academae graduates, or maybe a little above that but not by much. I don't know what will travel with me but maybe this will work!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel spends perhaps the next twenty minutes writing coded messages in tiny letters across the page. Once she's done writing, she prepares a spell and begins casting it. It takes ten minutes to cast.

Memorize page.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil gains a perfect memory of the page. She can visualize the page as easily as looking at it in person, including minute details visible to close scrutiny by the naked eye.

"There are a few sections with various contingencies. I would like you to send everything under the subheading 'Void' to the account listed next to it. If I am unavailable or if I do not respond within one week, please send everything under the subheading 'Shield' to the account listed next to it. If the Bank will not send your letters or cannot be trusted for some reason, please travel to Almas and give the message under subheading 'Aiudara' to Castien Virrieth. He lives at the address listed next to that subheading. If all of these options fail, write everything under subheading 'Sixteen' down on a piece of paper and drop it off inside the address listed next to the subheading in Absalom. The door will be unlocked."

Permalink Mark Unread

As Morgethai describes sections, she thinks through them. She can... yes, all of those seem visible in her mental image. Can she copy these out? She Prestidigitates herself a piece of paper... yes, she can copy those, at least at a larger scale. "I think I can do that. Do the exact sizes of the letters matter? I can visualize the paper, but I don't have a good sense of scale to it, so the messages might be larger or smaller. —Do I need to preserve the exact line break positioning? —How precise does my handwriting need to be? No, you don't want me to list everything I can see on the page, yes it's information which is relevant but you already have it, there is nothing I'm concealing here..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The size and position of the letters does not matter. The order of the letters does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can replicate that precisely, then. Void to the account, then a week, then Shield to its account if you haven't responded, or if I can't send letters Aiudara to the person at that Almas address, or if none of those work Sixteen to that Absalom address? I can get to Almas and Absalom eventually but probably not before a few days after arriving, and I would need at least a week to make it not be obvious if I'm doing these at the same time as blackmailing the conspiracy because I don't want to teleport straight to Almas from Korvosa in that case, they're probably watching for that. Maybe not for, uh, Castien Virrieth, I guess, and if these aren't obviously associated with you I might not need to be as careful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is acceptable." She waves a hand and the original page catches on fire. It is quickly reduced to ash. "Now, what would you like me to increase with your wishes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Splendor, please! Being better at sorcery seems more valuable than anything else right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

She pulls a scroll and two diamonds from her pack. "You might want to have detect magic up. It's not every day you get to see this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh definitely yes." Detect Magic, and she will watch everything she can. This is not something which comes up often, she definitely should not miss the chance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wish. Wish. Wish.

Three brilliant spells. Perfection compressed into nine shining points of light. Tencednil's mind expands. She feels somehow more real than she did before.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can see the stability of her Detect Magic firming up, her grasp on it solidifying as the magic bends more easily to her will. She — doesn't just start blurting out everything that comes to mind, she can see that that would be unwelcome right now, and that's not what the Geas actually meant. It was words, and words are an imperfect medium to convey her meaning, but that's fine. If she stands like... this... and angles her head just so, Morgethai knows what is happening, and will understand what she needs to convey.

She thinks back over their conversation, tilting her head slightly and unfocusing her eyes in a half-remembered pose people use when they're thinking back. That should be enough for the Geas. There, and there, and... there... there are so many places she can suddenly see how to gracefully deflect, how she could have thought faster than her mouth could speak and directed the conversation as she wanted it to go, if she wanted it to go. (Her eyes open wide, her eyebrows rise, she closes them again and nods. A realization, as plain on her face as writing on a page at midnight.) That she does need to convey, but not before they start speaking again, it's not responsive to any particular part of this.

Could she deceive Morgethai now? Those little twitches before she the Geas, that incredible ability to see where she's going before she got there... no, that would be hopeless. Unsurprising. Wishes aren't that good, archmages are. ...Gallipsiwhoop was tracking her just as well, at least to her ability to discern it. She nods to the dragon, who is still watching her intently, quirking her lips in a smile as if conceding something. Good, that communicated.

And, of course, there's the spell. The first was amazing. The second showed her how much she was missing, and she only barely caught her Detect Magic in time. The third, she watches in all its glory, lost a little bit in the beauty of the magic, how it takes a gem and mere words and rewrites reality on such a fundamental level. What an absurd process. Her mouth smooths over, her eyes opening a little wider, and her jaw half-drops, admiring its beauty. Morgethai surely didn't need that, but the compulsion sits on her still, and what else is there to do? It's truly incredible.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe our business is concluded. For security reasons, I can't let you leave just yet. Do you have anything you'll be missing if you don't return to Almas today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

A quick smile, and she shakes her head. "I do not. If you wish to meet my possible familiar—" 

Morgethai cares about her own familiar, this conversation would be better if she demonstrated her own concern, it needs an apparent gender to be clear she thinks of it as a person, what does it present as? Drow sign has slightly gendered positionings, mostly finger width but it does matter in a few cases, she thinks back— 

Tencednil looks up for a moment, and nods slightly before continuing. Thinking of something, making a quick correction to what she was about to say. "—she should appear in the morning. Or she could be locked to one plane or something like that, I wouldn't know." And that's all she needs to say. She shifts her stance slightly, a bit open but mostly pointing her attention at Morgethai instead of herself. She's listening, but if you want to press further there's more detail she could go in to, it's just not necessary here.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to meet your possible familiar. If you want, I can turn you to stone for the rest of the day. Otherwise you will be waiting here for... sixteen hours."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sixteen hours is fine. My magic just changed, I need to practice it anyway." Her ears twitch. Remember, half-elf. She may not be an elf in full, but some patience when she needs to understand something in depth isn't beyond her. Sixteen hours is a while but there will keep being things to explore.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well." Felandriel sits down at a different desk and starts working on some sort of magic item.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop flies away into the forest beyond the glade.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hours pass in relative quiet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her new ability with magic doesn't actually change what she can cast, but she has much more of a grasp for what's going on, and how to power it. She starts by setting up a Prestidigitation and watching how it works now with a Detect Magic, spotting the little snags and errors in the spell which are smoothed out and now snap cleanly at her direction. That definitely would allow the spell to force its way through more resistance. Once she's happy with that, she goes to find a shadow and starts practicing her shadow cantrip, both with and without the metamagic. It integrates smoothly with the spell, so as a whole it's still a cantrip, which means she can get a much better grasp of exactly what she's doing than with anything she can only cast a single-digit number of times a day. It's a different feeling from Acid Splash's replication of brimstone. Maybe they really are fundamentally different tasks?

If Gallipsiwhoop or Morgethai don't look busy, she'll try to find a chance to ask. If they are busy, she can keep experimenting for hours. The subtle differences in the structure under Detect Magic are endlessly intriguing, as is investigating the location they're in as a whole. It's not the same as extradimensional spaces, it's definitely doing something different, and whatever it is is far more complicated than the simple beautiful clarity of the Wish. It doesn't look any less unique and complex, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop is available to answer questions about magic. "The method sorcerers use to eschew minor material components is not metamagic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! It feels very similar from the inside to me, it's just replicating the effect with an internal source instead of an external one. Do all sorcerers need different sorts of components? I know song-sorcerers need to sing." All of her attention focused on Gallipsiwhoop, listening for any tidbits of how this all actually works from a source who knows far more than she does and is probably the best-studied public figure on Golarion on this subject. (With the possible exception of Nefreti Clepati, who is too insane to actually be a reliable source.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Song-sorcerers can't ignore minor material components like regular sorcerers. At least not by default. It is possible to develop the skill as a wizard and I assume this is also true for other spellcasters but I've never checked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Interesting! And it's not a metamagic like Silent or Still is, just a thing that can be learned. I wonder what the metamagic pull is, then, it integrates very smoothly with my shadow cantrip?" Head tilted, eyes away, considering the possibilities that would be misleading, so she can't. Instead, she shifts slightly, her eyebrows rising, and it's clear that this is as much a question for Gallipsiwhoop as it is a subject she's going to think about herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The shadow trick you use to cast second circle spells is some sort of metamagic, but I'm unfamiliar with this particular kind. Wizards use specific techniques to learn metamagic. If you don't know its source, I expect it comes from your sorcery in some way."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "That makes sense."

And now she will go look at the magic built into this place, instead of spending more time on that. This Geas is for the best, and the results were definitely worth the cost, but it's kind of embarrassing to have her communication strategies so reduced.

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic flows through every inch of this place. After fifteen minutes of concentrating on detect magic, Tencednil isolates a few different auras. There's a strong conjuration aura, two moderate abjuration auras, and two moderate universal auras. She can't identify any of the spells in particular.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moderate universal... that must be a Permanency, right? Well, two of them. Are there any other universal spells in the right circle range? The conjuration is probably the thing creating the space, which is interesting, because the mirror extradimensional space was transmutation. She has no idea what the abjuration auras are, but at least one of them must be the other permanent effect. (She has no idea whether the conjuration needs a Permanency, but at least one of them must be on an abjuration.)

...right, and she had to say a password to come in, which was probably a Forbiddance. That would be one of the abjurations, then, so the conjuration does need a Permanency to stick around, and whatever the other abjuration is is probably to block scrying somehow. Or some other sort of protection which needs a Permanency, there are many things she can imagine an archmage wanting in their personal non-spatial area.

The interweaving of the spells and the way the Permanency connects to the entire amalgam is fascinating. She spends quite a while just looking at the magic, watching it go by, and seeing a little but more of what it is to be an archmage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop joins Felandriel at the workshop as they work on some other item. Eventually she retires within a house in the woods.

Hours pass.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shortly before Felandriel went to her house, Tencednil asked where she could sleep. She'll be out for the standard eight hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel will let the girl sleep. Goodness knows she probably needs it after all that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her sleep is boring and entirely standard, though she is a little restless as a result of having Teleported a thousand miles in the past few days, with the resulting confusion in her schedule. Fortunately the demiplane allows her to sleep without as much light creeping through cracks as there was in the inn room from... was that really yesterday?

Eventually, she wakes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The security concern has passed. Gallipsiwhoop will take you back to Almas soon. If your potential familiar is here, I'd like to meet them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good." She smiles and goes behind a tree that would be deceptive, she simply flicks her fingers, flexes her shadow in the place that doesn't really exist, and the blob pops out of it and bounces.

Tencednil winces slightly. "And is now the right time to ask you to remove the Geas?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." Felandriel dismisses the lesser geas.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh wow. Her body language suddenly half-vanishes, as she is no longer being dragged around like a puppet to perfectly convey her true feelings. She shifts a little, feeling out what it's like to move with this understanding of what it means. A twist like that to convey attention, a minor re-angling to be impatient, a quick sway of her eyes to be merely feigning it... She'll be a few moments getting her sense of herself back together.

The shadow blob ignores this entirely and buzzes happily at Gallipsiwhoop. <Hi!>

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello, little shadow.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're neat! This is a much better way to communicate. Do you live in her dreams like I do in my sorcerer's?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well this is fascinating. Thank you. I am the familiar of a wizard and I do not live in her dreams.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That seems much more boring. Do you get to explore and see things she doesn't know yet and bring them back? I can't tell my sorcerer about them very well, because she can't hear me, but I think I will be able to soon! Then I can tell her all sorts of things and help her when she's missing them. I think she might be better at knowing about spells than I am right now, but I'm learning! Soon I can help her there too!

Permalink Mark Unread

There are probably things I know that Felandriel doesn't. I sometimes travel alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense! I can't travel alone or I fall back into her dreams. I guess that's helpful.

So what sort of thing are you? You look like a dragon, but I haven't seen red dragons who can talk without their mouths. Is that a thing?

Permalink Mark Unread

I am a pseudodragon transformed into the shape of a young red dragon. With some customizations. My true form is much smaller.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! That sounds fun. I like not being squishy, and being able to fly, but maybe there are bigger not-squishy things I could be that could also fly and be good.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is likely there are... but magic that does long duration transformations is very high circle.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's okay! I believe in my sorcerer! She is good at things and she will learn and she will be able to cast the neatest magic!

And not-long-duration transformations would also be neat if she can't learn a long one. Maybe I would be squishy for a short time, just not a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop nods. Do you have a name or preferred moniker?

Permalink Mark Unread

Moniker. Mo-ni-ker. I like that word. I never thought about it! I'm part of my sorcerer, just not the main part of her, so I didn't need a name. But maybe I should have one! Hmmm... I'm her shadow, so like her but upside down and backwards. And her name is like this, <Ten-ced-nil>, and the shadow of the last bit is like this, <Lin>. And I can't tell her things very fast, so I should have a short name. So I'll be <Lin>, and if you said it out loud that would be... Lhín, I think?

Permalink Mark Unread

It is good to meet you, Lhín. I am known as Gallipsiwhoop.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good to meet you too! And your sorcerer!

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. Felandriel is a wizard, not a sorcerer. Sorcerers with familiars are uncommon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! Okay. It's good to meet you and your wizard!

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel, meanwhile, has spent the past minute inspecting Lhín. "Does the shadow have anything interesting to say, Gallipsiwhoop?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes. I'd say she's of human intelligence or very close to it. Her name is Lhín. She claims to live in Tencednil's dreams."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lhín?" That... ah, that's what the sign was. And of course she doesn't know sign is supposed to be at least a little secret, not that it's actually secret from archmages if they try. (They can probably detect a moment of surprise, followed by a quick realization, and then—)

She nods and smiles gratefully. "Thank you! I didn't have a way to really talk to her, I don't know when I would have learned."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wizards gain the ability to speak with their familiars even if they can't normally talk at third circle. I'm not sure if it will happen to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

She closes her eyes and sighs momentarily. "Well, even if it does, third circle is a long way off. Maybe I'll get there someday, but if every circle needs this much from me it will be a long and risky journey." A smile, a nod. "But definitely less so with the help you've already provided. Thank you, truly. And I'll send those letters if I end up again in Desnus. —Ah, right, and now I need a way back to Korvosa. Which means..."

Sigh. "Which means finding a Teleport up to Janderhoff, doesn't it. Well, that will be a delight. And I'll be leaving Lhín behind, as well, just after learning her name. Ah well, so it goes. The account I gave you the information for was tied to the blackmail, as I may have mentioned — it's too dangerous for me to touch, but you should have no such problem. I leave it in your hands, because I think I can put together the money I need for the Teleports from what I brought and the caravan pay. It would be nice if you were to use it towards some intervention in Korvosa though. Your choice." She scrupulously is not doing anything which looks like asking Felandriel Morgethai to provide her with the teleportation, no matter how obvious that must be to both of them. That, after all, would be presumptuous, and her every movement shows respect.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can teleport you back to Korvosa if you want. I need to investigate Ileosa and Togomor anyway, though I doubt I'll get anywhere with the latter. He was last seen in Kaer Maga a little under a decade ago at seventh circle before he abruptly vanished. I expect he's reached eighth circle now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be kind! Coming from a caravan from Janderhoff would be more consistent with how I departed, but if anyone is tracking me in particular they will have seen the Teleports I purchased, and it's probably a lost cause." She's not actually surprised, but she is clearly thankful, and perhaps she didn't quite believe it before Morgethai made the offer.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I doubt anyone will notice your arrival because it's not in the logs of incoming teleports. If you're ready to leave we can depart now."

Permalink Mark Unread

She hesitates for a moment, and doesn't respond to that. (They'll see she wasn't in a quarantine if they look, but that only matters if they search the quarantine records, and Korvosa is imperfect at those, probably especially now with the recent unrest — they could ask the incoming traders, but there are a lot of those and the change of regime will make everything confused — there are ways, the best way to make something seem true is for it to be true, but her being back at the proper time is probably more safety than anything she can get in any other way. And Morgethai's time is valuable.)

"I am." <Also!> "And so is Lhín, I believe."

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel reaches out her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

She reaches back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín slips a blob onto her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Invisibility. Plane shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

They appear deep within a dark forest. Enormous trees surround them. Strange noises echo in the distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Greater teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

They appear in a deserted Midland street somewhat near the docks. The time is past sunset into the night.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Time is accelerated within my demiplane. It should only be around ten at night on the 14th of Sarenith, at least in Almas. Goodbye."

Tencednil feels Felandriel's hand drop away.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. Goodbye."

Tencednil... walks home? Mother should still be awake, it's not that late. She will need to figure out how to sleep at the right time again but that should be doable.

Permalink Mark Unread

<You're back! That was prompt. And did you do whatever you needed to?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Of course I did! Mother I wasn't doing anything interesting!>

Permalink Mark Unread

<You can't fool me that easily. Though you have definitely improved, whatever you did. More importantly, you also can't fool Ulon. A few days ago I woke up with a new circle. Whatever you're doing, it needs a Commune.>

Permalink Mark Unread

She... stops. She doesn't even twitch, for a few moments.

<I see. We'll talk tomorrow.>

And she goes to her room to... try to get some sleep? At least some napping, so she won't be exhausted tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
MOONDAY, SARENITH 15th, 4708

SENESCHAL TOGOMOR'S CURE SHOWS PROMISING RESULTS

It's a bright summer day. Togomor's effort to create a cure advances rapidly. They're paying well for human blood. There is no trace of the overwhelming force of beasts and monsters from below. The enmity between the Great Houses has found a perfect excuse to flare up in the assassination of the King. The public's opinion of Ileosa seems to have improved a little, though it's unclear how much of this is just propaganda from the papers. The rest is more typical daily news.

Permalink Mark Unread

As usual, Dilnictan wakes with the dawn to pray. Less usual is that she went to sleep when her daughter returned from her time "guarding a caravan", so she has had seven hours of sleep before praying. There's no reason to hesitate now. She already has the cinnamon. Ced' was restless, so she'll already be awake. Nothing more to wait for.

Permalink Mark Unread

When dawn arrives, Tencednil is half-dozing, attempting to preserve some of her wakefulness for the daytime. The shadow Lhín pokes her every once in a while, apparently interested in something in a book, so she hasn't really managed to take a nap. Being stationary in one place and letting her mind drift is a worse outcome, but it's one she can survive.

When Mother walks in, she is abruptly jarred from her stupor. She scrambles gracefully drops out of her hammock (it's amazing how much easier it now is to act perfectly composed in the strangest of conditions) and nods. <Mother. What do you need of me?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<A Commune is best used with a sense of what is actually occurring. I will have only six seconds to ask each question. You need to tell me enough to describe a proper set of eight questions. The final question will be if there is additional information we need.>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Ah.> What does she have happening that Ulon might need to reply to? There's the Norgorber letters, but that must have failed. The conspiracy guidance shouldn't require any additional work, and if it does, there's very little she can do about it now. She can't feed Morgethai false information, that would be both practically impossible and Ulon directly forbids being turned to betrayal. Morgethai very much did not betray her, given every opportunity, so unless there was something she did not know which would have changed her decision to trust Morgethai, it would be improper to harm her.

This could be a chance to send a message to Morgethai, if there's something important there? Why would that matter now? ...well, Morgethai gave her the page to take back if she returned again. Can Ulon use that? If the gods could see the memories, surely the Abadarans would have reorganized their security before the break-in, so Ulon might want to send a message back as well?

...that should be eight questions. If there's more they need to know, getting this set of responses will point them in the right direction. Report, then. She shifts through sign briskly, as if every moment might be important.

<I have an active plot involving the Four-Faced Foe, which may have succeeded or may require active intervention to succeed, but I doubt both. I have an active plot involving misleading guidance to another, which again may have succeeded or may require intervention. It may be worth a question to know whether the new Castle residents are involved in that plot.> In other words, whether she's right that Togomor and Ileosa are both part of the conspiracy. <Finally, I did recently work with a wizard, but she has demonstrated trust and I shall return it. One question for whether she is misleading me, one for whether I should contact her with knowledge I have, one for whether Ulon has a message to use like hers.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Mother's reaction to that is... inscrutable. Unsurprising. She pauses for a few seconds before continuing.

<Good. I will begin casting, and ask the questions in that order. You sit and transcribe the results as I receive them. If Ulon gives a lengthy response, it must be recorded perfectly.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Sit! Paper. Pen. A great deal of focus. She throws up a Detect Magic for the first few minutes of the casting, but by the fifth minute she's convinced this is at least generally what it's supposed to be, and returns to focusing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Commune.

O Ulon, Your servant requests an answer to the following questions!

Has 'Ced's plan involving the Thief of the Underworld succeeded?

Permalink Mark Unread

NO

Permalink Mark Unread

<No.>

Can 'Ced usefully intervene to alter the success chances of her plan involving the Thief of the Underworld?

Permalink Mark Unread

NO

Permalink Mark Unread

<A second no.>

Has 'Ced's plan involving misleading guidance succeeded?

Permalink Mark Unread

UNCLEAR

Permalink Mark Unread

<Unclear.> Think on that later.

Can 'Ced usefully intervene to alter the success chances of her plan involving misleading guidance?

Permalink Mark Unread

NO

Permalink Mark Unread

<No.> A relief.

Are the new castle residents entangled in 'Ced's misleading guidance plan?

Permalink Mark Unread

YES

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes.> Hmm.

Is 'Ced's trust in the wizard she recently met based upon false premises?

Permalink Mark Unread

UNCLEAR

Permalink Mark Unread

<Unclear.> Well.

Should 'Ced convey information she now has to the wizard she recently met?

Permalink Mark Unread

UNCLEAR

Permalink Mark Unread

<Unclear again.> Wizard, hmm?

Is there a message from You 'Ced should use as she will her recent message from her wizard?

Permalink Mark Unread

USELESS DIMINISH MOOT QUAVER INDISPUTABLE

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts signing that out as she asks the last question.

Is there further information we should seek from You?

Permalink Mark Unread

NO

Permalink Mark Unread

<No.>

Mother sits for a while, doing nothing in particular. (Using a Commune to send information is better than a vision. That doesn't make it a convenient conduit, and Ulon was never a drow, or anything close.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Useless diminish moot quaver indisputable? That seems like Morgethai's bank account address, not like actual information. This was only a Commune. It doesn't get that many words through. Is there really nothing better, though?

Ulon has reasons. She doesn't need to know them. If she returns again, those words go to Ulon, Morgethai's to their appropriate locations. Lots of things to remember.

She writes everything down, including the dwarf numbers (as Lhín remembers them, but she does check that they sound right to her, and they do) and the instructions for which of Morgethai's messages should go where. She needs to remember all of this, and it all needs to be exact. It's worth an hour a day just going over these so she doesn't lose anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually it's time to actually deal with the day, though. And she might have mail. She hasn't checked in, well, a bit over a week. Anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil has a letter. It's from the Korvosan Guard and is a few days old. Detective Navarro and his squad did not return from an investigation. They are missing in action. Magic has failed to locate them. A bounty has been placed on any verifiably true information pertaining to this incident. She has been reassigned for future work. Her new supervisor is with the Office of Spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

That... would be whoever it was that jumped on them out of nowhere, wouldn't it. For one reason or another, it must have gone badly this time. She can't even usefully give information here. Well that's delightful.

She should probably meet this new supervisor. To Citadel Volshyenek!

Permalink Mark Unread

Citadel Volshyenek looms over the south of Midland. It doesn't seem to have changed much since she left the city. With the lack of endless beasts and monsters, and a cure for the blood veil already in sight, it seems things are calmer.

A receptionist leads her up to the Office of Spells. A different receptionist there goes to find her new supervisor.

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall, burly man walks in from a hallway. He's paging through some sort of document. "Hello! My paperwork says you are Tencednil?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am! I'm a first circle sorcerer, I have Color Spray and Silent Image and Ray of Enfeeblement and a trick for blinding people who get in close. I think it's called Dazzling Blade, but I haven't seen it from many other people." She runs up to shake his hand as she introduces herself, and is clearly excited to meet him.

Then she stops and droops a little. "Detective Navarro said I should call Silent Image spell six, so if I call that out you know I'm casting an illusion. I hope he's okay and just trapped somewhere for some reason."

Permalink Mark Unread

The man shakes her hand and sighs. "I hope so too, but it gets less likely every day. I am Captain Gabriel Paras. I understand you were involved in the operation against the temple of Urgathoa."

Permalink Mark Unread

She becomes even more downcast at the confirmation. "I know. Nothing we can do but hope."

Nod. "I was part of that, yes. I like to think my apparent Walls of Stone did almost as good a job as the real thing would have there. Nobody really wants to go through several inches of solid rock."

Permalink Mark Unread

He chuckles. "This is true. I don't think we have any active investigations or operations needing your skills at the moment. You will be put back our list of active contracted spellcasters. Welcome back to the city."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I hope to..." She stutters over the next word, pausing and taking back whatever she was about to say. "I hope not to see you any time soon, if it means you don't need spellcasters. But don't hesitate to contact me if you do!" Nod, smile, and she departs, only slightly less upbeat than when she came in.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Korvosan Guard will inform her of work by mail, as usual. They're happy to have her as an option. Skilled illusionists in the right places are surprisingly helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case, her next priority is figuring out what was going on with the painter Ileosa had executed. She remembers only a few details, but hopefully that's enough. Being back in Korvosa means she now has a quite sufficient bank account as long as she doesn't plan to make any large purchases, so she—

actually buys an acid vial

and then drops in on some of the more up-scale people she vaguely knows. She makes sure that when she drops by it's always a nice surprise, so she does need to take them out to decent food and ideally something else interesting. She has the money for that easily, and the Urgathoan cult story is a good one. Shouldn't be a problem. By the end of the day, or at least by the time she needs to get to sleep, she should have a decent list of painters in the relevant style. Tomorrow, she'll go through them looking for anyone with the right physical traits to have been the executed, and hopefully she can hunt something down from there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel prepared her standard powerful target assassination list this cycle. It's around eleven at night on the 15th of Sarenith in Korvosa right now. She's in her demiplane. She's possessing a volunteer instead of using her own body because this could all still be a trap. Hell might be willing to spend three wishes to capture her real body.

Greater scrying.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell is redirected away from its intended target.

Permalink Mark Unread

The scrying sensor resolves above Ileosa Arabasti. She's asleep in her royal bedroom in Castle Korvosa.

Permalink Mark Unread

But it's not actually her. Felandriel has never encountered such a redirection effect before. No spell she knows of is capable of this. Time to see what the body double knows.

She casts her minute buffs. Invisibility, greater heroism, grand destiny, protection from evil, freedom of movement from a scroll, and many others.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop is in a small form today. He casts his minute buffs. He casts silent table on a pebble. He climbs into Felandriel's handy haversack.

Permalink Mark Unread

Plane shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

They appear in the middle of a vast grassland—

Permalink Mark Unread

Greater teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

She appears flying above Castle Korvosa. It's a clear night. Even this late, the royal guard patrols the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

He peeks his head out of the handy haversack.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's invisible and under mind blank but even that may not be enough.

Undead Anatomy IV. She becomes an incorporeal ghost.

Permalink Mark Unread

Collaborative Thaumaturgy to double the duration of an eighth circle spell without using a ninth circle slot. He crawls back into the haversack.

Permalink Mark Unread

She flies through the walls of Castle Korvosa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Castle Korvosa has many deadly guardians. Not a single one of them can detect an invisible creature under mind blank that's also incorporeal. Visual senses cannot detect invisible creatures. Nonvisual senses cannot detect incorporeal creatures. True seeing fails against mind blank.

The elite royal guardsmen don't notice her. The Gray Maidens don't notice her. The Red Mantis Assassins don't notice her. The bound greater devils don't notice her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Red Mantis Assassins and over a dozen greater devils. Hell's influence over Korvosa is significantly higher than she was informed of.

She flies through more walls undetectably. Why are there shining children in the basement? This is irrelevant. The royal bedroom is what matters.

Permalink Mark Unread

The royal bedroom is identical to its appearance in her scrying sensor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The false Ileosa snoozes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop flies out of the haversack and holds out the pebble. Sound in the room muffles.

He draws on the void. Reveal Weakness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. The body double is a third circle song-sorcerer. Strange.

Deep slumber. Just in case.

Permalink Mark Unread

The false Ileosa continues to snooze. Felandriel's spell does not seem to have affected her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps she is more powerful in a nonmagical way.

Mind probe. It takes a full minute to cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

The probe sinks into the false Ileosa's mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who are you.

Permalink Mark Unread

A simulacrum of Ileosa Arabasti.

Permalink Mark Unread

What. A simulacrum with magical abilities—

How were you created?

Permalink Mark Unread

My original self used the Everdawn Pool to create me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Simulacra with magical abilities are supposed to impossible. If they weren't every archmage would have a hundred copies of themself. This sounds like an artifact.

What is the Everdawn Pool?

Permalink Mark Unread

An extremely powerful artifact from Thassilon. It's a huge pool of magical blood.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. Why is it always Thassilon. Did the Runelords create sealed evils every other day just so they could cause her problems now? It sure feels like it.

Where are your original self and the Everdawn Pool located?

Permalink Mark Unread

Both are in the Sunken Queen. A reinforced magical Thassilonian bunker that survived Earthfall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where is the Sunken Queen and what defenses does it possess?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Sunken Queen is in the southeastern Mushfens. It's nearly indestructible. All of the walls are warded against harm. They're under ghost touch and impenetrable to ethereal travel. You can't teleport in or out without first attuning to the Everdawn Pool. Boggard champions and powerful devils and aberrations and magical beasts guard the place.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why that combination of things. Who in their right mind uses boggards as guards? What does she even mean by 'boggard champions'? Are they a subspecies?

Is there anything else you believe someone who wishes to safely traverse the Sunken Queen should be aware of?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the structure is submerged underwater. The main entrance is an submerged staircase. The Everdawn Pool is on the fourth level at the top of the structure. There is nothing else I am aware of.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. That's probably all she needs. She can come back for the false Ileosa and the devils and the shining children later.

Greater teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

There was once a city.

In those days, there was nothing but the city, which stretched as far as the eye could see and then further then that. Its light shined and shined and crossed the stars. Everywhere from Aballon to Aucturn had felt its influence. Nothing had ever been as great as what Xin had built. Nothing will ever be as great again. Even all together, the peoples of the world today could barely hope to fill even one of its domains. 

All that remains now is a swamp and a crumbling tomb.

Permalink Mark Unread

She appears floating in the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

Surrounded by a grove of primeval mangroves and draped in sheets of moss and vines, the immense horns that top the Sunken Queen seem to claw at the sky like the talons of an gargantuan monster drowned in an abyss of mud. On the east side of the pyramid, which leans heavily into the marshy slough, one of the three original horns has collapsed, leaving a jagged, metallic stump. On the south side, barely dented by the elements and millennia of neglect, is a giant relief of a standing, naked woman, her lean, idealized figure immersed in murky water up to the knees.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel casts more buffs. Ice body to deal with the water and grant her immunity to almost everything except fire. Greater invisibility so she can be hostile without issue. Haste to travel faster. Her extended incorporeality is over halfway expended.

She flies under the water and into the Sunken Queen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ileosa Arabasti is submerged within the Everdawn Pool. She is practically omniscient within the Sunken Queen. An infinite number of clairaudience/clairvoyance sensors that all have true seeing grant her total and perfect awarene—

Permalink Mark Unread

Mind blank.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ileosa does not notice when Felandriel enters the Sunken Queen.

Permalink Mark Unread

A set of stairs descends to a submerged hall. Near the bottom, the tilted stairway drops into a horizontal layer of silt. The walls and the four massive pillars supporting the ceiling are decorated with hundreds of stylized images of the same beautiful woman carved onto the pyramid’s face.

Permalink Mark Unread

She flies at great speed down the stairway.

Permalink Mark Unread

An enourmous devilfish is suspended in the water.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be one of the beasts. She zooms past it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Beriawash does not notice her.

Permalink Mark Unread

A fifteen-foot-diameter crystal globe hangs between two square pillars in this room, connected to them by thousands of glittering crystalline filaments. A crystal tube extends up from the eastern side of the sphere through a hole in the ceiling. Inside the sphere is a staggering amount of treasure: coins, gems, art objects, rolled-up tapestries, bars of precious metal, and more.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's probably a deadly trap. Or an illusion. Felandriel will come back for it later. She flies upward to the second level.

Permalink Mark Unread

The northwestern portion of the sloping flagstone floor of this chamber has been fitted with a crude horizontal wooden platform. On the platform are nine filthy straw mats, leather bags, and fishing rods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel bets this is where those 'boggard champions' sleep. She zooms around the corner to the right.

Permalink Mark Unread

The walls of this flooded square chamber are thick with reddish algae. Dozens of light yellow tadpoles the size of a human hand swim in all directions throughout the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing interesting in here. She moves forward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The east corner of this chamber is fitted with a wooden platform that seems to float on the water’s surface. A few barrels sit on the platform

Permalink Mark Unread

Boring room number two. Wasn't Thassilon supposed to be incredibly impressive? This is what survived Earthfall?

Permalink Mark Unread

A soft, purplish light illuminates the northeastern part of this flooded chamber, where a large, square shaft opens in the ceiling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Up another level she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The air in this large room is warm and pleasant. The floor, walls, and ceiling are tiled with polished, rose-colored marble slabs. Climbing from the floor to the ceiling above and weaving in and out of the walls are dozens of thin crystal tubes. One shaft drops away in the floor to the southwest, while a second shaft rises up through the ceiling to the northeast.

Permalink Mark Unread

An enormous scarlet walker guards the shaft further up. It can precisely pinpoint living creatures by sensing their blood without divination—

Permalink Mark Unread

Good thing she doesn't have any blood right now. She also doesn't register to magic as a living creature.

Felandriel flies past the scarlet walker and up the shaft.

Permalink Mark Unread

This huge, lofty chamber is illuminated by braziers at the four corners. A soft light also filters from two very high oval windows on the southwestern wall. The twin windows are fitted with panes of blue crystal that filter in some light from outside. Below these crystal “eyes,” a band of mosaics on the south wall forms a huge map of an ancient, unknown land. The map features a river valley with many villages, each one labeled in a strange language. To the northeast, a shaft drops away in the floor. Yet the most unusual feature of the room floats and undulates at its center—an amorphous blob of blood, over thirty feet wide, hovers and ripples in the air. Shapes periodically form on its turbulent surface: faces, hands, buildings, and figures that last only long enough to melt back into the horrific mass. Dozens of thin crystal tubes extend from the upper walls of the room to a point just above the shifting mass of blood.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ileosa is here, suspended at the heart of the Everdawn Pool.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Crown of Fangs can see the future as well as anyone can in these broken times. That's enough.

Ileosa opens her eyes and starts—

Permalink Mark Unread

Time stop.

Seeing the future doesn't help if you're too slow to act on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dimensional lock.

A shimmering emerald green field of magic surrounds the Everdawn Pool.

Permalink Mark Unread

Forcecage.

An invisible cubical prison composed of bars of force springs into existence around Ileosa. This version doesn't block line of effect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandrial uses the rest of the time stop to ready a counterspell.

Permalink Mark Unread

The time stop ends.

Permalink Mark Unread

—casting getaway which she doesn't finish because that's dimensional lock and forcecage. She sends out a telepathic request for help to everyone in the Sunken Queen and to Togomor.

Greater dispel magic at the dimension lock—

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel has one greater dispel magic prepared in her school slot. The void scoures everything away. Counterspell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop leaps out of the handy haversack and flies away from Felandriel. Sound in a small area surrounding him muffles.

Reveal Weakness. Quickened slow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ileosa hasn't had a chance to buff and the void destroys all defenses and she's not having a good time. She is slowed.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Everdawn Pool bubbles and steams. A large shape forms the within the blood.

Permalink Mark Unread

A horrible mockery of a dragon bursts from the pool. It can't see Felandriel but it can see Gallipsiwhoop with its life sensing vision.

Horrid wilting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop resists the horrid wilting. It still drains a lot of water from his body. He doesn't look good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grand polymorph duplicating flesh to stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ileosa is now a stone statue. All of her equipment except for the Crown of Fangs is petrified with her. Sometimes everything you have is not enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Togomor is at the front of the Sunken Queen via greater teleport. He makes it up the first shaft.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quickened shadow conjuration duplicating gloomblind bolts. Unlike most dragons, taninivers do not have blindsense.

Two shadowy bolts burn into its eyes. The taniniver is now blinded!

Permalink Mark Unread

Chains of light.

Golden chains made from pure light try to wrap around the tanniver. It dodges out of the way just in time. Gallipsiwhoop flies back into Felandriel's handy haversack.

Permalink Mark Unread

The taniniver cannot see anything. It expels a terrible breath of disease and rot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandirel is currently immune to disease. Her incorporeal form has no strength to drain.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Everdawn Pool and the Crown of Fangs have become attuned to each other in their long cohabitation. If Ileosa Arabasti is not a worthy vessel for the soul of Kazavon, the Everdawn Pool will simply have to make one. The blood swirls, becoming a mighty whirlpool. The bones of a mighty dragon begin to slowly form. A terrible scream emanates from the pool. It tears the thoughts and stuns the bodies of lesser beings. Lightning flashes and metal chains dance horribly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel is currently immune to stunning and electricity and ability score damage. Nice try.

The chains burn through a small amount of her false life. Whatever the Everdawn Pool is doing cannot be good.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Everdawn Pool will not hurt its own creations. The taniniver is immune to the destruction emanating from it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel dismisses the forcecage and casts a quickened shadow conjuration duplicating stinking cloud covering the Everdawn Pool because she's immune to poison and flies down next to Ileosa.

Permalink Mark Unread

Togomor flies up the next shaft but these corners take so long to turn and he doesn't get further. Overland flight may last longer than fly but it sure is slower.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop will very probably die if he leaves the handy haversack. Also they're in a dimensional lock now. So he won't.

Permalink Mark Unread

The taniniver roars with fury but can't pinpoint Felandriel with enough accuracy to attack. It settles down to wait for Kazavon's rebirth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Flesh begins to grow over the bones of the enormous dragon slowly rising from the Everdawn Pool. More and more magic swirls inward as the terrible rebirth continues its lengthy progress. The scream repeats. Lightning and thunder boom.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hasn't stopped being immune to everything in the past round. This time the chains don't even manage to get past her clay skin.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel picks up the statue of Ileosa using her ghost touch gauntlets and flies out of the dimensional lock. She casts another quickened shadow conjuration out of a fourth circle slot because she's an archmage. She duplicates draconic ally and a conjured bronze dragon appears. The dragon takes Ileosa from Felandriel and puts her in the handy haversack.

She gets a better look at the dragon the Everdawn Pool is creating. A dragon of that size must be a great wyrm. Great wyrms are archmages. This needs to stop now. She doesn't know how this artifact works specifically but she can tell the dragon creation effect isn't directly part of it. Mage's disjunction.

Permalink Mark Unread

A ripple passes through the world.

The magical effect restoring Kazavon's ancient majesty is disjoined. His half-formed body explodes into an enormous blast of gore. The dimensional lock and stinking cloud and draconic ally all vanish.

Permalink Mark Unread

Togomor flies up the final shaft and sees the chaos. Ileosa is gone. He can't reach her over their telepathic bond. There's a taniniver here for some reason.

He cannot perceive Felandriel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel cannot perceive him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Asking the taniniver what happened would reveal his position. Whoever did this might still be here. He will wait invisibly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic that was restoring Kazavon is gone. The Crown of Fangs is gone. What is it supposed to do now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel flies back down the shafts at her maximum speed. She casts no more spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Togomor does not notice her leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel flies down and out of the Sunken Queen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop climbs back out of the handy haversack. He takes Felandriel's hand.

Plane shift.

Permalink Mark Unread

They fall through the secret entry demiplane into the dead-magic demiplane. A sea of twinkling stars surrounds them in the void. All of their spells and magic items cease functioning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gallipsiwhoop flies up to the trapdoor. He unlocks it and throws the rope down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel climbs up into her primary demiplane.

Permalink Mark Unread

The moonlit glade surrounds them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits down and sighs. "Another evil monarch for my statue collection. You'd think they would learn at some point..."

Permalink Mark Unread

He chuckles. "What do you think all that was?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no idea. It's too risky to go back now. I can time my rest so as to have a fresh set of spells before morning in Korvosa. We can wrap up the rest of this mess then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're not going to get Togomor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is very unlikely. He did not reveal himself. I'm not even sure he was there."

Felandriel walks to her house and ceases possessing the volunteer. She makes sure to thank them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ileosa Arabasti is added to Felandriel's statue garden in a dead-magic plane. The Crown of Fangs is placed inside a bag of holding for safekeeping.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel will put Ileosa under half a dozen curses and unpetrify her, when she next has free time and spells. She noticed that Ileosa had some very fancy magic items she would like to use. Or sell. Either way she came out of this richer than before. Theft really is the best way to get rich. Only losers complain when you steal from evil monarchs about to sacrifice their own citizens for power.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Tencednil wakes up in the morning, there's an unmarked letter on her desk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh dear. Someone knows who she is. Is she dead?

...There is exactly one person who would do this this way rather than just not giving her the warning. This must be Morgethai. She is not dead, she is just of interest to an archmage. Right. She expected this, this is entirely her own fault, and it was probably worth the cost.

Also, whoever left this here could have killed her easily. No need to be particularly careful reading it.

She still calls up Lhín to look through the letter first, before reading it herself. This should be safe. That doesn't mean there's a benefit to assuming it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín opens and reads the letter. Nothing seems to happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Her turn, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've taken care of the problem. If you discover something of similar magnitude or urgency again, feel free to let me know.

Good luck,
F

Permalink Mark Unread

Convenient. She will trust the archmage to know how to handle things, and hopefully never need to do something this terrifying again.

...wait, 'the problem' was confirmed to involve both the Queen and the current steward. That seems...

What does today's newspaper say?

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
TOILDAY, SARENITH 16th, 4708

HER MAJESTY, QUEEN ILEOSA ARABASTI, VANISHED FROM CASTLE KORVOSA

The Queen and her seneschal are gone. None know what befell them. There was no warning or announcement. A commune from Abadar confirms the Queen is alive, but attempts to locate her with magic have failed. Terror strikes the city again. What will happen to Old Korvosa without Togomor's cure? Few doubt the rumors of a terrible curse on Korvosa's leadership now. The Crimson Throne lies empty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. That sort of solution. Well, it's better than a ritual sacrifice of even ten percent of Korvosans.

And the cure. Of course. Togomor was the one 'working on' that, nobody else has any of the relevant information. If she lets it spread until someone else manages containment, if it takes another week, everyone infected right now will be dead. That would be... deeply pointless and wasteful.

If an archmage says the conspiracy is gone she's probably at least mostly correct. Is she correct enough for it to be safe to use the (now shared with Morgethai) blackmail account? ...possibly. Is it worth the risk.

 

On the one side... no, individuals are not more important just because she knows them. If you prioritize a single person because you've learned their name, you will make poor trades and your plans will fail. Mika is no more important than the other ten thousand residents of Old Korvosa, and just do the math, she is not willing to pay this for one ten thousandth of them. Not Mika. He cannot be part of this weighing.

So. What does she gain, what does it cost her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Morgethai will know, knows who the other person attached to that account is, and did this to avoid no more than fourfold that many deaths. ...unless there was another reason, and a blood ascension ritual is likely to threaten her. Especially from Togomor, who she said was probably eighth circle and may well have become ninth. How much of this was to prevent competition?

On the other hand, say it was. If she is spotted by whatever the conspiracy left behind, they probably need that wizardry to find her. If Togomor is dealt with somehow, that's not a risk, and she is fine. If he isn't but he willingly exposes himself like that, he gives himself away to Morgethai. If Morgethai's goal was to prevent a competition, Togomor showing his hand is to her benefit, so she will care. If her goal was the deaths, again she cares for the plague, at least one quarter of a queen toppling.

So. On the one side, Morgethai's favor. On the other, the risk of a conspiracy member. Can the conspiracy capture a letter quickly enough? If they ever will be unable to, directly in the aftermath of an archmage would be when. Some channels will be broken, some will take the chance to hide, and things fall apart. A web respins itself, but only with time. They have had one chance to prepare spells, but only just.

The conspiracy found her when she contacted the Bank for protection. She was obvious, not many would buy a fifth circle cleric's time. They cannot have every clerk in every branch, and she only needs to get one message through. Call it half a chance a message will fail or be delayed, with the center taken out. The Abadarans would know if more than half the clerks were in thrall. No more than a quarter chance she is caught, then. On a success, at least a quarter of a queen in the kind Morgethai's eyes. On a failure, Togomor ignores it or does not. If he ignores it... in that case she has an eighth circle wizard out for her blood, but again some payment from a kind Morgethai, and either possibility would know to check. If he strikes, a prideful Morgethai can see her chance, net gain. A kind Morgethai... may still check on her? She left the letter. Some chance.

Call it an eighth of unassisted capture, for a quarter of an archmage favor. A deal worth making.

Permalink Mark Unread

She composes her letter, careful to ensure the alchemical information is not lost. She dons her humanish disguise, such as it is. An hour, but it came out decent. She picks a branch at random — avoiding Old Korvosa, of course, as the quarantine will be all the worse now. Any runner will do. And now... in this city, terrified by the lack of a Queen but with no further information on why, who can she find to take a message?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can find most of the usual runners available. The city being terrified doesn't mean people stop needing money. The atmosphere on the streets is distressing. A cultist of Groetus preaches openly down an alley.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Paper, Lhín writes out the memorized encoding, and a runner brings the message to the bank, to be copied as standard.

Permalink Mark Unread

When the letter is eventually decrypted, it will hopefully get attention quickly.

For the Bank of Abadar in Korvosa.

The interruption of the current efforts to produce a cure to blood veil has come to my attention. This seems to me in need of immediate resolution. The plague can be cured with a remedy based upon the following alchemical procedure.

The same description she provided to the conspiracy follows.

This will allow the recipient to count for relevant purposes as being in a bloodline. All descendants of the attempted lich Vorel Foxglove are immune to blood veil. Identifying the relevant trait in the blood of those currently immune should allow the production of a cure which convinces the disease its recipients are in that bloodline. Alternatively, the corpses of Vorel Foxglove and his family could be found in Sandpoint, some ways northeast of Magnimar. If they have not been entirely utilized in prior experiments, they may provide relevant information.

If this is worthwhile, the Bank is welcome to fund it. Alternatively, up to ten thousand sails from this account may be used to fund a cure effort, so long as the Bank will repay to the same account its honest estimation of the value of a cure if and when that effort succeeds. Such a repayment would be welcome but not necessary should the Bank fund the cure, divided as the Bank believes appropriate to the contribution.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank of Abadar would really like this to be real, but they're not sure. They will hire an alchemist to take a look over it. If alchemist thinks it might work, the Bank will fund it. So much value will be destroyed if Old Korvosa is lost to the blood veil.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyway! That's all she can do for the plague. If she dies horribly, so goes it, she's done her math and accepted the risk. Back home, remove her disguise, and... this is the sort of thing which might make the guard call everyone it can find.

Does she have any mail? (...for her normal account. that is. The secret one she can't really use to receive anything, unless she wants it to rapidly become no longer secret.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail in her normal account at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good to know. In that case... where was she? Ah, right.

In that case she will withdraw some money, drop a few hints that she wants to hire someone to paint portraits in good silk robes. With all this happening, people will be gathering to do something about it, surely? Oh, no, she doesn't think you would tell her even if you did know, don't worry. People meeting always need good clothing, though, so it's the perfect chance to sell some clothing at an emergency markup, don't you think?

Nobody should actually be watching for this. Whatever of the conspiracy is left seemingly didn't catch her letter, and monitoring the Bank is much higher priority than monitoring painters Ileosa might have had a grudge against. Even so, shine no light.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now — Actually, first she will ensure she's fully geared. She remembers those minor reinforcements helping her in the sewers, better to not forget them.

After that, to the painters on her list, one by one. Some of them will be unavailable for one reason or another in the current environment. She does, however, look like a reasonably wealthy possible client. Can she get in to see them, at least for a few minutes to ask them some questions and promptly turn them down as unsuitable for one reason or another? Do any of them look like she remembers the painter Ileosa tried to execute looking?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil can find a few painters that serve wealthy clients around North Point and Midland. Some are friendly, some are not, but most are about as uninteresting as one might expect. Or very interesting, if you're an art person.

Eventually, deep in Midland, she finds someone by local recommendation who looks similar to the painter from last time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Trinia Sabor is a cheerful young woman whose apartment is also her workspace. A surprising number of canvases, some finished and some not, are laid out across the entrance.

"Hello! I'm Trinia." She holds out a hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. Definitely an option, worth investigating later. Will she know anything herself? Maybe. Try to get something now, remember the name, and look for other ways to follow up.

"Hello! Tencednil." She smiles a little and shakes Trinia's hand, dipping her head slightly as she does. "You came highly recommended. I'm glad you had time for me, I'm things must be a little strange with the Queen suddenly vanishing." She stresses that, rolling her eyes a little.

"But what is it to her that it makes my life harder, I suppose."  A quirk of her head, a lifted eyebrow, and an open and inviting look in her eyes — she is clearly inviting Trinia to comment on the disappearance, and how it might have affected her life.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, yes, it's very sad. Eodred first and then Ileosa so quickly after. I wonder if it was the same assassin..." She sighs. "The shortest reign of a monarch in Korvosa's history. I actually painted a portrait of Eodred only a few months ago. I'm a little worried people will think I'm cursed as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

A portrait of Eodred? That would be a while in the palace, which must mean she was near Ileosa regularly. Personal grudge? Something she saw? It always could be entirely unrelated, but that seems unlikely... No clean way to probe for what exactly happened while she was there, not while staying on topic. Oh well.

"Very impressive, to have the King— ah, the late King, I'm not even used to saying that yet— hire your work. And it would be hard to have a shorter reign than our late Queen, if late she is. What other work have you done recently?"

From here on, she mostly draws Trinia into the same conversation as she's had with other artists. What have they done, can she see some of their recent work, do they have experience painting different sorts of materials, can she see some examples... Nothing particularly contentful, just consistent with the story she's telling.

And eventually... "Thank you, your work is definitely impressive. I'll have to see more options before making a decision, of course, but you are on the list. Perhaps I'll see you again soon!" And with a bright smile and a quick wave, off she goes to the next painter.

Does anyone else have similarly plausible physical traits? Even if they did, a recent painting of Eodred definitely points to Trinia more than average.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody else is quite as similar to the description she remembers. Given her contact with the royal family it seems likely Trinia was the painter Blackjack saved. Of course, she can't be certain.

Permalink Mark Unread

That definitely seems likely. After talking to this many painters, though, it is getting late, and this is not the best time to be out on the streets in the dark. She returns home, mentions her excuse to Mother — not worth the cost, the nobility will have made their decisions too soon for a painter to influence anything, but she'll ensure she doesn't contradict it anywhere people can see — and gets to sleep somewhat early. She is still trying to reset to the Korvosan sun's rising and setting.

Permalink Mark Unread

The throne be cursed, ye say? Cursed? We fear no curse, for there is none greater than the Hell to which we are already damned. Ileosa has clearly outlived her usefulness. She couldn't even bother to die properly.

The seneschal is missing. The line of succession is broken. In such times, there is always opportunity. The late Queen Domina's sister's son's brother's son still lives as the last with the name Arabasti. An unremarkable slave of their Lord, but he will have to do. The empire will cover all of Golarion. Infrexus will not allow otherwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

House Arkona has never been more popular than it is now. The poor ask for homes and the Arkona build them. The starving ask for food and the Arkona teach them to fish. The downtrodden ask for drugs and the Arkona deal them. The victims ask for security and the Arkona fund expansions for the Guard. The wealthy call him mad, but Lord Glorio Arkona's returns have only grown higher and higher every year. Everyone else is doing evil wrong. This is how you do evil right.

While the recent scandal with the King and the current disaster of blood veil may seem to tarnish them, this will pass. So long as they still live and Cheliax doesn't conquer them. Hell isn't the fun kind of evil. Perhaps now is the time for a new royal house. If Glorio pulls this off, the city might come to love him more than even Eodred I.

Permalink Mark Unread

House Jeggare makes money. Not the kind of money the Arkona make, with their little urban redevelopment strategies. The kind of money you make when you own a quarter of the entire city's economy. The kind of money you make when you ban all guilds except your guild, because noble families aren't guilds but they sure can collect taxes at ports they own. They kind of money you make when you get the Bank of Abadar to give you their best rates because you're already so rich they don't have any other choice. During the civil war, the Jeggare sold to everybody and sided with nobody. When the ashes settled and House Thrune won the Jeggare funded the largest temple of Asmodeus in the world. They serve no god but the coin, which the only god that really matters.

All of this turmoil is really interrupting their profits. You can't sell to the dead. The throne be cursed. If they must have a monarch, let it be the one who delivers a working economy. If they can't have that, they should have no monarch at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

House Leroung was once above the petty squabbling of their lessers. They were better in the ways that truly mattered. They run the best universities in every city in what used to be the Cheliax of Aroden. So what if the Acadamae teaches wizardry—they teach culture and mathematics and history and astronomy and a hundred other subjects. Without the terrible death rate. Everyone begged for their children to be educated at their most prestigious institutions.

To their misfortune, House Leroung is still above the petty squabbling of their lessers. Internal strife has consumed them. The war and the war after that carved their family into pieces. They own the University of Korvosa and the University of Egorian and the Academy in Almas. The last family reunion did not end well. One day they'll finally finish destroying each other until nothing remains of their work but ash. For now, they wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lady Eliasia Leroung, head of House Leroung and headmistress of the University of Korvosa, returns home in the evening to an unmarked letter on her desk.

She opens it and reads.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lady Eliasia,

I've been in the area recently. You may have spotted my work. I would like to apologize for the mess. I assure you, it was truly necessary. The royal house is practically extinguished. The seneschal will not return. Cheliax will send another slave of Hell to replace the one who failed them. I believe it is in both of our interests to avoid this outcome. The time of the monarchy in Korvosa has come to an end. This experiment has failed. The system before the Crimson Throne, of Lord Magistrates elected by the nobility, was clearly far better. Korvosa adopted the monarchy to appease Cheliax, and it has led you only to ruin. Hell can never be appeased, only destroyed.

With love,
F

Permalink Mark Unread

Eliasia has never particularly cared about the monarchy, but if she wants it gone, the Korvosan branch of House Leroung will ensure it never returns.

Permalink Mark Unread

The others make their paltry sums. Power, wealth, knowledge, law. House Ornelos makes wizards.

Theirs is a most difficult craft. The students and their families complain about the Acadamae's death rate. Most of them never realize how large the Ornelos family graveyard really is. It's not easy to become a great wizard. It's also not hard. You simply need to live when everyone else dies. You can be pathetic and go to an afterlife and spend thousands of years slowly gaining enough power to do something interesting. Or you can be a wizard. The correct choice is obvious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Toff Ornelos lived when everyone else died. He rules the Acadamae with an iron fist. None deny his power. All in the city respect and fear him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Toff's great grandfather lived when everyone else died. His enemies rule one ninth of the entire universe. He lives in spite of it. He lives because of it. He lives.

Permalink Mark Unread

To be something so mundane as a king? Who would ever want that?

Permalink Mark Unread

House Zenderholm wants most of all for the instability to be over. Law and order must be restored. Korvosa cannot afford to be intimidated by assassinations. Giving into threats only makes people threaten you more.

The Zenderholm are arbiters and magistrates and lawyers and diplomats. Korvosa needs a leader who brings the rule of law above all else. It is unlikely they will hold the throne when this is over... but that will not stop them from trying. The need is dire and the others are unworthy or unwilling. Chaos must be scourged from the world. The eye will never blink under their rule.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank of Abadar keeps having to raise their rates. The city falls apart around them. At this point it's obvious the monarchy was a mistake. Expanding Eodred I's power may have led to great prosperity, but the disaster his successors have wrought erases all that was gained then. If the Great Houses and the lesser nobility see sense, they will amend the city charter and choose a more stable model of governance. They hope Cheliax won't act rashly. They don't want to cease diplomatic relations with them. Or worse, end up fighting some sort of war. Those are very bad for business.

In the short term, the Bank will help the Guard maintain order on the streets. The economy must not collapse further.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
WEALDAY, SARENITH 17th, 4708

ROYAL TREASURY IN CASTLE KORVOSA FOUND EMPTY

The royal treasury has been looted by an unknown party. An incredible sum of wealth has simply disappeared. The royal house is now in default, which would be a huge problem for them, but they're all dead or missing. Instead, it's merely a huge problem for everyone else. Speculation runs wild in the streets. Was this Ileosa's plan all along? Was she really the gold digger they all originally suspected she was? She's not dead and she can't be located and she hired a foreign wizard as seneschal. Very suspicious. The Bank would've loved to use this opportunity as a reminder to keep your money with them and not in your castle. Unfortunately, they had a break in only two weeks ago. Reminding everyone their money might not be safe is a bad idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did Morgethai run off with it? Archmages can just... do that, can't they. Was she just being polite all this time? If she's known to have stolen the treasury, she probably causes herself some problems. Can an archmage find... whatever you call a fence when it's for the treasury of Korvosa? Probably. Will they actually keep her secrets, though. Is an archmage's wealth really constrained only by how easily she can transmute money into less obvious money. What a ridiculous position to be in.

(Could it have been someone else? If one of Togomor and Ileosa escaped and is in hiding, they could have run off with it. Same constraint. It could have just been looted by the guards when they had nobody to report to. That would be... exceptionally human of them. Not impossible. There are options besides Morgethai.)

Anyway. Anyone who loaned money to the Arabastis is in trouble. They must have had some assets with the Bank, but she has no idea how those will be paid out, if at all. Not her field of expertise. Who would that likely be? She can't do anything herself, but it's always worth knowing who is in a vulnerable position and might accept a gift without contemplating it in depth. Worth hunting down if she has the time.

Does she have the time? Any mail for her today?

Permalink Mark Unread

She has one letter waiting for her at the Bank. It's from the Office of Spells at the Korvosan Guard. They request her presence at Citadel Volshyenek, today if possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't have anything else urgent. To Citadel Volshyenek she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Citadel Volshyenek is busy and overworked. It's just been one thing after another recently. The receptionist will led Tencednil pass. She knows the way to the Office of Spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does! Can she find her new supervisor once she gets there? She hasn't spent as much time around him as she had around Navarro, but he's large and she has always had a good memory for faces.

Permalink Mark Unread

She finds Paras in a side room down the hall from the main Office of Spells. He smiles when she walks in. "Tencednil. It's good to see you here with us today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What with the everything happening, I thought a hand might be helpful. And it's always important in times of disaster to show someone's still keeping order!" That last sentence is spoken rhythmically, as if she is quoting someone, and she finishes with a clap and a nod.

"If I'm going to help the guard at all, now is the right time. Do you have a specific mission, or am I just here to be visibly official? I can do either!" She's definitely a little more bouncy at the thought of a specific mission, and her gaze drops for a moment at the mention that she can do either. It's not false, but that doesn't necessarily mean she's happy about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do have a specific mission. We've lost more men beneath the city. Something is wrong beneath Old Korvosa. I suspect the blood veil agitated things down there more than we initially realized. We're running a recovery expedition."

Permalink Mark Unread

Even without the announcement going down? Hopefully it will be less bad, at least. 

"That sounds good! I can't carry people very well, but I can definitely help with getting there and finding people. Oh, I can see in the dark about sixty feet, and in lantern light about twice as far as a human. And Lhín here can detect most things if they get close." She's slightly abashed as she says this, as if she should have said it earlier. Would this have changed anything? She'll never know, but not sharing information does seem stupid.

(This actually wasn't intended. Having a day to look into the painter wasn't a problem, but if she should have been down there yesterday and she missed something because she forgot to update her new contact with the guard on how she's useful, that would be dumb. Concealing her sight doesn't actually help anything, anyone who knows how drow work won't be surprised. It was just a mistake.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"That will be very useful. Thank you for informing me. Are there any other skills you possess that might be relevant?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ummm. I don't think so?" She taps her lips, thinking for a moment. "I have Message, that might matter."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "We will be leaving later today. Probably within an hour, but it might be longer. Feel free to wait here or back in the main room."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright! ... ooh, is there anyone else already here who I can meet?" She's grinning at the thought.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are some members of Paras's squad around. They're less reserved than Navarro's two squads were. Friendly, if nothing else.

Permalink Mark Unread

She happily spends her hour talking to them, getting to know them, and introducing herself and the abilities she's shared with the Guard. No healers means things could go very wrong. Oh well, that's how it goes. Everyone is overstretched, the churches if anything more than average with the plague still going around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon enough, the captain gathers everyone in the side room. One captain, four skilled guardsmen, and one sorcerer. "Our mission today is recon and recovery. Yesterday, one of our less experienced squads descended beneath Fort Korvosa as escort for a maintenance job and did not return. We will grab the afternoon's blessing of the watch and figure out what befell our men. Ideally, we return here with a larger group than we have now."

Permalink Mark Unread

By now, she's introduced herself to everyone, gone over the easy tactical implications of her own abilities, and has a quick summary of their own. The guard's training is remarkably consistent. That may not be a good thing, but it's a thing she has to plan for. Their shorter-hafted halberds, at least, will be more effective in the cramped confines of the sewers.

"Okay! We don't have a healer, and I know that means it's important to stay safe but I don't know the Guard protocols." A little sheepish, apologetic. "If there is something dangerous down there, and you're not available for some reason, when should we cut our losses and try to retreat?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a wand of infernal healing. We should retreat if we encounter undead. We're not equipped to handle them. The Church of Pharasma helped us clear out some ghouls and seal the entrance they came through, so I don't expect any more. I think our group can handle many of the typical beasts."

Permalink Mark Unread

She perks up. "Oh! Oh good, that's alright then. I also have some training in using magic items, and I know Infernal Healing is supposed to come naturally to some sorcerers."

A glance aside. "...I don't know if it'll work for me or not, I've never tried. I've never had the money to buy one. But the Guard does!" Bright smiling again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our funding is running low with everything that's happened, but we have stockpiles and other resources available to us. The blessing of the watch is in around ten minutes. Follow me."

He begins leading them out of the Office of Spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even after all they got out of the cult? More of the costs must be falling on the Guard than she realized. 

She follows, seamlessly stepping in between two of the guards who were sniping at each other a bit. It shouldn't matter, but it's still better that they don't grate at each other on the way. Some competitiveness is fine, arguing when they're about to be in the dark sewers where humans can't see well is somewhat more of a risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Paras leads them down through the Citadel to the outdoor staging area. Over the next few minutes, many guardsmen join them. A cleric of Abadar gives them the blessing of the watch.

The guardsmen disperse. Tencednil's squad walks up through Midland and North Point and crosses the bridge into Garrison Hill. They enter Fort Korvosa soon after.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fort Korvosa is a mostly abandoned moldering citadel. The tall stone walls surrounding the ward are unmaintained and slowly crumble away. The only active residences within this desolate place are Palace Arkona and its attendant infrastructure.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is where the Arkonas live? Not looking like they're spending on themselves might be helpful with their charity efforts, but the social costs of... living in the middle of an unmaintained crumbling fort... are bad! They've always seemed reasonably attentive to their public image!

Well, they probably have a reason. They spend too much thought on this for it to be entirely accidental. She's baffled as to what that purpose might be, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The squad descends down a cracked staircase into the depths below. One of the guardsmen holds out a lantern.

Permalink Mark Unread

The sewers don't smell particularly bad down here—probably because there isn't much in the way of sewage or flowing water. The tunnels are long and broken and dry. Strange sounds echo distantly. They're retracing the steps of the missing squad. At some point, their blessing of the watch fades away. The Guard doesn't patrol here regularly.

So far, Lhín doesn't detect any movement.

Permalink Mark Unread

These are atypical. No water means they're not in use, and it's not bright or warm down here, so water doesn't vanish quickly. They must be very rarely used. Nobody bothered to get rid of them? Well, why would they.

She tries to stay quiet as they walk the strangely resonant paths. It won't help. The rest of the guards are not even as quiet as she can manage, and she's not actually good at this. It still makes her feel a little more comfortable as they blast blaringly obvious 'threat here' signs in all directions because otherwise the humans would be useless.

(Sigh.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The tunnels grow less worked and more decayed as they descend. They find no signs of the squad they're looking for.

As they turn a corner at a mazelike crossroads—

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín spots two armed humanoids approaching them from both sides of the crossroads. None of the others can perceive them.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Two! There! There! Swords!>

Permalink Mark Unread

There are what? "Ware! Two approaching, with swords drawn!"

Unfortunately, putting that together and paying attention herself were mutually exclusive. Hopefully the guards will be quick to react, because she will not be.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the guards looks forward, but he can't see anything. He readies his short halberd to strike when the enemy is visible...

Permalink Mark Unread

Slice.

A terrible gash opens across that guard's chest.

Permalink Mark Unread

The foe becomes visible. A strange humanoid glimmers in red and gold armor. They seem to have the head of a mantis. It might only be a mask, but it's hard to tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's halberd blurs down into the assassin's side. It cuts past a seam in their armor. They stumble from the impact.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Red Mantis!" The captain lunges forward and swings at the assassin. His halberd catches the edge of their armor and bounces off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The second guard runs up behind the assassin and slashes into them. They bleed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Slice.

A horrible wound opens across the third guard's back. He collapses to the ground. The second assassin is now visible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth guard stabs right back at them. He catches the assassin on the shoulder. They bleed a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well this is delightful. Her Spray won't stick well here... but these are clearly martially trained, and that blade was precisely placed. Hopefully their will won't be too resilient, and it's the best she has.

No shadows to draw on. Oh well, hopefully it works anyway. Color Spray, over the downed guard and into the assassin's face. And... Dazzling Blade on the guard behind her, next to the other assassin. "You should be able to throw it like we talked about. Toss it at the assassin!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín is just trying to track everything. She can't really help with the fight, but if the mantises turn invisible again she can point out where they are.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second assassin is stunned! They're powerful enough to ignore the worst of it, but Tencednil's color spray is quite hard to resist.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first guard flicks the dazzling light off his halberd at the assassin. It doesn't seem to affect them.

He swings at them and strikes true against their side!

Permalink Mark Unread

The first assassin swings their two serrated swords three times in a single moment. The first guard's neck is sliced clean open. He collapses to the ground.

The other two attacks bounce off the captain's armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras lunges forward with his halberd. His strike bounces of the assassin's armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second guard attacks from behind. Unfortunately, he misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second assassin is stunned. They do nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third guard is bleeding out on the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth guard slams his halberd into the stunned assassin. That looked like it hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

These assassins are far better than the guards. Their only chance is for her to to land some spells, consistently. That means... she's tried this once, and it worked, but it's incredibly wasteful. Oh well.

Call on the shadows for a Color Spray. There are no shadows, but that's fine, she can still get a little bit of power in the extra circle she shapes in the magic. That takes too long for her to move, but she didn't want to be in melee anyway. A Dazzling Blade on the captain's weapon. "I pushed everything I've got into that one, it might stick!"

Permalink Mark Unread

She still won't be helpful hitting anything. Lhín continues watching in case something else sneaks up on them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The stunned assassin shakes off the color spray... and then they're stunned again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first guard bleeds to death on the floor. The predictable result of a serrated sword tearing the flesh off your neck.

Permalink Mark Unread

Across the world, every fighter of renown knows this mantra that keeps them alive. Kill the wizard first.

The assassin flashes forward past the captain and slashes thrice at Tencednil. Two of their serrated strikes tear chunks of flesh from her body. Her vision darkens at the edges.

Permalink Mark Unread

Augh. Getting your side carved up by a sword is incredibly unpleasant.

Also, she isn't dying on the ground. She... really should be dying on the ground. Or dead. The toughness that comes with gaining circles is serving her well here, it seems. (And that means it did come with, when she got the memories. She wasn't entirely certain it would. Good to know.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Ignoring the captain is also a bad idea. He discharges the dazzling light on his weapon at the assassin. They're blinded.

He swings the halberd's spiked end, aiming for the head. It breaks their helmet and cores a hole straight through their skull. They die.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second guard runs past the dead assassin and the captain and Tencednil. He lands a solid hit on the stunned assassin.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third guard is still bleeding out on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth guard is already in position. His hit isn't as good as the second guard's, but it still does damage.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second guard would be in any Color Spray she cast. ...no, that's not quite true, if she steps over behind the guards and angles it just right it will ground itself on the wall and the assassin. And does she need to cast a Dazzling Blade to follow up on that?

...no, that seems to have stuck. Good. Hopefully the sharp pointy weapons in the hands of her allies will be sufficient, from here.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first guard is dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first assassin is dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras slams his halberd into the stunned assassin. It doesn't kill this one instantly, but it does hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second guard follows the captain's lead. Crack. Ouch.

Permalink Mark Unread

The assassin is stunned. They do nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third guard is still bleeding out on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth guard swings and misses. It's so cramped in here!

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't get an angle on the assassin at all at this point, because between Paras and the fourth guard, the tunnel is full between her and the assassin. Of course, that means the assassin can't get an angle on her, which is really for the best all things considered.

Dazzling Blade on Paras's weapon. "Can't angle a Spray, so this will have to do!" And... an Acid Splash? Well, it's better than nothing.

No, solid miss. She didn't really expect it to help, but it would have been nice. Oh well.

Permalink Mark Unread

The dead do not move.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain flashes his blade of light at the assassin. It doesn't work.

He cracks his halberd against their head. They sway and stumble but don't go down.

Permalink Mark Unread

The assassin is finally able to do something. Three slices at the captain. One strikes true. The captain is now injured.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third guard continues to bleed out on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth guard slams their halberd into the side of the assassin's chest. They cease moving and crumble to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The wand! Quickly!" Captain Paras gives Tencednil the wand of infernal healing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The wand! —Oh good you have it."

She grabs the wand and... it snaps into place, no need to carefully handle it like Mother's training scrolls. Infernal Healing. One of the guards is dead, but the other can still survive the night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next minute, the unconscious guard's wounds close and he wakes up. He's still very injured, but no longer so close to death.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain catches his breath. "Well... at least we know what's down here. Damn it. A cult of Achaekek too! Was Urgathoa not enough? We can't keep taking losses like this."

Permalink Mark Unread

She tried to cast a Healing on Juan, the other fallen guard. It bounced off like it would with a rock, and she caught it before the charge was actually lost. He's dead.

"I... can't help dead. Augh." She clutches at her wounds. "And I need at least one channel, probably more, unless we want to spend more charges to press on." She passes the wand back to Captain Paras.

"If three assassins had caught us like that, we would not have survived. Those two could have been lethal if they had been a little more lucky. If whoever we were out here to find was caught like that, they're dead." She reaches out to the corpse, and twitches and hisses as she stretches one of the enormous, nearly-fatal slices gouged symmetrically in both her sides

"And with Juan dead... How many guards is that in the past week? We need to go back and warn anyone else who's coming out here to be careful. And either warn the Arkonas they may have assassins out for their blood or look more closely at them, or both. The Mantis God's followers don't sell their loyalty on the cheap. That much money being spent would have left trails. —Ah! Don't shift like that."

She pauses, shifting her head and moving her hand up— ow, no, she halts that motion as soon as it pulls at her wounds. They can gather she's thinking on their own. "...Any monetary traces will have been lost in whatever the Jeggare are doing with their loans. There goes that plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are correct. Citadel Volshyenek must learn of this immediately. We retreat now. I will carry Juan's body. Guardsmen, search the assassins. Then we leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen remove the assassin's masks and armor and cloaks and other gear.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain picks up Juan's corpse and begins to move back the way they came.

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows. Painfully. In the future, she should endeavor to avoid getting stabbed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras takes them up and out of the crumbling tunnels. Their blessing of the watch reactivates as they approach the surface. They leave Fort Korvosa and pass through Garrison Hill without issue. After crossing a bridge into North Point, they make the long trek down to the south of Midland where Citadel Volshyenek rests.

Permalink Mark Unread

The squad enters the Citadel and clambers up to the Office of Spells. Word of the cult of Achaekek spreads quickly among the Guard. The masks of the Red Mantis are very distinctive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ow, clambering through the Citadel is really not easy when she has just barely non-lethal sword gashes.

"When's the next—" hiss— "channel. Sorry." She is not presenting any body language besides 'in pain' at the moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the guards checks the time. "Fifteen minutes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll wait." She winces her way over to the channeling area and plops down exhaustedly. Walking multiple miles really does not go well with having holes torn in your body.

Permalink Mark Unread

As promised, the next channel at Citadel Volshyenek is ready in fifteen minutes. Tencednil is moved into a wide circular room.

Permalink Mark Unread

A cleric of Abadar conjures a wave of positive energy. Tencednil's worst wounds heal. She's still somewhat injured.

Permalink Mark Unread

That definitely helped. She can think much more clearly through the pain. It wasn't enough — she doesn't have any actively bleeding wounds when she removes the bandages, but she can feel how deeply she's still torn up — but it helped.

She'll be here for the next channel as well, but in the meantime she might now be able to contribute to whatever discussions they're having about the other Achaekek cultists who must be around somewhere. Or if not, at least she'll be able to listen without losing the thread of the conversation every minute.

Permalink Mark Unread

At this point, the Guard is so very done with cults. They don't know where the Red Mantis compound is. They don't even know if one exists. Their current plan to cover the city in castings of locate object searching for the mantis masks. It's not like the assassins can keep them in lead boxes while they're wearing them. They may be individually powerful, but the assassins can't match dozens of guardsmen and squads of marines put together. They've sent a request to the Church of Sarenrae for additional cleric support.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds reasonable to her. And she can help by setting up blinding weapons in advance, which means not having to be in stabbing range of assassins, which is good. Not that she won't help in more direct ways if they want, but having a way to be useful which minimizes the risk of being stabbed is nice. (Also this way she might be able to pull some shadow into her spells, which will make them more effective. Not needing to be in comfortable human vision while casting is useful.)

Permalink Mark Unread

An hour passes. The Guard continues their planning and preparations. Guardsmen and marines and wizards come and go throughout the Citadel.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Field Marshal makes an appearance in the Office of Spells. She holds private meetings with various captains and wizards.

Permalink Mark Unread

The same Abadaran from earlier does a second channel. Tencednil is doing much better now.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's still scratched, but it's not particularly severe. At this point... Before this all happened, this is about how she would feel if she accidentally let one of the spiders bite her when feeding them. They weren't trying to eat her, not really, and Mother could always handle the poison promptly, but the bites she left as a reminder. They would fade within a day or three. The channels aren't going to stop happening, so if she's still around for the next one she will happily sit in on it, but if something happens within the next hour she's also willing to go out on the streets again in this condition.

Wizards because Locate Object needs to be prepared, of course. Clerics might come cheaper, but for picking up new spells in her middle of the day you want wizards. Are the recovered masks being stored in a lead room? In fact, what can she see of the assassins' belongings? The guard probably has already done its identification, but she'd like to get her own look at things under a Detect Magic even if she's not going to be as good at it as the trained wizards are.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Guard has identified the assassins magic items and placed them in a sealed room whose walls are lined with lead. Each assassin possessed magic leather armor, a cloak of resistance, and a mask of the mantis. There were also carrying some potions. They are willing to let Tencednil inspect them with detect magic under supervision.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, if they already know what the items are she's not going to be useful here.

"What does a Mask of the Mantis do? They all had it, and it must do something, but I've never seen one before. Is it a normal enchantment which they just... put on a mantis-shaped helmet?" She makes some gestures in the air, as if trying to figure out how the mantis shape would differ from a normal mask, then gazes confusedly at her air-model.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the wizards answers her question. "These masks are very strange. They're wondrous items with charges—three per day. A charge can be spent on one of darkvision, see invisibility, deathwatch, or something similar to keen senses. Each use lasts for thirty minutes."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, her eyebrows raised. "That's an impressive breadth of abilities. If they were using it to navigate in the sewers, though, thirty minutes of being able to see is pretty limited... Were there any torches or lanterns or things like that on them? I didn't see any, but I... wasn't looking very hard." A little embarrassed at that last bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing of that sort was brought back up to the surface. I think, given the circumstances, leaving that area quickly was the right idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fervent nodding. "Definitely! Still, if they were navigating the sewers with a very limited Darkvision duration, they must have either had a way down to the sewers close by or left their light sources behind to sneak up on us. We weren't quiet, but I don't think we were that loud? If they were only traveling by Darkvision because they heard us, they must have left their lights somewhere not too far off!"

She trails off, drooping a little. "...that's probably not very useful, is it. You have actual magic for finding them, trying to find the signs they left behind isn't really worth the effort. Well, it's an idea." Magic solving problems does make things easier, and she will never complain about it. It's still a little sad to have a clever thought which turns out to be entirely obsoleted by a spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If the spells fail for some reason, we will pursue mundane methods of detection and location. Of course, those are much less reliable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It always is."

And on that note, back to observing the spell discussion. Does anything happen before she goes and soaks up another channel?

Permalink Mark Unread

More planning! More preparation! Not much else. They can't afford information leaks before this operation, so Tencednil is not allowed to leave the Citadel.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems fair. Fortunately, she can get healed without needing to leave, and the guard doesn't have enough injuries per hour that she's taking useful space from someone who isn't getting a channel they need. Healing?

Permalink Mark Unread

The same Abadaran from earlier does a third channel. Tencednil is perfectly healthy.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Guard finishes their preparations.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Sable Company marines are with them. They will be covering the skies from their hippogriffs.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Field Marshal is with them. She's not going to miss dealing with a cult again. Hopefully there's not another fifth circle cleric.

Permalink Mark Unread

They move to the outdoor staging area. There must be over a hundred men, gleaming in chainmail, equipped with halberds and swords and crossbows.

A wizard with the guard casts extended locate object using a rod. He pauses for a moment and then speaks quietly with the Field Marshal.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone! It's time to get moving. Follow me." She begins moving forward.

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows! With a group this large, she shouldn't be particularly necessary, but she has also seen how much some conveniently placed magic can do about problems which would otherwise take far too many arrows, and far more risk than is really necessary, to solve.

Permalink Mark Unread

They march up through Midland toward North Point—

"Hit!" The wizard starts moving northwest.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Field Marshal follows him.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the formation follows their leader. They leave Midland and enter the most crowded North Point ward of Ridgefield.

Soon, the wizard stops in front of a large apartment building. The guardsmen surround it on all sides, crossbows aimed high. Many of the locals flee or cower.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines fly above them in orbiting circles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agents of the Red Mantis! You are under arrest for murder of officers of the law and criminal conspiracy! Exit the building with your hands behind your back and your weapons on the floor!"

Permalink Mark Unread

There is only silence from within the indicated apartment.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard speaks. "They're moving—"

Permalink Mark Unread

The door bursts open! Nothing appears to emerge but footsteps can be heard briefly on the cobblestones.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They jumped! That way!" The wizard points down the street.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eighteen guardsmen fire blindly down the street. One crossbow bolt embeds into an invisible foe.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines in the sky loose eight arrows. Two of them impaled the assassin. Hitting invisible creatures is hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has exactly one spell that works at this range.

Silent Image, a wall of stone rising from the ground ahead of where they should be. Will it work? Maybe not, but it's better to try.

(If she were a proper noble, this would be easy. There's no resisting Faerie Fire, it reaches as far as any normal spell, and if the Mantis were visible they would quickly drop. Unfortunately, she is not.)

Permalink Mark Unread

A wizard with the guard flings a glitterdust at the assassins. They're now covered in sparkling golden dust. One is blinded.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thirty two more guardsmen fire their crossbows at the assassins. Being blinded and visible is very bad in this situation.

There are three assassins. The first is an unconscious pincushion. The second is a conscious pincushion. The third is unharmed.

Permalink Mark Unread

A wall of stone too high to jump behind them, dozens of guardsmen ahead of them... they probably won't survive this.

The two remaining assassins become cloaked in red mist. They each throw a dagger at the closest guard. He falls to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are ninety-nine more guardsmen in this formation and only two of you.

A flurry of bolts tear through one of the assassins. Most of them miss, but there's so many it doesn't matter. The second assassin goes down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately, some of those missed bolts go straight through her nice pretty (apparent) wall. Well, it's served its purpose.

Permalink Mark Unread

The bolts flew through the wall. It was an illusion. The third assassin has never hated wizards more than they do now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fortunately that hatred will most likely remain short-lived. As will the associated assassin.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines loose another eight arrows from the sky. Three pierce into the third assassin. Ouch.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen fire and fire until the third assassin crumples to the ground. Fourteen crossbow bolts and three arrows impale their ruined body.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Field Marshal pulls out a bag of holding. "Put their masks in here! Quickly!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Guardsmen bring the bodies over and place the masks in the extradimensional bag.

"Another hit! North of us!" The wizard yells once all the masks are stowed away.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone follow the wizard!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, how many of these people are there? That's lot of training and magic! Five so far, and probably at least two more? Who paid for seven Red Mantis Assassins? That's not cheap!

She runs along after the wizard, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

The unconscious guard is healed by a cleric and the assassins are bound and stabilized and then the formation continues onward!

Permalink Mark Unread

They move at a brisk pace up the city and across a wide bridge into Old Korvosa. The streets empty before them, shady characters of Bridgefront running into alleys and hiding from the scouring eye of the law.

The wizard leads them deeper and deeper into the most cramped parts of Bridgefront. The Shingles hang above them. They stop in front of a many storied building. It looks very shoddily constructed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Above us!" The guardsmen flow around the building. Their crossbows are reloaded and aimed high.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines in the air followed them here. The sound of hippogriff wings echoes down the street.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agents of the Red Mantis! You are under arrest for murder of officers of the law and criminal conspiracy! Exit the building with your hands behind your back and your weapons on the floor!"

One learns quickly that all arrests are the same kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing moves visibly within the shoddy buildings. Creaking noises can be heard above them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're moving!" The wizard shouts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Guards, move in!" Cressida strides forward toward the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen surge forward beside her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The only way for the assassins to win is to break the Guard, and with this many crossbows that means taking out the captain. She moves in, brushing past Cressida Kroft and tapping her sword with a Dazzling Blade. It should be as useful as any other contribution she could make.

And... nobody visible. Hold and wait, then. Nothing else to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Lhín notice anyone as she floats in? Invisibility won't help them here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín notices one person deep within the cluttered building. They are invisible to normal senses.

Permalink Mark Unread

<One! There!>

Permalink Mark Unread

"One of them is invisible over there!" And if the assassin is invisible, there's no cost to blinding her allies, so...

Silent Image, a perfect sphere of darkness overlapping the invisible person. Who can probably see through it promptly, but will have to do that. "Inside the darkness!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Four blood red giant mantises appear from nowhere within the building. Each one is seven feet tall and fifteen feet long. Most of the clutter breaks and crumbles before their enormous forms. Only barely do they fit inside.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fly.

Something moves over the guards at great speed and out the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Flew! Spell! There!> Lhín points towards the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Giant mantises. Of course. What would the red mantis assassins do but summon huge red mantises. Why did she expect anything else. And of course they react too quickly for her spell to do anything useful. Sigh.

"That one cast a flying spell! She went out the door!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The first mantis claws into a guard and pulls them into the air. It tries to bite a chunk of flesh out, but its teeth only manage to scratch the guard's armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second mantis picks another guard up and slices into them. Its bite also doesn't get past the guard's armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

The third mantis misses both of its attacks.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fourth mantis carves another guard open and pulls him up. It aims its bite around the guard's armor and tears flesh out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If she can fly she's third circle! Watch out!" Cressida discharges the dazzling blade. The mantis is unaffected.

She blurs forward and carves the first giant mantis clean in half. Her two strikes are even faster than those of the marines. The mantis fizzles away into nothing after she kills it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard's third circle wizard does not enjoy the sight of giant mantises. Dispel magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

The three remaining giant mantises cease to exist!

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard with locate object up points behind them into the sky. "That way! They're flying away."

Permalink Mark Unread

The hippogriffs dive at full speed. They cover a large area around where the wizard could have pointed. One of them collides with an invisible creature. "There!"

The marines blanket the location where they think the invisible creature is in arrows. Unfortunately, it's quite hard to aim at something you can't see while avoiding a huge crowd of guardsmen. They don't land any hits.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fifty guardsmen fire their crossbows. A veritable rain of bolts ascends into the sky. Two bolts hit. The invisible creature shakes them off. They don't seem to do much.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Church of Sarenrae is quite tied up with the blood veil. Even so, they found room to send the guard a cleric for this operation. Sarenrae can give the Light domain and when you're hunting invisible assassins this can be very useful.

Faerie fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

A tall pink-haired woman floating fifteen feet in the air is now outlined in a pale green glow. It's practically impossible to miss her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fifteen feet in the air means she has one chance. Lhín is next to her, so a tap to set up a Dazzling Blade on the pinch she was holding. Dash out the door, and—

Color Spray?

Permalink Mark Unread

The vivid light of color spray washes over the flying woman. It doesn't seem to affect her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín doesn't have the longest reach. Attacking someone who has... arms... is dangerous, because it means flying straight by their sweeping weapons.

Dazzling Blade doesn't need you to be right on top of whoever you're trying to blind. Being within a sword's reach is quite enough.

A Color Spray didn't work, but this might. Fly at full speed, right up next to her. Release the Blade, letting its light shine straight into her eyes. How is she looking?

Permalink Mark Unread

She's blinded by the glimmering metal!

Permalink Mark Unread

Cinnabar flies up twenty more feet and then a hundred feet down the winding tunnels of Bridgefront. The blindness is preventing her from moving at full speed.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines send a volley at her! Six of their arrows spike into her. She's wounded now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The locate changed direction! The others are that way!" The wizard points up into the Shingles.

Permalink Mark Unread

"After them! Let the marines handle the flier!" She takes off up a stairway inside the building.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen surge forward with her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She... should really go with the fliers, but a hippogriff's flight can't take multiple. If she could get a Color Spray to stick it would be valuable, but probably not more valuable than an actual marine doing their job. She will...

Actually she will just follow the Marshal. Trying to track the flier from below in case she decided to swoop down to ground level might be the optimal decision here, but she isn't actually here to make the best possible choices, she's here to be reliable to the guard. Marshal Kroft has command, and she said to follow the others, so Tencednil will follow her after the others.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile...

Permalink Mark Unread

Cinnabar is no longer blinded. She flies through the Shingles with great agility.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines dive after her on their hippogriffs and loose another volley of arrows. Cinnabar dodges all of them as she dances between buildings.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't get rid of the faerie fire. It will last at least a minute. Fleeing is her only viable option. Haste.

Cinnabar veers hard to the left and dives through a tangled mess of rafters and shacks. Her speed has increased considerably.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines are still faster than Cinnabar. They fly forward and send another volley of arrows her way. Unfortunately, the Shingles make decent cover against arrows. None of their attacks hit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cinnabar dives down to the street, flying over terrified civilians. Her speed is now very fast indeed. There must be a sewer entrance around here somewhere...

Permalink Mark Unread

The cover is much worse at street level than in the Shingles. Hippogriffs are very fast indeed. They loose another volley. This time, three arrows strike true.

Permalink Mark Unread

That hurt...

Aha! Cinnabar recognizes this street! She zooms down to the end, flies into an alley, and dives into a small sewer tunnel.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines dive after her—

Ah. Hmm. They can't fit their hippogriffs through the tunnel. That's unfortunate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cinnabar speeds through the sewers as fast as she can. Soon she will reach one of the otyugh chutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not worth perusing Cinnabar now. They're nowhere near as fast as her on foot. They'll never catch her down there.

The marines beckon their hippogriffs up into the sky and fly back the way they came.

Permalink Mark Unread

Returning to the bulk of the formation...

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard follows the compass provided by locate object. They chase the assassins through the Shingles, firing crossbow bolts at every opportunity. The locate object runs out and a wizard casts another.

Permalink Mark Unread

The marines aid them from the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

The remaining two assassins are caught between the Guard, the Sable Company, and the winding paths of the Shingles. Their invisibility has long since run out.

Eventually, after taking down a few guardsmen in retaliation, they're swarmed and knocked out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard turns to the Field Marshal. "No more hits, sir."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "Very well. Everyone, with me! We return to the Citadel now!"

Permalink Mark Unread

She got off another Dazzling Blade against the assassins — Lhín's ability to fly and carry it around is useful in the dense and twisty passages of the Shingles. It probably saved a guard or two from being stabbed? It's possible she prevented a death, but most likely she just provided a bit of extra efficiency.

At this point, though, she's basically out of spells for the day, with only a few of her second circle slots left. It wasn't worth the time to set them up. She will happily follow the Marshal back, and hopefully she will not have to do anything more today.

Permalink Mark Unread

The formation follows their leader. They leave Bridgefront and cross a bridge from Old Korvosa back into North Point and then trek all the way down to the south of Midland. The doors of Citadel Volshyenek open as they return.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Field Marshal congratulates everyone on their good work. She emphasizes that there may yet be more cultists to catch. The Guard must remember to stay alert.

Permalink Mark Unread

The prisoners are moved to secure holding cells. They await interrogation and trial.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good work out there with the illusions."

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, a little tired but still upbeat. "Thank you! Good work yourself with that halberd, if you hadn't been so efficient finishing the blind one off this morning I don't know if we would have made it." A quick nod of acknowledgement. Yes, magic is very impressive, but actually finishing the mantises off is also rather important.

Permalink Mark Unread

He chuckles. "Those assassins were quite dangerous. Hopefully we track down and catch the flying one soon. That they were able to lose the marines says much of their skills."

Permalink Mark Unread

A nod. "Hopefully! But not today. Swinging weapons may work as often as you have the strength for it, but I'm pretty out of magic until I get some sleep." There's a rueful note in her voice as she acknowledges her limits. 

A quick shake of her head. "Definitely a good use of my spells, though, and with how much magic they had on them I'm sure it'll turn out to have paid well, once they run the numbers. And hopefully this is the last murderous evil cult running around the Korvosan sewers! ...Anyway, I need to get to sleep. Do we need a debrief, or can I just go?" At the mention of sleep, the exhaustion in her tone becomes more audible. This has actually been a lot of running around for her, and even more so for the sort of sewers adventurer who carefully only ever does one run a week and spends the time in between preparing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are free to go. I've already drawn up a report on what we encountered down in the abandoned tunnels."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, a little slowly. "See you tomorrow, then." Out the door and back home. She can write down some thoughts once she's back, do some practicing to make sure she's memorized everything she was supposed to, and mostly not need to do anything important. It's been a day.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
OATHDAY, SARENITH 18th, 4708

MORE CULTS ARE AMONG US, RED MANTIS ASSASSINS CAPTURED BY GUARD

Why are there so many murderous cults in this damn city. Hundreds are already dead to the blood veil, and now this? Who even hired them? Eight confirmed red mantis assassins, but if there's eight the Guard knows about there must be dozens they don't. Whatever was limiting the papers to printing good sounding press about bad events isn't working anymore. House Arkona and the Bank of Abadar announce joint funding on a cure for the blood veil. The papers can't agree on where the cure came from, but speculation runs wild about someone finding the missing seneschal's secret notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

House Arkona is adding itself? Did she not offer enough money to cover it? Well, she doesn't actually need the money, and it's probably worth it for them just to be able to say they funded it. Even if the Bank does decide to split their payment between her and the Arkonas, she's fine with that, and it's possible they're not even asking that much. The Arkonas... were probably either the targets of the Mantis or the people who hired them, and either seems possible from this. She'll withhold judgement until seeing how their funding for the cure actually works. If they try to sabotage it, she will know not to trust them in the future. If not, well, that doesn't tell her much. This might point against them hiring anyone, if they have the money for this? She doesn't know how expensive anything relevant is, though, maybe they can easily cover both.

Good to know the papers aren't saying anything about the secret source.

And, of course, the assassins are in the paper. Unsurprising. Speaking of yesterday's adventure, does she have any mail today?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will report to the guards, then. Today is definitely not going to be calmer than yesterday. Well, calmer than yesterday was expected to be. Hopefully it will be calmer than yesterday turned out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Guard assigns her patrol duty with Captain Paras's squad. They're going to be covering Citadel Crest in the Heights.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, a nice calm patrol. That should be a welcome break. She greets the (diminished) squad, listens to them tell her their memories of Juan, and eventually they all catch the Blessing of the Watch and are off.

Permalink Mark Unread

For the first couple of hours, their patrol is calm and uneventful. They catch a pickpocket. It's really quite boring. Very few seem interested in doing crimes in the city's richest ward today.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard patrols aren't all incredibly dangerous! She knew that her experiences couldn't actually be normal, but she's never actually seen it like this before. Well, that's what comes of usually going to the guard for a reason. She knows these shops, but it's new to be looking at them from this perspective. She's pointed to a few locations which are harder to see, the inconvenient corners people try to flee around, and notes for herself the choke points for possible walls to suddenly appear out of. It's nice to actually be the one learning from the guards, letting them work in their actual experience rather than seeing them in the middle of combat which they aren't really used to. They're clearly much happier like this.

She hears some stories of Juan's exploits in the area. Apparently at one point he managed to catch a pickpocket only by running straight into a wizard coming out of the Gilded Orrery, and that was a delightful bit of groveling. It's a nice peaceful few hours, even with the other guards quietly and dutifully mourning as they work.

Permalink Mark Unread

From the air, the Temple of Asmodeus in Korvosa looks like a large blood red five-sided star. When Tencednil's patrol next passes by, some sort of crowd has gathered along the front entrance. The Church has cleared an area at the front of the temple.

Permalink Mark Unread

That... is a little worrying? If the Church has cleared an area they were probably prepared for it, so this isn't a riot right now, but it's still a large crowd and Korvosa is not at its stablest. She shifts over to the corner of Captain Paras's vision, finds something which looks a bit odd — there's a crate sitting in the dark there with what might be a crack, perfect — and calls his name while standing between him and the crowd to point to the crate.

Once he's seen it, he can choose what to do about it. Not her job. He really shouldn't miss this, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras looks over and sees the crate and the gathering. He holds a hand out to slow the squad down.

Permalink Mark Unread

She slows! Good, he didn't miss it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your time is up.

Gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

A loop of fire, twenty feet in diameter, appears in the middle of the street. Heat pours from it like a roaring flame. A barren, volcanic desert is visible through the portal. Indistinct wails and screams can be heard faintly.

Devils begin marching in formation out of the gate and up the steps of the temple.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stops dead in her tracks. 

That's a Gate

She has seen more ninth circle spells in the past three weeks than she expected to see in her lifetime, of course. The Disjunction was spectacular, but mostly in its consequences. The Wishes were uniquely directed at her specifically, and she will most likely never see them surpassed. She couldn't make any sense of whatever was going on with Morgethai's demiplane — though knowing there was time dilation woven in there helps — but it was a delicate work of art, intricate beyond belief and obviously absurdly capable. 

Gate is none of those. It's a spell out of legend, yes, but not only out of legend. She has heard of the real Archbanker of Abadar running incredibly expensive trade through Gates, transporting ludicrous amounts of wealth across planes in the paths upon which Wish diamonds are borne. But while Miracles and True Resurrections may be the generally known pinnacles of the cleric's art, a Gate is in many ways the most important. (She's heard something about ninth circle clerics also being able to decide what they want to have prepared on the spot? That sounded like it was probably a myth, but maybe. Not really important.) The other well-known spells require diamonds, after all. This, a Gate for transportation, is the sort of thing a ninth circle cleric can simply do every day, whenever they want. It was the sort of thing she sometimes dreamed of, when she thought she would be Ulon's.

And, of course, it's out of her Detect Magic range. That's... for the best, really. This close to the Asmodean Church, Aspexia Rugatonn herself must be on the other side of that, and she would rather not be sixty feet from the Most High of Asmodeus on Golarion. It's generally not a safe place to stand. Especially given the other atypically powerful person she was so close to just a few days ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

The devils are followed by soldiers in full plate and some very fancy looking clerics of Asmodeus. The procession lasts almost a full minute before it ends.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ornher Reebs, archbishop of the Church of Asmodeus in Korvosa, strides down the steps of the temple. He greets the newcomers quickly and then walks through the gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

It closes behind him.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's... a lot of devils. That's a lot of devils. And a very impressive cleric, apparently taking the place of the known Korvosan very impressive cleric? There are shenanigans going on. Is this Cheliax? Is this Asmodeus? And whichever it is, why now?

...well, that's obvious, isn't it. The throne lies empty, and they must want to claim it. What's changed? Not important. Something has, and now an outsider is trying to claim Korvosa. Everyone is going to need to respond to that, and with this many devils looming behind their backs, it will have to be fast and quite unified to get anywhere.

Alternatively, she and Mother are going to be leaving the city soon. Janderhoff was nice, maybe it's better when you aren't constantly short of breath.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the clerics clears his throat. "Everyone. I am sure the chaos and anarchy gripping Korvosa have been quite terrifying and disruptive. In these trying times, we feel new leadership is needed. I am Ricard Santaren, the new archbishop of Asmodeus in Korvosa. We will make further announcements within the coming days."

He walks inside the temple. The procession follows him.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is definitely not an announcement that he's claiming the throne. Hmmm. Well, it's not one yet.

Maybe she was wrong. It is theoretically possible she was wrong. This is still incredibly suspicious timing.

She purses her mouth and turns to the Captain. "I hate to say this again, just one day after the last time, but I think the Citadel needs to hear about this. If they haven't already." Sigh. "Probably someone else too, but I don't know who."

Obviously at least the other churches, but the guards will pass it to the Abadarans without an issue, and they can probably talk to everyone quickly. No need for her to mention that. Mother should know but that can wait for her to go home, it sounds like they have at least a few days. There isn't a monarch right now to be informed. Wizards have this habit of knowing things, no point telling them. She's probably still missing someone, but it's not really worth her time to figure out who.

Permalink Mark Unread

A grave expression covers his face. "Indeed. We must return immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain leads them down the Heights. The cross into Midland near its southern end. Soon enough, they're back within Citadel Volshyenek.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain heads straight for the Field Marshal's office.

Permalink Mark Unread

The squad is off duty for now. Tencednil should return to the Office of Spells. Captain Paras will meet her there once he's done with his debriefing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm.

Did anyone say, or imply, she shouldn't go off and talk to other people? If there was even an implication, she will stay right here. If not, though, she will run back home quickly and update Mother before coming back to the Citadel. It probably won't help to get that message passed now rather than in a few hours, but if she can, she may as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is being paid for her patrol shift, which is not yet over. She shouldn't leave the Citadel until she's dismissed for the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reasonable. She waits and gossips with the squad, then. Nobody actually knows what's going on, but there is no shortage of speculation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Around ten minutes later, Captain Paras returns. "The higher-ups have been informed. This matter is out of our hands now. We're going to continue our patrol. I'm sure the papers will be full of this tomorrow morning, but when we're out there keep the discussion to a minimum. We don't want to cause a panic."

Permalink Mark Unread

She stops the increasingly implausible speculation as he comes in. It's not quite that direct, but a quick shift like she's about to talk gets the next person to hesitate a moment, attention turns to her, and when she glances to the door they follow her gaze, see the captain walking in, and conversation doesn't start back up. It's always nice when things just work out like that.

An energetic nod, and she starts talking before anyone else can. "That sounds good! I'm sure someone will know more by the end of the shift anyway." That should set the tone, and the guards are probably professional enough to wait when they're reminded it's just a few hours and they will have more information to chew on if they do.

Permalink Mark Unread

They patrol for long hours. The exterior around the Temple of Asmodeus has returned to normal. There seems to be elevated street gossip, but the speculation from the pedestrians isn't informative. Citadel Crest seems otherwise the same as it always is. Nothing particularly interesting happens. The guards in their squad mostly stay quiet about current events.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's almost half of a normal guard shift! They really do exist! If this could just happen for two halves of a shift in a row, she would feel like a real guard.

It's good that there's nothing else obviously about to happen right now. There are enough things going on already, she doesn't know where they would find space to handle another cult. She spends her time trying to figure out what the Asmodeans are doing now that they have a new leader, but it seems they have enough competence to not leak information too blatantly. Oh well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually, in the early evening, the squad heads back to the Citadel. Tencednil's shift is over for the day. Her payment has been transferred.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Back home, and she updates Mother on the events of the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

<Well done informing me.>

A pause. Mother would never leak information with her body language, and she wouldn't insult Tencednil by pretending to, even when both of them would know it to be intentional. She has the time to be slow and deliberate about her communication right now.

<I will handle the necessary. We will not remain under the rule of a human slave of Asmodeus, nor under a dynasty as young as the Arabastis and with so much less to recommend it. You will have one layer of the Portable Hole. Be prepared to go within one hour of my word.>

Permalink Mark Unread

The proper weaving of phase spider webs is apparently one of the secrets humans recovered from the drow long ago, or so she was told. It is the only form of spidersilk they know the proper handling of. Proper handling makes it much easier to harvest the ingredients, but Mother didn't have the circle depth to craft a Portable Hole, and she wasn't going to sell the information. (Starlight is easier to gather on the surface, and she has heard stories of drow parties emerging from the World Beneath just to collect it. It's not as hard here. Unfortunately, that doesn't help if you can't push in the power it needs to work.)

That might have changed. Even if it didn't, Mother still has a Hole from... her flight. Giant spiders are hard to transport, but not impossible, it turns out. She might have more than one, Tencednil didn't need to know the exact details. One layer is restrictive, but she can manage it.

She spends the rest of the night organizing her belongings, setting aside what she would need and what she could lose, and ensuring everything is easily collected in five minutes if she needs to. One hour means ten minutes to cast a Sending, five to excuse an immediate need to flee from her shift, possibly thirty to get back, and that leaves fifteen minutes to actually do anything necessary. Best to leave herself time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Late at night...

Permalink Mark Unread

Toff Ornelos walks through the Ornelos Hall at the Acadamae. Tall windows line this corridor. Soft moonlight shines past the open curtains. Most everyone is already asleep by now. 

He stops before a majestic painting depicting the Varisian wilderness beneath a red sun.

Permalink Mark Unread

The painting is pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

He will wait.

Permalink Mark Unread
Permalink Mark Unread

An invisible portal shimmers into existence behind him. An invisible butler steps out from it. They bow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Took you long enough. He turns around and steps through the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Toff steps out of a large magic mirror. Its surface reflects the hallway he arrived from.

The room is dark and cluttered. Artistic carpets cover the floor. Shelves full of magic items and alchemical equipment and knickknacks from a dozen worlds line the walls. Tapestries depicting the Great Beyond hang from the ceiling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Volshyenek Ornelos sits at his desk. "Hell draws closer."

Permalink Mark Unread

Toff sighs. "Must you always be so dramatic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They've brought a host of devils and Ostenso's seventh circle cleric and the last living Arabasti to Korvosa via gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I admit they are obviously going for the crown. That does not mean they will succeed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Lord of the Ninth—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"—does not know you still exist. The monarchy as an institution just collapsed. Cheliax is an empire doing what empires do. None of this is unexpected. Stop worrying."

Permalink Mark Unread

He broods.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're in one of your moods again. This is beneath you. The more slaves Asmodeus sends to Korvosa, the more he loses when we destroy them. If it comes to that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it comes to that, you must be prepared to evacuate the Acadamae through the mirror. If you care about any of them surviving."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please don't do anything rash. We don't need wide collateral damage. What Cheliax sent can be handled without such drastic measures."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They haven't sent their truly dangerous forces yet. We do not know how far they will go if Korvosa rejects them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure we can put something together to destroy even a pit fiend relatively safely. For now, I must worry about convincing the others to reject them in the first place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not like this. There are plots brewing beyond our awareness. We still can't confirm what happened to Ileosa and Togomor."

Volshyenek is quiet for some time. "Get the slaves of Hell out of my city, Toff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do my best. I believe we have allies in this. How many is yet to be seen."

Toff wanders to the edge of the room and cracks the door open. "Goodnight, grandfather."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Goodnight."

Permalink Mark Unread

The door shuts behind him.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
FIREDAY, SARENITH 19th, 4708

CHURCH OF ASMODEUS IMPORTS FOREIGN HIGH PRIEST AND HOST OF DEVILS WITH GATE FROM HELL

Ricard Santaren was the archbishop of Asmodeus in Ostenso. Now he's the archbishop of Asmodeus in Korvosa. The most notable change from Reebs is, of course, that Santaren is seventh circle instead of sixth. The papers don't like this, and they want everyone else to know they don't like this. Did you know how dreadful the censorship regime in Cheliax is? One might suspect there's some class interest going on here. The powers of Korvosa have not yet visibly responded to the new arrivals from Hell. The cure for the blood veil is making progress. It is now being tested on human subjects. Hopefully the deaths will stop soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. So someone from Ostenso is making a claim on Korvosa, if they've decided Asmodeus needs to be one of the big religions rather than just scraping above Sarenrae. Unfortunately she has no idea what Chelish politics look like, but right now of all times? Claiming status as one of the Big Forces means they want something. (Could it just be for a week to they can loom and get concessions out of whatever ends up happening with the throne? That isn't impossible, and this isn't that large a commitment of forces for just a week... Unclear. Maybe.)

Good that the cure is progressing. If Morgethai is paying any attention, she should be happy with it, and soon the money should come in and she will be paying attention. 

And beyond that... any letters? If not, down to the Citadel. Large things happening doesn't bode well for a calmer shift today, so the Guard still seems like it will need her. And she doesn't have any more useful things to do lined up. (It's not really worth her time to investigate the painter right now.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Down to the Citadel to meet her squad, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Citadel Volshyenek is still busy and overworked. Captain Paras is in his usual spot. The squad will leave in a few minutes to patrol Citadel Crest along the same route as yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

And maybe today will be calm! She gets updates from the squad members on how yesterday was for them (one Asmodean who is a little shaken by the loss of Reebs, one who just recently went to the Burning Blades and is wondering about whether this is a reaction to that somehow, one who is conspicuously not expressing any opinion, she makes sure the first two don't mention anything quite that blatant to each other), and by the time that's done they're ready to get Blessed and get moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

They receive the afternoon's blessing of the watch and then they're off to the Heights. There's more people out in Citadel Crest than there were yesterday.

Hours pass. They don't spot any crime. They don't spot anything of note at all, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil gets a little worried after three hours with nothing happening, but... this is supposed to be a calm patrol. Lhín has her eyes all over again, they're not just missing something. (Or if they are, it's hopeless.)

So things are just calm, at least around the guards. What a reasonable way for things to be. Typical, boring, and with nothing out of the ordinary. That's why it's ordinary.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a short break, the squad resumes their patrol. They pass the Temple of Asmodeus a few times. It looks as it always has.

Activity on the streets winds down as afternoon becomes evening and begins to become night. They return to the Citadel, having arrested one minor criminal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seeing sixty feet in the dark isn't incredibly useful here, because most pickpockets try to avoid being within sixty feet of the guard. Seeing in the dusk as well as a human can in bright day — and better than she herself can in full sunlight, if only slightly — is far more relevant. They might have missed that one without her eyes.

Anyway. A good and successful patrol! Nothing interesting happened! It's almost like Korvosa is a reasonable and sane city, which isn't constantly trying to collapse. That had to be true for at least most of the past few decades, but it's good to actually see it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is dismissed for the day. Her payment has been transferred. She's welcome to leave the Citadel.

Permalink Mark Unread

A nice and calm day, at least where she could see it.

Well, she'll learn what actually happened in the morning. Does Mother have any updates for her? No? Tomorrow's newspaper, then. (Mother must have been busy setting up whatever she needs to be able to flee. There's no other reason she would have no new information about the city at a moment like this. Still, definitely the right choice of ways to spend her time and slots, if she was taking Tencednil's advice.)

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
STARDAY, SARENITH 20th, 4708

IGNASI ARABASTI, GRANDNEPHEW OF QUEEN DOMINA, CLAIMS RIGHT TO THE CRIMSON THRONE

Yesterday, Ignasi Arabasti announced that with the death or absence of all other members of the royal house, he is next in line to be the monarch of Korvosa. His allegiance to Cheliax is obvious. It's not hard to uncover that he was part of the host that arrived from the gate. The Church of Asmodeus, with their new seventh circle archbishop, publicly backs his candidacy. The papers are quick to point out that this isn't how the succession works at all. With the death of the seneschal and disappearance of the current ruler and no named successors, there's no legal way for anyone to become monarch. The Great Houses have announced a summit of all twenty-six noble families to handle the ongoing succession crisis. It will be held this evening, hosted by House Ornelos.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spots the headline on her way to pick the paper up—

Ah. There it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems that Cheliax isn't trying to do any sort of political dealing here, not if they're actively claiming the throne. This is obviously modeled off Queen Domina's technical usurpation of the throne, it's not actually as unprecedented as the paper makes it seem. This is why you don't trust people just because they write things down. Queen Domina made her deals from a place of power, though. She funded the Asmodean expansion only after successfully increasing Korvosa's trade. If this Ignasi got the Most High to cast him a Gate to bring him here, he is much more indebted than she was. Debts owed to the Asmodean church are risky, and debts owed to whatever forces in Cheliax can get Gates on command are likely riskier still.

Still, the memory of Queen Domina is strong. She did rule well, she was not too long ago, and many people remember her fondly. They'll be trying to play on that, remind everyone of what happened to the last family that tried to oppose an Arabasti reclaiming the Crimson Throne... He definitely has a chance here. And how strongly do the Houses actually want to oppose him? Ex-House Porphyria is a rather memorable warning.

For now, she can't do much with this, though. Vague ominous warnings would be a bad idea with no actual grounding in knowledge, and she doesn't know where they would be effective. Maybe if she sees something she can amplify it. Until then... more guard shifts.

(Unless she has mail, but that seems unlikely unless the Arkonas really want to know more about the Mantis. And even then, Captain Paras would be a better source.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first half of her guard patrol comes and goes. Nothing of interest happens, as far as she can tell. The rumblings of unrest continue, but in this most wealthy ward they are now shaped differently. There is power to be gained, for those in the right position to try.

Hours pass.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends them listening to the rumblings. Nobody looks too hard at guards, she can fade into the background easily. A better idea of what's going on among the upper class might be useful. Of course, that comes at the cost of her ability to nudge their discussions, so she can only hear what they're already saying. Definitely an improvement on guesses nonetheless.

Permalink Mark Unread

The second half of her patrol is equally boring. They encounter no terrible beasts, no undead, no cultists, and no assassins. If only every day was like this...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nice and calm, and getting a sense of the whispers on the street is a good thing to be doing. Maybe not the most valuable use of her time, but definitely not a waste. And the assassins probably were the most valuable thing she could have been doing, and there's no way for her to only be with the guard for the important shifts.

Most patrols must be like this. There isn't a cult in the newspaper every week in normal times. Guards don't die very often. Believing that, however, can only come from seeing it. She's starting to believe it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil is dismissed for the day. Her payment has been transferred. Captain Paras wishes her well.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she him! She has gradually worked her way back to cheerful over the two days since Juan's death, and she's clearly handling it better than the squad members who knew him well but still affected enough to be available to grieve with and able to sympathize. By now, she knows Captain Paras well enough to personalize her good wishes a little. More will come with time.

Instead of going immediately home, she walks up the hill. Noble houses without at least some claim to a place in the Heights are essentially conceding their influence on the throne. ...Were, as of a few weeks ago. That may not be as important any more. Still, anyone she wants to find will be up there at least one or two days a week to make sure they know their allies and their enemies by face and by reputation. She mostly knows young nobles, none of whom are actually in power, but they have some idea of the thoughts of their parents, grandparents, aunts and uncles, older siblings, and whoever else in the family might matter. They are also substantially worse at not letting things slip. Relatedly, they usually stay in sight of their elders if anything important is happening, but humans can only contain their spawn for so long before it starts to have consequences. A chance to talk with a friend who has a clear and legible history of not being a spy for anyone is a chance they should jump at.

Permalink Mark Unread

She went these rounds recently when she was looking for the painter, so she knows where the newest fashionable places are. She has money, and more coming in from the assassins she helped take down more directly. It's getting dark for humans, but anywhere worth eating as a noble will have some magically lit rooms one way or another — if they couldn't afford that, nobody would come. Tencednil knocks on a few likeminded doors, proposes a location, and within an hour they're out to eat and gossip. She won't even need to steer the conversation much, the new Arabasti claimant is on everyone's mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's certainly lots of gossip to be had! Everything has been a bit crazy recently. House Grey's scandal only wrapped up a couple weeks ago. Did you know about what befell this or that nobleman recently? Everyone has their petty feuds and drama. The dinner conversation goes on for a long while.

Ignasi Arabasti is a rather pretty man, have you seen him in that outfit of his? Not everyone seems to like him much, though. The Great Houses might want to appear neutral for their summit, but there's rumblings of bias against the foreigners from Cheliax already. House Ornelos is not pleased with the current events.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ornelos? The house which is hosting the meeting is also expressing an opinion? That puts it in a new light. The Chelish will have to put in some effort to get around that... but they definitely can. On the other hand, so can House Ornelos. Eighth circle wizards are like that.

And on that note, how are they feeling? She starts by prompting then to express their own opinions, but in the context of House Ornelos's gathering, and with some of them wanting to seem informed, they should end up talking about their own houses as well, and maybe some others if they know. She can't get a full view of the more minor houses, but she can get a sense of how the ground lies before any politicking is done.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a mix of opinions. Cheliax is rich and powerful and also ruled by Hell. Nobody likes Hell but everybody likes to be rich. Some houses do a lot of businesses with Cheliax. Some don't. One can imagine how that might sway things. Korvosa doesn't know how Ignasi Arabasti would rule, were he king. The people at this dinner don't know the outcome of the first day of the summit, which should be happening right about now. Perhaps the overall mood will become more clear tomorrow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing surprising, but Cheliax investing this much was a surprise. So is Ornelos making itself a focus for their opposition. Everything else being mostly as expected is a relief. 

That's everything she needs to pump out of them. They can report on their newfound knowledge to their parents, various noble houses will coordinate a little better than they otherwise would have, and she should keep her reputation as having dinners worth coming to when she asks. (Except maybe for the one scion who mentioned that about House Ornelos. That might have been intended to stay private. Hopefully she won't realize Tencednil's reshared gossip was mostly reformulating her mentioned actions in a shape which shines more brightly, and everyone can think Tencednil just leaked that as payment for their own information.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Back home, mention what she knows to Mother (a calm accepting nod, she doesn't need to share her political plans with Tencednil), and sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
SUNDAY, SARENITH 21st, 4708

BLOOD VEIL CURE EFFECTIVE, THOUSANDS TO BE RELEASED FROM QUARANTINE

The cure works. House Arkona is subsidizing its production for the poorest of Old Korvosa. The Bank of Abadar sells it to everyone else. It's much cheaper than a remove disease, which is what it needed to beat. They can produce many more cure doses than spells. The quarantine is promised to end once the disease is eradicated. The summit of the nobility hasn't made any public decisions yet. There are surprisingly few leaks about what happened there last night. Apparently it's being hosted in a sealed extradimensional mansion conjured by House Ornelos. No invite, no entry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Successful cure, going cheap, that's everything she wanted out of it. A victory, unless someone is waiting to catch her later. And Morgethai might notice if she's checking the balance, but it doesn't change that much either way. 

The paper knows unsurprisingly little. The Arkonas being in the public spotlight like this will be a boon for whoever they back, but nobody knows who exactly that will be. Of course  there is a limit to how much public opinion matters here, when the final word on any law would have to come from a vote of the houses. It's still not something to disregard.

She has an ever-improving map of the situation, but it is still limited, and she has no way to use it. Better to know in case that changes, but it does limit how much she's willing to invest. Down to the Citadel, then. (After checking her mail, but there's no reason Mika would have anything to say, and nobody else seems likely to contact her that way.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil has one letter waiting for her at the Bank. It's from Aline Vianu, the current young heir to House Vianu, one of Korvosa's noble houses. She was at Tencednil's dinner last night. The letter conveys an invitation for Tencednil to have dinner with Aline tonight, if she's available.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! Interesting.

She writes back an acceptance. She doesn't want to turn down an invitation, that's how you stop having connections. Aline might also have something important to say. That's a side benefit, though.

In the meantime, on to the guard. The mourning cycle for Juan was the main reason they were on a low-energy patrol, and that might be over sometime soon, so they might actively need her. Even if not, it's better for her to be there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras's squad is indeed back to more skilled work. They will be patrolling a portion of the sewers under the Heights today.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has the hang of the schedule by now, so it's only fifteen minutes after her arrival that they receive their Blessing and depart.

Fifteen minutes is enough to notice the self-reported Asmodean being a little lost in thought, easily distractable and not at her best. A quick flash of a holy symbol, angled so it could be the Asmodean, just out of the corner of her eye... it's something from the church. The newcomer's preaching, no doubt. Well, the best remedy for Asmodean logic is a little time relying on others and being relied on by them, a reminder of positive interpersonal connections. With careful positioning before they walk into the Blessing room... she will end up in the front, side by side with the Sarenrite for this patrol, both of them watching in front of the group. Tencednil will be able to see farther in their lantern light than either of them will manage, of course, but the Sarenrite should have time to talk, rant a little about the scent of brimstone and sudden inconveniences of devil activity, and the two of them will have to work together if anything happens. It won't be perfect or guaranteed, of course, but a little discomfort and uncertainty among their followers might be a bit of a threat to the Chelish power grab.

Permalink Mark Unread

The squad crosses the city and descends into the sewers. A set of straight stone stairs leads them down into the depths. Tencednil hasn't seen this area before. It's neither the abandoned ruins under Fort Korvosa nor the winding maze of tunnels under souther Midland. Here, straight passageways with strange moss growing across the floor are the norm. A channel full of water flows like a small stream next to them. The distant echoes of strange sounds can be heard softly.

Their patrol is a long and boring loop. Or so the captain says, it's hard to know the shape of things down here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, boring remains to be seen. Especially in the sewers. In her experience, the sewers are never very peaceful.

She keeps what watch she can. Anywhere the humans can see in the lantern light, she can see clearly, so in practice they should never see anything before her. In theory she can see farther out than that, but... she has never been very good at making things out when she can't see them clearly. Oh well. There's a chance. Lhín can't see any better than the humans at a distance, but they should be at no risk of anything sneaking too close unnoticed. In the sewers, she always feels useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Far ahead of them, deep in the shadows, Tencednil spots strange movement. A walking mushroom, four feet tall, slowly lumbers toward them. Deep violet tendrils slither out of the dozens of fissures in its pointed cap.

Another follows close behind it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they've seen the guards. It's impossible to hide with light like this.

"Violet fungus, over there!"

Fungi will be immune to her Color Spray. That leaves her without her main weapon. Blinding them... might work, she isn't sure. Only one at a time if so. <Eyes?>

Permalink Mark Unread

<Yes! Need eyes!>

Permalink Mark Unread

And plants shouldn't be immune to a flash of light in their eyes. The Sarenrite gets a Dazzling Blade, and... she waits. A well-placed illusion will probably be helpful at some point, but not right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Stay back! Don't let them touch you!" The captain pulls out his crossbow and retreats thirty feet. He tries to line up a shot but the fungi are in the darkness and he can't see. He'll wait until they're within sight to fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil sees three more violet fungi emerge from the darkness behind the other two.

Permalink Mark Unread

The three guardsmen with their squad are happy to retreat away from danger. They pull out their crossbows and move backward. Once a sightline opens, they'll fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two more fungi crawl forward after the others. Tencednil is the only member of the squad that can see any of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seven of them!" That's rather a lot. "I can try a wall but they might try to break it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The first two violet fungi lumber closer. They're actually quite slow, but tentacled walking mushrooms crawling towards you in the dark are rather horrifying, regardless of speed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two there and there." Another Dazzling Blade, for the other guard on the front lines. Better to have them than to need them. "I don't think a wall will help unless we find a split."

And, of course, retreat. The fungi can barely sprint fast enough to keep up with normal elven walking speed. Plants aren't known for being mobile.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras still can't see the damn things! He'll back up another thirty feet and wait for a sightline.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the guardsmen follow the captain's lead.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi follow the light, which leads them toward their food.

One of them gets close enough to be dimly visible in human vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

There they are. Captain Paras looses a crossbow bolt. It slams into the fungus.

Permalink Mark Unread

The three guards fire their crossbows! All of the bolts fly past the fungi. None of them hit. It's still too dark to really see!

Permalink Mark Unread

A second fungus moves into the range of human visibility in lanternlight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still well out of Acid Splash range. She has better vision, though, and she also has a light crossbow, even if she's worse with it than the guards are. Can she hit?

She can hit! However much it will do against a plant. And she follows the rest of them, of course. her crossbow now unloaded.

Permalink Mark Unread

The rest of the fungi are quick to catch up to the others. Seven are now visible to the humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras continues retreating backward and reloads his crossbow.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guardsmen follow him and reload their crossbows.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi continue their pursuit of the squad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reload and move, just like everyone else. Her Acid Splash is only useful if they're within forty feet or so, and she would rather than not happen. It's just like the zombies.

...Actually... "Remember the marbles! I know I said zombies, but they might work here!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain fires a bolt from his crossbow. It whizzes past one of the fungi and vanishes into the darkness.

He backs up further. They've got maybe a hundred more feet of this tunnel before there's a crossroads.

Permalink Mark Unread

One guard pulls marbles from a pouch and flings them down the tunnel. The other two fire their crossbows. One bolt slices into a fungus.

They double back with the captain.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi lumber forward. Their feelers and roots roll over the marbles. They slow down and don't make it as far as they did previously.

Permalink Mark Unread

Crossbow and retreat. If she could Splash she wouldn't need to worry about bolts, but... "I can Splash them but only if they can run to me."

The bolt hit cleanly, at least. She's either better than she thought or she's being very lucky. Or both.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras backs up and reloads his crossbow. This is becoming routine.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards back up and reload with him. Routine is good! Routine means they win. Slowly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi haven't run out of stamina yet. They slowly make their way around the marbles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back and reload. She's no different from the others. 

"Losing them is bad, we need that sewers clear? We could split off at the crossroads."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can keep ahead of them but not while reloading or shooting. Let's try to box them in to a smaller tunnel at the crossroads with marbles. They'll be forced to move slower."

He moves further back and fires his crossbow. It's a solid hit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like a plan.

The guards move back with the captain and fire bolts from crossbows. One impacts the injured fungus.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungus doesn't like that. It bounds after the guards. Its fellows follow it.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a good plan. She nods to Lhín, who flies off to get the tunnels set up with marbles. In the meantime... move back and shoot. Hit. Isn't this great.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's definitely routine now. Move. Reload.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard follow their leader. Move. Reload.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi follow the guard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back up. Reload. Crossbows don't need her to be able to pull hard like actual bows would, but the lack of speed is definitely a drawback.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have arrived at the crossroads.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain rounds a corner into a smaller tunnel and rolls out some marbles behind Lhín's deployment.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard will wait for Tencednil before proceeding. She's fallen a little behind.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi have no reason to wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back behind the line where the marbles will be! She can drop some behind the Captain's, and Lhín can wait to cover up a missing spot once all the guards are through.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards run down the hallway. Two of them lay out marbles behind themselves as they move.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras sends a bolt flying into a fungus. He reloads instead of moving further back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the fungi bound forward into the small tunnel. One slips on the marbles and falls to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungi are close enough to be in clear light, close enough to be dangerously near melee... and, most importantly for her, close enough to be in Acid Splash range. A splash on the one which is still upright-ish, and substantially more crossbow bolt-stabbed. Nice clean hit!

Then she moves back, of course. "Lhín can carry a spare lantern to keep them lit!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The most injured fungus stumbles and falls to the ground. Its tendrils cease moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

Three guards fire at one of the upright fungi in the distance. One bolt pierces its mushroom flesh. They slowly step back a few paces and reload their crossbows.

Permalink Mark Unread

The distant fungi move closer. They're now bunched up behind their fellows on the marbles. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain fires at the injured fungus. The bolt flies by harmlessly. He steps back with the guards and reloads his crossbow.

Permalink Mark Unread

The fungus that slipped on the marbles slowly pulls itself up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The injured one can have an Acid Splash, and Lhín will grab a lantern and reposition. She's still got a few marbles between her and the fungus, but only a bit. She'll edge back to be just at the edge of her Splash range.

Hit. Always good. Not the cleanest, but with brimstone and the acid vial it's still hitting harder than anything she could have managed before.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards unload their crossbows into the injured fungus. Two bolts slice through it. They step back and reload.

Permalink Mark Unread

The injured fungus climbs over its fallen fellow and slips on the marbles. It falls to the ground.

The rest of the fungi are bunched up behind the two caught in the marbles.

Permalink Mark Unread

This new scenario is now also becoming routine. Fire. Reload. Step.

His crossbow bolt tears through the injured fungus. It must be close to unconsciousness now.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the fungi makes it past the marbles. It's uncomfortably close to the squad.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a bit bad! She can't do much about it, though. Hopefully the guards will use her Dazzling Blades if they need to.

A shot on the dropped one lands cleanly, and she proceeds back. Lhín stays about twenty-five feet from the nearest fungus, close enough to keep it in light if the guards run but far enough to be out of its reach. Hopefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. They're not getting any close to the violet fungi. Three bolts fly from their crossbows. Two carve into the terrifying fungus near them.

They run backwards thirty feet and don't have time to reload.

Permalink Mark Unread

More fungi gather in the distance. Some try to move through the marbles. It doesn't go well for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras fires and misses and moves back with the guard. It would be a disaster if the fungi managed to touch any of them. Keeping back is vital, but it impedes their ability to reload.

Permalink Mark Unread

The injured fungus that made it past the marbles bounds up to the squad. They are now within reach of the horrible tentacles.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is pretty horrible. An Acid Splash should help — hit! Cleanly, too, that's good. Their Blades might also help, but hopefully they will be unnecessary. A fungus dying the floor is a fungus which cannot hurt the guards.

(And back somewhat, just in case. She should not be in melee if she can possibly avoid it, no reason to take the risk.)

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't run away without being caught in the tentacles.

One of the guards discharges the dazzling blade. The fungus is blinded. All three swing with their halberds. Two of them carve vast gashes through its flesh.

Permalink Mark Unread

The distant fungi fail to make it across the marbles without falling over.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain slices the fungus clean in half with a great cleave of his halberd. He steps back a few paces and reloads his crossbow.

Permalink Mark Unread

A Splash for the closest vertical fungus. No reason to try to hit the fallen ones when none of them are substantially more damaged. Beyond that.... she stays behind the guards and refreshes the expended Dazzling Blade. She has enough spells today for it to not be much risk, and it would be incredibly foolish to get someone killed to preserve that. A second chance to blind a badly placed fungus could easily save a life.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards reload their crossbows and fire at same the fungus Tencednil splashed with acid. All three of their bolts whiz past the fungus and miss.

They step back a few paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Two of the fungi make it past the marbles without falling over. They approach the squad but don't reach them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras looses a bolt at the injured fungus. The fungus dodges out of the way.

He steps back and reloads his crossbow.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of those fungi can take an Acid Splash. (Hit, but mostly glancing. At least her amplifications are effective.) And... getting close enough to tap Captain Paras's weapon would put her moments from being in reach of those tentacles, but she's fast enough to run up and back before the fungi reach them. A full spell would break her flow. Something quick like Dazzling Blade will not.

Up, poke, and back, and now there are three glowing weapons ready to handle the two fungi. Hopefully that will suffice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reload. Fire. Step.

Two hits this time. They're slowly getting somewhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are four fungi remaining within sight of the squad.

The first two grab the ground with their tendrils and leap forward. Within seconds the squad is within reach of their tentacles. The second two make it through the marbles but no further.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain chops the cap off the fungus closest to him with his halberd. It falls down.

He steps back a few paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

A Splash misses the remaining fungus, the guards between her and it fouling her aim. Hopefully they can keep it blinded and confused enough to survive.

She edges back as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

A guard discharges the dazzling blade. The fungus is blinded.

They thrust their halberds forward. One of them pierces deep into the body of the fungus.

Permalink Mark Unread

The blinded fungus swings four venom-coated tentacles for the guard that attacked it. Only one makes it past her armor. Her flesh rots away where the tentacle touched her. She screams.

The other two fungi lumber forward slowly. They will reach the squad soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras lunges forward and pierces the fungus deeply with his halberd. It goes still and collapses to the ground.

He reloads his crossbow and steps back.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that is why melee against these things is bad. Only two of the fungi are still moving, so hopefully they can survive, but having your skin rot away with a touch is distinctly not great.

Up and back, refreshing Captain Paras's Dazzling Blade in the moments between one set of fungi falling and the next approaching. And an Acid Splash, successfully hitting one of the two who are still up. Not a hard hit, but better than nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reload. Fire. Step.

None of their shots strike true. They're almost out of bolts. This situation is not great.

Permalink Mark Unread

Only two violet fungi remain. They run and leap and shamble until they're right next to the squad.

Permalink Mark Unread

He discharges the dazzling blade and impales the nearest fungus with a mighty thrust. That looks like it hurt, but the fungus is not defeated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another Acid Splash, even with the guards in the way, but it's not enough. She can't land another Blade without opening herself to a tentacle, and that is not a worthwhile trade. The guards will have to finish at least one of the fungi.

With that splash, they shouldn't need to make a risky attack to finish it off, at least. All she can do is hope.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards discharge the dazzling blade and lunge for the fungi. The first swing drops the first one. The second swing carves into the second one (which is also now blinded). The third swing misses.

Permalink Mark Unread

The last remaining fungus flails around wildly. One of its dreadful tentacles slams into a guard. Their flesh begins to rot away.

Permalink Mark Unread

The captain thrusts forward but doesn't quite manage to hit the fungus. He steps back a few paces.

Permalink Mark Unread

An Acid Splash goes wide trying to aim around the guards. Lhín can get a Dazzling Blade (her fifth for this encounter! Plants are a problem) and fly up, cover of blindness warding off the tentacle she might otherwise have allowed in. She prepares to let the light loose once the fungus's eyes clear.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards flank the fungus and spear forward. They skewer the fungus twice and it goes still.

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain Paras catches his breath. "Do you see any more of them, Tencednil?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Pant. Pant. "Not from that group, they were only the seven. We were loud, and they were even more so. I don't know if anything heard us."

Those marbles are probably not worth putting back on their bags. Sewage coatings are not ideal, and marbles aren't that expensive. "We can do without marbles for the rest of our patrol, but those tentacle wounds look bad. Especially your arm, my guess is it'll need the better part of a week. Do we need to go back and clean any spores?"

If not, they should really stick to safer areas for the rest of the patrol. This many fungi have probably eaten most possible threats to the sewers around here, and getting into a fight with your flesh rotting from the bone is ill-advised.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard who took it the worst is clutching her arm and shaking. "I don't think I can fight well like this..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're heading back up now. I do not think we will return today. That was a whole grove of violet fungi. It's ill news for them to be so close to the surface."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good. It is worrying, I didn't know they came in such numbers down here."

And she follows along as they return, keeping up some conversation with the more rotting guard. Keep her calm and nothing should go too wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

The squad makes it up and out of the sewers without incident. Soon enough, they're back within the halls of Citadel Volshyenek. They arrived at a good time and the injured guards caught a channel quickly. While it may have sealed their wounds, it did not heal the underlying rot.

Their squad will not return to patrol today. Tencednil is dismissed early.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the middle of the afternoon. The sun shines brightly across the summer sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

She was expecting to go directly from the guard to her dinner with Aline, but it seems she has some unexpected time. She can't ask questions among the nobility, but someone nondescript seeking information on the Vianus happens all the time. Is a few hours enough to tease out any interesting updates on House Vianu? She'll take anything she can get, because she hasn't been keeping up as much as would be ideal, but does anything pop out?

Permalink Mark Unread

She fails to learn anything of interest. There's all the usual rumors about the nobility, but it's very hard to tell truth from falsehood. Nobody is really focusing on the relatively minor House Vianu right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah well. At this point it's near standard dinner time, so back home to get properly dressed and then... to the meeting location! She didn't expect to get any research at all, having no particular result from these few hours leaves her no worse off.

Permalink Mark Unread

The letter conveyed the meeting location. It's a nice restaurant called the Winter Oak in the Cliffside ward of the Heights. The staff at the front entrance were expecting her. They point her to the table where Aline is waiting. It's in a private side area. The decoration is very pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aline knows her as a friendly face with an ear for useful gossip, who will conceal exactly what you ask her to but might leak anything you don't. Always a little quiet — active discussion could go long, and she was usually busy — but definitely willing to listen, and with a bit of a talent for unique solutions to silly problems. It's a different perspective on her from the guard's, but one she had practice displaying.

She walks to the table and sits. A tired smile, as if she's been slightly run over by recent events. "It's been a busy week for all of us, I'm sure. How have you been?" Yesterday was hectic enough that she didn't get actual updates from individuals, with everyone more focused on the political maneuvering. This is an opening to turn the conversation somewhere else. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"As well as I can be, given recent events." Aline talks about her personal life for a little while. It's mostly within the range of expectation, but Tencednil can tell she's more uneasy than usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil relays some of the more amusingly dubious rumors she's heard on her patrols, building on Aline's comments. Nothing really useful, just the minor things which keep a reputation going.

"—and down across the river, they're saying they saw imps running off with cats and eating them! They've certainly never seen an imp trying to eat something. The cats might be going missing, though, the sewers, and the city as a whole, has been a little restless?" A quirk of her voice at the end there, a shift of her attention, and she's clearly leaving an opening for Aline to follow up — with anything she knows that might be causing unrest, for example.

Aline had a reason to ask Tencednil to dinner, no need to treat her as a hostile source. Leaving a clear opening to segue into whatever she's thinking might be fine. If not, well, Tencednil is competent and Aline isn't trying that hard to conceal whatever it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aline pauses for a moment. "I do not like the current political situation Cheliax has caused. It's ill news regardless of what becomes of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Whatever the results, it adds unrest and divides us at a time we can ill afford to be divided. I've heard no inroads made on why we had two monarchs vanish so near each other, and a leader with no defense against whatever it is... I wouldn't expect the Abadarans to sell them insurance."

That phrasing was carefully not taking a stance on the divide, and she will play along. Position herself as looking for things anyone wants to see solved, so Alicia can talk to her without possibly leaking information to an enemy. She may be uncertain but she's too well trained to pass along anything she knows would be bad for her House. If Tencednil doesn't sound like an opponent, she should be much more open.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. "Indeed. I... was not at the summit, obviously, but I suspect this isn't going to go how Cheliax would like. Not naturally, at least." 

Permalink Mark Unread

A quiet nod. Alright, she'll play along. If Aline wants to present whatever she has this way, Tencednil has no reason to break the narrative.

Commiserating sigh. "But not everything is natural."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They've started putting the pressure on us. I've heard of... incentives... going around."

Permalink Mark Unread

Inevitable, but it's good to know who that's actually happening to. She... might be able to do something, too. It might involve independent investigation, of all things, but it's still an angle. It would take a while with this little, though. 

Sympathetic grin. "It had to be someone. This was never going to be easy, however it went." Push harder? Yes, Aline wouldn't be here if this was all she was willing to mention. "Business interests suddenly drying up?" The most generically obvious option, doesn't give away whether she knows anything already. Which she doesn't, but there's no reason to reveal that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "We've received threats about future trade at our section of the docks. There's also been rumblings from some of the merchants. Their net of influence is wider than we expected."

Permalink Mark Unread

Trade is the bedrock of most noble houses. If the Chelish are threatening it... that could get bad. 

Grimace. "All legal in the best of Asmodean fashion, of course. And if you lose all your southward trade, well, nothing good comes of that. That is a neat trap they have you in." She sounds faintly admiring. "Still, there's not no trade to the north. So far nothing more?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's been nothing else yet, as far as I know. One of my acquaintances with another house told me a similar story earlier today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not just you? Even worse, then, no chance just the north trade will fund everyone." Tencednil will let the topic drift away for a while at that point. They do have food to eat, and Aline doesn't sound like she knows enough for pressing here to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aline doesn't have more to say on this topic. She eats her food and the conversation drifts to less important matters. Even these days, it's not all bad. Gossip is fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gossip is fun. Tencednil will poke in the general direction a few times, but learns nothing from her attempts. She doesn't really expect to, and makes sure her nudges are easy to gracefully deflect.

And eventually, they need to get to sleep. In her case... actually she also need to get to sleep. Outrunning and murdering fungi is somewhat exhausting.

Permalink Mark Unread

KORVOSAN CARRIER
MOONDAY, SARENITH 22nd, 4708

NOBILITY DIVIDED BY SUCCESSION CRISIS

The weather is partly cloudy. Distribution of the cure is proceeding on schedule. The Church of Sarenrae publishes an article about the evils of Hell. They clearly aren't pleased with the current political situation. The nobility seem divided over what to do. Outside of politics, the papers are slowly returning to more typical contents. Korvosa is not broken yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil wakes up to a shift in her magic. She has two new spells! One of them is second circle!

The first circle spell is evocation and feels like screams. The second circle spell is illusion and feels like transparency.

Permalink Mark Unread

She went to sleep pondering what options she had to disrupt the Chelish plans for Korvosa. A divided nobility and an aggressive Church of Sarenrae aren't particularly surprising, but they're useful to know about. At least one or two Great Houses must be against this, then, or the nobles would be less visible about their dissent.

Spells are, of course, far more important. Especially her first actual second-circle spell! It definitely feels like Invisibility... She has the spell depth to test it, with her only other second circle option being metamagic. Never test a spell on yourself, of course.

<Lhín! Spell test!>

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín's connection to Tencednil has been slowly growing stronger. Today it crossed a tipping point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín vibrates interestedly...

Permalink Mark Unread

And to Tencednil, the buzzing suddenly makes sense. Not just as a mood, or a rough worry, but as actual words. They're not really a language, but... maybe they are? What is a language anyway? Regardless, they mean something like—

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ooh! Ooh! Let's try it!"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

<I understood that!>

Permalink Mark Unread

The two of them will be a while figuring out how this actually works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually, they are satisfied. Lhín can now communicate with Tencednil as if she was speaking. No actual sounds seem to change, and if Tencednil replays the exact same sounds (at least as far as she can manage) on a Ghost Sound, she can't understand any of it. It can't be silent, but anything loud enough for Tencednil to hear is interpretable, even if she's looking away from Lhín and is playing the same sounds with an illusion.

 It's a useful ability to have, but it doesn't open up too many options. It just makes everything much more convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

From there... well, she has at least five second circle spells a day, so using up one learning what her spell actually does is good. She probably has six now, but this might just be a delayed spell coming in, so best not to assume. This spell seems to want a touched target, or it could be pushed inwards at herself. Lhín is a familiar, though, so... She pushes it inwards along the bond, tapping Lhín as she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín vanishes from sight!

Permalink Mark Unread

<Are you still there?>

Permalink Mark Unread

They can communicate without her being visible! As of just now! Maybe this will be a more useful ability. 

"Yes! But I can't see me!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Some sort of invisibility, then. The Mantis definitely showed how powerful even restricted invisibility could be. This is probably the normal sort, but she should check. 

<Try moving fast, and then hitting the table.>

Permalink Mark Unread

Zoom in a circle! She can't really go at full speed in here, but she can go very quickly! Zoom zoom zoom!

Permalink Mark Unread

Tencednil can sort of feel the air move. She hears a soft whooshing sound but can't pinpoint where it's coming from.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not too easy to break, then. It would be rather ineffective if it broke this easily, but it could happen. Sorcerers probably don't always get particularly useful spells? Wizards definitely design bad spells sometimes, at least. Probably that can also happen to sorcerers. 

Anyway, there's another step.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín has had enough zooming for now. Hello table, how would you like a shadow running into you at full speed? ...a very small shadow, which probably will not hurt very much if at all. But still.

Permalink Mark Unread

A loud crash echoes across the room! Lhín slams into the table, which vibrates as she bounces off. Tencednil still can't see her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hitting things doesn't break this? Is that standard for wizard Invisibility? Hmmm.

<Hit me, but lightly. Minor bruises only.> She holds out a hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Smack! Hitting a stationary target is easy, and she's not strong enough to consistently leave a real mark when she is trying. When she isn't, a quick-healing bruise is inevitable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lhín's invisibility breaks as she flings herself at Tencednil.

Permalink Mark Unread

As expected! (Also ow.) So that's a pretty much normal Invisibility, which means it should last a tenth as long as her lasting cantrips. That would be... probably four to five minutes? That's still not certain, but it's a good estimate for now.

Evocations, especially ones that target a creature or an area, are mostly painful. This might not be, but she should wait until this evening to test it, in case it makes Lhín vanish. She has a few guesses for what it could be, but they're only guesses. Unless she needs a spell resisted by physicality, she will hold off on using it until tomorrow when she's had a chance to test.

Any letters today? She'll pick up a bit of ink on the way, because she will send at least one letter today (and Lhín has the appropriate indents).

Permalink Mark Unread

The Bank has no mail for her at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

She woke up late for a human, as usual, and she needs to be prepared by the time the Blessing comes around. She won't be writing any letters before her guard shift. To the Citadel.